klBRART 


THE      AMERICAN 
COLLEGE     CATALOG 


J3    V 


C5    g 


,-^ 

-a  « 

-^ 

a| 

^ 

o  S 

^ 

x>^ 

^ 

■m"^ 

to    3 

s 

!s 

^ 

c    t>. 

^ 

_0_Q 

s 

c«    C 

^ 

ti  2 

3    c« 

X 


^ 


s  - 

O    {xo 
D    O 

•5  o 
^£ 

o 

O    O 


3    ■!-> 

(JO  ^ 
OS 

fin   « 


THE  AMERICAN 
COLLEGE  CATALOG 


A  BOOK  OF  INFORMATION 
WITH  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THE 
IMPROVEMENT  OF  CATALOGS 
AND  OTHER  PUBLICATIONS 
OF   COLLEGES  AND  SCHOOLS 


By  HARRY  PARKER  WARD,  A.M. 

Author  "Some  American   College  Bookplates,^'' 

Member  Grolier  Club  of  New  York, 

Kit-Kat  Club  of  Columbus, 

American  Institute  of 

Graphic  Arts,  etc. 


With  an  IntroduSiion  by 

WILLIAM  OXLEY  THOMPSON,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

President  Ohio  State  University 


COLUMBUS,  OHIO 
MCMXVII 


Copyright  igiy  by 

The  Champlin  Printing  Company 

columbus  ohio 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DEDICATED  TO  A  MAN 
WHO  KEENLY  APPRECIATES  EFFORT 
TOWARD  ARTISTIC  IMPROVEMENT 
IN  BOOK  MAKING 
THOMAS  EWING  FRENCH 
PROFESSOR  OF  ENGINEERING  DRAW- 
ING    AT     OHIO    STATE    UNIVERSITY 


Edition  limited  to  three  hundred  copies 
of  which  this  is  number 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Introduction xiii 

The  Catalog  in  General I 

The  Paper I7 

The  Type 26 

Preparation  of  the  Copy 88 

Style  AND  Examples 116 

The  Proof  Reading 220 

Illustrations 229 

College  Heraldry 239 

The  Binding 250 

The  Carnegie  Foundation 255 

Copyrighting 263 

Mailing  the  Catalog 265 

Glossary 281 

Index 289 


Vll 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

Harvard  University  Entrance,  Photogravure   .   Frontispiece 

Drexel  Institute  Register,  Cover faces     lo 

Drexel  Institute  Register,  Leaf  FROM  ....  faces  ii 
Western  College  FOR  Women  Exchange  Shelf     .     .faces     i6 

Some  Initial  Letters 45 

Monk  at  Work  on  a  Manuscript 46 

Monotype  Keyboard 5^ 

Monotype  Caster 5^ 

Linotype  Machine S3 

Diagram  of  Correct  Proportion  of  Type  Page  ....  56 
Layout  of  Four  Pages,  Fifteenth  Century  Style  ....  57 

Diagram  OF  Page  Position  Frequently  Used 58 

Diagram  of  Ideal  Page  Position 59 

Calendar  Examples 70~73 

Layout  of  Sixteen  Pages 76 

Examples  of  Catalog  Backbones 78>  80,  Si 

Examples  of  Catalog  Envelope  Printing     ....      83-86 

Typewriter  Si7es  of  Letters no 

Sheet  OF  Copy  Ready  FOR  Monotype  Composition  .      faces  in 

Index  Slip I47 

Examples  of  Catalog  Covers 200-219 

Proofreading  Marks 221,222 

Marietta  College  Bulletin,  Cover  ....     faces  208 

SWARTHMORE  CaMPUS  AND  PlAT faceS    229 

Shorter  College  Catalog,  Cover faces  232 

Halftone  Engraving  Screens faces  233 

Engravers'  Measuring  Scale faces  234 

Westminster  College  of  Music  Catalog,  Page  from,  faces  236 
Ohio  State  University  Spring  AND  Library  .     .     .     .  faces  237 

Heraldic  Shields 239-243 

Johns  Hopkins  Armorial  Bookplate faces  239 

Heraldic  Tinctures faces  240 

Kenyon  College  Arms faces  242 

Examples  of  Heraldic  Seals faces  244,  245 

Academic  Costume,  British  and  American    .     .  faces  248,  249 

Yale  University  Catalog  Sewed faces  252 

Missouri  University  Catalog  Wired faces  252 

Idaho  University  Catalog's  Defective  Backbone  .  faces  253 
Indiana  University  Catalog's  Defective  Folding  .  faces  253 
Vassar  College  Cover  Design 276 


FOREWORD 

SOME  thirty-three  years  ago  nine  residents  of 
New  York  City,  gentlemen  who  loved  a  beautiful 
book  for  the  honesty  of  its  making  and  the  cor- 
rectness of  its  style,  felt  the  need  of  improvement  in 
such  matters  and  founded  the  Grolier  Club.  Today 
this  splendid  organization,  housed  in  its  own  building 
crowded  with  the  most  magnificent  specimens  of  the 
bookmaker's  art  and  with  its  membership  list  full, 
can  look  back  over  the  years  of  its  usefulness  and  realize 
that  the  countless  lectures  and  exhibitions  given  under 
its  roof,  not  to  mention  its  delightful  and  perfect 
publications,  have  effected  an  influence  for  great  good. 
The  Aldine  Club,  an  association  of  printers  and  pub- 
lishers of  New  York,  now  nearing  a  half  century  of 
life,  the  United  Typothetae  of  America  also  well  up 
in  years  of  existence  and  the  more  recently  organized 
Ben  Franklin  Clubs  in  all  our  cities,  have  done  their 
full  share  toward  elevating  and  systematizing  the  print- 
ing industry,  which  according  to  census  reports,  ranks 
fifth  in  importance. 

Then,  too,  the  printer  has  some  fine  trade  journals, 
led  by  that  most  beautiful  of  all  magazines,  Printing 
Art,  emanating  from  the  University  Press,  Cambridge, 
each  number  teeming  with  suggestions  and  examples 
for  the  betterment  of  the  art  preservative. 

The  costly  art  galleries  which  have  recently  sprung 
up  in  all  our  larger  and  in  some  of  our  smaller  cities, 
well  filled  with  material  for  instilling  into  the  people 
a  love  for  the  beautiful,  evidence  the  rapid  spread  of  a 


IX 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

desire  for  real  art  which  but  a  few  years  ago  was  to  be 
found  in  only  six  or  eight  of  our  great  cities.  In  many 
other  lines  America  is  making  rapid  strides,  in  archi- 
tecture, in  civic  beauty,  in  public  libraries,  in  science, 
in  music,  in  literature  and  last  but  perhaps  greatest 
of  all,  in  education. 

Generally  speaking  the  publications  of  three 
fourths  of  our  educational  institutions,  catalogs,  bulle- 
tins, alumni  magazines  and  the  like  (with  the  single 
exception  of  the  student  annual  which  is  often  too 
large  and  too  costly)  have  not  kept  abreast  of  the  times. 
Far  too  many  college  catalogs  resemble  almanacs  or 
cheap  municipal  or  state  reports.  Scores  of  printing 
establishments  are  today  producing  with  commendable 
intelligence  all  manner  of  college  work  with  artistic 
dignified  appearance.  Hundreds  of  others  however 
give  proof  that  they  take  no  advantage  whatever  of 
the  abundant  supply  of  books  and  periodical  literature 
available  for  their  improvement.  Such  printers,  and 
they  are  in  the  great  majority,  make  an  honest  living, 
probably  a  better  living  than  the  so-called  art  printers, 
but  no  artistic  touch  is  needed  for  the  railroad  tariff, 
the  law  brief  or  the  factory  blank. 

This  book  deals  with  only  the  physical  appearance 
of  the  catalog,  except  in-so-far  as  President  Thompson's 
clear-headed  Introduction  and  extracts  from  Carnegie 
Foundation  Reports  concern  the  contents.  As  an 
extreme  example  of  the  suggestions  the  book  is  intended 
to  convey,  a  comparison  might  be  drawn  between  the 
unpretentious  but  delightful  "Pamphlets"  of  Rice 
Institute,  Houston,  Texas,  printed  in  large  type  proper- 
ly set,  on  water  marked  paper,  with  Italian  cover  and 


FOREWORD 


bearing  the  imprint  of  the  DeVinne  Press,  New  York, 
with  three  out  of  four  college  catalogs.  The  difference 
is  deplorable.  On  the  other  hand  if  we  consider  the 
catalogs  of  our  schools  for  boys  and  girls  we  find  the 
great  majority  of  them  decently  printed.  The  few 
large  flashy  ones  and  the  few  small  cheap  ones  offer 
the  exceptions. 

Why  can  there  not  be  improvement  in  the  appear- 
ance of  the  catalogs  of  the  three  fourths  of  our  colleges, 
especially  when  such  improvement  can  be  had  without 
extra  expense.^  Why  is  it  that  so  many  institutions  of 
higher  education  grow  in  importance,  in  number  of 
students,  in  size  and  quality  of  faculty,  in  endowment, 
in  new  and  beautiful  buildings  and  grounds  but  continue 
to  use  the  same  antiquated  catalogs  and  bulletins? 
It  is  in  an  effort  to  inspire  some  interest  in  these  matters 
that  this  book  is  offered. 

I  sincerely  wish  that  it  could  be  possible  for  the 
catalog  committees  of  the  three  fourths  of  our  thousand 
or  more  colleges  and  universities  whose  catalogs  need 
improvement  to  visit  the  Annmary  Brown  Memorial 
in  Providence.  They  could  there  study,  under  the 
guidance  of  that  prince  of  enthusiasts  for  better  print- 
ing and  bookbinding,  the  librarian  of  Brown  University, 
hundreds  of  specimens  of  the  good  book  making 
done  in  the  fifteenth  century,  the  largest  and  finest 
collection  in  existence  available  for  examination.  If 
they  could  then  and  there  listen,  as  I  did  but  a  fort- 
night ago,  to  the  chain  of  convincing  argument  as  to 
why  a  college  catalog  should  be  well  presented  if 
worth  printing  at  all,  there  would  be  an  immediate  and 
marked  betterment  in  such  publications. 


XI 


THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Such  a  work  as  this  can  not  be  produced  without 
assistance  and  advice.  I  find  myself  obligated  to  up 
wards  of  two  hundred  institutions  for  specimen  catalogs 
and  bulletins  sent  promptly  upon  my  request  without 
charge,  to  members  of  the  faculty  of  a  goodly  number 
of  colleges  and  several  universities  and  especially  to 
Mr.  C.  W.  Reeder,  Reference  Librarian  of  Ohio  State 
University,  Dr.  Harry  L.  Koopman,  Librarian  of 
Brown  University,  Mr.  Clyde  Furst,  Secretary  of  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teach- 
ing, Mr.  W.  C.  Wood,  Superintendent  of  the  Division 
of  Classification  in  the  Post  Office  Department,  for 
personal  interviews  and  many  courteous  replies  to  all 
manner  of  inquiries.  It  is  perhaps  unnecessary  to  add 
that  the  undertaking  has  required  a  great  volume  of 
correspondence  and  thousands  of  miles  of  travel. 

The  cover  design  is  by  Miss  Lois  Lenski  of  the  Art 
Students'  League,  New  York. 

Columbus,  Ohio  H.  P.  W. 

December  so,  1916 


xn 


INTRODUCTION 

A  GLANCE  back  over  the  college  catalogs  for  two 
generations  reveals  some  very  interesting  facts. 
L  The  earlier  catalogs  were  simply  announcements 
without  apparent  effort  to  do  more  than  give  the  neces- 
sary facts.  As  colleges  grew  in  numbers,  both  as  to 
faculties  and  students,  and  as  the  elective  idea  pre- 
vailed among  them,  catalogs  began  to  expand  and 
courses  were  greatly  multiplied,  subjects  were  sub- 
divided almost  beyond  recognition.  This  apparently 
made  it  necessary  for  the  authorities  to  explain  what 
they  were  teaching  and  why  they  were  teaching  it.  The 
specialized  courses  in  the  technical  schools  have  been 
given  a  merry  race  by  the  highly  specialized  divisions  of 
the  old  fashioned  subjects  of  study.  A  catalog,  there- 
fore, reveals  the  ambitions  and  hopes  of  the  faculty 
quite  as  frequently  as  it  does  necessary  information  for 
the  prospective  student.  In  the  later  years  the  catalog 
has  come  to  be  distinctly  a  catalog  of  advertising.  The 
more  conservative  and  possibly  stronger  institutions, 
have  begun  to  eliminate  this  feature  as  rapidly  as 
possible,  but  no  one  fails  to  see  that  the  modern  catalog 
is  largely  a  copy  of  some  other  catalog.  Institutions 
imitate  each  other  just  like  children.  In  addition  to 
these  features  there  is  also  an  effort  to  secure  a  certain 
standard  of  excellence  in  the  general  appearance  of  the 
catalog  and  a  certain  evidence  of  dignity  in  the  an- 
nouncement and  arrangement  of  courses. 

One  of  the  most  important  modern  conceptions  of  a 
university  catalog  is  that  it  is  a  public  contract.  This 
fact  is  frequently  overlooked;  especially  by  those  who 
use  a  catalog  for  advertising  purposes.    The  prospective 

xiii 


THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Student  reading  a  catalog  of  an  Institution  has  a  right  to 
assume  that  its  statements  are  official  and  authentic. 
He  has  the  further  right  to  assume  that  if  he  should 
enroll  himself  at  any  institution  the  course  of  study  as 
announced  could  be  pursued.  If  one  is  to  assume  a 
reasonable  amount  of  intelligence  on  the  part  of  the 
public  or  of  the  prospective  student  one  must  also 
assume  that  a  student  has  a  certain  vested  right  in  the 
opportunity  announced  in  the  catalog.  Faculties  some- 
times overlook  this  consideration  by  making  frequent 
changes  in  their  catalogs  so  that  it  is  practically  im- 
possible from  any  study  of  the  catalog  to  know  whether 
a  course  persisted  for  a  period  of  four  years.  This  may 
not  be  a  violation  but  it  certainly  is  an  amendment  of 
the  contract.  Such  a  feature,  however,  is  relatively 
unimportant  as  compared  with  the  fact  that  oftentimes 
colleges  seem  unconscious  of  their  obligation  when  an- 
nouncing courses  to  be  able  to  give  adequate  instruction 
to  the  student.  The  effort  to  standardize  American 
education  has  revealed  many  of  these  infelicities,  but 
there  yet  remains  a  large  amount  of  work  to  be  done 
before  the  integrity  of  a  college  catalog  is  assured. 

Major  Ward  has  done  an  interesting  piece  of  work 
in  collecting  data  concerning  college  catalogs  and  it  is 
hoped  that  this  issue  may  not  be  without  its  reward  in 
directing  attention  to  the  opportunity  for  improvement 
and  greater  accuracy  in  the  official  publications  of 
educational  institutions. 


,  ^^c^^^^y^^*^/ 


Ohio  State  University 
December  28,  igi6 


XIV 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL 

Conditions  in  Higher  Education 

WHILE  visiting  in  Cambridge  recently,  I  was 
told  that  the  tuition  in  many  departments  of 
Harvard  had  advanced  sharply.*  One  might 
infer  that  a  good  reason  for  such  advance  would  be  that 
Harvard  and  many  other  universities  and  colleges 
where  tuition  charges  have  been  raised  have  all  the 
students  they  really  care  for.  This  suggestion,  so  sur- 
prising to  the  layman,  brought  a  train  of  thought  not 
wholly  irrelevant  to  the  general  subject  of  the  college 
catalog. 

Harvard,  according  to  the  191 6  New  York  World 
Almanac,  has,  exclusive  of  Radcliffe,  a  faculty  of  859 
and  a  student  body  of  5699!,  one  teacher  to  less  than 
seven  students,  an  endowment  of  ^28,448,701.00  with 
an  income  of  $3,805,428.00  Harvard  and  Columbia 
together  had  on  their  pay  rolls,  in  191 3,  according  to  the 
Carnegie  Report,  120  professors  who  draw  salaries  of 
$5,000.00  or  more.  All  other  institutions  in  America 
combined  had  58  professors  with  $5,000.00  salaries. 
Harvard  probably  has  invested  in  its  grounds  and 
buildings  approximately  $20,000,000.00.  Our  state 
universities,  as  well  as  Columbia,  Yale,  Princeton,  in 

*See  Tenth  Annual  Report,  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of 
Teaching,  page  38,  and  see  pages  44  and  45  in  it  for  ten  year  table  of  tuition  charg- 
es at  100  institutions. 

tThese  figures  vary  from  those  in  Science  compiled  by  J.  C.  Burg,  registrar  of 
Northwestern  University  and  used  in  the  Statistical  Abstract  of  the  United  States 
compiled  by  the  Department  of  Commerce.  World  Almanac  figures  are  furnished 
by  presidents  of  institutions  and  presumably  often  contain  summer-school  and  other 
irregular  students. 

I 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


fact  all  our  good  institutions,  large  or  small,  are  growing 
steadily;  so  is  the  population  of  our  country,  also  its 
wealth.  But,  for  example,  Princeton  seems  to  be  meet- 
ing with  the  same  troubles  that  manufacturers,  rail- 
roads, shop-keepers, — most  of  us,  with  but  very  few  shin- 
ing exceptions, — have  experienced,  more  work,  higher 
expense,  greater  volume  of  business,  frequently  accom- 
panied by  a  lesser  degree  of  advancement  than  a 
decade  ago.  This  assertion  will  not  apply  to  the  ab- 
normal war  business  of  the  past  year  but  it  will  aver- 
age well  for  the  ten  years  preceding. 

A  statement  was  made  not  long  since  by  the  Prince- 
ton Press  Club  to  the  effect  that  in  ten  years  that  Uni- 
versity had  erected  nineteen  new  buildings,  costing  over 
^4,000,000.00,  and  had  added  a  hundred  men  to  its 
faculty.  The  increase  in  value  of  the  physical  plant  in 
the  ten  years  being  about  130%,  the  increase  in  the 
number  of  faculty  about  100%,  and  the  increase  in  the 
number  of  students  less  than  20%.  Hundreds  of  line 
institutions  are  holding  their  own  in  this  general  ad- 
vancement by  sheer  hard  work,  coupled  with  clever 
management.  Field  secretaries,  alumni  secretaries, 
professors,  deans,  and  in  many  cases  even  presidents, 
of  non-state  institutions  are  traveling  thousands  of 
miles,  making  addresses  before  all  manner  of  organiza- 
tions, often  stopping  at  poor  hotels  in  small  towns,  all 
working  hard  for  both  students  and  endowment,  a  con- 
dition in  the  world  of  education  parallel  to  that  in 
commercial  life.  A  few  institutions  have  had  to  close 
their  doors  or  merge  with  others.  Medical  colleges  de- 
creased in  number  from    162   in  1910   to  94  in  1916. 

Medical  education  is  undergoing  perhaps  the 
most  radical   change   in   its   history.     The  American 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL 


Medical  Association,  through  its  Council  on  Medical 
Education,  established  in  1904,  has  become  a  power 
which  must  be  reckoned  with.  In  the  Report  of  the 
Council,  June  12,  1916,  many  statements  are  made, 
which  to  the  layman  are,  to  say  the  least,  startling. 
In  the  first  page  or  two  of  this  report  we  read  as  follows: 

Each  year  since  1905,  the  report  of  this  body  has  shown 
a  continued  progress  in  medical  education.  The  large  over- 
supply  of  medical  colleges  has  given  way  to  a  more  normal 
supply  of  greatly  improved  institutions.  The  fact  that  such 
progress  has  been  possible  in  a  brief  twelve  years  reveals  how 
serious  had  become,  up  to  that  time,  the  conditions  under- 
lying medical  education. 

*       *       *       * 

The  results  after  eleven  years  of  this  campaign  are 
shown  in  Table  I.  Although  the  oversupply  of  medical 
schools  has  been  reduced  by  about  40  per  cent,  the  number 
of  higher  standard  colleges  has  been  increased  by  over  80 
per  cent.  *  *  *  The  number  of  medical  colleges  will  doubtless 
be  further  reduced. 

The  Table  I  referred  to  contains  much  interesting 
information,  one  item  in  which  is  to  the  effect  that 
while  in  1904  there  were  162  medical  colleges,  four  of 
which  had  higher  entrance  standards,  the  percentage 
being  2.5,  in  191 5  there  were  95*  colleges,  of  which 
83  had  higher  entrance  standards,  the  percentage 
having  jumped  to  87.4.  This  organization  is  pushing 
its  work  in  this  line  and  hopes  by  1920  to  have  an 
almost  uniform  standard  of  much  higher  entrance 
requirements,  similar  to  those  of  European  nations. 
The  grading  of  medical  colleges  as  shown  in  the  1916 
pamphlet  of  this  organization  entitled  Making  the 
Right  Start,  gives  a  distinct  shock  to  one  not  acquaint- 
ed   with    these    conditions.      In  this  pamphlet  every 

*Mr.  Clyde  Furst,  secretary  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  states  that  the  num- 
ber of  medical  schools  had  been  in  August,  1916,  cut  down  to  94. 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


medical  school  in  the  United  States  is  listed  under 
date  August  i,  1916,  by  name  and  location  in  one 
of  three  classes.  Class  A,  Acceptable  Medical  Col- 
leges; Class  B,  Colleges  Needing  General  Improve- 
ments to  be  Made  Acceptable,  and  Class  C,  Colleges 
Requiring  a  Complete  Reorganization  to  Make  Them 
Acceptable. 

State  institutions  now  conduct  in  round  figures  half 
the  higher  education  in  the  United  States.  Their 
crowded  condition,  due  to  inability  to  secure  funds  with 
which  to  erect  buildings  fast  enough  to  keep  pace  with 
the  ever  increasing  number  of  unsought  students,  their 
popularity,  their  goodly  salaries  to  hard-worked  in- 
structors, the  free  and  unasked  advertising  constantly 
given  them  through  the  press,  all  these  things  bring  real 
problems  to  the  very  great  majority  of  colleges  not  sup- 
ported by  public  taxation  or  great  endowment.  Ample 
proof,  however,  that  these  problems  are  being  satis- 
factorily solved  is  found  in  the  substantial  and  healthy 
growth  of  hundreds  of  what  we  might  term  "old  line" 
colleges  and  universities. 

Competition  in  business  was  never  what  it  is  today. 
Specializing  is  the  order  of  the  day.  We  hear  the  word 
"efficiency"  on  all  sides  until  it  wearies  us,  but  condi- 
tions are  such  that  we  must  all  work  out  our  own  effi- 
ciency problems  whether  we  are  conducting  a  peanut 
stand,  a  Pennsylvania  Railroad  or  a  college. 

Efficiency  in  organization,  in  business  methods  and 
in  advertising,  is  absolutely  necessary.  The  certified 
public  accountant,  hardly  known  twenty  years  ago,  is 
omnipresent.  He  is  auditing  the  books  of  corporations 
of  all  kinds,  always  finding  some  dead-weight  to  be  dis- 
carded, always  suggesting  some  improvement  in  the 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL 


system.  Advertising  agencies  with  keen,  bright  minds 
to  serve  us  have  sprung  up  in  our  cities.  They  cater  to 
all  manner  of  clients,  even  to  educational  institutions  of 
high  standing.  With  efficiency  throughout  our  organiza- 
tion and  with  good  advertising  we  succeed,  without 
them  we  fall  behind  in  the  race.  Even  the  college  pro- 
fessor is  quite  different  from  what  he  was  thirty  years 
ago.  He  works  much  harder,  keeps  longer  hours  and 
hears  larger  classes  or  sections  than  ever  before.  In 
addition  to  his  classroom  work  he  must  show  productive 
scholarship  and  research  in  his  chosen  subject.  He 
must  occasionally  contribute  to  the  literature  relating 
to  his  specialty.  Indeed,  too,  he  must  have  had  greater 
and  more  expensive  preparation  for  his  life  work.  His 
M.  A.  or  his  Ph.  D.  or  what  not,  he  must  have  and  that 
from  a  good  source. 

Influence  of  Carnegie  Foundation 
As  to  the  college  problems  of  today,  I  see  no  single 
influence  so  worthy  of  serious  consideration,  so  striking, 
as  that  which  the  Carnegie  Foundation*  is  exerting. 
Mr.  Carnegie  has  donated  countless  millions  for  libra- 
ries, museums,  scientific  research,  the  Hero  Fund  and 
the  Endowment  for  International  Peace,  but  within  three 
or  four  years  he  has  endowed  what  we  know  as  the 
Division  of  Educational  Enquiry.  The  work  now  well 
started  by  this  organization  is  to  be,  as  my  readers  so 
well  know,  of  the  most  vital  importance  to  the  educa- 
tional world.  Printed  reports  will  be  available  in  which 
judgments,  sometimes  keen  and  unkind  but  probably 
just,  will  appear  in  cold  type.  In  a  recent  report  of  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching 
even  the  large  university  is  not  spared  in  the  scathing 

*See  Chapter  on  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  page  255 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


criticism  given  to  its  organization,  its  methods,  its 
catalog  or  its  bulletins.  This  criticism,  however,  is  con- 
structive. Some  of  the  institutions  so  criticized  are 
represented  on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Foundation. 
These  reports  are  sent  without  cost  to  every  college  and 
university  and  to  many  public  libraries  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 

The  requirements  for  participation  in  the  Educa- 
tional Fund  and  the  Carnegie  Pensions,  and  for  general 
standing  in  the  educational  world,  all  demand  endow- 
ments heavier  than  ever,  splendid  organization  and  good 
honest  work. 

Alumni  Interest 

Alumni  are  being  interested  as  never  before.  Today 
every  live  college  has  its  hustling  alumni  secretary,  a 
capable  man  who  knows  how  to  keep  the  "old  grads"  in 
line  and  who  can  make  a  good  talk  at  the  frequent 
meetings  for  which  he  must  have  previously  arranged  in 
various  localities.  In  fact  a  number  of  the  larger  insti- 
tutions employ,  and  at  a  good  salary,  some  such  alumni 
secretary,  who,  in  addition  to  other  duties,  edits  what 
might  be  termed  in  the  verbiage  of  the  day  a  "  live  wire" 
publication. 

If  I  were  all  powerful  in  any  one  institution,  that  is 
to  say,  if  I  could  have  an  appropriation  sufficient  for  the 
purpose,  I  would  send  to  every  alumnus  and  ex-student 
a  bulletin  with  enough  real  "pep"  in  it  to  interest  him. 
Even  if  this  bulletin  contained  only  four  pages,  it  would 
be  decently  printed  and  so  mailed  that  it  would  reach 
its  destination  in  good  condition.  Occasionally,  as 
after  a  commencement  or  upon  the  receipt  of  some 
endowment  fund  or  following  the  dedication  of  a  new 
building,   I  would  issue  an  especially  attractive  and 


The  Drexel  Institute 

Engineering 

Domestic  Science  and  Arts 

Secretarial 

REGISTER 

1916—1917 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL 


larger  number.  For  the  New  Year  issue,  I  would  turn 
the  bulletin  into  a  handsomely  illustrated  calendar  with 
a  leaf  for  every  month  if  possible.  This  can  now  be  done 
at  small  postage  expense  under  the  law  of  August  24, 
191 2,  which  admits  certain  advertising  matter  con- 
nected with  educational  institutions,  but  not  strictly 
educational  in  its  character,  to  be  entered  in  the  mails 
as  second-class  matter. 

Harvard  University  has  fifteen  regular  periodicals 
listed  in  its  Register,  several  of  which  are  distinctly  of 
an  alumni  nature.  I  certainly  would  not  waste  adver- 
tising appropriations  in  sending  dry  catalogs  or  bulletins 
to  the  great  majority  of  alumni.  As  I  see  the  matter, 
the  best  possible  direct  advertising  is  that  which  appeals 
to  the  alumni.  At  Princeton  every  ninth  student  is  the 
son  of  an  alumnus.  At  Denison  one  student  in  seven  is 
the  son  or  grandson  of  an  alumnus  and  one  is  a  great- 
grandson.  At  Kenyon  one  in  three  is  either  closely 
related  to  or  influenced  toward  Kenyon  by  an  alumnus. 
One  student  there  is  the  great-great-grandson  of  an  al- 
umnus. Columbia  has  one  great-great-great-grandson. 
Function  of  a  Catalog 

The  catalog  is,  however,  in  some  respects,  the  most 

important  publication  of  a  college.    In  the  191 3  Report 

of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  we  find  these  words: 

What  is  the  function  of  the  college  catalog!'  Is  it  an 
advertisement,  or  is  its  purpose  to  give  needed  information 
concerning  the  college?  For  whom  is  this  information  in- 
tended ? 

In  the  light  of  these  questions  there  is  scarcely  a 
catalog  which  cannot  be  criticized  more  or  less.  I  look 
upon  a  catalog  and  its  relation  to  the  institution  as  I 
look  upon  a  city  directory.  It  is  a  work  of  reference 
only.    According  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation  it  should 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


contain,  among  other  things,  a  list  of  its  faculty,  their 
names,  their  degrees  and  where  such  degrees  have  been 
secured.  The  history  of  the  institution,  views  about  the 
campus,  buildings  and  athletic  field  should  be  offered  in 
bulletin  form  apart  from  the  catalog.  No  advertising 
whatever,  no  appeal  for  students  or  endowment  has  a 
place  in  a  catalog  if  we  are  to  be  governed  by  the  sug- 
gestions of  the  Carnegie  Foundation. 

The  Wisconsin  Survey 

In  the  report  upon  the  Survey  of  the  University 
of  Wisconsin"^,  December,  191 4,  a  most  exhaustive  work 
of  957  large  pages  of  small  type,  the  catalog  of  the 
University  of  Wisconsin  is  given  some  considerable 
attention.     The  Survey  opens  the  subject  as   follows: 

The  University  of  Wisconsin  catalogue  for  1913-14  con- 
tains 802  pages,  size  5"x7>^",  and  weighs  l^  pounds;  16,000 
copies  were  printed,  making  14  tons  of  material  without  wrap- 
pers.    To  publish  the  catalogue  costs  ^4,123  for  printing. 

What  it  cost  for  postage  (probably  about  $200)  at  one 
cent  a  pound,  is  not  recorded,  nor  is  it  known  what  it  costs  in 
time  to  prepare  copy  and  distribute.  If  a  cost  record  were 
kept  of  time  spent  by  faculty,  deans,  president,  editor,  regis- 
trar, clerks,  the  catalogue  would  probably  be  found  to  cost 
nearer  $1 5,000  than  ^5,000. 

The  catalogue  is  supplemented  by  a  number  of  other 
publications,  including  a  special  announcement  of  the  sum- 
mer session,  which  cost  in  1914  over  $1,000. 


Who  makes  up  the  total  of  16,000  has  not  been  studied 
by  the  university.  There  is  no  classified  list.  The  regis- 
trar's office  knows  only  that  in  a  general  way  about  300  copies 
are  each  year  sent  to  accredited  high  schools  in  the  state,  and 
about  300  others  to  universities  and  colleges  on  the  univer- 
sity's exchange  list.  The  remaining  15,400  are  sent  to  stu- 
dents and  prospective  students  on  request,  or  are  distributed 
at  the  registrar's  office  to  faculty  and  students  in  residence. 

*Now  out  of  print  and  impossible  to  secure. 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL 


Three  other  very  brief  extracts  follow: 

The  catalogue  has  been  thrown  together,  or  perhaps  it 
is  better  to  say  that  it  has  grown  by  accretion.  At  least  it  is 
without  logical  arrangement. 

*  *  *  * 

If  the  Harvard  practice  of  omitting  full  names  of  stu- 
dents and  using  initials  were  followed,  two  columns  might  be 
placed  on  a  page  and  80  pages  thus  saved.  Women  students 
might  be  distinguished  by  asterisks.* 

*  *  *  * 

In  other  words  there  is  no  one  responsible  for  educa- 
|tional  policy  who  is  now  expected  to  review  the  catalogue  as  a 
whole  before  it  is  published. 

No  cumulative  list  of  errors  made,  discrepancies  noted, 
improvements  suggested,  is  kept  between  the  issuing  of  one 
catalogue  and  the  issuing  of  the  catalogue  the  following  year. 

The  subjects  touched  upon  in  the  Survey  are  of 
most  intense  interest  to  all  persons  in  any  manner 
officially  connected  with  the  publication  of  a  college 
catalog.  The  thirteen  recommendations  for  the  im- 
provement of  the  Wisconsin  catalog  as  given  in  the 
Survey  might  be  considered  as  more  or  less  open  to  dis- 
cussion or  even  criticism.  They  are,  however,  keenly 
vital  and  are  worthy  of  most  careful  consideration. 
What  might  be  termed  the  reply,  officially  known 
as  "University  Comment,"  is  also  of  deep  concern  to 
the  producers  of  the  Wisconsin  catalog.  There  is  room 
for  but  a  few  lines  from  this  official  "comment." 

It  must  be  admitted  that,  generally  speaking,  universi- 
ties have  not  given  to  the  editing  of  their  catalogues  the 
attention  which  the  subject  deserves.  As  is  said  in  Dr.  Allen's 
quotation  from  the  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  "There  is  at 
present  no  catalogue  that  would  not  be  vastly  improved  by 
more  careful  editorial  scrutiny."  The  catalogue  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin  is  justly  included  in  this  condemnation, 
and  it  can  and  should  be  made  better.     It  must  be  stated, 

*Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  uses  the  dagger  (f)  to  denote  married  men  on  the  faculty 
list. 


lO  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


however,  that  it  is  in  a  broad  way  adequate  to  its  purpose, 
and  tolerably  well  ordered  as  a  whole.  In  the  subordinate 
sections  the  order  is  sometimes  faulty,  and  in  particular  the 
statements  in  some  parts  of  the  catalogue  are  liable  to  criti- 
cism for  redundancy  and  excessive  detail. 

*  *  *  * 

On  the  whole,  with  regard  to  the  specific  suggestions 
made  in  Dr.  Allen's  report,  it  is  fair  to  say  that  they  are  of 
unequal  value,  but  that  considered  with  caution  they  render 
some  useful  assistance  in  the  revision  of  the  catalogue. 

*  *  *  * 

The  proposal  to  substitute  a  body  of  circulars  for  a 
catalogue  such  as  is  at  present  issued  is  a  matter  which  has  for 
several  years  been  repeatedly  suggested.  To  some  extent, 
this  policy  has  been  followed  by  Harvard  University;  and 
Cornell  University  and  the  universities  of  Michigan  and  Min- 
nesota are  at  present  experimenting  with  a  series  of  circulars 
practically  of  the  same  character  as  those  which  would  be 
issued  by  this  institution  in  case  the  policy  were  adopted. 

*  *  *  * 

At  the  same  time,  for  reasons  not  touched  upon  by  Dr. 
Allen,  the  efficiency  of  the  university  editor  in  the  control  of 
the  catalogue  is  not  so  great  as  was  anticipated.  A  brief  ex- 
planation will  make  this  clear. 

*  *  *  * 

In  sum,  Dr.  Allen's  specific  criticisms  with  reference  to 
the  imperfections  of  the  catalogue,  though  they  do  not  all 
commend  themselves  to  our  judgment,  contain  a  number  of 
helpful  suggestions. 

The  Drexel  Institute  Catalog 

President  Godfrey  Mollis,  of  Drexel  Institute,  read 

a  paper  "A  Search  for  the  Maximum  Capacity  for 

Service,"  before  the  Association  of  Urban  Universities 

in  November   191 5.     This  paper  was  printed  in  the 

Bureau  of  Education's  Bulletin  IQ16,  No.  30.    On  the 

subject  of  "The  College  Catalog,"  Dr.  Godfrey  said: 

No  single  factor  more  advances  cooperative  action 
between  the  college  and  the  community  than  clear  ex- 
pression of  the  opportunities  that  the  college  offers.*  *  *  Its 
(Drexel  Institute's)  belief  that  simple,  honest  statements  of 
the  work  done,   coupled   with   the  best  possible  printing, 


THE  MAJOR  FACULTY 

HoLLis  Godfrey,  sc.d.,  f.r.g.s.,  President,  Professor  of  Natural  Philosophy 
Arthur  J.  Rowland,  sc.d.,  Dean,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Hen-rv  V.  GuMMERE,  M.A.,  Director  of  Evening  Courses,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

Mabel  D.  Cherry,  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Professor  of  Hygiene 

Frances  E.  MacIntyre,  Registrar,  Professor  of  Office  Organization 

Carl  Lewis  Altmaier,  Professor  of  Secretarial  Studies 

Edith  Baer,  b.s.,  Professor  of  Domestic  Science 

Harry  N.  Benkert,  b.s.,  c.e.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Katharine  D.  Brown,  m.a.,  Professor  of  Technical  English 

Caroline  A.  M.  Hall,  Professor  of  Domestic  Arts 

Abraham  Henwood,  m.s.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

J.  Peterson  Ryder,  s.b..  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

L    Cheston  Starkey,  b.a.,  m.e.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 


THE  MINOR  FACULTY 

OFFICERS  CHIEFLY  CONCERNED  WITH  INSTRUCTION 

J.  Lynford  Beaver,  e.e..  Senior  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
H.  R.  Barnes,  m.a.,  Senior  Instructor  in  Secretarial  Studies 
Jennie  Collingwood,  (d.i.)  Senior  Instructor  in  Domestic  Arts 
William  B.  Creagmile,  (d.i.)  Senior  Instructor  in  FJectrical  Engineering 
Howard  H.  Denn,  (d.i.)  Senior  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
Floyd  C.  Fairbanks,  a.b..  Senior  Instructor  in  Physics 
Percy  L.  Reed,  c.e.,  Senior  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 
Leon  D.  Stratton,  b.s.,  Senior  Instructor  in  Chemistry 
Sarah  M.  Wilson,  b.s.,  Senior  Instructor  in  Domestic  Science 

Martha  G.  Allen,  Instructor  in  Mathematics 

.Amy  Baker,  a.b.,  Instructor  in  Typewriting 

James  J.  Barrett,  b.s..  Instructor  in  Physics 

Marion  C.  Berry*,  Instructor  in  Physiology  and  Physical  Training 

Jennie  S.  Boyd,  b.s..  Instructor  in  Domestic  Arts 

.Anna  O.  Bromley,  m.a.,  Instructor  in  Psychology 

Carolus  M.  Broomall,  Instructor  in  Surveying 

I.  A.  Chapman,  m.a.,  Instructor  in  English 

Laura  V.  Clark,  a.b.,  Instructor  in  Domestic  Science 

R.  Willette  Clinger,  Instructor  in  IVoodworking 

Lillian  M.  Dalton,  Instructor  in  English 

Edith  D.  Davison,  (d.i.)  Instructor  in  Domestic  Science 

Agathe  Deming,  M.S.,  Instructor  in  Domestic  Science 

Orlista  L.  Dikeman,  .\.b.,  b.s.,  Instructor  in  Domestic  Arts 


The  preceding  example  presents  the  colors,  style  and  size  of  the  board  bound 
catalog  cover.  The  paper  is  Italian  hand-made  with  Japanese  vellum  backbone 
and  label,  imported  by  the  Japan  Paper  Company  of  New  York. 

In  this  catalog  are  twenty-seven  full  page  illustrations.  The  paper  is  semi-dull 
of  cream  shade.  The  type  page  is  of  ideal  dimensions,  24x42  ems,  exclusive  of 
marginal  heads.     See  pages  56  and  57. 


14 


THE  DREXEL  INSTITUTE  REGISTER 


Choice  of 
Applicants 


In  cases  where  a  group  of  applicants  appear  from  a  given 
school,  the  principal  of  the  school  will  be  requested  to  rate 
the  candidates  upon  graduation  according  to  their  marks 
in  the  records  of  the  school. 


2.  THE  COURSES  IN  THE  THREE  SCHOOLS 


The  En- 
gineering 
School 


school  of 
Domestic 
Science 
and  Arts 


The 

Secretarial 

School 


All  three  schools  offer  Junior  College  and  Senior  College 
courses. 

The  Engineering  School  offers  two  courses — the  Senior 
College  Course  of  four  years  and  the  Junior  College  Course 
of  two  years.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  Senior 
College  Course,  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engi- 
neering is  conferred.  The  Junior  College  Course  is  particu- 
larly adapted  to  the  needs  of  men  who  wish  to  teach  manual 
training. 

The  School  of  Domestic  Science  and  Arts  offers  two 
courses  for  women:  the  Senior  College  Course  of  four  years' 
work,  and  the  Junior  College  Course  of  two  years'  work 
of  college  grade.  Students  entering  in  the  fall  of  191 6  may 
elect  between  the  two-  and  four-year  courses  at  the  successful 
completion  of  their  first  year. 

The  Secretarial  School  offers  two  courses:  the  Senior 
College  Course  of  four  and  the  Junior  College  Course  of 
two  years'  work  of  college  grade  for  men  and  women. 
Students  may  elect  between  the  two-  and  four-year  courses 
at  the  successful  completion  of  their  first  year. 


Subjects  and  Methods  of  Instruction 
IN  THE  Three  Schools 


THE   ENGINEERING  SCHOOL 

Trai^i^ngof  M      '^^^  Engineering  School  trains  men  for  general  engineer- 
Engineer         ing,  for  engineering  work  in  industrial  plants,  for  employment 

in    the    industrial,    sales,    and    assembling    departments .  of 

public  service  corporations,  and  for  employment  as  teachers 

of  manual  training. 

The  methods  of  instruction  in  the  school,  especially  in  the 

freshman   year,   are   particularly   intensive   and   flexible    to 

meet  the  needs  of  the  individual  student. 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL  II 


were  the  most  effective  publicity  program  that  could  be 
secured.  *  *  *  What  is  the  most  effective  form  for  the  college 
catalog?  To  determine  the  answer  to  this  question,  the 
following  methods  were  employed: 

First,  420  college  catalogs  were  examined  and  their 
main  points  noted  and  analyzed. 

Second,  the  best  catalog  work  of  certain  industrial  lines, 
such  as  the  automobile  line,  which  have  come  to  recognize 
the  value  of  good  printing  ,were  examined  and  analyzed. 

Third,  a  group  of  experts  in  the  printing  art,  including 
some  of  the  best  known  printers  in  America,  were  asked  to 
the  institute  to  go  through  it  and  to  assist  in  writing  specifi- 
cations for  the  make-up  of  a  catalog  which  should  properly 
express  the  institute  to  the  community. 

Fourth,  as  a  result  of  the  suggestions  of  those  experts, 
18  type  pages  were  set  up,  one  after  another,  and  submitted 
to  the  printing  experts,  to  oculists,  and  to  illuminating 
engineers.  The  eighteenth  page  set  was  the  one  finally  ac- 
cepted. The  catalog  as  last  issued  is  the  result  of  this  re- 
search. 

The  writing  of  the  catalog  has  been  quite  as  carefully 
considered  as  its  format.  Each  year  it  has  been  written 
by  one  man,  but  this  man's  work  has  been  criticized  by 
three  trained  writers  and  editorially  amended  and  checked. 
The  catalog  is  now  in  its  third  form. 

Style,  however,  is  less  important  than  directness  and 
simple  honesty.  In  order  to  obtain  these  things,  all  the 
essential  facts  in  the  catalog  are  placed  for  inspection  in  the 
hands,  first,  of  the  major  faculty;  second,  of  the  minor 
faculty;  third,  of  the  upper  classes  of  the  institute.  All  of 
these  groups  meet  in  conference  to  go  over  the  facts  in  the 
catalog,  with  the  request  that  they  criticize  freely  any  ^yord 
or  phrase  which  is  in  any  way  untrue  or  in  any  way  misre- 
presents the  facts  about  the  institute. 

We  can  scarcely  emphasize  too  strongly  the  value  of  this 
research  as  shown  in  the  educational  results  to  students  and 
faculty  and  as  regards  the  cooperative  results  with  the  com- 
munity.    There  is  no  single  factor  which  has  caused  more 
vagueness  in  the  efforts  for  cooperation  than  ineffective  and 
confused  expression  of  educational  aims  and  opportunities. 
For  their  own  good,  for  the  good  of  the  catalogs 
they  compile  and  for  the  uplift  of  printing  in  general 
every    college    catalog    editor    should    secure    a    most 
interesting  book  which  was  put  on  the  market  January 


12  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

I,  191 7,  The  Booklover  and  His  Books. "^  This  work, 
by  a  well  known  authority,  Harry  Lyman  Koopman, 
Litt.D.,  librarian  of  Brown  University,  presents  in 
pleasing  style  the  most  common-sense  suggestions, 
timely  ones,  for  the  coupling  of  the  beautiful  and  the 
aesthetic  in  printing  with  the  useful  and  the  economical. 
This  book  should  be  read  not  only  by  catalog  editors 
and  authors  of  books  but  by  teachers  of  literature,  in 
fact  it  should  find  a  place  in  the  reading  lists  of  every 
class  in  English  and  in  Journalism.  Let  us  appropriate 
for  immediate  consideration  a  quotation  around  which 
Dr.  Koopman  has  built  a  chapter:  "The  manufacture 
of  a  beautiful  and  durable  book  costs  little  if  anything 
more  than  that  of  a  clumsy  and  unsightly  one." 

Some  Details  of  the  Catalog 
A  catalog  should  be  a  dignified  production,  should 
be  condensed  as  much  as  possible  if  the  institution  be 
large  and  should  be  printed  in  type  neither  too  large  nor 
too  small  but  easily  read,  very  small  type  being  per- 
missible only  for  the  lists  of  students,  for  descriptive 
matter  in  the  faculty  list  and  sometimes  for  curricula. 
The  style  and  arrangement  of  type,  size  of  type  page, 
quality  and  thickness  of  paper  and  the  method  of 
binding  are  matters  of  purely  personal  taste.  No  two 
catalogs  can  be  found  exactly  the  same.  The  smaller 
college  may  be  justified  in  using  a  thick  bulky  paper  and 
fairly  large  type  whereby  it  could  bulk  its  catalog  to 
twice  the  size  and  dignity  of  the  same  amount  of  matter 
appearing  in  the  style  used  by  Harvard.  The  Harvard 
catalog  contained  in  1916  the  largest  number  of  pages 
in  any  American  college  catalog,  1045,  and  a  double- 
faced  folded  insert  bearing  a  map  of  Cambridge  on  one 

*Boston  Book  Co. 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL  I3 

side  and  a  plat  of  buildings  on  the  reverse.*  Yale's  1916 
catalog  contains  998  pages  of  larger  size.  The  Calen- 
dar, 1915-1916,  of  Cambridge  University  contains  a 
total  of  1 1 52  pages,  including  72  pages  of  advertise- 
ments. The  type  in  the  Cambridge  book  is  generally 
smaller  than  that  in  Harvard's.  The  Oxford  University 
Calendar,  1916,  contains  810  pages,  of  which  80  pages 
are  advertisements.  The  type  is  small,  too  small  for 
comfort  in  reading.  The  University  of  Paris,  191 5, 
carries  52  pages  of  advertisements,  principally  of  schools, 
books  and  pensions.  The  University  of  Berlin  catalog 
(before  the  war)  contained  60  such  pages.  Princeton's 
catalog  would  seem  to  me  most  desirable  as  to  size, 
pleasing  appearance  and  quality  of  paper.  That  of  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  resembles 
Princeton  in  many  details.  The  catalog  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Tokyo  offers  much  in  creditable  typographic 
style  and  effect. 

Considered  from  both  the  practical  and  the  artistic 
points  of  view,  there  can  be  no  comparison  between  the 
thread  sewed  catalog  and  the  one  which  is  wired.  The 
cost  of  sewing  over  that  of  wire  stapling  Is  so  small  that 
there  is  little  excuse  for  the  annoying  wired  book. 
Sewing  machines  are  now  so  common  in  binderies  that 
nearly  all  the  larger  catalogs  are  thread  sewed,  in  fact  it 
is  impossible  to  open  a  wired  catalog  comfortably  if  it 
bulks  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  See  chap- 
ter on  Binding  and  illustrations,  page  251.  If  necessary 
it  would  be  well  to  condense  the  matter  in  the  catalog  by 
five  or  ten  per  cent  and  apply  the  saving  to  better 
quality  of  paper  and  binding. 

Princeton  has,  in  a  pleasing  manner,  presented  its 
history,  endowment,  environment  and  other  information 

*See  page  261,  last  three  lines. 


14  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

not  properly  admissible  to  the  catalog  in  what  is 
known  as  its  Descriptive  Booklet^  a  dignified,  well- 
printed  pamphlet  of  seventy  pages  and  sixteen  inserts. 
Perhaps  a  majority  of  colleges  issue  illustrated  publica- 
tions somewhat  on  the  same  order.  The  idea  is  that  the 
catalog  is  the  book  of  reference  for  the  intelligent  parent 
or  advising  friend,  and  should  be  a  help  to  the  prospec- 
tive student  in  selecting  a  course.  The  descriptive 
bulletin  is  a  straight  advertisement. 

Not  long  ago  I  was  called  to  a  progressive  univer- 
sity where  a  student-getting  bulletin  was  under  dis- 
cussion. I  found  two  students  on  the  committee  and  the 
faculty  members  were  heeding  their  suggestions.  This 
would  remind  one  of  the  Forum  at  Columbia  where 
students  and  faculty  meet  on  common  ground  for  the 
threshing  out  of  subjects  of  common  interest,  and  for 
mutual  criticism  and  encouragement. 

Advertising  in  all  its  phases  is  changing.  Catalogs 
and  especially  bulletins  at  many  colleges  and  schools 
are  changing.  We  are  reverting  to  the  artistic  or  to  the 
dignified,  and  one  usually  means  the  other.  Architec- 
ture of  all  kinds  seems  to  be  reverting  to  standards  far 
better  known  than  were  those  of  forty  years  ago,  public 
buildings,  libraries,  hotels,  sky-scrapers,  college  struc- 
tures, all  are  returning  to  the  classic,  the  renaissance  or 
the  gothic.  There  is  no  better  place  in  which  to  notice 
this  change  than  on  the  campus  of  the  college  which  has 
existed  for  fifty  years.  The  same  advance  may  be 
found  in  the  files  of  college  publications,  consecutively 
shelved. 

And  so  all  educational  institutions,  but  especially 
all  non-state  colleges,  are  bound  to  give  to  their  catalogs 
most  careful  consideration,  for  two  reasons:    first,  to 


THE    CATALOG    IN    GENERAL  I5 

keep  pace  with  the  fearful  competition  of  the  day  in 
that  it  will  have  its  catalog,  as  well  as  its  other  bulletins, 
of  such  attainment  in  both  contents  and  appearance 
that  it  will  hold  its  own  when  placed  in  the  inevitable 
comparison  with  publications  of  other  similar  colleges; 
second,  in  order  that  the  officials  who  prepare  the  Car- 
negie Foundation  Reports  may  not  find  in  the  catalog 
anything  which  their  searchlights  and  publicity  will 
turn  to  the  injury  of  the  college.  The  Foundation  scrutin- 
izes, annually,  the  catalogs  of  over  a  thousand  colleges, 
universities  and  schools. 

The  Exchange  Shelf 
I  recently  visited  a  college  with  a  rather  large 
endowment  where  a  change  in  style  of  the  catalog  was 
desired.  The  committee  charged  with  modernizing  this 
annual  publication  was  trying  to  solve  its  problem  by 
reference  to  the  out-of-date  catalogs  of  five  other  col- 
leges. Within  a  week  or  two  I  called  upon  another 
college  of  only  a  little  larger  size,  a  college  whose  catalog 
is  always  up-to-date  in  form,  style,  and  material.  Here, 
however,  was  this  difference.  In  a  small  room  adjoining 
the  president's  office  was  specially  designed  shelving, 
fifty  or  more  running  feet  of  it,  where  hundreds  of  latest 
catalogs  and  other  bulletins  of  good  institutions,  large 
and  small,  offered  therein  desiderata  as  to  size,  shape, 
style  for  faculty  and  student  lists,  presentation  of  cur- 
ricula and  arrangement  of  the  various  schedules.  The 
catalog  committee  at  this  latter  college  had  an  abundant 
supply  of  well  sharpened  tools  in  this  extensive  and 
carefully  selected  Exchange  Shelf.  In  our  large  univer- 
sities this  Exchange  Shelf  contains  thousands  of  speci- 
mens, useful  in  many  ways.  At  Ohio  State  University 
over  25CX)  such  items  may  be  found,  all  card  indexed. 


l6  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Practically  all  colleges  now  maintain  an  Exchange 
Shelf  of  some  sort.  It  is  my  observation,  however,  that 
but  few  institutions  use  it  to  any  great  extent.  The 
catalogs  received  in  exchange  are  not  thrown  away,  but 
are  frequently  placed  on  some  convenient  shelf  or  in  an 
old  bookcase,  where  they  are  seldom  seen  again. 

One  president  advised  me  that  he  glances  through 
each  such  publication  when  it  reaches  his  desk.  He 
then  turns  it  over  to  some  department  head  for  his 
examination.  Another  president  stated  that  he  is  glad 
to  maintain  such  a  collection  for  several  reasons,  not 
the  least  of  which  is  that  he  can  thereby  keep  in  touch 
with  faculty  lists. 

Universities  ask  for  two  and  sometimes  three  ex- 
change copies  of  the  catalog  in  order  that  two  or  three 
offices  in  the  university  may  each  have  the  information 
so  frequently  needed  regarding  work  done  by  under- 
graduate students  transferring  from  one  institution  to 
another  and  by  prospective  graduate  students.  At 
Brown  University  four  copies  from  leading  institutions 
are  used,  one  for  the  president,  one  for  the  library, 
one  for  the  dean  of  the  Graduate  Department  and  one 
for  the  Curriculum  Committee. 

In  medium  sized  and  small  colleges  the  old  catalogs 
are  usually  discarded  upon  receipt  of  the  new.  In 
universities  however,  the  old  copy  is,  for  various  rea- 
sons, retained  for  some  years. 

A  committee  on  a  new  building  must  visit,  under  an 
architect's  suggestion,  and  at  some  expense,  a  number 
of  such  buildings.  Not  so  with  a  catalog  committee. 
If  an  Exchange  Shelf  is  maintained  there  is  no  excuse  for 
the  catalog  not  being  right  in  contents  and  appear- 
ance. 


Exchange  Shelf  in  the  private  office  of  President  W.  W.  Boyd  of  Western  College 
for  Women.  Dr.  Boyd  refers  to  these  catalogs  frequently.  Each  publication  not 
bearing  its  title  on  the  backbone  has  been  provided  with  a  typewritten  slip  affixed 
for  ready  reference,  as  may  be  observed  in  the  illustration.  All  are  alphabetically 
placed  in  twelve  geographical  sections. 


THE    PAPER 

Size  Page 

IN  the  middle  west  and  south  there  are  probably 
more  college  catalogs  of  trimmed  size  5>^x7^  than 
of  all  other  sizes  combined.  This  is  not  true  in  the 
east,  where  more  stock  sizes  of  paper  may  be  found  in 
the  warehouses  of  jobbers.  There  a  size  rather  fre- 
quently met  with  is  5>^x8>^,  trimmed.  This  size  and  the 
larger  size  of  6x9,  trimmed,  possibly  add  more  dignity. 

Size  of  trimmed  pages  possible  to  cut  without  waste 


Before 

Size  of 

Number  of  pages      Number  of 

Trimmed 

Trimming 

Original 

to  Sheet,              Pages  to 

Sheet 

Both  sides                Form 

sVa^jH 

SKx8 

32x44 

64                     32 

^s'A^^H 

5^/8^ 

35x46 

64                     32 

WA^^y^ 

5^x8>^ 

34x46 

64                     32 

tsXx7>^ 

S>^x8X 

33x44 

64                     32 

t5^x8f^ 

6x9 

36x48 

64                     32 

6x9 

6Xx9K 

38x50 

64                     32 

*6><xio 

7x101^ 

28x42 

32                     16 

t*6^xioK 

7x11 

28x44 

32                     16 

*7Kxio>^ 

8x11 

32x44 

32                     16 

t*8>^xii 

8>^xiiK 

34x46 

32                     16 

1*8^x11^ 

9x12 

36x48 

32                     16 

*9XI2 

9>^XI2>^ 

38x50 

32              i6 

At  least  users  of  these  sizes  are  so  partial  to  them  that  no 

inducements  for  the  various  savings  effected  in  the  use 

of  the  5><x7^page  appeal.    Under  the  head  of  Type 

*For  special  bulletins  and  for  catalogs  of  Boys'  and  Girls'  Schools. 

fThese  sizes  are  often  procurable  only  by  ordering  paper  made  of  special  size 
at  the  mill,  a  sometimes  slow  and  always  slightly  more  expensive  proceeding.  Mill 
rules  provide  for  percentages  of  over-run  or  under-run  to  be  taken  by  purchaser  in 
case  such  order  calls  for  less  than  five  tons.  The  printer  expects  the  customer  to 
accept  such  necessary  over-run  or  under-run.  Neither  jobber  nor  printer  has  any- 
thing to  say  in  the  matter  beyond  the  twenty  per  cent  down  to  five  per  cent  in 
reverse  ratio  to  the  quantity. 


l8  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

will  be  found  suggestions  covering  dignity  and  lack  of 
dignity  due  to  proper  or  improper  dimensions  and 
position  of  type  page.  State  Normal  catalogs  carry 
larger  pages  than  those  of  colleges  and  universities,  and 
are  illustrated,  one  in  particular,  that  of  the  school  at 
Indiana,  Pennsylvania,  being  as  large  as  the  extreme 
sizes  used  by  some  boys'  schools,  and  incidentally  more 
profusely  illustrated  than  any  other  American  school  or 
college  catalog.  Several  colleges  for  women  in  the  south 
offer  illustrated  catalogs  of  much  larger  size  page  than 
those  in  use  by  northern  women's  colleges.  See  page  229- 

Hard  Usage  in  the  Mails 

The  size  of  the  page  should  be  given  careful  con- 
sideration in  regard  to  the  condition  in  which  the 
catalog  may  be  when  it  reaches  its  destination  after 
being  subjected  to  the  very  hard  usage  it  is  bound  to 
receive  in  the  mails.  Since  the  advent  of  the  parcel 
post,  catalogs  and  bulletins  in  which  the  page  is  larger 
than  5X  X  7^,  unless  very  thick  are  almost  sure  of 
being  crushed  and  wrinkled  to  a  greater  or  less  extent 
when  not  accompanied  by  a  stiffener  of  stout  double- 
faced  corrugated  strawboard.  A  little  observation 
while  traveling  will  satisfy  one  that  the  great  volume  of 
mail  matter  today  causes  a  lot  of  rough  handling, 
especially  at  transfer  points  where  haste  is  all  important. 
A  beautiful  views  bulletin  of  thirty-two  or  forty-eight 
pages  of  size  6^  x  10  or  larger,  alone  in  an  envelope 
without  a  good  stiffener,  in  the  bottom  of  a  mail  bag 
which  is  thrown  out  of  a  moving  car  or  which  has  a  ton 
or  two  of  mail  matter  of  all  kinds  piled  on  top  of  it, 
should  not  be  expected  to  reach  the  addressee  in  the 
attractive  condition  in  which  it  was  mailed.     Better 


THE  PAPER  19 


more  pages  of  small  size  than  less  pages  of  larger  size. 
Printing  Art,  9  x  12  in  size,  comes  in  a  specially  made 
flat  container,  one  side  being  heavy  corrugated  board, 
always  flat  and  perfect. 

Quality 

The  ordinary  college  or  small  university  catalog  is 
usually  printed  upon  what  is  known  as  "Eggshell 
Book."  Of  this  there  are  two  qualities,  that  which 
in  time  will  turn  slightly  yellow  at  the  edges  and 
that  which  is  guaranteed  by  the  makers  to  be  non- 
fading.  The  latter  costs  just  a  trifle  more  per  pound,  is 
not  so  pure  a  white  in  shade,  and  is  not  stocked  in  so 
many  sizes  and  weights.  Both  varieties  are  made  at 
several  mills  and  are  given  various  names  by  the  jobbers 
who  market  them.  The  finish  of  these  papers  is  not 
identical  on  both  sides,  a  fact  which  renders  them  not 
quite  so  desirable  as  papers  which,  costing  a  cent  or  two 
per  pound  more,  are  nearly  uniform  in  finish  on  each 
side. 

Eggshell  paper  is  used  for  the  following  reasons: 
first,  the  surface  is  so  rough  that  no  glare  is  seen,  es- 
pecially when  reading  by  artificial  light;  second,  it  is 
more  bulky  than  so-called  book  papers;  thus,  a  catalog 
printed  on  light  weight  eggshell  paper,  basis  25x38-50 
lb.,  will  bulk  greater  than  the  heaviest  weight  obtainable 
of  regular  book  paper.  For  this  reason  a  small  college 
with  a  limited  number  of  courses  to  offer  and  with  cor- 
respondingly limited  faculty  and  student  lists,  generally 
uses  the  bulky  paper. 

Catalogs  of  the  very  large  universities  are  almost 
always  on  book  paper  of  slightly  higher  price  per  pound 
but  of  much  lighter  weight.  Of  these  papers  there  are  a 
number  of  suitable  qualities,  variously  known  according 
to  the  catalog  of  the  jobber  in  which  they  are  listed. 


20  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Weight 
The  following  table  of  corresponding  weights  may 
be  useful  in  reaching  an  intelligent  comparison  of  the 
various  sizes  based  on  25x38  weights.  It  should  be 
noted,  however,  that  stock  weights  of  other  sizes  seldom 
correspond  exactly  in  multiples  of  ten  pounds  with  the 
stock  weights  of  25x38. 

Corresponding  Weights  and  Sizes  of  paper  based  on 
25x38  size  sheet 


25x38 

26x40 

28x42 

28x44 

32x44 

34x46 

36x48 

38x50 

40 

44 

50 

52 

59 

66 

73 

80 

45 

49 

56 

58 

67 

74 

82 

90 

SO 

55 

62 

65 

74 

82 

91 

100 

SS 

60 

68 

71 

81 

91 

100 

no 

60 

66 

74 

78 

89 

99 

109 

120 

65 

71 

80 

84 

96 

107 

118 

130 

70 

77 

87 

91 

104 

115 

127 

140 

80 

88 

99 

104 

119 

132 

146 

160 

90 

99 

112 

117 

133 

148 

164 

180 

100 

no 

124 

130 

148 

165 

182 

200 

120 

132 

149 

156 

178 

198 

218 

240 

To  find  the  equivalent  weight  of  any  size 

Example:  The  known  weight  of  a  25  X  38  sheet  is 
60  lbs.  to  ream.  What  is  the  equivalent  weight  if  the 
size  sheet  desired  is  to  be  32  X  44  inches.? 

The  problem  in  proportion  is  as  follows: 

25  X  38:32  X44:  :6o\x. 

25x38=950  square  inches.  32  X  44  =  1408  square 
inches. 

Thus  950: 1408:  '.6o\x 

1408  X  60  =  84480  -7-  950  =88.9.  25  X  38,  60  lbs.  is 
therefore  equivalent  to  32  X  44,  88.9  lbs.  This,  how- 
ever, is  not  a  stock  weight.     The  nearest  weight  which 


THE  PAPER  21 


can  be  secured,  as  may  be  seen  by  reference  to  the 
foregoing  table,  is  32  X  44,  90  lbs. 
Bulk 
For  securing  approximate  ideas  as  to  thicknesses  of 
catalogs  of  given  numbers  of  pages  when  printed  on 
paper  of  certain  bases  of  weight,  the  following  table  is 
shown. 

Comparative  table  of  bulk — number  of  pages  to 
one  inch  of  thickness 

(Thickness  of  Covers  and  Inserts  not  considered.    One  leaf  is  two  pages.) 


Basis 

* 

Eggshell 
Finish 

Ordinary 
Book 

Super 
Book 

Coated 
Book 

Dull 
Finish 

25x38-50 
25x38-60 
25x38-70 
25x38-80 

344 

296 

264 

500 
416 

352 
312 

640 
536 
456 
400 

650 
560 
496 

650 
560 
496 

25x38-90 

232 

280 

360 

442 

442 

25x38-100 
25x38-120 

196 

250 

320 

400 
336 

400 
336 

The  foregoing  table  can  not  be  considered  abso- 
lutely accurate  as  it  often  happens  that  different  runs  of 
the  same  paper  and  weight  at  the  same  mills  vary  in 
thickness.  Incidentally,  it  should  be  known  that  both 
finish  and  shade  frequently  vary  perceptibly,  one  run 
from  another  at  the  mill.  For  this  reason  it  is  highly 
desirable  that  the  complete  edition  of  any  catalog  be 
printed  on  paper  of  the  same  run  at  mill.  The  appear- 
ance of  two,  sometimes  even  three,  shades  of  paper  in 
the  same  catalog,  is  now  and  then  but  not  often  ob- 
served. For  this  unfortunate  and  undesirable  circum- 
stance the  printer  must  usually  be  held  blameless,  unless 
there  be  time  in  which  to  return  his  paper  to  the  jobber 
for  exchange.     Such  differences  in  shade  and  finish  of 

*For  sizes  other  than  25x38,  compare  preceding  table  of  Corresponding  Weights. 


22  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

paper  are  more  noticeable  and  more  frequent  in  the 
coated  papers  and  especially  in  the  dull  papers  used  for 
illustrations  in  catalogs  or  for  illustrated  bulletins. 

It  might  also  be  remembered  that  the  printer  is 
compelled  by  custom  to  purchase  his  paper  from  job- 
bers.   The  book  paper  mills  do  not  sell  to  consumers. 

Colored  Papers 

Occasionally  a  normal  school  catalog  is  made 
attractive  by  the  use  of  tan,  india,  or  gray  color  egg- 
shell book  paper,  the  cover  paper  and  illustrations 
harmonizing  or  contrasting  properly.  Such  combina- 
tions are  frequently  found  in  the  catalogs  of  boys'  and 
girls'  schools. 

The  creamish  shade  of  paper  used  in  publications 
of  some  colleges,  particularly  in  the  east,  is  not  con- 
sidered a  color.  It  is  usually  termed  in  the  jobbers' 
catalogs  "toned"  or  "natural"  to  distinguish  it  from 
pure  white,  bleached  paper. 

Coated  and  Dull  Papers 

For  the  views  bulletins,  better  class  college  periodi- 
cals, illustrated  inserts,  music  and  art  catalogs,  such 
paper  must  be  used  as  will  bring  results  desired.  En- 
gravers almost  invariably  recommend  double  or  triple 
coated  pure  white  paper  and  the  best  of  black  ink  for 
the  reason  that  no  other  combination  brings  out  details 
so  clearly.  While  this  is  quite  true,  there  are  many 
other  combinations  of  paper  and  ink  which  result  in 
much  more  artistic  effects.  It  is  always  safe  when  in 
doubt  to  use  black  ink  on  white  paper.  At  the  same 
time  any  really  good  printing  concern,  and  such  are  to 
be  found  in  all  cities  whose  population  exceeds  100,000 
and  occasionally  in  smaller  cities,  is  always  glad  to  show 


THE  PAPER  23 


press  proofs  of  some  or  all  of  the  engravings  for  use  in  a 
certain  job,  in  several  combinations  of  paper  and  ink. 
While  such  proofs  cost  from  $5.00  up,  they  make  pos- 
sible intelligent  consideration  of  a  subject  which  is  of 
almost  vital  importance.  The  selection  of  inks  and 
papers  for  such  trial  proofs  should  be  left  to  the  printer 
unless  it  be  desired  to  duplicate  some  sample  satisfying 
to  the  customer. 

There  are  so  many  mills  making  coated  white 
papers  that  to  the  uninitiated  it  is  difficult  to  make  a 
selection.  Eliminating  consideration  of  papers  highly 
calendered  but  not  coated,  it  might  be  stated  that  each 
jobber  lists  in  his  catalog  a  number  of  coated  white 
papers,  several  single  coated,  several  double  coated,  and 
probably  one  triple  coated  brand.  These  papers  vary 
in  price  per  pound  according  to  quality.  Papers,  which, 
previous  to  1916  were  priced  at  from  seven  to  twelve 
cents  per  pound  in  ton  lots,  and  of  which  reasonable 
quantities  were  generally  in  stock  in  all  sizes  and  weights 
are  now  bringing  from  ten  to  sixteen  cents  and  some- 
times hard  to  secure,  even  at  such  greatly  advanced 
prices. 

Of  dull  or  partly  dull  papers  there  are  four  standard 
makes,  S.  D.  Warren  Paper  Company's  (Boston) 
"Cameo"  in  white,  ivory,  and  sepia;  Dill  &  CoUins's 
(Philadelphia)  "Superb"  in  white  and  several  shades; 
Stone  &  Andrews's  (Boston)  "Hancock  Book"  in  white 
and  several  shades ;  and  Louis  Dejonge's  (New  York  and 
Chicago)  "Art  Mat"  in  white  and  india.  These  papers 
are  all  made  in  numerous  sizes  and  weights  and  are  much 
higher  in  price  than  ordinary  white  coated  papers.  The 
fact  that  enormous  quantities  of  each  of  these  papers 
are  constantly  being  used,  indicates  their  popularity. 


24  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

A  college  views  bulletin,  a  music  school  catalog  or 
a  fine  illustrated  catalog  for  a  school  for  boys  or  girls, 
printed  on  any  of  these  papers  with  almost  any  of  the 
score  or  more  of  high  grade  inks  made  in  what  is  known 
as  the  doubletone  process,  by  a  printer  of  ability,  would 
be  incomparable  from  an  artistic  point  of  view.  This  is, 
of  course,  on  the  supposition  that  the  engravings  are  of 
good  quality,  a  condition  impossible  in  the  event  the 
engraver  has  been  furnished  with  poor  photographs. 

Engravers  insist  on  fine  unmounted  photographs 
for  copy,  black  glossy  prints  on  white  photo  paper.  For 
portraits  and  interior  views  there  is  always  an  element 
of  doubt  if  dull  paper  be  used.  Just  because  many 
portraits  and  interiors  do  appear  to  splendid  advantage 
on  dull  papers  is  no  proof  of  similar  results  in  all  cases. 
Such  papers  used  in  conjunction  with  cheap  ink,  poor 
engravings  or  inferior  workmanship  in  the  press  room, 
bring  results  infinitely  worse  than  those  of  the  cheaper 
white  paper  and  black  ink  in  the  same  press  room. 

There  are  a  number  of  somewhat  cheaper  papers, 
semi-dull,  in  imitation  of  the  highest  qualities,  which 
have  two  excuses  for  their  existence,  first,  the  printing 
can  be  done  fairly  satisfactorily  in  pressrooms  of  less 
pretentious  claim;  second,  they  are  much  cheaper  in 
price.     See  page  236. 

Cover  Paper 

Many  universities  use  no  cover  whatever  for  small 
bulletins.  Some  few  use  the  same  quality  paper  as  that 
of  the  bulletin,  but  in  a  much  heavier  weight,  for  a  cover. 
To  the  eye,  there  is  no  benefit  derived  from  such  a  cover. 
It  has  no  strength,  is  easily  soiled  and  soon  turns  up  at 
the  edges  if  subjected  to  much  use.  Such  cover  costs, 
in  addition  to  the  extra  weight  of  the  paper,  more  in 


THE  PAPER  25 


proportion,  because  it  is  run  in  a  separate  four  page 
form  whereas  if  it  were  embodied  in  sixteen  page,  thirty- 
two  page,  or  possibly  sixty-four  page  forms  of  the 
bulletin,  the  production  expense  for  presswork  and 
binding  would  be  minimized.  The  bulletin  of  sixteen  or 
thirty-two  pages  is  practically  as  good  without  such  a 
cover  as  with  it,  and  costs  much  less.  If  not  intended 
for  constant  reference,  it  would  appear  to  excellent 
advantage  without  any  cover  whatever.  A  student 
directory,  a  schedule  bulletin  or  anything  made  for  hard 
usage  should  by  all  means  have  a  strong  cover  for  pro- 
tection. 

The  great  majority  of  colleges  and  universities  use 
a  medium  weight,  medium  priced  cover  paper  on  cata- 
logs and  large  bulletins.  The  color  is  generally  some 
shade  of  gray.  Some  institutions  use  brown  shades,  a 
few  use  blue  and  now  and  then  one  is  seen  in  some  white 
paper  of  goodly  weight  and  strength.  Harvard's  cover 
paper  is  brilliant  red,  the  color  of  the  university.  Black 
paper  with  white  ink  is  used  by  Bowdoin  College,  whose 
college  color  is  white.  Williams  uses  royal  purple,  its 
color,  on  its  book-bound  catalog  and  purple  ink  on 
French  gray  paper  for  its  paper  covered  catalog.  Stevens 
Institute  uses  red  ink  on  gray  cover,  its  colors.  Such 
instances  of  the  use  of  college  colors  on  catalog  covers 
are  comparatively  rare. 

As  stated  in  the  chapter  on  binding,  it  is  of  greater 
importance  that  the  cover  be  firmly  and  properly 
attached  to  the  catalog  than  that  it  be  of  any  certain 
quality  or  weight.  The  selection  of  any  shade  and 
medium  weight  of  any  of  perhaps  a  dozen  or  more 
brands  of  cover  paper  will  work  satisfaction  as  far  as 
practical  use  is  concerned.  Fancy  colors,  odd  patterns 
or  freakish  surfaces  are  not  for  college  publications. 


THE  TYPE 

TO  the  college  catalog  editor  who  has  not  made 
careful  comparisons  of  type  faces  we  would  sug- 
gest that  of  the  many  faces  or  "families"  of  body 
type  perhaps  the  majority  are  not  suited  to  the  dignified 
college  catalog.  The  publications  of  very  many  of  our 
colleges  are  subject  to  criticism  in  this  particular.  To 
the  uninitiated  the  little  proprieties  of  face  and  size  of 
type,  dimensions  of  type  page,  exact  position  of  type 
page  on  the  trimmed  paper  page,  correct  use  of  capitals, 
small  capitals  and  italics,  uniformity  in  indentation, 
careful  selection  of  various  types  for  major  and  minor 
headings,  sub-headings,  and  sub-sub-headings  appear 
of  importance  far  secondary  to  the  contents  of  the 
catalog.  But  to  the  editor  of  such  a  catalog,  as,  for 
instance,  that  of  Harvard  University,  or  that  of  Car- 
negie Institute,  both  of  which  institutions  now  maintain 
practical  courses  in  printing,  such  details  in  typography 
are  vital,  the  subject  no  doubt  of  long  and  deep  study, 
coupled  with  wide  and  intelligent  comparison.  As 
before  stated,  the  Princeton  catalog  presents,  in  our 
estimation,  more  dignity  and  attractiveness  in  all  of  its 
mechanical  details  than  any  other  college  catalog.  In  it 
the  temptation,  if  any,  to  use  small  type  for  reducing 
the  number  of  pages  and  thereby  lowering  the  expense 
of  production,  was  resisted.  The  great  volume  of 
matter  in  the  catalogs  of  Harvard  and  Carnegie,  how- 
ever, make  smaller  type  imperative.  One  size  larger 
type  would  require  but  slightly  larger  page  dimensions, 
or  but  slightly  smaller  margins  to  contain  the  same 
amount  of  matter  per  page. 

26 


THE  TYPE  27 


Leading 

Leading,  or  spacing  between  lines  of  type,  improves 
the  appearance  of  the  type  page  and  makes  easier  the 
reading.  This,  however,  is  done  at  the  expense  of  the 
space  occupied.  The  placing  of  2-point  leads  (1-36  inch) 
between  lines  of  1 2-point  type  will  admit  of  only  85  per 
cent  as  many  words  to  the  page  as  the  1 2-point  solid 
would  contain;  in  lo-point  type  83 Vs  per  cent;  in  8- 
point  80  per  cent,  and  in  6-point  75  per  cent.  Compare 
specimens  of  type  beginning  page  98. 

Considering  this  little  problem  from  the  other  view- 
point, matter  set  in  1 2-point  type  will  require  17.64% 
more  pages  if  leaded  out  with  2-point  leads;  lo-point 
type  so  leaded  will  require  20%  more  pages;  8-point 
type  so  leaded  25%  more  pages;  6-point  type  so  leaded 
33^3%  more  pages.  Leading  costs  more  for  production, 
not  at  the  keyboard  where  the  expense  would  be  the 
same  in  either  solid  or  leaded,  but  in  the  paging  (make- 
up) of  the  extra  pages,  the  lock-up  of  more  forms,  the 
cost  of  extra  paper,  presswork  and  binding. 

The  1 2-point  body  matter  of  this  book  is  leaded. 

The  college  whose  catalog  is  printed  in  the  news- 
paper shop  of  a  small  town  almost  invariably  appears  in 
such  typographic  dress  as  the  limitations  of  equipment 
and  the  ideas  of  the  well-meaning  foreman  will  permit. 
Such  a  catalog  and  the  college  it  advertises  suffer  when 
compared  with  the  publications  of  that  large  class  of 
institutions  represented  by,  let  us  suggest,  Bowdoin, 
Denison,  or  Washington  and  Jefferson. 

Book  printers  of  the  better  class  have,  within  the 
past  very  few  years,  reverted  to  the  dignified  and 
pleasing  type  faces  originated  in  the  days  of  Jenson, 
Aldus  or  Caxton.  The  fancy  type  faces  of  a  generation 


28  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


The  Best  School  for  a  Girl 


•^rwpCHAT  kind  of  a  school  are  you  seeking 
^^  f     for  your  daughter  or  ward? 
^•^r  There   are  many  boarding  schools 

for  girls,  but  they  differ  widely  in 
spirit  and  aim,  as  well  as  in  location.  It  may  assist 
you  in  your  choice  to  be  told  of  what  one  particular 
school  offers  you — comparison  with  others  is  there- 
by made  easier  and  comparison  is  what  we  espe- 
cially desire.  Moreover,  parents  themselves  often 
do  not  Jinozu  just  what  they  want,  and  this  leaflet 
may  help  you  to  see  what  you  ought  to  look  for. 
Location  is  perhaps  what  most  parents  do  not 
consider  sufficiently.  Schools  in  or  near  large  cities 
have  the  advantage  of  accessibility  to  residents  of 
such  cities,  but  every  other  advantage  is  with  the 
distinctly  country  school,  and  Harcourt  Place  is 
very  decidely  in  the  country. 

Gambler  is  a  town  of  700  inhabitants,  50 
miles  from  Columbus,  5  miles  from  Mt.  Vernon, 
without  a  trolley  or  eveil  a  "movie."  But  Gambler 
is  also  one  of  the  most  beautiful  towns  of  Ohio,  the 
seat  of  Kenyon  College,  with  its  noble  buildings 
and  charming  park.  Its  healthfulness  is  as  famous 
as  its  beauty.  During  a  recent  epidemic  of  "grippe" 
not  a  single  case  occurred  in  the  school,  although 

[3] 


Caslon  l2-point  solid  with  Caxton  text  initial.     From  a   recent  brochure  of 
Harcourt  Place  School. 


THE  TYPE  29 


THE  WAY  OF  A  SCHOOL 

HE  Columbus  School  for  Girls  was 
founded  in  1898  to  meet  a  growing  de- 
mand In  Columbus  for  the  advantages 
offered  in  a  good  private  school.  These 
advantages  are  found  in  the  close  relationship 
which  may  arise  between  the  girl  and  the  teacher, 
and  in  the  intimate  social  life  possible  in  a  small 
community  bound  by  common  interests.  Only 
under  such  condition  can  be  rendered  the  distinc- 
tive service  of  the  private  school,  which  is  to  deepen 
the  intellectual  life  of  its  pupils,  and  by  a  prevailing 
spirit  of  culture  to  intensify  and  to  emphasize  the 
grace  and  refinement  which  education  should  bring. 
For  these  reasons  the  school  life  has,  from  the 
earliest  days,  been  recognized  by  the  heads  of  the 
school  as  a  factor  of  the  greatest  importance  in  the 
development  of  its  pupils. 

The  School  stands  on  Parsons  Avenue,  facing 
Town  Street,  in  the  center  of  an  attractive,  well- 
kept  neighborhood.     The  grounds,  which  abound 


Caslon  i2-point,  double  leaded,  paragraph  spaced,  easy  to  read.  Type- 
setting per  page  inexpensive  but  many  more  pages  required  than  if  set  solid.  The 
initial  is  decorated  roman,  known  as  Cloister. 


30  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

ago  have,  like  many  of  the  architectural  lines  of  that 
period,  disappeared.  Professor  Thomas  E.  French,  in 
his  The  Essentials  of  Lettering  states : 

Referring  again  to  the  history,  the  Roman  lower-case 
letter  was  the  final  step  in  the  evolution  from  the  Caroline, 
and  reached  its  definite  form  after  the  invention  of  printing, 
so  for  models  to  combine  with  our  Roman  capitals  we  go  back 
to  the  type  forms  of  Jenson  and  the  master  printers  of  the 
fifteenth  century.  Type  degenerated  so  steadily  after  that 
period  that  William  Morris  once  exclaimed,  "There  has  not 
been  a  decent  book  printed  since  the  sixteenth  century." 

As  to  the  face  of  type  for  use  in  a  catalog  the 
experienced  editor  or  compiler  who  studies  the  mechan- 
ical make-up  of  the  most  attractive  catalogs  on  his 
Exchange  Shelf  needs  no  suggestions. 

To  open  a  specimen  book  from  a  type  foundry  or 
from  the  monotype  or  linotype  composing  machine 
manufacturers,  would  only  serve  to  deepen  the  problem. 
Reliable  printshops  of  today  are  prepared  to  set  type  in 
several  faces  only,  having  the  machine  matrices  in  the 
various  body  sizes  and  the  display  type  in  the  larger 
sizes,  all  of  the  same  "family."  For  instance,  if  the 
Caslon  face  were  selected,  the  body  matter  of  the 
catalog  might  be  set  in  lo-point  solid,  or  lo-point  on 
l2-point  body,  the  quotations  if  any,  in  8-point,  the 
footnotes  in  6-point,  the  index  in  8-point  or  6-point,  all 
to  be  machine  set,  with  principal  headings  and  title 
pages  set  by  hand  in  larger  type  of  the  same  face,  the 
outside  title  and  backbone  set  in  Caslon  or  Caslon  Bold. 
This  would  make  a  Caslon  book,  thoroughly  pleasing  to 
the  eye,  harmonious  throughout.  Every  good  printer 
will  have  several  such  faces  from  which  to  select,  but  no 
printer  will  have  many.  The  old-time  system  of  many 
faces,  a  little  of  each  for  different  style  headings  has 
passed  away. 


KISKIMINETAS        SPRINGS        SCHOOL 

LOCATION 

The  situation  of  the  school  possesses  a  strong  appeal. 
Overlooking  the  headwaters  of  the  Kiskiminetas  River,  which 
is  here  formed  by  the  confluence  of  the  Conemaugh  and  Lloyal- 
hanna,  the  campus  is  of  rare  natural  beauty. 

Six  of  the  school  buildings  face  the  river  and  overlook  its 
picturesque  valley.  The  grove  of  giant  chestnut  and  oak,  at 
whose  edge  the  buildings  stand,  gives  to  the  shaded  tennis 
courts  and  athletic  training  grounds  an  irresistible  lure.  The 
elevation  of  the  campus  is  iioo  feet  above  sea  level. 

The  grounds  contain  200  acres  of  shady  walks,  delightful 
groves  and  mountain  springs.  The  spacious  athletic  grounds 
afford  ample  room  for  golf  Hnks  and  several  football  and  base- 
ball fields.  The  younger  boys  do  not  have  to  wait  till  their 
elders  leave  the  playground,  but  have  a  "diamond  all  their  own." 

When  weather  conditions  turn  attention  again  to  indoor 
life,  the  large  new  gymnasium,  with  its  bowling  alleys,  swim- 
ming pool  and  indoor  games  completes  the  cycle  of  health- 
giving  enjoyment.  The  teachers  and  instructors  enter  into 
these  sports  and  games,  creating  a  friendly,  home  feeling, 
which  makes  the  boy  happy  and  contented.  So  true  is  this 
that  many  of  the  students  come  before  and  stay  after  the 
actual  school  days. 

The  town  of  Saltsburg,  directly  across  the  river  from  the 
campus,  is  fifty  miles  east  of  Pittsburgh  and  easily  reached 
from  all  points  via  the  double-tracked  Conemaugh  Division  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Railroad. 

This  road  makes  connections  with  the  following  lines: 

Pennsylvania  Main  Line  at  Blairsville  Intersection,  Buf- 
falo and  Allegheny  Valley  at  Kiskiminetas  Junction,  Buffalo, 
Rochester  and  Pittsburg  at  Indiana.  There  is  710  licensed  hotel 
or  saloon  within  four  miles  of  the  School  and  the  temptations  of 
larger  towns  and  cities  are  entirely  absent. 

w 

This  catalog  is  especially  dignified,  being  printed  on  7x9  pages  of  heavy  white 
laid  paper,  deckle-edged,  watermarked.  It  is  typographically  correct,  shape  of 
page  being  considered.  Type  is  12-point  Caslon  solid.  It  is  not  entered  as  second- 
class  mail  matter. 

31 


32  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

26  THE    UNIVERSITY   OF  THE    SOUTH 

EXPENSES 
College 

The  necessary  expenses  of  a  student  in  the  College  for 
the  scholastic  year  vary  from  a  minimum  of  $195.00  to  a 
maximum  of  $325.00,  according  to  boarding  accommoda- 
tions. Inquiries  concerning  board,  etc.,  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Vice-Chancellor's  office. 

In  the  necessary  expenses  are  included  the  following: 
tuition,  general  University  fee,*  unfurnished  room,  heat 
and  light,  meals,  and  laundry. f  In  addition  to  these,  a 
contingent  fee  of  $10.00  is  deposited  annually  with  the 
Treasurer  to  cover  breakage  and  other  charges,  and  so 
far  as  it  is  not  used  by  the  student  is  returned. 

Students  taking  work  in  Science  departments  pay  also 
the  following  fees: 

In  Chemistry,  a  general  fee  of  $10.00,  and  a  contingent  fee  of  $5.00. 

In  Physics,  a  general  fee  of  $5.00,  and  a  contingent  fee  of  $5.00. 

In  Biology,  a  general  fee  of  $5.00,  and  a  contingent  fee  of  $5.00. 

In  Geology,  a  general  fee  of  $3.00,  and  a  contingent  fee  of  $2.00. 

A  Matriculation  fee  of  $15.00  is  charged  when,  the 
student  matriculates,  and  is  paid  only  once. 

A  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  for  diploma  at  graduation. 

The  charges  above  mentioned  are  for  the  scholastic  year 
exclusive  of   the   Christmas  vacation.     Students  boarding 


♦The  University *ree  of  $25.00  is  devoted  to  the  general  expense  of  niaintenance 
of  University  buildings.  Library  and  Gymnasium,  and  covers  medical  attendance  in 
ordinary  cases  of  illness;  but  does  not  include  the  services  of  specialists  who  may  be 
consulted,  or  hospital  fees. 

■j-For  the  twenty  dollars  charged  each  year  for  laundry  the  Laundry  Company  allows 
the  student  the  following  weekly  list :  3  shirts,  7  collars,  4  pairs  cuffs,  3  undershirts, 
4  pairs  drawers,  3  suits  underwear,  3  pairs  socks,  I  nightshirt  or  pajama  suit,  7  hand- 
kerchiefs, 6  towels,  2  sheets,  i  pillow  slip. 


An  unusually  interesting  page  typographically,  due  to  some  extent  to  the 
letter-spaced  heading  "Expenses"  set  in  capitals.  Note  the  legibility  of  the  body 
matter,  lo-point  leaded.  According  to  DeVinne  foot-notcK  in  as  small  type  as 
those  above  should  be  in  two  columns  and  without  the  hair-line  rule  I  his  catalog 
is  printed  on  cream  colored  laid  paper  with  generous  margins,     bee  page  180. 


THE  TYPE  33 


One  of  the  Publications  of  Clark  University- 
Library,  January  191 2,  contains  a  paper  "The  Rela- 
tive Legibility  of  Different  Faces  of  Printing  Types"  by 
Barbara  E.  Roethlein,  A.M.  The  aim  of  the  investigation 
was  "to  determine  the  relative  ease  or  difficulty  with 
which  various  faces  of  printed  letters  can  be  read." 
The  paper  is  dry  reading,  dealing  with  centimeters, 
microns,  twenty-six  faces  of  type,  numerous  tables  and 
thousands  of  readings  with  the  use  of  a  specially  de- 
signed machine.  The  four  faces  of  type  exhibited  on 
pages  98  to  107  stand  well  toward  the  top  of  the  list 
of  practical  faces  in  the  final  results.  News  Gothic, 
a  decidedly  ugly  face  for  any  purpose  but  that  of 
minor  headings  in  a  newspaper,  stands  first,  but  "the 
aesthetic  factor  must  always  be  taken  into  account. 
*  *  *  The  reader  who  prefers  the  appearance  of  Gushing 
Oldstyle  or  a  Gentury  face  may  gratify  his  aesthetic 
demands  without  any  considerable  sacrifice  of  legibili- 
ty." Some  interesting  conclusions  are  reached  under 
the  head  of  Relation  between  Legibility  and  Quality  of 
Paper-Surface.  Types  printed  on  coated  white  paper 
in  black  ink  were  read  at  a  distance  of  144.9  cm., 
whereas  the  same  types  printed  in  black  ink  on  a  rough 
yellowish  paper  could  be  read  145  cm.  away.  The 
first  conclusion  is  "Gertain  faces  of  type  are  much  more 
legible  than  others;  and  certain  letters  of  every  face 
are  much  more  legible  than  other  letters  of  the  same 
face."  The  seventh  conclusion  is,  in  part,  "The  quality 
and  the  texture  of  the  paper  is  a  much  less  significant 
factor  than  has  been  supposed." 

The  Department  of  Psychology  at  the  University  of 
Wisconsin  has  recently  made  some  interesting  experi- 
ments regarding  eye-strain,  the  result  being  that  type 


34 

THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 



founders'   day   1916 

9 

Address  for  the  Alumni 

Earl  Thomas  Jennings,  A.  B.  '12 

The  Alumni  of  Howe  School  represent  a  body  of  men  who  have  passed 
into  the  current  of  the  great  world's  struggle.  Some  are  in  the  collegiate 
world,  preparing  for  a  professional  career,  others  are  already  in  the  struggle 
of  life  for  material  subsistence  and  for  moral  growth. 

These  men  appreciate  more  fully  the  opportunities  offered  at  Howe 
which  make  for  a  noble  purpose  in  life,  a  broad  view  of  the  world,  an 
active  mind  and  will.  It  is  the  tendency  of  many  of  the  undergraduates 
not  to  appreciate  the  things  that  are  best  for  their  welfare.  Their  vision 
of  life  is  narrow,  their  moral  sense  limited.  The  object  of  all  the  various 
activities  of  the  school  life  is  to  widen  the  scope  of  vision. 

The  purpose  of  the  Founders  of  this  great  institution  was  to  make 
Christian  gentlemen — men  who  are  a  cultural  advantage  to  the  world  at 
large,  who  will  be  leaders  in  whatever  sphere  of  life  they  enter. 

If  the  true  Howe  training  is  to  be  spread  into  life  and  disseminated 
abroad,  men  in  the  school  must  take  every  advantage  of  the  opportunities 
offered.  No  time  must  be  lost;  for  our  span  of  life  is  short.  The  student 
must  work  with  a  will,  co-operating  at  every  angle  with  the  administration, 
and  with  the  Rector,  the  noble  and  unselfish  representative  of  the 
Founders. 

I  have  talked  with  many  of  the  Alumni  and  their  ideas  differ  on  what 
the  institution  has  done  for  them.  But  they  all  acknowledge  these 
benefits  too  numerous  to  mention.  The  beautiful  inspiring  Vesper 
services  continually  remain  as  a  guide  to  them  in  their  daily  careers.  The 
many  words  of  comfort,  of  exhortation,  of  encouragement,  of  advice 
spoken  by  the  Rector  of  this  institution  still  remain  as  fixed  guides.    And 


A  portion  of  an  ideal  type  page;  printed  on  heavy  white  paper;  page  of  un- 
trimmed  dimensions  8xii;  very  large  margins;  lo-point  leaded,  easy  to  read; 
running-head  lo-point  small  caps  letter-spaced;  major  head  i8-point  caps  and 
lower  case;  all  type  Century. 


THE  TYPE  35 


matter  on  darker  paper  is  as  easily  read  as  that  on 
pure  white. 

Caslon,  Century  Roman,  Scotch  Roman,  Oldstyle 
Antique  and  Cheltenham  are  all  well  known  and  are  of 
fairly  uniform  style,  whether  from  monotype  or  linotype 
matrices  or  in  body  type  for  display  headings.  The  last 
named  face  is  not  quite  so  suitable  for  books  and  cata- 
logs but  could  not  be  excelled  for  some  styles  of  illus- 
trated bulletins.  In  comparing  the  exhibits  of  these 
faces  as  shown  on  pages  98  to  106,  the  arable  figures 
must  be  duly  considered.  Figures  known  as  Oldstyle, 
the  more  popular,  drop  below  the  line  in  3,  4,  5,  7  and  9. 
Size  of  Type 

In  Mr.  Bostwick's  paper  "Books  for  Tired  Eyes"  in 
the  January  1917  number  of  that  typographically  per- 
fect magazine,  the  Yale  Review,  the  following  comment 
is  offered  on  Miss  Roethlein's  tables: 

The  maximum  of  legibility  almost  always  coincides  with 
that  of  size.  These  experiments  seem  to  have  influenced 
printers  whose  organization  in  Boston  has  appointed  a  com- 
mittee to  urge  upon  the  Carnegie  Institution  the  establish- 
ment of  a  department  of  research  to  make  scientific  tests  of 
printing-types  in  regard  to  the  comparative  legibility  and 
the  possibility  of  improving  some  of  their  forms. 

Mr.  Bostwick  also  refers  at  some  length  in  his 
appeal  for  larger  type  to  an  experiment  in  progress 
in  the  St.  Louis  Public  Library,  where  after  strenuous 
efforts  to  secure  good  books  in  14-point  type  only 
400  are  even  now  to  be  numbered  among  its  collection 
of  400,000  volumes.  He  condenses,  too,  the  findings 
of  a  committee  appointed  in  191 1  by  the  British  As- 
sociation for  the  Advancement  of  Science  "to  inquire 
into  the  influence  of  school-books  upon  eyesight." 

It  dwells  upon  the  importance  of  unglazed  paper, 
flexible  sewing,  clear  bold  illustration,  black  ink  and  true 


36  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


PALMER    COLLEGE 


2.  Qualitative  Analysis,  In  this  course  the  inorganic 
preparations  are  analyzed ;  acids  and  bases  are  sepa- 
rated and  identified ;  and  then  the  student  is  trained 
to  detect  for  himself  the  elements  in  unknown  sub- 
stances. Chemistry  1  is  prerequisite.  One  hour 
a  week,  with  three  laboratory  periods. 
Elective  for  Sophomores  and  Juniors. 

ENGLISH   LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

1.  Critical  study  of  the  structure  and  development  of 
the  paragraph,  essay  and  short  story.  Exercises  in 
the  making  of  abstracts,  paraphrases  and  outlines. 
Weekly  themes,  affording  practice  in  description, 
narration  and  exposition. 

Required  of  Freshmen.     (Three  hours.) 

2.  (a)  Outline  History  of  English  Literature.  The 
object  of  this  course  is  to  give  the  student  a  general 
survey  of  English  Literature,  and  to  prepare  the 
way  for  more  specialized  work.  Study  of  selected 
masterpieces. 

Required  of  Sophomores.     (Two  hours.) 

(h)   Daily  Themes.     Papers  written  by  the  students, 
discussed  and  criticised  by  class  and  teacher. 
Required  of  Sophomores.     (One  hour.) 

3.  American  Literature.  A  course  aiming  to  give  the 
studeni  a  knowledge  of  the  general  development  of 
American  Literature,  with  especial  emphasis  laid 
on  New  England  Literature  and  Southern  Litera- 
ture since  the  Civil  War> 

24 


A  fine  style  for  a  small  college  having  a  correspondingly  small  catalog.  This 
publication  is  printed  on  thick  india  colored  paper  of  rough  surface  and  carries 
generous  margins.    Type  is  i2-point  Scotch  Roman,  solid. 


150  SWARTHMORE  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

2,  Physical  Education.    Dr.  Mercer. 

Two  hours  a  week  throughout  the  year  (two  teetiorts). 
Thia  course  is  required  of  all  second-year  raen.     The  plan  and  nature  of  the  work 
is  similar  to  Course  1,  but  more  advanced.     The  talKs  on  hygiene  are  continued. 

3.  Physical  Education.    Dr.  Mercer. 

Juniors  and  Seniors,  one  hour  each  week  (optional). 
From  Thanksgiving  recess  to  the  spring  recess,  gymnastic  exercises  and  recreative 
games. 


Physical  Education  of  the  Women 

This  department  is  under  the  direction  of  Lillian  Shaw  and 
Dr.  Mary  R.  Hadley  Lewis. 

One  hour  of  exercise  each  day  except  Sunday  is  required  of 
all  resident  and  non-resident  women  students  throughout  their 
college  course.  Two  of  these  periods  of  each  week  must  be 
spent  in  supervised  classwork — field  hockey  in  the  fall,  class- 
work  in  the  g>Tnnasiura  in  the  winter,  basketball  and  tennis  in 
the  spring.  On  the  other  four  days  of  the  week  some  form  of 
outdoor  exercise  must  be  taken.  This  may  be  tennis,  riding, 
cross-country  tramps,  or  swimming.  Exceptions  to  these  re- 
quirements are  made  only  for  physical  disability  and  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  physician  in  charge,  in  which  case  suitable  work 
is  prescribed.  Exercise  in  the  gymnasium,  swimming  and  all 
athletic  sports  are  under  the  personal  supervision  of  the  director. 

First-year  students  are  required  to  attend  a  course  of  lectures 
in  Hygiene,  given  once  a  week  during  the  first  and  second 
semester. 

Application  for  information  in  regard  to  the  regulation  dress 
for  athletics  and  gymnastics  should  be  made  to  the  Dean. 


1,  First  Year  Gymnastics.    Miss  Shaw. 

Two  hours  a  week  from  Thanksgiving  to  the  Spring  Recess. 
Required  of  first-year  students. 

Elementary  German   and   Swedish   gymnastics,   gymnastic  games,   and   folk-dancing. 
In  addition,  one  hour  of  swimming  a  week  is  required  of  first-year  students. 

2,  Second  Year  Gymnastics.    Miss  Shaw. 

Two  hours  a  week  from  Thanksgiving  to  the  Spring  Recess. 
Required  of  second-year  students. 

German  and  Swedish  gymnastics  (more  advanced  than  Course  1),  gymnastic  games, 
and  folk-dancing. 

One  period  a  week  of  swimming  is  required, .in  addition. 

A  symmetrical  page  and  of  practical  style  but  rather  costly  because  of  three 

sizes  of  type.    The  one  bold  center-head  is  not  of  same  family  of  type. 

37 


38  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


alignment.  *  *  *  The  size  of  the  type  face,  as  we  might  expect 
is  pronounced  by  the  committee  "the  most  important  factor 
in  the  influence  of  books  upon  vision."  *  *  *  Briefly,  the  sizes 
run  from  30-point  for  seven  year  old  children,  to  lo-point 
or  I  i-point,  for  persons  more  than  twelve  years  old  *  *  *  yet 
it  would  seem  that  it  considers  lo-point  as  the  smallest  size 
fit  for  anyone,  however  good  his  sight.  This  would  bar  much 
of  our  existing  reading  matter. 

In  Dr.  Koopman's  The  Booklover  and  His  Books 
we  find  the  whole  matter  of  proprieties  as  to  size  of 
type  in  the  following  extract: 

As  regards  nearsighted  readers,  it  is  well  known  that 
they  prefer  fine  type  to  coarse,  choosing,  for  instance,  a 
Bible  printed  in  diamond,  and  finding  it  clear  and  easy  to 
read,  while  they  can  hardly  read  pica  at  all.  This  fact,  in 
connection  with  the  former  tolerance  of  fine  print,  raises  the 
question  whether  the  world  was  not  more  nearsighted  two 
generations  ago  than  it  is  now;  or  does  this  only  mean  that 
the  oculist  is  abroad  in  the  land.'' 

It  is  recognized  that,  in  books  not  intended  for  con- 
tinuous reading,  small  and  even  fine  type  may  properly  be 
employed.  That  miracle  of  encyclopedic  information,  the 
World  Almanac,  while  it  might  be  printed  better  and  on  a 
higher  quality  paper,  could  not  be  the  handy  reference  book 
that  it  is  without  the  use  of  a  type  that  would  be  intolerably 
small  in  a  novel  or  a  history.  With  the  increase  of  the  length 
of  continuous  use  for  which  the  book  is  intended,  the  size  of 
the  type  should  increase  up  to  a  certain  point.  Above  eleven- 
point,  or  small  pica,  however,  increase  in  the  size  of  type 
becomes  a  matter  not  of  hygiene,  but  simply  of  esthetics. 
But  below  the  normal  the  printer's  motto  should  be:  In  case 
of  doubt  choose  the  larger  type. 

Thus  a  plea  I  have  for  years  past  been  accustomed 
to  make  for  larger  type  generally  in  college  catalogs 
is  fully  approved.  While  a  catalog  is  not  a  novel  or 
a  book  of  travel  or  history  it  would  never  be  printed 
but  for  the  expectation  that  it  will  be  read.  Certain 
portions  of  such  catalogs  should,  therefore,  for  the  sake 
of  the  eyes  of  its  many  readers,  be  in  type  no  smaller 
than   lo-point,  as  may  be  found  in  the  publications 


THE  TYPE  39 


of  Princeton.  The  Yale  Review  uses  12-point  with 
2-point  leads  between  the  lines,  a  style  which  it  is  a 
pleasure  to  read,  easy  and  restful  to  the  eye. 

This  line  is  set  in  14-pt.  {English). 

This  line  is  set  in.  12-pt.  {pica). 
This  line  is  set  in  ii-pt.  {small  pica). 
This  line  is  set  in  lo-pt.  {long  primer). 
This  line  is  set  in  9-pt.  {bourgeois). 
This  line  is  set  in  8-pt.  (brevier). 
This  line  is  set  in  7-pt.  {minion). 
This  line  is  set  in  6-pt.  (nonpareil). 

This  line  is  set  in  5pt.  (/>(nr/) . 
Tfaii  line  is  set  in  4  1-2-pt.  (diamond) . 

Type  for  headings  is,  in  many  catalogs,  to  be  found 
in  the  same  family  as  the  body  type,  because  such  style 
is  better  and  cheaper.  Headings  of  CAPITALS,  Capi- 
tals AND  Small  Capitals,  or  occasionally  of  small 
CAPITALS  ALONE,  a  pleasing  style,  ITALIC  CAPITALS 
or  Italic  Capitals  and  Lower  Case,  can  be  set  without  any 
extra  expense  whatever.  If  the  italics  be  eliminated 
from  the  entire  catalog,  a  bold  face  letter,  CAPITALS 
or  Capitals  and  Lower  Case,  may  be  used  without 
extra  cost.  For  the  use  of  both  italics  and  bold  face  in 
the  body  matter  of  a  catalog,  there  is  a  slight  addition  to 
the  cost.  Major  headings,  only  few  in  number,  are  often 
set  by  hand  in  14-point  or  sometimes  i8-point  of  the 
same  family.  There  being  so  few  of  them  the  expense  is 
but  slight.  See  Glossary,  page  284;  see  Type  Speci- 
mens, pages  99,  100,  103. 

Sometimes  heads  are  found  in  contrasting  faces  of 
type,  as  for  instance,  the  Old  English  in  the  pleasing 
pages  of  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute  catalog  and  in 
Bowdoin  catalog  or  the  smaller  block  letters  used  in  the 
catalogs  of  the  University  of  Virginia,  Tulane,  and 
Washington  and  Lee.  Such  styles  carry  a  little  extra 
cost  of  typesetting.   See  chapter  on  Copy,  page  88. 


40  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


UGlorcestcr  (pol^tecbnic  ITnstltutc 


'T'HE  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute  offers  courses 
■'•  of  study  designed  to  fit  young  men  for  the  profession 
of  Engineering  or  Chemistry.  The  instruction  is  planned 
for  four  years  and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  in  Mechanical,  Civil  and  Electrical  Engineering, 
in  Chemistry,  and  in  General  Science. 

At  the  Institute  the  course  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
includes  a  sufficient  training  in  the  workshop,  especially 
that  part  of  it  relating  to  cost  systems  and  to  the  scien- 
tific management  of  manufacturing  industries.  Civil 
Engineering  may  be  followed  with  the  emphasis  along 
either  of  two  general  lines,  Railroad  and  Structural 
Engineering  or  Sanitary  Engineering.  Electrical  Engi- 
neering offers  .  a  considerable  range  of  options,  laying 
especial  emphasis  on  design  and  railway  work.  Chem- 
istry includes  those  subjects  usually  classified  under  Chem- 
ical Engineering.  General  Science  is  arranged  for  a 
large  amount  of  election  of  subjects  and  is  intended  to 
be  a  four  years'  course  in  science  and  its  applications, 
without  specialization  in  any  field  of  engineering. 

The  general  method  of  instruction  is  in  harmony  with 
the  wishes  of  its  founders,  who  believed  in  a  good  theoreti- 
cal education  combined  with  much  practice  in  work  shops 
and  laboratories.  The  Institute  owes  its  origin  and 
character  to  a  gift  of  $100,000  by  John  Boynton  for  the 
endowment  and  perpetual  support  of  a  free  school  or 


Used  to  illustrate  the  text-letter  major  head  and  the  initial  letter.  The  catalog 
carries  running-heads,  omitted  from  this  page  because  of  drop  head.  Thoroughly- 
legible,  being  lo-point  leaded,  24-point  Jenson  initial. 


THE  TYPE  41 


^mm^UlS  school  was  established  in  1890  by  Mr. 
£L  Horace  D.  Taft.  The  object  of  the  school  is 
^^    to  give  boys  a  sound  training,  physical,  mental, 

and   moral,   and   to  make   them   strong,   manly,   and 

healthy  men.     A  thorough  preparation  is  given  for 

any  college  or  scientific  school. 


Requirements  for  Admission 

The  course  of  study  covers  five  years,  and  it  is  very 
desirable  that  a  boy  enter  as  early  as  possible  in  the 
course.  To  be  admitted  into  the  lowest  class,  a  boy 
must  be  at  least  12  years  of  age  and  must  be  well 
grounded  in  the  elements  of  English  Grammar, 
Geography,  United  States  History,  and  Arithmetic 
as  far  as  decimal  fractions.  To  be  admitted  to 
a  higher  class,  he  must  have  satisfactorily  com- 
pleted the  studies  already  passed  by  that  class.  No 
one  will  be  admitted  to  a  higher  class  with  more  than 
one  condition  standing  against  him,  and  such  con- 
dition must  be  removed  by  the  end  of  the  first  term. 
There  is,  however,  in  the  Lower  Middle  year  a  course 
for  beginners  in  Latin,  so  that  by  the  omission  of  the 
work  in  History  and  the  devotion  of  special  time  and 
effort  to  Latin,  thes^  beginners  may  at  the-  end  of  the 
year  stand  on  an  equal  footing  with  the  rest  of  the 
class. 

r 


Initial  letter  is  36-point  Tudor.    The  Taft  School's  style  is  extremely  simple 
and  easy  to  read;  lo-point  leaded. 


42  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


240  H.  SOPHIE  NEWCOMB  MEMORIAL  COLLEGE 

A  29.     Observation  of  Classes  in  Public  Schools. 

One  hour  a  week. 

In  order  that  the  student  may  be  prepared  to  observe  actual  class 
work  in  music  intelligently,  the  first  half-year's  instruction  will  be  a 
general  discussion  of  school  room  methods  from  the  teacher's  stand- 
point. During  the  second  half-year  the  student  will  be  required  to 
spend  at  least  one  hour  each  week  in  the  public  schools.  A  theme 
describing  the  school  visited  and  the  work  observed  must  be  passed 
to  the  instructor  for  comment  and  criticism.  KnoTT 


PRACTICAL  COURSES 

These  courses  are  open  to  men  and  Tvomen  alike.  Except  in 
Ensemble  and  Recital  Class  {Courses  S  27  and  S  28),  however, 
instruction  will  be  given  privately  or  in  small  classes  of  women'  or  oj 
men  alone. 

S  21.    Pianoforte. 

No  definite  course  of  stuciy  is  followedj  but  a  careful  selection  of 
exercises  and  compositions  is  made  according  to  the  need  of  the 
individual  student.  As  a  basis  for  grading,  however,  the  "Standard 
Pianoforte  Course,"  adopted  by  the  Louisiana  Music  Teachers'  Asso- 
ciation, will  be  used. 

{See  Special  Bulletin  of  the  School  of  Music). 

Ferrata,  Goldstein,  Weddei,!.,  Gonzalez 

S  30.     Pianoforte  Sight-Playing. 

One  hour  a  week. 

Practice  in  playing  at  sight  is  given  in  classes,  progressing  from 
elementary  pieces  through  the  sonatas  of  Clementi,  Haydn,  Mozart, 
etc.,  to  more  difficult  compositions.  To  enter  this  class  a  technical 
proficiency  in  piano  playing  equivalent  to  Grade  V  {see  Special 
Bulletin  of  the  School  of  Music)  is  required.  Ferrata 

CDS  33.**    Normal  Course  for  Pianoforte  Teachers. 

One  lesson  a  week.     (Second  half-year.) 

The  course  is  planned  to  meet  the  needs  of:  first,  prospective  teach- 
ers without  teaching  experience,  and  unacquainted  with  the  principles 
involved;  second,  teachers  requiring  more  complete  and  exact  knowl- 
edge of  pianoforte  teaching  methods  than  their  experience  has  given 
them.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  important  subject  of 
elementary  foundation  teaching. 

Plain  headings  from  Tulane  University  catalog.  Some  style  books  disapprove 
so  much  bold-face.  This  page  could  have  been  set  solid  in  a  larger  face  of  type  at 
a  trifle  less  cost.  It  would  thereby  have  been  contained  in  the  same  space  and  the 
body  matter  would  have  been  easier  to  read. 


THE  TYPE  43 


126  WASHINGTON   AND   LEE   UNIVERSITY 

COURSE  5— COMMERCIAL  LAW   (2). 

Thursday,  Saturday,  9. 
Second  and  Third  Terms. 

Professor  Smithson. 

Prerequisite — Economics  1,  or  political  science  1. 

The  fundamentals  of  business  law,  including  the  general 
principles  of  the  law  of  contracts;  negotiable  instruments 
and  agency;  sales,  carriers,  corporations,  partnerships,  and 
real  estate. 

COURSE  6— ACCOUNTING  AND  STATISTICS    (3). 

Monday,  Wednesday,  Friday,  9. 

Professor  Hancock. 

Prerequisite — Economics  1,  or  commerce  1. 

The  principles  and  methods  of  business  and  corporation 
accounting;  and  the  methods  of  collection  and  interpretation 
of  statistics. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Associate  Professor  Campbell. 

Mr.  Worth. 

Newcoiib  Hall. 

COURSE  1— ELEMENTARY  POLITICAL  SCIENCE   (3). 

a.  Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday,  10. 

b.  Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday,  11. 

Professor  Campbell,  Mr.  Worth. 

A  general  survey  of  the  underlying  principles  of  the 
science,  with  special  application  of  political  theories  to  the 
problems  of  the  central,  commonwealth,  and  city  governments 
in  the  United  States. 

COURSE  2*-- (1915-1916)— SOCIOLOGY    (3). 

Monday,  Wednesday,  Friday,  1. 

Professor  Campbell. 
Prerequisite — Political  science  1,  or  economics  1. 


Body  matter  lo-point  leaded,  very  easy  to  read;  block  letter  headings,  while 
concise  and  perfect  are  quite  different  from  usually  accepted  styles. 


44  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

de  la  physiologie  pour  permettre  de  comparer  les  resullatsobtenus. 

Le  budget  de  Tlnstitut  Marey  est  fourni  par  une  subvention  du 
Ministere  de  I'lnstruction  publique,  par  celles  aussi  de  differenta 
6tals  et  de  societes  savantes. 

Une  place  et  un  logement  sont  reserves  a  la  personne  d6sign6e 
par  I'etat  ou  la  societe  qui  assurent  d  I'lnstitut  one  subventiott 
annuellede  1.000  francs  ou  qui  lui  ont  fait  don  d'un  capital  pro- 
duisant  en  interdts  une  somme  equivalente. 


INSTITUT  GENERAL  PSYCHOLOGIQUE 

14,  rue  de  Conde. 

L'Institut  general  psychologique  comprend  les  sections  d'etude 
suivantes  : 

Section  de  psychologie  individuelle.  —  Section  de  psychologic  morale 
et  criminelle.  —  Section  de  ■  psychologie  artistiqve^  —  Section  de 
recherches  psychiqiies  et  physiologiques. —  Section  de  psychobgfie 
zoohgique.  —  Section  de  psychologic  collective.  —  Commission  perjna- 
nente  Internationale  de  determination  mathematique  des  phenomenes 
psycho-biologiques  et  socio-biohgiqiies. 

11  possede  un  laboratoire  de  Psychologie  physiologique  et  une 
bibliotheque  d'environ  2.000  volumes,  qui  peuvent  6tre  pretes  aux 
inembres  de  la  Societe.  II  public  un  Bulletin  contenant  les  travaux 
de  la  Societe. 

La  cotisation  annuelle  pour  faire  partie  de  I'lnstitut  general 
Psychologique  est  de  20  francs  pour  la  France  et  de  22  francs  pour 
I'Etranger. 


INSTITUT  PSYCHO-PHYSIOLOGIQUE 
DE  PARIS 

49,  rue  Saint- Andre-des-Arts. 

L'Institut  Psycho-Physiologique  de  Paris  est  destine  a  fournir 
aux  medecins  et  aux  etudiants  un  enseignenient  pratique  perma- 
nent sur  les  questions  qui  relevent  de  I'hypnotisme,  de  la  psycho- 
logie physiologique  et  de  la  pedagogic  suggestive. 

II  comprend  :  !<>  L'Ecole  de  Psychologie;  2°  le  Laboratoire  de 

From  the  University  of  Paris.     Perfect  in  proportion,  it  lacks   the  English 
and  American  running-head. 


THE  TYPE 


45 


Initial  Letters 

The  use  of  a  small,  not  too  ornate  initial  letter  at 
the  beginning  of  a  new  department  in  a  catalog,  as  at  the 
beginning  of  a  chapter  in  a  book,  gives  an  artistic  touch 
to  the  typography,  and  adds  dignity  to  the  style.     It  is 


j 

PI 

[a] 

This  initial  was 

Ifngf^ 

probably    gold   leaf 
background  with 

blue  where  horizon- 
tal lines  are  shown. 

M 

A  A  A  A  A 

seen  in  the  handsome  catalogs  of  Brown  University, 
Amherst,  St.  Stephen's,  Westminster  College  of  Music 
and  in  a  few  others.     This  modest  embellishment  is 


46 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


traced  back  to  the  gorgeous  illuminations  of  the  monks, 
those  master  workmen  artists  who  wrought  so  well  in  the 
centuries  preceding  the  Renaissance,  of  whose  work  in 
England  Ralph  Adams  Cram  wrote  in  his  fascinating 
Ruined  Abbeys  of  Great  Britaifi,  "To  the  monks  England 
owed  her  conversion,  and  to  them,  in  large  measure, 
her  civilization. 


Monk  at  work  on  a  manuscript.     (From  a  very  old  print.) 

Composition  in  Foreign  Languages 
Any  printer  capable  of  producing  a  college  catalog 
must  be  prepared  for  composition  in  Latin,  French, 
German,  Italian,  Spanish,  and  Greek.  Hebrew  is  quite 
unusual.  The  excess  cost  for  foreign  composition, 
except  for  Greek  lower  case,  is  slight,  in  fact,  would  be 
negligible  were  it  not  for  the  accents.  Greek,  if  lower 
case  with  its  infinity  of  accents  be  used,  is  quite  ex- 
pensive. The  use  of  mathematical  and  other  signs,  or  of 
much  Latin  in  botanical  or  geological  sections  of  a 
catalog  would  entail  some  extra  cost,  depending  entirely 
upon  the  quantity  of  such  matter. 


THE  TYPE  47 


—Theocritus  of  Chios 


Tu!i::omapxo^ PRICE  L.  MARSH 

*  •  M-:yd?:  hsiv  wv/t'Cera:. "  — EUripideS 

Vehicles  of  Thought Minter  Wilson 

'■lUpUCuJMa  i^rjrrsTO   CiiPpov," HoUier 

The  Adobe  Villa  of  Pericles    .    .    MRS.  T.  W.  Harvey 

'•^riyvtra:  roivov  i:6ki," — PlatO 

The  Modem  Type W.  C.  Miller 

'*T<>i>To  yi  fiot  dfiKBl  tcakvv  iivat,   el  ti<;  oi(59't'  e*'} 
:rae  Stosiv  ayOpm-nowi" PlatO 

The  Mysteries R.  M.  Wylie 

*'  '0   xpri(r'.n'   eidutf,    mf •>'<;." — AeSChyluS 

How  Long? Fred  W.  Reed 

' '  F.i^  art." — Sophocles 

A  View  from  the  Wall Geneva  Kent 

*'\Adb\ia7tv/  ioii  eo£^'i   ra^Tj<?e9   XaO;'i>," — Menander 

A  Greek  Ideal H.  S.  IRONS 

"  "ASsX'Poi  dv^p)   rapetrj." PlatO 


This  page  from  Marshall  College,  with  its  Greek  lower  case  required  perhaps 
more  time  to  compose  than  any  other  half  dozen  pages  of  difficult  composition 
shown  in  this  book.  Th/s  type  for  the  head  and  other  English  is  too  heavy  for  the 
Greek. 


48 


THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


WILLIAMS  COLLEGE. 


137 


JUNIORS— CLASS  OF  1917 


James  Strange  Alexander,  Jr. 
Lawrence  Sheppard  Armstrong 
Charles  Burgess  Arthur,  Jr. 
Winthrop  Provost  Austin 
Samuel  Newton  Bacon 
Leonard  Hotchkiss  Bafley 
Charles  Ackert  Banks 
Henry  Clarke  Banks 
Donald  DeVeau  Biartholomew 
Lester  Yates  Bay  lis 
V/alter  Andrew  Bell 
Thomas  Hume  Benedict 
Hubert  Duke  Bennett 
Henry  Parsons  Blodgett 
Robert  Fuller  Blodgett 
Tully  Orton  Buckner 
Marion  Staples  Cadwell 
Van  Henry  Cartmeil,  Jr. 
Kenneth  Silliman  Chester 
Charles  Akers  Choate 
William  Bernard  Clark 
Reginald  McCall  Cobbs 
Andrew  Hale  Cochran 
George  Jarvis  Coffin 
Harold  Sy  Conklin 
Reginald  Aldrich  Cook 
Carlton  Wheeler  Cox 
Robert  Dudley  Coye 
Randolph  Foster  Debevoise 
Leonard  Chandler  Dewing 
Thomaa  Ripley  Dorr 
Alden  Monteith  Drury 
Thomas  Earle,  Jr. 
Samuel  Eells 
Richard  Whipple  Ensign 
Kingsley  Ervin 
Elizur  Kirke  Hart  Fessenden 


Montclair,  N.  /. 
Penn  Yan,  N.  Y. 
Cleveland,  0. 
Santa  Barbara,  Cat. 
Albany,  N.  Y. 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 
Evanslon,  lU. 
Greenwich,  Conn. 
Orange,  N.  J. 
Huntington,  N.  Y. 
New  York,  N  .Y. 
Roselle,  N.  J. 
Toledo,  0. 
Toledo,  0. 
West  Newton 
New  York,  N.  Y. 
Jamestown,  N.  Y. 
New  York,  N.  Y. 
Bridgehampton,  N.  Y. 
Winona,  Minn. 
Litchfield,  Conn. 
Akron,  0. 

Minneapolis,  Minn. 
New  York,  N.  Y. 
New  Rochelle,  N.  Y. 
New  York,  N.  Y. 
Monldair,  N.  J. 
Canandaigua,  N.Y. 
Sovlh  Orange,  N.  J. 
Hartford,  Conn.. 
WilHamstotvn 
Northampton 
Steelton,  Pa. 
Cleveland,  O. 
Weslfield 
WiUiamstown 
West  Newton 


e. 


X.  *.  Lodge 

12  B.  H. 

2.  *.  Place 

*.  T.  House 

2.  K.  House 

A.  T.  House 

Z.  *.  House 

,  A.  e.  House 

18  E.  C. 

9.  T.  House 

A.  X.  House 

10  W.  C. 

X.  ^.  Lodge 

K.  A.  Lodge 

2.  *.  Place 

18  W.  H. 

A.  T.  House 

St.  Anthony  Hall 

B.  e.  n.  House 

*.  T.  House 

2.  *.  Place 

*.  T.  House 

*.  r.  A.  House 

e.  A.  X.  House 

Z.  9.  House 

A.  A.  *.  House 

X.  *.  Lodge 

Z.  <ir.  House 

A.  K.  E.  House 

2.  *.  Place 

Fort  Hoosac  Place 

*.  A.  e.  House 

12  M.  H. 

7  W.  C. 

♦.  A.  e.  House 

22  B.  H. 

Z.  *,  House 


The  Greek  capitals  in  Williams's  student  list  cause  but  little  extra  cost  to 
produce.  Greek  lower  case  would  represent  a  maximum  of  typesetting  cost  on 
account  of  the  infinity  of  accents.  Wesleyan's  student  list,  following  the  faculty 
in  the  front  of  the  catalog,  is  much  similar  to  the  above  in  style. 


38  The  Western  College 

FRENCH 

Professor  Bass 
1-2.   Elementary  Course. 

Four  hours  a  week  for  the  first  and  second  se- 
mesters. 

French  Grammar,  Fraser  and  Squair.  Reading 
of  Le  Franais  et  sa  Patrie  by  Talbot;  Erckmarin- 
Chatrian,  Madame  Thercse;  Merimee,  Colomba; 
Labiche  et  Martin,  Le  Voyage  de  Monsieur  Perri- 
chon.  Sight  reading,  dictation,  oral  exercises  on 
books  read,  conversation,  poems  memorized.  Es- 
pecial attention  is  paid  to  irregular  verbs  and 
idioms. 

In  all  courses  French  is  the  language  of  the 
class-room. 

3-4.    Intermediate  Course. 

Four  hours  a  week  for  the  first  and  second  semes- 
ters. 

Grammar  review,  composition,  conversation, 
poems  memorized,  resumes  in  French.  From  six 
to  eight  of  the  following  books  read;  Scribe  and 
Legouve,  Bataille  de  Dames;  Michelet,  Prise  de  la 
Bastille;  V.  Hugo,  Les  Miserables;  Moliere, 
L'Avare,  Le  Bourgeois  Gentilhomihe;  Pailleron,  Le 
Monde  ou  Von  s'ennuie;  Dumas,  La  Tulip  Noire; 
Feuillet,  Le  Roman  d^un  Jeune  Homme  Pauvre. 
Beaumarchais,  Le  Barbier  de  Seville;  Souvestre, 
Un  Philosophe  Sozis  les  Toits;  Thiers,  Expedition 
de  Bonaparte  en  Egypie;  Lamartine,  Scenes  de  la 
Revolution  Franaise;  La  Fontaine,  Fables;  de 
Vigny,  Servitude  et  Grandeur  Militaire;  France, 
Le  Crime  de  Sylvestre  Bonnard;  Augier,  Le  Gendre 
de  M.  Poirier. 

5-6.    Introduction  to  the  French  Classics. 

Four  hours  a  week  for  the  first  and  second  semes- 
ters. 

Reading  with  resumes  and  essays  in  French,  of 
eight  or  ten  of  the  following:  Corneille,  Le  Cid, 
Horace;  Racine,  Athalie,  Esther;  Moliere,  Le  Mis- 
anthrope,   Les    Precieuses    Ridicules,    Le    Malady 


The  style  of  this  page  from  Western  College  for  Women  is  quite  expensive 
on  account  of  the  French  italic  with  accents,  special  indentation,  two  sizes  of  type, 
with  roman,  bold-face,  caps  and  small  caps  and  italic  all  on  same  page.  All  type 
is  Century,  heading  "French"  being  bold  caps  of  that  family. 

49 


242  Kirtley  F.  Mather 

the  forms  to  which  those  names  have  been  given  are  conspecific 
with  each  other  and  with  the  material  at  hand.  The  reference 
to  Orthooeras  is  believed  to  be  correct,  in  spite  of  the  rapid 
enlargement  of  the  shell,  because  of  the  small  siphuncle  and 
smooth  surface.  The  type  of  Geisonoceras,  G.  rivale  (Barrande), 
is  characterized  by  a  large  siphuncle  and  banded  surface  mark- 
ings. 

Horizon  and  locality.  Brentwood  limestone:  near  Fayette- 
ville,  Arkansas  (Station  135).  Morrow  formation:  near  Ft. 
Gibson,  Oklahoma  (Station  303). 

GLYPHIOCERA  TIDJE 
Genus  GASTRIOCERAS  Hyatt 
Gastrioceras  branneri  Smith 
Plate  XVI,  figures  12,  12a. 
1896.     Gastrioceras    branneri.     Smith,   Proc.    Am.    Phil.    Soc,   vol.   35,   p. 
257,  pi.   23,  figs.   1-6.     Reprinted    1897   as   Cont.   No.  9,   Hopkins 
Seaside  Labor.,  Leland  Stanford  Univ.  with  changed  pagination 
(257=47). 
Lower  Coal  Measures:     Pilot  Mountain,  Carroll  County,  Arkansas. 
1903.     Gastrioceras   branneri.     Smith,   Mon.,    U,   S.   Geol.   Surv.,   No.    42, 
p.  83,  pi.  11,  figs.  8-13. 
Chester    group.    Lower    Carboniferous:     Pilot    Mountain,    Carroll 
County,  Arkansas. 
1914.     Gastrioceras  branneri.     Smith,  Leland  Stanford  Univ.,  Publication, 
Acceleration  of  Development  in   Fossil   Cephalopoda,  pi.   1,  figs. 
12-14. 
Two  specimens  of  this  species,  described  some  years  ago  by 
Dr.  Smith  from  the  Morrow  horizon  in  Carroll  County,  are  in 
the  collections  at  hand.    One  is  a  small  fragment  while  the  other 
is  a  more  nearly  complete  shell.    The  latter,  in  comparison  with 
the  figures  of  the  type  specimen,  appears  to  be  slightly  more 
flattened  on  the  venter  but  in  all  other  respects  is  identical. 
Horizon  and  locality.     Hale  fonnation,  East  Mountain,  Fay- 
etteville,  Arkansas  (Station  149).     Morrow  formation:  near  Ft. 
Gibson,  Oklahoma  (Station  296). 

Gastrioceras  kesslerense  n.  sp. 

Plate  XVI,  figures  10-lOb. 

Description.     Shell   of  medium   size,   discoidal,  with   whorls 
slowly   increasing   in   size,    depressed   semi-circular,  in   cross- 
specimen  page  from  the  Scientific  Bulletin  of  the  Denison  University  Labora- 
tories.   Typesetting  of  this  character  brings  from  two  and  a  half  to  three  times 
that  of  straight  matter. 

SO 


THE  TYPE  51 


Machine  Composition 

Theodore  DeVinne,  the  late  dean  of  American  print- 
ers, author  of  that  monumental  work,  The  Invention  of 
Printing,  would  not  be  won  over  to  the  use  of  machine 
typesetting  for  a  long  period  of  years.  When,  however, 
the  machine  proved  itself  capable  of  producing  really 
artistic  results,  he  changed  his  views. 

There  are  in  use  today  several  composing  machines, 
all  quite  expensive  in  both  installation  and  maintenance. 
The  machine,  however,  may  now  be  termed  universal. 


Monotype  Keyboard 

Monotype  composition  is  desirable  for  many  rea- 
sons, most  prominent  among  which  is  the  facility  and 
celerity  with  which  corrections  are  made.  Tabular 
matter  is  set  much  more  quickly  and  attractively  than 
by  any  other  method.  The  keyboard  with  two  rolls  of 
paper  admits  of  composition  in  two  sizes  of  type  at  the 
same  time.  The  keyboard  resembles  the  typewriter 
keyboard  except  that  there  are  four  such  combined, 
with  a  total  of  225  character  keys.  The  striking  of  a 
key  releases  its  corresponding  combination  of  punches, 
the  holes  thus  made  in  the  paper  roll,  when  transferred 
to  the  casting  machine,  operating  in  the  same  general 


52  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

manner  as  the  music  roll  in  a  piano  player.  Each  of  the 
225  separate  combinations  of  holes,  when  passed 
through  the  caster,  causes  the  making  of  a  separate 
letter  or  character  which  is  not  only  brand  new  solid 
type,  but  is  accurately  set  in  a  galley. 


Monotype  Caster 

The  great  majority  of  better  class  magazines  are 
now  composed  on  the  monotype,  the  Curtis  Publishing 
Company  and  many  other  large  publishers  using  the 
monotype  exclusively.  The  Government  Printing 
Office  at  Washington  uses  these  machines  in  a  ratio  of 
almost  two  to  one  slug  machine.  The  printing  plants 
operated  by  the  universities  of  Columbia,  Harvard, 
Chicago,  Notre  Dame,  Kansas,  Toronto  and  by  the 
Carnegie  Institute,  the  U.  S.  Military  Academy,  the 
Carlisle  Indian  School  and  a  number  of  other  educa- 
tional institutions  use  the  monotype. 

Mr.  McFarland,  superintendent  of  the  University 
of  Chicago  Press,  gives  in  a  letter  his  grounds  for  pre- 


THE  TYPE  53 


ferring  the  monotype  to  the  slug  machines  for  his  class 

of  printing.    One  of  his  reasons  is  as  follows: 

Our  composition  Is  very  complicated,  being  frequently 
interspersed  with  Hebrew,  Greek,  Syriac,  Ethiopic,  etc.,  and 
containing  besides  a  great  deal  of  formula  and  tabular  matter. 
The  use  of  slug  machines  in  such  work  we  have  found  im- 
practicable and  the  adoption  of  a  Monotype  plant  has  re- 
sulted in  a  great  increase  not  only  in  efficiency  but  in  the 
peace  of  mind  of  the  workmen  concerned. 

The  high  quality  of  composition  in  many  of  the 

better  looking  college  and  school  catalogs  gives  evidence 

of  monotype  work. 


The  Linotype 

Following  the  days  of  typesetting  by  hand  the 
linotype  (line-o'-type)  was  the  only  practical  composing 
machine.  The  Hnotype  is  still  in  all  but  universal  use 
for  news  matter  composition  in  newspaper  plants.  It 
has  been  perfected  to  a  wonderful  degree  of  efficiency 
in  many  ways.  It  however  uses  the  single  slug  for  each 
line  of  type,  requiring  the  recasting  of  the  entire  line  for 
the  correction  of  a  single  error.     In  very  recent  years, 


54  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

the  intertype  machine  has  been  on  the  market  and  is  now 
in  use  in  many  plants.     This  is  also  a  slug  machine. 

Some  years  ago  a  type  setting  machine  was  used  to 
some  limited  extent.  This  machine,  while  of  wonderful 
mechanism,  was  capable  of  setting  only  specially  made 
foundry  type  which  was  to  be  used  over  again,  not 
melted.  Some  smaller  newspapers  use  it  but  it  is  not  in 
general  use  because  of  the  fact  that  the  modern  slug 
casting  and  individual  type  casting  machines  offer  new 
type  for  each  job.  Type  of  any  kind  which  is  used  over 
and  over  again  becomes  in  time  blurred,  the  serifs 
break  off  and  the  printed  work  appears  "dirty,"  es- 
pecially if  used  without  proper  care  when  in  the  press. 

In  addition  to  book,  magazine  and  college  catalog 
typesetting,  the  monotype,  the  linotype  and  the  inter- 
type machines  are  producing  for  newspaper  and  maga- 
zine advertising  composition,  type  ranging  as  large  as  a 
half  inch  in  vertical  dimension.  As  an  instance,  the 
magnificent  department  store  advertising  pages  of  the 
New  York  Times  and  many  other  newspapers  are  the 
product  of  the  monotype  machine.  The  headlines  on 
all  newspapers  of  any  size  whatever  are  now  composed 
on  machines. 

Dimensions  and  Position  of  the  Type  Page 

The  proportion  of  height  to  width  of  the  type  page 
and  the  position  of  the  type  page  on  the  trimmed  paper 
page,  are  matters  which  the  early  printers  settled  several 
centuries  ago,  but  which  are  given  no  heed  whatever  in 
the  great  majority  of  well  equipped  American  printing 
plants  today. 

Some  few  years  ago  Professor  Brander  Matthews 
of  Columbia  University  brought  out  a  most  delightful 


1 


THE  TYPE  55 


book,  Bookbindings  Old  and  New.     He  dedicated  his 
work  to  the  Grolier  Club  of  New  York,  which,  he  states 

is  a  gathering  of  those  who  love  books  for  their  external 
beauty — for  the  choice  quahty  of  the  paper,  for  the  graceful 
firmness  of  the  type,  for  the  even  clearness  of  the  presswork, 
for  the  harmonious  elegance  of  the  illustrations,  and  for  the 
decorative  skill  bestowed  on  the  binding.  *  *  *  Neither  in 
England  nor  in  France  is  there  any  society  exactly  equivalent 
to  this  New  York  Club, 

On  the  subject  of  page  proportion.  Dr.  Matthews 
writes  as  follows: — 

Although  there  are  an  increasing  few  in  America  who 
know  a  beautiful  book  when  they  see  it,  there  are  also,  alas! 
not  a  few  who  dwell  in  outer  darkness.  *  *  *  There  are  not  a 
few,  I  fear  me  greatly,  who  know  not  the  proper  proportions 
of  a  printed  page,  and  who  do  not  exact  that  the  cruel  knife 
of  the  reckless  and  mercenary  binder  shall  never  shear  a 
hair's-breadth  from  width  or  height;  who  do  not  consider 
whether  the  fair  white  space  of  the  outer  and  lower  margins 
shall  be  precisely  twice  as  full  as  the  inner  and  upper  margins; 
and  who  take  no  care  that  the  width  of  the  page  of  type  shall 
be  strictly  one-half  of  the  length  of  the  diagonal  of  the  page. 
There  are  not  a  few  to  whom  these  niceties  are  unknown — 
not  a  few  in  the  United  States  and  not  a  few  in  Great  Britain. 

The  matter  of  page  dimensions  and  position  of  page 
can  best  be  shown  by  reference  to  the  following  figures 
A,  B,  C  and  D. 

Thus  we  learn  a  general  rule  for  use  in  the  best  style 
of  book  printing.  On  the  supposition  that  the  paper 
page  is  about  one  and  one-half  times  as  high  as  it  is 
wide  and  that  it  does  not  exceed  in  size  about  7xio>^, 
the  horizontal  dimension  of  the  type  page  should  be 
one-half  the  diagonal,  including  the  page  heading  and 
the  folio.  This  would  make  the  height  of  the  type  page, 
including  folio  and  head,  one  and  three-quarters  the 
width.  If  the  delightful  old  rule  of  the  ancient  printers 
were  observed,  the  position  of  the  type  page  on  the 


56 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Zd^'^m^ 


GEORGE  WASHINGTON  UNTVERSITT 

^  course  in  Physiology  consists  of  lectures,  demonstrations  and 
labo\tory  exercises.  The  lectures  cover  all  the  important  facts  and 
theori\  regarding  bodily  functions  of  the  animal,  and  are  illustrated 
by  diag^ns,  models  and  prepared  specimens. 

In  the^boratory  each  student  perform?  a  number  of  experiments 
on  blood,  «i  the  circulation,  on  digestion^  on  the  general  functions  of 
nerves  and  n^scles,  and  on  the  special  senses  of  animals. 

Special  emphasis  is  laid  on  the  relation  of  normal  physiological  func- 
tions to  the  di^rbances  of  function  In  disease  and  upon  the  physiologi- 
cal action  of  drl^s. 

It  is  intended  in^is  way  to  bring  the  work  of  the  Physiological  Labo- 
ratory and  other  e^^cises  into  closer  relation  with  the  succeeding  course 
in  Pathology,  Thera«uti(«^fli  General  Veterinary  Medicine. 

Text-book. — HoweluJbBhwttlfi&Xi  Smith's  Veterinary  Physiology. 

Rfi>«|^MISTRY 
Kst  Year 

Charles  Edward  Munrob,  ]^.D.,  LL.D Professor 

Otis  Dow  Swett,  S.M \.  .^ Assistant  Professor 


General  Chemistry. — A  series  d&ill' 
recitations  and  exercises  on  theorMpal^ 
Chemistry.    The  student  is  requin 
which  he  must  submit  for  examinaticn: 

Laboratory  Practice. — A  laboratory 
ciples  of  chemistry  which  is  designed  to 
of  conducting  chemical  experiments. 

jPext-feoofc.— Holland's  Medical  Chemisti 

PHYSIOLOGICAL 

Second  Year 

Edwin  Henry  Inqersoll,  M.S — 


lectures,  accompanied  by    S 
rganic,  organic  and  technical   1^ 
e  notes  on  these  lectures, 

the  study  of  the  prin-     ^ 
^denta  in  the  methods  y  ) 

and  Toxicology  ^ 


...  —  Instructor 

This  course  will  consist  of  lectures  and  laboratory  instruction,  and 
includes  the  study  of  jvater  from  a  sanitary  standout;  the  chemical 
examination  of  milk,  the  tissues  and  fluids  of  the  b^hr;  the  isolation 
of  the  digestive  enzymes,  and  a  study  of  their  action  in\jtro. 

MATERIA  MEDICA  AND  THERAPEUTICS 

David  Eastburn  Buckingham,  V.M.D ., .'^'rofessor 

Harry  A.  Lochboehler,  D.V.M ^tructor 

First  Year 

(1)  Lectures  upon  and  demonstrations  of  drugs  and  their  preparl^ona 
and  doses  used  in  veterinary  practice  will  be  followed  by  recita»n« 
to  assist  in  memorizing.     (2)  Practical  exercises  will  be  given  in  preset 
tion  writing,  also  a  short  course  in  Veterinary  Pharmacology. 


Figure  A.  Slightly  reduced  diagram  of  a  type  page  of  perfect  dimensions 
viz.  height  1%  that  of  width,  diagonal  twice  that  of  width.  Nearly  all  better  class 
catalogs  present  dimensions  in  the  same  proportions  or  approximate  them  closely, 
no  matter  what  the  size  of  the  page  may  be. 


THE  TYPE 


57 


■lOt    nonzMf3pUuni'Vt''^<'™^d 


I  4i|unitB^)jqii  •*4;'j*»J0 


J  [omdoioiiMd  pvi  ta'Bo\  *mj»9  t< 


a<»icmp3  |o  iioiq^  jqi  (o  ij|<ii3Uuj    ooj 


Trinaplcs  of  Uk  Thcofy  of  Edut^tion 


Pnnaplcs  o*  tbr  Thtryry  o(  Educatioit     t>)7 


{jbaumouUl 


Figure  B.     Not  until  1501  were  type  pages  imposed  in  forms  of  eight,  six 


teen  pages  to  the  sheet,  by  Aldus  in  Ven 


.    This  diagram  of  the  fifteenth  century 


four  page  form  (eight  page  signature)  exemplifies  the  basis  for  the  ancient  position 

■"  followed  in  the  makmg  of  many  of  our 
nes  indicate  positions  for  folding.     The 


.  jle  for  type  page  on  paper,  a  rule  sti 

better  class  books  today.    The  dotted  _ 

white  space  between  the  pages  is  the  same  as  that  m  each  parallel  margm.  When 
folded  the  upper  and  inner  margins  are  therefore  just  half  the  lower  and  outer 
margins  respectively.  Two  pages  being  always  visible  in  the  open  book  the  com- 
bined gutter  margin  should  equal  either  outer  margin.  Wire  stitches,_closmg  a 
portion  of  the  gutter,  were  not  in  use  when  this  position  rule  was  established.  If 
the  book  is  trimmed,  the  top,  bottom  and  outer  margins  are  slightly  reduced. 


58 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Pu'^m. 


'/'fy^uax^ 


yOt''>'{Z^/yyV\,  ^' 


'^^^4:^^ 


;(^  >^^»*c/^ 


John  B,  Stetson  University 

n  lo  every  vowel  and  consonant.  Nasal  qualities,  lisp- 
ngXand  aspirated  elements  of  speech  are  overcome.  At- 
tentidn  is  given  to  the  production  of  pure  tones,  the  increase 
of  theVocal  register,  the  thorough  understanding  and  abil- 
ity to  reproduce  the  effusive,  cxpukive  and  explosive  qual- 
ities of  tVie.  The  pupil  is  drilled  in  reading  examples  of 
suppressed\moderate  and  declamatory  force,  higli  pitch  and 
low  pitch,  phrasing  and  stress  Monotones,  one  of  the 
prmcipal  difihyulties  of  readers  and  speakers,  receives  spe- 
cial attention.  VTime,  the  rate  of  delivery,  movement,  ac- 
cent, rhythmic  qVialities  of  intonation  and  richness  and  full- 
ness of  voice  are  Cultivated.  Gesture  as  a  language  b/  itself 
is  taught  as  a  meatos  of  expression. 
'  First  Year.  Vbice  culture,  breathing  exercises,  enun- 
ciation, quality  S^Jpi^,  the  increase  of  the  vocal  register, 
the  delivery  of  seleCTj^Ndeclamations  and  criticism. 

Second  YEAR.^^nVhasis,  pitch,  time,  stress,  accent. 
\oice  culture  continuw^g^sture,  the  principle  of  action 
declamation  and  the  po^c\elivery  of  short  selections 

DEPAI<TMENT>OF  GERMAN. 
The  aim  of  the  work  in  the\rst  two  vears  is  to  fit  stu- 


of  ordinary  difificulty. 
ork      The  work  of 
1  upon  pronunciati6rf ; 
1  sentences  illustrat- 
rule\  and   principles  of      a. 
and  \vord-order ,    easy^    ^^^    s 
gramftatical  principles^  ■^ 


O^  dents  for  reading  literaryO^aJ 
"^Vand  to  serve  as  a  basis  forattWi. 
the  first  two  years  covers: 
frequent  repetition  of  memorizi 
ing  idioms  and  colloquial  usage; 
grammar,  ordinary  prepositions, 
prose  composition,  designed  to  fi 

and  develop  a  fair  degree  of  readiness  in  i^btural  forms  of 
expression;  and  the  reading  in  class  of  abou\  two  hundred 
pages  of  texts  from  Standard  German  authors. 

The  course  in  the  Academy  covers  a  peiHod  of  two 
years.     A  third  year  may  be  elected.     The  regulV  work 
as  follows : 

First  Year.     Introductory  course,  based  on 

Meissner  German  Grammar,  with  the  reading  of  son\  ele 

mentary  German  text. 

"7         Second  Y'ear.    Advanced  work  in  Grammar.    Read? 

N^  of  Heyse's  "L'Arrabbiata."  or  Storms'  "Immensee,"  Fa' 


"^^i^^rf  y^yna^A^t^  7//A^^^  ' 


Figure  C.  Diagram  much  reduced  in  size,  of  the  page  position  commonly- 
used  in  better  class  catalogs.  If  the  edges  were  deckled  and  the  tops  only  were 
trimmed,  this  position  would  comply  perfectly  with  the  ancient  rule.  Wire  stitch- 
ing must  however  be  reckoned  with  in  a  catalog  or  book  to  be  bound  by  this  cheap 
method.    This  diagram  is  intended  for  use  in  connection  with  sewed  binding. 


THE   TYPE 


59 


« 


;^3  jij^^o^  — «^-- — > 


REGISTER   OF    STUDENTS. 


HoKS  Address      School  Last  Attkk 


Lande,  Nathan  (Dent.) . . . , 
Leahy,  Michael  Lawrence. 

Little,  George  Douglas.  . . , 
Loiinsky,  Ezra  (Dent.)..., 


.Montreal,  Que.  . . 
.Franklin     Centre, 

Que 

.Outremont.  Que. . 
.Montreal,  Que.  .  . 


McCaffrey',  Laurence  Ed. . . . 
•McConey,  George  Andrew  P. 


Ormstown,  Que.  . 
Georgetown,  B.G. 


MacDoogall,  James  A. 


McEwen,  Charles  Stuart  . 

MacGregor,  Donald 

McGregor,  Douglas  U 

MacLean,  Basil  Clarendon 

(Dent.) 
McLellan,  WiUridGiUis... 

(Dent.) 
McNabb,  Atholl  Munra.  . 
Madden,  Francis  Charles . 

Male,  Robert  Florent 

Markson,  Moses - . 

Moisescu,  Manole  Don. . . 
Montpetit,  Jean 

Moret,  Herman 

Murtha,  Dale  P 

Notkin,  Louis 

Notkin,  Myers. 

Ofiesh,  Kanaan  Fares . 
Pendrigh,  Robert  Murray. 


Quin,  Frank  Ashtor 
Rabinovitch,  CarV^ 
Riddell,  Arthur 
Ryan,  Clarence  Miberi 
S^ll,  Harold  jTathan. 
Shapiro.  Chaijfc  Engleson 
Sihler,  CharWlHardd 


.MacDougall'sP.O., 

P-E.I 

.Montreal,  Ql 
.St.  Thomas,  OntJ 
.VVaterdown,  Oij 
.  Montreal,  Qd 

.Montreal, 


.Montreal  High  '. 

.University  of 
.Montreal  Hij^ School. 
.Montreal  CcMflmercial  & 

Tech.  Hi/i  School. 
.Ottawa  Uj 

Jososn's    Interme- 

diate^hool. 

.St.  D/nstan's  College. 
Prii/te  Tuition. 
Ws/Wstock  College, 
ilton  Collegiate, 
ichine  Academy. 

I  Montreal  High  School. 


.Otta' 
.Ottawa 

.Sudbu:  _ 
.Alexandi 


Skinner, 


Otuwa  Collegiate. 
Ottawa  Collegiate.  . 

Sudbury  High  School. 
.Alexandria  High  School 
Montreal  High  School. 

Bourget  College,  < 

Rigand,  Que. 
Switzerland. 
Mich ... .  Shepherd  High  School.      ^ 

1,  Que Dulierin  School. 

Que Montreal  High  School. 

treal.  Que Shortell's  Academy. 

John,  N.B Yarmouth  Academy, 

N.S. 

Iderson.  Ont Bishop's  College  School. 

CowansvUle,  Que. .  .University   of    Bishop's 
College. 

Cookshire,  Que Cookshire  Academy. 

Quebec,  Que Laval  Um\ ersity, 

Quebec,  Que. 
St.  Croix,  Danish  W.l. 

Montreal,  Que Montreal  High  School. 

Morrisburg,  Ont Morrisburg  College 

Vancouver.  B.C. . .  .Okanagan  College.  B.C. 

Montreal,  Que Montreal  High  School. 

Ottawa,  Ont Ottawa  Collegiate. 

Litchfield,  lU. . . . . .  .Culver  Mihtary 

Academy. 

Montreal,  Que St.    Andrew's     College, 

Toronto,  Ont. 

Montreal,  Que Woodstock  College. 

Montreal,  Que Montreal  High  School. 

Hoboken,  N.Y Hoboken  High  School. 

Cobalt,  Ont. . .    _     Shortell's  Academy         y 


Smith,  Ifimes  Wallace  H 
Solomgftl^  Abraham  (Dent.) 
JStua^  William  Charles 

TayJBr,  Clifford  Ethridge        

^Trafnor,  Owen  Connolly Hunter  River,  P.E.I.Si.  Dunsun's  Colleg 


'PartiaL 


:Double  ( 


^«««'v2v»'^-'*-?^*-*t<!l.'V«^.-t<^  f'^gyCCi 


"^ii^*^^ 


^yWi^  ^,^1*4^X0 


^-^o^A^y*-}^  S'. 


Figure  D.  Diagram,  much  reduced,  of  a  type  page  of  perfect  proportions, 
which  cannot  in  this  instance  be  properly  placed  on  the  paper  page  owing  to  size 
of  paper  stock.  Much  paper  comes  in  sizes  which  present  this  insoluble  problem. 
The  outer  and  inner  margins  should  be  a  trifle  smaller  or  the  lower  and  top  margins 
a  trifle  greater,  neither  of  which  conditions  is  here  possible  without  trimming  to 
waste.  Better  class  printers  are  frequently  compelled  by  such  circumstances  to 
only  approximate  the  ideal  in  some  of  the  finer  points  of  style.  Wire  stitching  will 
necessarily  enlarge  the  binding  edge  margins. 


6o  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

trimmed  paper  page  would  give  an  outer  margin  double 
the  inner  and  a  bottom  margin  double  that  at  the  top. 
Harvard,  Yale  1914,  Vassar,  University  of  the  Philip- 
pines and  but  few  others  follow  this  ancient  book  rule 
in  their  catalogs.  There  is  reason  for  its  use  in  book- 
making  and  unless  the  book  or  catalog  be  wired  instead 
of  sewed,  thus  demanding  extra  binding  space,  there  is 
not  much  excuse  for  radical  departure  from  it  in  catalog 
making.  The  majority  of  really  good  printers  follow 
another  position  rule  known  as  that  of  3-4-5-7,  allowing 
5  parts  outside  margin  to  3  parts  inside  and  7  parts 
bottom  margin  to  4  at  top.  Naming  these  proportions 
beginning  with  inner  margin  3,  top  4,  outer  5,  and 
bottom  7,  we  have  the  name  of  this  common  position 
rule,  3-4-5-7.  Swarthmore  and  many  other  catalogs  in 
its  high  class,  present  this  style  of  position.     See  Fig  C. 

The  North  American  Review  has  of  late  upset  the 
traditions  of  the  centuries  by  placing  the  wide  margin 
in  the  binding  edge  and  the  narrow  margin  in  the  outer 
edge. 

In  an  address  delivered  before  the  Bibliographical 
Society  over  twenty  years  ago,  William  Morris  said : 

We  now  come  to  the  position  of  the  page  of  print  on 
the  paper,  which  is  a  most  important  point,  and  one  that  till 
quite  lately  has  been  wholly  misunderstood  by  modern,  and 
seldom  done  wrong  by  ancient  printers,  or  indeed  by  pro- 
ducers of  books  of  any  kind.  On  this  head  I  must  begin  by 
reminding  you  that  we  only  occasionally  see  one  page  of  a 
book  at  a  time;  the  two  pages  making  an  opening  are 
really  the  unit  of  the  book,  and  this  was  thoroughly  under- 
stood by  the  old  book  producers.  I  think  you  will  seldom 
find  a  book  produced  before  the  eighteenth  century,  and 
which  has  not  been  cut  down  by  that  enemy  of  books  (and 
of  the  human  race),  the  binder,  in  which  this  rule  is  not 
adhered  to:  that  the  binder  edge  (that  which  is  bound  in) 
must  be  the  smallest  member  of  the   margins,   the  head 


THE  TYPE  6l 


margin  must  be  larger  than  this,  the  fore  larger  still,  and  the 
tail  largest  of  all.  I  assert  that,  to  the  eye  of  any  man  who 
knows  what  proportion  is,  this  looks  satisfactory,  and  that 
no  other  does  so  look.  But  the  modern  printer,  as  a  rule, 
dumps  down  the  page  in  what  he  calls  the  middle  of  the 
paper,  which  is  often  not  even  really  the  middle,  as  he 
measures  his  page  from  the  headline,  if  he  has  one,  though 
it  is  not  really  a  part  of  the  page,  but  a  spray  of  type  only 
faintly  staining  the  head  of  the  paper.  Now  I  go  so  far  as  to 
say  that  any  book  in  which  the  page  is  properly  put  on  the 
paper  is  tolerable  to  look  at,  however  poor  the  type  may  be, 
whereas  any  book  in  which  the  page  is  wrongly  set  on  the 
paper  is  intolerable  to  look  at,  however  good  the  type  and 
ornaments  may  be.* 

The  niceties  of  type  page  position,  no  matter  which 
style  may  be  preferred,  can  not  always  be  observed  for 
the  simple  reason  that  certain  standardis:ed  sizes  of 
paper  stock  make  some  marginal  proportions  impossible 
unless  the  paper  be  trimmed  to  waste  on  one  edge  or 
another.  From  the  viewpoint  of  the  best  typographic 
appearance  this  unavoidable  condition  is  to  be  deplored. 

There  is  positively  no  excuse  but  that  of  ignorance 
for  the  type  page  in  a  college  catalog  appearing  in  the 
center  of  the  trimmed  paper  page,  as  is  so  frequently  the 
case;  or  below  center  and  out  from  center  ("down  and 
out"  as  distinguished  from  the  correct  style  known  by 
printers  as  "up  and  in"),  a  position  sometimes  observed 
in  catalogs  of  small  colleges  where  the  work  is  usually 
done  in  the  job  shop  of  a  country  newspaper.  There  is 
reason  for  this  distressing  position.  It  is  due  to  the 
placing  of  the  type  page  in  the  center  of  the  untrimmed 
paper  page,  according  to  custom  in  a  newspaper  or 
circular,  the  lock-up  man  forgetting  that  a  catalog  trims. 

*Mr.  John  Clyde  Oswald,  editor  of  the  American  Printer  and  president  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Graphic  Arts,  in  showing  me  a  few  of  his  many  valuable 
fifteenth,  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  century  books  during  a  discussion  of  this  sub- 
ject of  page  position,  said  that  he  does  not  agree  with  William  Morris's  statement 
in  which  he  eliminates  the  running-head  from  the  page  dimension. 


62  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Page  Heads 

In  books,  magazines  and  catalogs,  both  commercial 
and  educational,  the  page  head,  or  as  it  is  technically 
termed  the  "running-head,"  has  become  a  fixture. 
Usually  the  title  of  the  publication,  or  in  catalogs  the 
name  of  the  institution,  appears  at  the  top  of  each 
left  hand  page  throughout.  Opposite  this  generally 
appears  a  heading  designating  either  the  subject  of  the 
chapter  in  a  book,  the  article  in  a  magazine,  or  the  sub- 
ject of  the  department  or  section  of  a  catalog  in  a  com- 
mercial or  educational  publication.  Sometimes  the  right 
hand  running-head  covers  the  subject  treated  on  that 
particular  page  and  possibly  the  page  preceding  or 
following  it. 

Practically  all  college  catalogs  now  carry  the  run- 
ning-head. The  examples  herewith  shown  are  not  many 
in  number  but  cover  styles  now  in  use.  Upon  this  sub- 
ject, some  discussions  have  appeared  in  the  trade 
journals.  In  a  most  interesting  article  published  in 
Printing  Art  some  few  years  ago,  we  find  the  following: 

The  Running-Head  as  an  Embellishment 

The  running-head  or  running-title  is  an  important  fac- 
tor in  bookmaking  and  worthy  of  more  attention  than  is 
usually  given  to  it.  It  can  do  much  to  mar  or  to  give  charac- 
ter to  the  page.  The  treatment  of  head-lines  is  varied  and  in 
far  too  many  instances  shows  incongruities  of  combinations. 
The  book  having  a  Modern  title-page  often  has  an  Old  Style 
heading,  or  the  reverse  may  be  the  case.  A  Modern  type  page 
with  a  Priory  Text  or  Black  Letter  line,  a  page  of  solid  matter 
covering  a  widely  interspaced  line,  and  similar  instances, 
illustrate  the  variety  of  contradictions  in  style,  which,  while 
they  may  sometimes  be  termed  unique,  are  not  good  typog- 
raphy. The  body  type,  dimensions  of  the  page,  and  character 
of  the  book  to  be  printed — whether  it  be  ecclesiastical,  bio- 
graphical, historical,  scientific,  or  fiction — are  all  factors  in 
determining  the  style  of  running-head  to  be  used. 


THE  TYPE  63 


In  laying  out  a  book  page,  the  running-head  has  to  be 
considered  as  the  eye-catcher — the  Hne  that  gives  character 
to  the  whole  page — and  in  order  to  do  this  conscientiously, 
the  manuscript  must  be  examined  carefully  to  ascertain  what 
the  chapter  heads  will  be.  These  head-lines  alternate  with 
the  book-title,  the  latter  being  on  the  left-hand  page  and  the 
former  on  the  right,  affording  identification  to  the  book  and 
to  the  subject-matter  wherever  opened. 

The  leading  of  a  page  has  an  important  bearing  upon 
the  running-head.  If  the  page  matter  is  leaded  openly,  the 
head-line  must  be  set  off  at  considerable  distance.  On  this 
style  of  page,  an  interspaced,  italic  line  can  often  be  used  to 
better  advantage  than  on  a  compact  page. 

With  a  generously  spaced  page,  rule  treatment  can  be 
used,  care  being  taken  that  the  whitening  out  of  type  and  rule 
be  ample. 

Serious  errors  are  made  in  combination  of  body  letter 
and  headings. 

A  type  page  in  Modern  can  carry  a  running-head  of 
capital  letters  of  the  same  face  and  two-thirds  the  size  of  the 
body  type.  If  the  length  of  line  does  not  permit  the  use  of 
capitals  an  italic  lower-case  line  of  a  modern  face,  one  size 
larger  than  the  face  of  the  body  letter,  can  be  used.  Folios 
should  be  in  both  cases  the  same  size  as  the  text.  A  lower- 
case Hne  of  Roman  or  a  mixed  capital  and  small  capital  are 

not  at  all  desirable. 

*    *    *    * 

Priory  Text  or  Black  Letter  can  be  used  with  Old 
Style  to  good  effect.  Rule  treatment.  Old  Style  Antiques  and 
designed  running-headings  are  all  applicable  to  the  Old  Style 
faces.  The  dimensions  of  a  page  rather  than  the  size  of  type 
used  in  the  text  are  essential  in  determining  the  size  of  type 
used  in  the  running-head.  The  long,  narrow  page  can  have  a 
running-head  the  full  width;  while  a  short  page,  that  is,  a 
page  out  of  proportion  in  width  to  the  length,  should  not 
carry  a  very  wide  line  as  it  would  add  to  its  squatty  appear- 
ance. The  blank  line  between  running-title  and  text  should 
be  the  width  of  a  quad  line  of  the  type  used  up  to  twelve- 
point.  In  larger  sizes,  it  is  generally  desirable  to  hold  to  the 
twelve-point  basis. 

Rules  above  and  below  running-head  lines  must  bear  a 
definite  relation  in  weight  of  face  to  the  color  effect  of  the 
types  used  in  conjunction  with  them.  Rules  present  difficul- 
ties in  folding  and  binding  because,  with  pages  having  narrow 
margins,  the  slightest  irregularity  is  noticeable. 


64  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


114  Medical  College  of  Virginia 


164  Omo  Wesleyan  University 


354  Unioersify  of  Southern  California 


74  BOSTON  UNIVERSITY 


382  BULLETIN  OF  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY 


604  TOWNE   SCIENTIFIC  SCHOOL 


114        University  of  Toronto  Faculty  of  Medicine 


378  NORTHWESTERN    UNIVERSITY 


HAVERFORD  COLLEGE 


WASHINarON  AND  LEE  UNIVERSITY 


144  MIAMI    UNIVERSITY 


THE  TYPE  65 


School  of  Pharmacy  115 


School  of  Music  165 


College  of  Fine  Arts  355 


COLLEGE  OF  LIBEIL\L  ARTS  75 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  FINE  ARTS  383 


COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION 


STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 


60s 


Calendar  for  1915-1916  115 


THE   THEOLOGICAL   SCHOOLS  379 


THE   TEACHERS    COLLEGE  14S 


66  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


St.  Luke's  School 


THE  Scliool  was  founded  at  Fox  Chase,  Pennsyl- jjjgjQj^, 
vania,  in  1863,  as  "Ury  House  School"  by  Mrs. 
Jane  Crawford,  In  1884  the  present  Head  Master 
took  over  the  School,  removing  it  to  Bustleton, 
Pennsylvania,  and  renaming  it  St.  Luke's  School.  In 
1902  it  was  moved  to  its  present  location. 

Special  page  head  at  outer  edge.  Appears  to  better  advantage  when  opposite 
page,  always  a  full  page  illustration  in  this  catalog  is  seen.  Heading  "St.  Luke's 
School"  and  marginal  heads  such  as  "History"  are  in  red. 


of      NORTHWESTERN   UNIVERSITY 

Departments  and  Instructors 

"RinlntfV  Lewis    Hart   Weld — Instructor    in    Biology.     B.A.    University   of 

»^  Rochester;     M.A.    University  of   Michigan.      Graduate   student   at 

Cornell   University.     Phi  Beta  Kappa,  Alpha   Delta  Tau.     Mem- 
ber of  American  Association  for  Advancement  of  Science. 

Botany — Seven  hours  a  week  throughout  the  year ;  field  and  museum  trips.    Bergen 
and    Caldwell's   Introduction    to    Botany    used  .as    a    text.      The    work   consists    of 

Specially  designed  running-head  for  a  large  type  page,  5x8,  printed  on  page 
with  most  generous  outer  and  lower  margins. 


Honor  Roll  of  1913-1914 

CLASS  A. 
John  Ewing  Russell  5,  8.  Henry  Grant  Wasson,  Jr.  8. 

HAJiRY  Aaron  Sipe  6.  7,  8. 


CLASS  B. 


Edward  Philip  Becker  6,  7. 
Samuel  Davidson  Herron  3,  4, 

5,  6. 
Clark  Miller  2,  3,  4,  5. 
Toland  Kirk  Nicholson  7. 
Harry  Aaron  Sipe  1,  2,  3,  4,  5. 
Alden  Wrhen  Foster  4,  5. 
Lucian  Reinhart  Henry  1,  4, 

5,  7,  8. 
Louis  Oliver  Klingelhofer  2, 

4,  5,  7. 
Kenneth  Frick  Lovejoy  3. 
Stanley  Marshall  Rinehart, 

Jr.  8. 
William  Lincoln  Stewart,  Jr. 

4,  5,  6. 
Ralph  Leo  Bollinger  I. 
John  Prestley  Fife  3. 
Andrew  Patton  Happer  5. 
Louis   Hirsch    Sichelstiel  3, 

7,8. 
William  Dosh  Bickel  3,  5. 
Boyd  Ross  Ewing,  Jr.  1,  2,  3, 

4,  7. 
Nelson  Barker  Garden  5,  7. 


James  Dunlap  Gray   1,  2,  6, 

7,  8. 
Edwin   Wainwright  Macfar- 

lane  5. 
Wilfrid  Murtland  2,  3,  5. 
John  Ewing  Russell  1,  2,  3, 

4,  7. 

Henry  Grant  Wasson,  Jr.  5, 

6,  7. 

Charles  Bedell  Monro  7. 
Francis  LeMoyne  Page  2,  6, 

7,  8. 

Herbert   Houghton    Phillips 

6,  7,  8. 
Robert  Cooper  Davidson  5. 
John  Dunlap  5. 
George   Armstrong    Kelly   2, 

5,  8. 

Paul  William   Kelly  3,  8. 
Joseph    Harry   Morehouse  4, 

5,  6,  7.  8. 
John  Rae  5,  8. 
Wallace  Hurtte  Rowe,  Jr.  3, 

5,  8. 
Thomas  Ewing  Shaw  4,  6,  7,  8. 


CLASS  C 
Henry  Clay  Fownes,  H.  5.         John  Rae  4. 
Philip  Stokes  Patton  5.  Wallace  Hurtte  Rowe,  Jr.  7. 

Joseph  Harry  Morehouse  1,  2. 


Shady  Slde  Academy 


The  running-head  in  this  catalog  appears  oddly  at  the  bottom  instead  of  at 
the  top  of  the  page.  The  folio,  not  embodied  here,  is  still  below  and  a  half  inch 
from  the  bottom  and  the  outer  edge. 


67 


68  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Setoanee  ^ilitarp  ataHem?  35 

in  strict  accordance  with  the  requirements  as  recommended 
by  the  Committee  of  Twelve  for  college  entrance. 

The  work  includes  a  careful  drill  in  vocabulary,  gram- 
matical forms,  and  pronunciation ;  reading  from  standard 
texts,  writing  from  dictation,  etc.  Students  are  required 
as  a  part  of  their  daily  work  to  express  themselves  cor- 
rectly in  the  idiom  —  in  fact,  every  means  is  taken  to  give 
the  student  a  fair  mastery  of  the  language. 

French  is  taught  in  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Forms ;  Ger- 
man in  the  Third  and  Fourth  Forms ;  and  Spanish  in  the 
Second  and  Third. 

FRENCH 

Fourth  Form.— Grammar:  Chardenal's  Complete  French  Course 
Reader:  Easy  French  (Snow  and  Lebon). 

Fifth  Form.— Chardenal's  Complete  French  Course  completed. 
Elementary  French  Composition  (Lazare).  Une  semaine  a  Paris 
(Bacon).  La  Poudre  aux  yeux  (Labiche  et  Martin).  Atala 
(Chateaubriand).  Oral  and  written  exercises.  Examination 
papers. 

GERMAN 

Jhird  Form.— German  Lesson  Grammar  (Joynes  and  Wesselhoft) . 
Gliick  Auf  (Miiller  and  Wenckebach). 

Fourth  Form.— Joynes  and  Wesselhoft's  German  Lesson  Grammar 
completed.  German  Prose  Composition  (Osthaus  and  Bierman). 
Willkommen  in  Deutschland  (Mosher).  Vetter  Gabriel  (Heyse). 
Oral  and  written  exercises.    Examination  papers. 

SPANISH 

Second  Form.— Grammar:  Elementary  Spanish  Grammar  (Lois- 
eaux).    Reader:  Elementary  Spanish  Reader  (Harrison). 

Third  Form.— Spanish  Grammar  completed.  Spanish  Prose  Com- 
position (Umphrey).  Spanish  Reader  (Ramsey).  Partir  a 
Tiempo  (Larra).     Zaragiieta  (Carrion  y  Aza). 


An  attractive  style,  the  body  matter  (upper  portion  of  page)  being  thoroughly 
legible.  Printed  in  brown  ink  on  rich  deckle  edge  paper  with  ample  white  margins. 
Text-letter  running-head. 


THE  TYPE  69 


In  a  recent  issue  of  the  Inland  Printer,  the  following 
paragraph  is  introductory  to  an  interesting  and  pro- 
fusely illustrated  paper  on  this  subject: 

Next  to  the  initial  letter,  the  running-head,  or  running- 
title,  offers  greater  advantages  for  the  embellishment  of  an 
otherwise  plain  and  severe  type  page  than  can  be  attained  in 
any  other  way  and  it  can  be  used  on  practically  every  page. 
It  adds  snap  and  character  to  the  page  of  text-matter  which 
inspires  interest.  That  it  deserves  more  attention  than  Is 
often  given  it,  is  proved  by  the  many  unattractive  pages, 
made  so  because  of  carelessness  or  ignorance  of  essentials  to 
its  proper  use  as  part  of  the  page. 

Other  running-heads  may  be  observed  in  the  re- 
productions of  catalog  pages  shown    in  this    book. 

A  Calendar 

A  number  of  engraving  houses  sell  stock  calendar 
electrotypes,  such  as  usually  appear  in  college  catalogs. 
Some  institutions  use  a  calendar  covering  the  entire 
current  year  and  the  entire  year  following.  Some  use 
type  set  calendars,  the  last  four  months  of  the  current 
year  and  five  or  six  months  of  the  succeeding  year, 
special  days  being  in  black  type,  while  others,  notably 
eastern  colleges,  prefer  an  electrotyped  calendar  showing 
the  latter  half  of  the  current  year,  the  whole  of  the 
succeeding  year  and  sometimes  the  first  half  of  the  year 
following.  Such  electro  frequently  appears  on  the  page 
succeeding  the  title  page  of  the  catalog.  Usually  it 
precedes  the  page  or  two  of  type  known  as  "The 
Calendar,"  or  "Days  and  Dates."  Wesleyan  uses  the 
outside  back  cover  for  a  calendar  plate.  Brown  and 
some  other  institutions  use  bold-face  figures  for  all 
holidays  and  Sundays  in  the  academic  year. 

The  slight  expense  and  the  small  space  occupied  by 
such  calendar  electro  are  much  more  than  overbalanced 
by  the  convenience  and  usefulness   thereby  secured. 


70 


THE   AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Calendar  1917                                              | 

JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   P  S 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

...    1    2    3    4    5    6 
7    8    9  10  11  12  13 
11  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31  

12    3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  

12    3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

12    3    4    5    6    7 
8    9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S  M  T  WT   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T    PS 

S   M  T  W  T  F  S 

S   M  T  W  T  F   S 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31  ... 

12    3    4    5 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31  

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

12    3    4    5    6    7 
8    9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31  

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30 

S  M  T  W  T    PS 

...    1    2    3    4    5    6 
7    8    9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31  

S  M  T  WT   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   P  S 

12    3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  ... 

"2  "3  "4  "5  "e  "7  8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30  31  

Calendar  1018                                                 | 

JANUARY 

FEBRUARY 

MARCH 

APRIL 

S  M  T  W  T    F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

S  M  T  W  T   P  S 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

12    3    4    5 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31  

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31  

...    1    2    3    4    5    6 
7    8    9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  

MAY 

JUNE 

JULY 

AUGUST 

S   M    T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

S  M  T  W  T   PS 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

12    3 

4    5    6    7    8    9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30  31 

12    3    4 

5    6    7    8    91011 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31  ... 

1 

2    3    4    5    6    7    8 
9  10  11  12  13  14  15 
16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30   

...123456 
7    8    9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31  

SEPTEMBER 

OCTOBER 

NOVEMBER 

DECEMBER 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

S  M  T  W  T   F  S 

12    3    4    5    6    7 
8    9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30 

12    3    4    5 

6    7    8    9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31  

1    2 

3    4    5    6    7    8    9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

12    3    4    5    6    7 
8    9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31  

THE  TYPE 


71 


1917 

1918 

JANUARY 

JULY 

JANUARY 

JULY           1 

s 

M 

T 

w 

T 

F 

s 

s 

M 

T 

w 

T 

F 

s 

s 

M 

T 

w 

T 

F 

s 

s 

M 

T 

w 

T 

F 

s 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

29 

30 

31 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31.- 

28 

29 

30 

31 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST        1 

I 

2 

3 

I 

2 

3 

4 

I    2 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6   7 

8 

9 

10 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8    9 

4 

5    6 

7   8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13  14 

15 

16 

17 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15  16 

12  13 

14  15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

2021 

22 

23 

24 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

2223 

18 

19  20 

21  22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

2728 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

25 

26  27 

2829 

30 

31 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER    | 

I 

2 

3 

1 

..|.. 

I 

2 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

lb 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

". 

23 
30 

"' 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

24 
31 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

29 

30 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

OCTOBER       1 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

29 

30 

.. 

28 

29 

30 

31 

28 

29 

30 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

NOVEMBER     | 

I 

2    3 

4 

5 

I 

2 

3 

I 

2 

3 

4 

I 

2 

6 

7 

8 

9  10 

II 

12 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

3 

4 

S 

6 

7 

8 

9 

13 

14 

15 

16  17 

18 

19 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

20 

21 

22 

2324 

25 

26 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

27 

28 

29 

3031 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29130 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

DECEMBER     | 

I 

2 

I 

..|.. 

.. 

I 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

IS 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

29 

30 

31 

30 

31 

..!.. 

30 

.. 

72 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


1916 

1917 

1918 

JULY 

JANUARY 

JULY 

JANUARY 

S      M    T 

W   T     F     S 

S      M    T 

W 

T 

F 

s 

s 

M 

T 

w 

T 

F     S 

s 

M 

T 

W 

T 

F     S 

....      I 

..12 
789 

3 
10 

4 

II 

s 

12 

6 
13 

I 
8 

2 

9 

3 
10 

4 
II 

s 

12 

6    7 
13  14 

6 

7 

I 

8 

2 

9 

3 

10 

4    5 
II  12 

2     3     \ 

^    5    6   7    8 

9  lo  1 

1213  14  15 

14  IS  16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

IS 

16 

17 

18 

19 

2021 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18191 

i6  17  iJ 

\  19  20  21  22 

21  22  23 

24 

2S 

26 

27 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27  2h 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

2S2b| 

is   !J  2 

:  26  27  28  29 

28  29  30 

31 

29 

30 

31 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

AUGUST 

FEBRUARY 

I    2    3    4    5 
B    9  10  II  12 

I 

7. 

3 

I 

2 

3    -f 

, 

I     2 

6   7 

4   S    6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

S 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10  I 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8   9 

13  141 

5  16  17  18  IC 

II  12  13 

14 

IS 

16 

17 

12 

13 

14 

IS 

16 

17  iJ 

10 

II 

12 

13 

14 

isit> 

2021  2 

2  23  24  25  2( 

18  19  20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

242 

;i7 

18 

19 

20 

21 

2223 

27282 

93031   ..    . 

25  26  27 

28 

26 

27 

28 

29 

31 

3L_ 

.24 

?5_ 

2627 

28 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

SEPTEMBER 

MARCH 

I 
8 

2 
9 

3 
10 

2 

3 

4 

S 

6 

7 

I  . . 

8    3 

4 

S 

6 

7 

1 
8 

2 

3    4 

5678 

9456 

7 

9 

10  II  I 

213  14  15  I 

6 II  12  13 

14 

IS 

16 

17 

9 

10 

II 

12 

13 

141 

510 

II 

12 

13 

14 

151 

b 

17  18  I 

92021  22  2 

3  18  1920 

21 

22 

23 

24 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21  2 

217 

18 

19 

20 

21 

222 

3 

24252 

6  27  28  29  3 

0  25  26  27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

23 
30 

24 

25 

''. 

27 

282 

924 
■  31 

25 

2b 

27 

28 

293 

0 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

OCTOBER 

APRIL 

I    2 

3456 

7123 

4 

S 

6 

7 

•■1  I 

2|   3 

4 

5 

6  .. 

I 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

8   91 

0  II  12  13  I 

4    8    910 

II 

12 

13 

14 

7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12  I 

3    7 

8 

9 

10 

II 

12  1 

3 

IS  16  1 

7  18  19202 

I  IS  16  17 

18 

iq 

20 

21 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

192 

014 

IS 

16 

17 

18 

192 

0 

22232 

4  25  26  27  2 

8  22  23  24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

262 

721 

22 

23 

24 

25 

262 

7 

29  30' 

I 

.  29  30  .  . 

28 

29 

30 

31 

.  28 

29 

30 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

NOVEMBER 

MAY 

.123 

4  ..  ..    I 

2 

3 

4 

S 

..(.. 

I 

2 

3  ■• 

I 

2 

3| 

4 

5    6 

7    8    9 10  I 

1678 

<5 

10 

II 

12 

4 

S 

6 

7 

8 

91 

0    S 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10  I 

I 

12  13 

4  IS  16  17  I 

8  13  14  IS 

16 

17 

18 

19 

II 

12 

13 

14 

15 

161 

712 

13 

14 

IS 

lb 

171 

8 

1920- 

51  22  23  24  2 

5  2021  22 

23 

24 

2S 

2fc 

18 

19 

2C 

21 

22 

232 

4  19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

242 

5 

2627 

58  29  30  .  .    . 

.  27  28  29 

3C 

31 

.25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30  . 

.  26 

27I28 

29 

30I31I 

• 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

DECEMBER 

JUNE 

1 

II    2 

2 

1. 

6 

7 

I  . . 

8    2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

I 

3    4 

5678 

9    3    4    5 

t 

7 

8 

9 

4 

S 

8 

10  II 

2  13  14  IS  I 

6  10  II  12 

13 

14 

IS 

It 

9 

IC 

II 

12 

i: 

141 

5    9 

IC 

II 

12 

13 

141 

5 

17  18 

92021  22  2 

3  17  18  I? 

2C 

21 

22 

21 

It 

17 

ih 

i<5 

2C 

21  2 

2ie 

17 

iti 

19 

2C 

21  2 

2 

2425 

j6|27  28  29  3 

0  24  25  2t 

27 

28 

29 

3C 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

282 

923 

24 

25 

2t 

27 

282 

9 

31  •• 

.1 

• 

J^ 

JJ 

• 

■ 

•3C 

)  . 

_!. 

.    1.  .1.  .1 

_ 

THE  TYPE 


73 


CALENDAR   1917 

S      M 
1 

7      8 
14     15 
21     22 
28    29 

■ 

JANUARY 
T     W     T 
2      3      4 
9     10     11 
16     17     18 
23    24    25 
30    31     .. 

F 

5 
12 
19 
26 

s 

6 
13 
20 
27 

s 

1 

8 

15 

22 

29 

JULY 
M     T     W     T 

F      S 

20    21 
27    28 

S     M 

FEBRUARY 
T     W     T 

F 
2 
9 
16 
23 

s 

3 

10 
17 
24 

S 

AUGUST 

M     T     W     T 

1       2 

F       S 
3      4 
10     11 
17     18 
24    26 
31     .. 

4       6 
11     12 
18     19 
25    26 

6       7       8 
13     14     15 
20    21     22 
27    28     .. 

5 
12 
19 
26 

6       7       8       9 
13     14     15     16 
20     21     22     23 
27     28     29    30 

■ 

S     M 

MARCH 

T     W     T 

1 

F 
2 
9 
16 
23 
30 

S 
3 
10 
17 
24 
31 

S 

SEPTEMBER 

M     T     W     T     P      S 
1 

4       6 
11     12 
18     19 
25    26 



6       7       8 
13     14     15 
20    21     22 
27    28     29 

2 

9 

16 

23 

30 

3      4      5      6 
10     11     12     13 
17     18     19    20 
24    25    26     27 

7       8 
14     15 
21     22 
28    29 

S     M 

1      2 
8       9 
15     16 
22    23 
29    30 

APRIL 
T     W     T 
3       4       5 
10     11     12 
17     18     19 
24    25    26 

F 
6 
13 
20 
27 

S 
7 
14 
21 
28 

S 

7 
14 
21 
28 

OCTOBER 
M     T     W     T 
12       3       4 
8      9     10     11 
15     16     17     18 
22    23     24    25 
29     30     31 

F       S 
5      6 
12     13 
19    20 
26    27 



1 

S     M 

6      7 
13     14 
20    21 
27    28 

MAY 
T     W     T 
12      3 
8       9     10 
15     16     17 
22     23     24 
29    30    31 

F 
4 
11 
18 
25 

S 
5 
12 
19 
26 

S 

NOVEMBER 
M     T     W     T 
1 

F      S 
2       3 
9     10 
16     17 
23     24 
30     .. 

4 
11 
18 
26 

6      6      7       8 
12     13     14     15 
19     20    21     22 
26    27     28    29 

, 

S     M 

JUNE 
T     W     T 

F 

1 
8 
15 

i§ 

s 

2 
9 
16 
23 
30 

s 

DECEMBER 
M     T     W     T 

P      S 
1 

3      4       6      6      7 
10     11     12     13     14 

2 
9 
16 
23 
30 

3       4       5       6 
10     11     12     13 
17     18     19    20 
24     25    26    27 
31 

7      8 
14     15 
21     22 
28    29 

Note  the  bold-face  figures  in  June  and  July.    They  indicate  dates  on  which 
the  summer  school  is  in  session. 


74  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

CALENDAR 

1915-1916 

Examinations  for  Admission 9th  Mo.  20,  21,  22,  1915 

College  Year,  1915-1916,  begins,  9.10  a.  m 9th  Mo.  23 

First  Quarter  ends,  4.00  p.  m 1 1th  Mo.  17. 

Thanksgiving  Recess 11th  Mo.  25,  26,  27,  28 

Winter  Recess  begins,  4.00  p.  m 12th  Mo.  22 

Winter  Recess  ends,  8.30  a.  m 1st  Mo.  6,  1916 

Second  Half-year  begins,  8.30  a.  m 2nd  Mo.  7 

Third  Quarter  ends,  1.00  p.  m 3rd  Mo.  25 

Spring  Recess  begins,  1.00  p.  m 3rd  Mo.  25 

Spring  Recess  ends,  8.30  a.  m 4th  Mo.  3 

Senior  Class  Day 6th  Mo.  15 

Commencement  and  Alumni  Day 6th  Mo.  16 

Examinations  for  Admission 6th  Mo.  19,  20,  21 

1916-1917 

Examinations  for  Admission 9th  Mo.  25,  26,  27,  1916 

College  Year,  1916-1917,  begins,  9.10  a.  m.  . .  .9th  Mo.  28 

First  Quarter  ends,  4.00  p.  m 11th  Mo.  22 

Thanksgiving  Recess 11th  Mo.  30,  12th  Mo.  1,  2,  3 

Winter  Recess  begins,  4.00  p.  m 12th  Mo.  20 

Winter  Recess  ends,  8.30  a.  m 1st  Mo.  4,  1917 

Second  Half-year  begins,  8.30  a.  m 2nd  Mo.  12 

Spring  Recess  begins,  1.00  p.  m 3rd  Mo.  24 

Spring  Recess  ends,  8.30  a.  m 4th  Mo.  2 

Third  Quarter  ends,  1.00  p.  m 4th  Mo.  7 

Senior  Class  Day 6th  Mo.  14 

Commencement  and  Alumni  Day 6th  Mo.  15 

Examinations  for  Admission 6th  Mo.  18,  19,  20 


In  Haverford  College's  calendar  may  be  noted  the  Friends'  method  of  desig- 
nating the  months.  The  leaded  lo-point  is  far  more  legible  than  the  smaller  type 
used  in  the  great  majority  of  catalog  calendars.  Running-head  omitted  over 
drop-head  on  this  page. 


THE  TYPE 


75 


gllnmnut  imx  tjic  fear  1916  aui)  part  jof  t\t  Ijcar  191 7. 

toit^  CaUnSir  of  liiiljersitg  Cenntouieran^ 

|lcmarl;al)It  fags. 

NOTE.— Those  Sundays  or  Holydays  on  which  the  DoctorB  wear  their  robes  at  Church 
are  marked  thu8(*).  The  Doctors  wear  their  Congregation  habits  at  Sermons  on  all 
Sundays  daring  Term,  except  on  Quinquagesima  Sunday  and  the  Sundays  in  Lent. 
The  Sermons,  except  on  some  particular  days  wliich  are  noticed  in  this  Calendar, 
are  delivered  at  St.  Mary's  at  10.30  a.m.  The  hour  of  the  Assize  Sermon  varies 
according  to  the  arrangements  of  the  Assizes. 


JANUARY    XXXI. 


1916. 


31 


•^Circumtision.  Bodleian  Library  closed.  Radcliffe  Camera  open. 


Second  Sunday  after  Cliristnias. 

Bodleian  Library  open  from  9  to  3  in  January. 


*C?i)ipJ)anp. 

Lucian.    Cambridge  Lent  Term  begi 


First  Sunday  after  Epiphany. 

Hilary  Law  Tenii  begins. 

nUary. 

Oxford  Hilar)'  or  Lent  Term  begins. 


Second  Sunday  after  Epiphany. 

Piisca. 

Fabian. 

Agnes. 

Vincent. 


Third  Sunday  after  Epiphany.    Full  Term  begins.     [1] 

donbcraion  of  St.  IpauL 


Fourth  Sunday  after  Epiphany.  [2] 

Sermon   on   Application  of   Messianic  Propliecy.     Preaclier 

nominated  by  the  Yice-Chancellor. 
Hilary  Law  Term  ends.  


Oxford  University's  calendar  is  quite  intricate  and  detailed,   an   interestmg 
study  to  the  American.    The  bold  perpendicular  line  begins  with  the  term. 


76 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Forms 
To  aid  those  unacquainted  with  the  mathematical 
intricacies  of  the  composing  room,  there  is  here  shown 
one  of  many  imposition  diagrams  used  in  laying  out  the 


17  24 


81 

03 

IS 

Zl 

BINDER'S  GRIPPER 


4 

29 

28 

6 

\ 

S8 

QS 

8 

Layout  of  form  for  one  side  (outside)  of  32  page  signature 


THE  TYPE  TJ 


form,  which,  when  sent  to  the  folding  machine,  must  be 
correct.  There  are  different  forms,  the  positions  of  the 
various  pages  conforming  to  the  several  methods  of 
folding.  The  ordinary  machine  however  folds  across 
the  middle  of  the  sheet,  short  way  first,  and  continues 
right  angle  folds  until  the  three  folds  (for  sixteen  page 
form)  or  four  folds  (for  thirty-two  page)  have  been 
made.  The  usual  form  is  a  thirty-two  page  which,  in 
book  or  catalog  work,  is  automatically  slit  while  leaving 
the  press  after  printing  the  second  side  of  the  sheet; 
thus,  in  a  thirty-two  page  form,  sixty-four  pages  are 
printed  on  a  sheet  which  is  divided  into  two  thirty-two 
page  forms,  sixteen  pages  on  each  side  of  the  half-sheet. 
One  side  of  such  half-sheet  is  here  shown.  See  page  17. 
A  competent  lock-up  man  lays  the  pages  of  type  on 
the  stone  without  consulting  any  diagram.  The  reverse 
form  is  so  laid  that  each  page  appears  in  its  proper 

sequence. 

Printing  the  Backbone 
On  catalogs  of  great  bulk  the  title  is  almost  in- 
variably printed  across  the  top  of  the  backbone.  On 
those  of  lesser  thickness  but  still  of  fair  bulk  the  title  is 
printed  at  right  angles,  usually  reading  from  top  to 
bottom.  Pamphlets  of  only  32  or  48  pages  are  saddle- 
stitched,  a  method  not  admitting  of  any  backbone 
surface.  Every  catalog  or  pamphlet  bound  in  style 
known  as  side-stitch,  or  book-sewed  with  thread  and 
with  cover  attached  to  the  back  by  glue,  should  by  all 
means  be  identified  on  the  backbone.  The  importance 
of  this  item  will  be  at  once  appreciated  when  examining 
an  Exchange  Catalog  Shelf  in  which  the  catalogs  of 
several  hundred  institutions  are  seen.  Catalogs  not 
identified  on  the  backbone  must  be  labelled  with  pen 
and  ink,  a  tedious  and  usually  unattractive  method. 


n 

> 

H 

O    >• 


O 


c 
w 


o 

n 


PJ     M 

o  . 
w 


?o  r 


H 
> 

z 
z 


n 
o 

r 

o 
m 

c 
r 
r 

;d 
ca 


CAMBRIDGE 

UNIVERSITY 

CALENDAR 

1915-1916 


Price 
7l6 
Net 


CAMBRIDGE 

UNIVERSITY 

PRESS 


n: 

n 

a 
m 
z 

H 

CO 

n 

O 

po 
H 


78 


THE  TYPE  79 


Not  only  should  the  title,  but  the  name  of  the  In- 
stitution and  the  year  of  publication,  appear.  If  all 
catalogs  were  like  those  of  Boston  University  191 5,  the 
University  of  Virginia  191 5-16,  the  University  of  Illi- 
nois, or  the  General  Theological  Seminary,  Exchange 
Shelves  would  present  a  wilderness  of  blank  backbones, 
or  if  all  were  like  that  of  Cornell  1914-15,  the  title  of  the 
publication  would  appear  without  the  name  of  the 
institution.  Nearly  all  Canadian  catalogs,  that  of 
McGill  being  an  exception,  bear  no  title  on  the  back- 
bone. It  is  quite  surprising  to  note  the  absence  of  such 
title  on  the  otherwise  magnificent  catalog  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  Philippines.     See  opposite  page  16. 

Practically  all  boys'  and  girls'  schools  oflFer  no  title 
on  the  backbone  of  their  catalogs,  a  serious  oversight. 

Although  some  college  catalogs  are  made  with  the 
backbone  title  reading  from  bottom  to  top,  many  are 
properly  printed  with  the  title  reading  from  top  to 
bottom.  The  reason  for  this  form  is  that  when  the 
catalog  is  laid  flat  on  a  table  or  desk,  front  side  up,  and 
other  catalogs  are  placed  on  top  of  it,  it  is  possible  to 
read  the  backbone  title  without  taking  it  out  of  the  pile. 
The  best  explanation  of  this  matter  would  be  a  glance 
at  a  pile  of  old  magazines.  It  would  be  far  better  if  the 
few  catalogs  whose  backbone  titles  read  from  bottom  to 
top  could  be  treated  as  the  great  majority  are,  with  the 
backbone  title  reading  top  to  bottom,  for  the  sake  of 
uniformity  of  appearance  in  the  Exchange  Catalog 
Shelves  of  hundreds  of  institutions  and  libraries.  The 
librarian  customarily  passes  along  a  shelf  from  left  to 
right  reading  from  top  to  bottom.  He  is  entitled  to 
some  consideration. 


8o 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


r 



oS    ' 

>7i    > 

C/J 

wg 

a 

E^ 

1 

NEW  YORK 

i| 

UNIVERSITY 

00 

UNIVERSITY 

g 

OF 
CALIFORNIA 

10 

o 

♦^ 

C3- 

)|14 

o 

^ 

REGISTER 

♦^ 

CD 

1915-1916 

5 

e 

m ,    1 
S" 

3 

n 
♦^ 

CATALOGUE 
1914-1915 

^ 

% 

% 

« 
♦^ 

a 

<1 

♦— » 

CD 

ff. 

m 

^ 

3 

^-^ 

2. 

1 

^ 

♦-^ 

m 

_^ 

V-* 

t 

z 

^ 

S3 

I— ' 

0 

< 

§ 

en 

THE   TYPE 


8l 


THE  STATE 
UNIVERSITY 
OF  IOWA 


CATALOGUE 

1914-1915 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 
19151916 


REGISTER 

OF  THE 

UNIVERSITY 

OF 

ILLINOIS 


1915-1916 


0 

E 

1914 

1915 

McGILL 
UNIVERSITY 

CALENDAR 


SESSION 
1916.1917 


HARVARD 
UNIVERSITY 
CATALOGUE 


> 

o 

2 
O 

> 

n 

P3 

o 
o 

6* 


CD 

Si 


1915-1916 


82  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

But  no  matter  how  small  the  catalog  or  bulletin 
may  be  it  should  be  properly  identified  on  the  backbone, 
if  it  be  sidestitched  or  sewed. 

Printing  of  Catalog  Envelopes 

From  the  artistic  point  of  view,  the  style  of  corner 
card  appearing  on  the  envelope  used  for  enclosing  a 
catalog  or  bulletin  should  be  in  harmony  with  the 
typographical  style  of  the  cover  of  the  catalog.  While 
there  is  no  necessity  for  such  uniformity,  it  is  considered 
to  be  as  much  in  good  form  as  would  be  the  harmony  in 
style  between  one's  hat  and  one's  clothing.  Some 
schools,  particularly  boys'  and  girls'  schools,  and  now 
and  then  a  normal  school,  use  a  mailing  envelope 
specially  made  of  the  same  paper  and  in  the  same  shade 
and  finish  as  the  cover  of  the  catalog,  the  type  and  ink 
used  in  the  corner  card  conforming  in  style  and  shade  to 
that  used  on  the  cover.  Such  envelopes  are  expensive 
in  both  material  and  labor  for  making. 

The  examples  shown  herewith  are  reduced  to  one- 
half  in  each  dimension,  but  will  no  doubt  be  sufficiently 
clear  to  convey  the  idea  of  the  many  styles  in  use. 

As  shown  in  the  chapter  on  Postal  Regulations,  it  is 
well  to  give  the  notice  of  second-class  entry  on  the 
envelope,  even  though  the  type  for  such  notice  be  very 
small.  Six-point  is  sometimes  used  for  this  purpose. 
The  postal  authorities  request  that  this  notice  of  second- 
class  entry  be  printed  on  the  envelope  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  postmaster  at  destination.  See  page  270. 

return  REQUEST 

Printers  often  use  for  all  manner  of  catalog  en- 
velopes, commercial  or  educational,  return  request 
electrotypes  shown  on  page  86  or  in  other  forms.  These 
electrotyp  es  are  used  without  any  expense  whatever  to 


THE    TYPE 


83 


Denison  University  Bulletins! 

E«itr.d   .<  tt,,  CRASVILU.  O.  P«  Ofc, 


BULLETIN 

%\^  ©nitjersitp  of  tift  #outt) 

SEWANEE,  TENNESSEE 


ONIVERSITf  OF  CALIFORNIA  BVLLZtiH 
BERKELEY.  CALIFORNIA 


t  B«rkclrr    C4lifamtft.  m 
o4  Coosrett  jt  Juty   l» 


©Ijto  fflfHl^yan  Uniwrathi  iudrtitt 
Splamarp.  ®Ijio. 


QUARTERLY  BULLETIN^ 

Washington  and  Lee  University 

LEXINGTON.  VIRGINIA 


Jibe  'Unlvcrstt?  of  dblcago 

cncuui  OF  e 


UNIVERSITY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA 

W«ST    PHILA.    STATIO^.    PHILADtUfHU.    Pa. 

THE  UNIVERSITY  TuLLETINS 

BNTtRED   AT  THt    PHILA  .    PA  .    POST  OffIC« 
AS  SECOMOCLASS  MATTEJL 


ruLANE  UniV£R3ITY  OF  LOUISIANA 
NEW  ORLEANS 


BULLETIN 

UNIVERSITY  OF  NOTRE  DAME, 


i  N<rb^  Daa»,  tadiu* 


OFFICIAL  REGISTER 
PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY 


CEORCE  WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY  BULLETIN 
WASHINCTON.  D.  C 


0llf¥ERSITY  OF  mmik  RECORft 
raivMsmr  of  virginu 

CbH^ttenilie,  Vofiiik 


McGILL  UNIVERSITY 
MONTREAL 

CALENDAR 

1916-1917 


OKIVERSITY  or  PENNSYLVANIA 


THE  UNTVERSITY  BULLETmS 

TEREO  AT  PHILA,  PA.  P03I  omct  AS  SCCOHS 


OPriCES      OF 


BOSTON   UNIVERSITY 

688  BOYLSTON  STREET 
BOSTON.    MA5S. 


Boston   University   Bulletin 


Miami  University  Bulletin 

— ^la^^—a—e— — ■iB.iiiMiuM  iim— — i 
Published  monthly  by  the  Univeraity. 
Entered  at  OicfoKl,  Ohio,  as  s^oo-nd- 
closs  mall  mattor.       t^       (^       ^        ^ 


Some  quarter  size  reproductions  of  catalog  envelope  printing. 


84 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


m 


BULLETIN  of  THE 
WESTERN  COLLEGE  for  WOMEN 

OXFORD,  OHIO 
C.--..c.-..»  i>r. ,..-.- 


BRYN    MAWR  GOLLEQE 


ICratttckg  (Eolk^r  for  Bmnni 

SMITH  CX3LLEGE   BULLETIN 


laOUNT   HOLYOKE  COLLEGE  BULLETINS 
SOUTH  HADLEY,  MASSACHUSETTS 


I  Shorter  College  Bulletin  | 

I  ==(  CATALOG  NUMBER)  ==  I 

I  Eotood  u  ScMsd  Clu.  -UUntt  •!  tfc«  Poit  0«iM  Q 

I  ROME.  GEORGIA-  \ 


Caft  School 

naalciuvcn. 


CROrON  SCHOOJ. 
CiBOTON.  MASsjicMUsrrre 


Po£tA^e  wilt  be  fonrarO«d  if  notificatioo  of 
iMD-detiTer7  ifl  wot  to 

VASSAR  COLLEGE 


WELLS  COLUEGE 
AURORA.  N.  Y 


RETURN   TO  the   ofi 

Cktl»>  Sqyoro,  NEW  YORK.  N.  V  »].  , r»kHl  ParH  Scul^  BULLETIN 

PHILLIPS      ACADEMY 

ANDOVER,   MASS. 


a  irmkHi  Park  ScuiA 
CoIUDtllli.  OMo 


"'.fi/».  /■"  /"""^  ''■'■" 


THF.nU>';1CAL  SKMINAKY 


TO      THE      POSTMASTEB-lf     thl» 
packsgo    remain*   uncalled  ♦&»  after  5 
CONCORD.  N.   H.  da,s,  please   notify   sender  and   return 


ST.  PAULS  SCHOOL 


orricc  or  tnc  oeam  op  ctudcntg 

Union  Olljfologiral  S-pratnarg 


IIOTH  ST..  NEW  1 


.jSizmri^lilitarB  institute. 

«RMANT0*-a.0H10. 


MANLIUS    BULLETIN 

SAIMT  JOHKS  SCHOOL 
MANUUS      NEW  YORK    ,^ 


KISKIMINETAS  SPRINGS  SCHOOL 

SALTSBURG.   PENNSYLVANIA 

ASHEViLLE  SCHOOL. 

ASHEVILLE.  N.  O. 


VIRGINIA  MILITARY  INSTITUTE 
LEXINGTON,    VIRGINIA 


ANNUAL.   CATALOGUE 


IDotDentoton    £(^ilitatp   Jn»titutc 
SnDrntotDn.  iSrti  2tWf 


«-  TO  POSTMASTER;  II  uD<W.veredL   tt.' 

Ivm  postage  wUI  be  hirauhed  on   receipt  ol  notice 

as  prescribed  in  section  637  P.  L  &  R 

MOUNTAIN  HERALD 

Euaed  M  Second  Oau  Minn  11   iIk  |M»<*c«, 


■WEST  TEXAS  MILITARY  ACADEMY 

p.  O.   DBAWSK.UtSe 

SAN  ANTONIO.   TEXAS 


Some  quarter  size  reproductions  of  catalog  envelope  printing. 


THE  TYPE 


8s 


Kenyon  College  Bulletin 

■glM4HSccaa«CU«M<tl«r>ltk<  Pot  Oft»  at 


S>iiiarlIiiHorp  dnUrgr  ffluUrtin. 

fruiarllminrr.  Pa. 

Eniered  at  ihe  Post  Office  at  Swirihmorc,  P». 
•s  secondclaM  tnattcr 


DARTMOUTH  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

H  \NOVER.  N  ,'H. 


Crinitp  Collegt  Bullcttn 

Ct/nitp  College,  E)artfotD,  Conn. 


The  College  of  Wooster 


•    Ull).LET)N  or  Tllk 
CAANEaiE  INSTITUTK    Of  TbCiINt 
PlTT«DDMOM.  PKNK«V1,VANIA 


IF  NOT  CAXLED  FOR.  RETURN  TO 

HAVERfORD  COLLEGE,  HAVERfORO  P.  0.,  PA. 

HAVERFORD  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

ErcerrJ  Dtccmbcr  10.  1902.  >t  Hi.erford,  Pa.,  u  Second  CUs< 
Mailct  uikIci  Act  o/  Conprwol  Juir  UiN  UM 


BULLETIN 

GEORGETOWN  COLLEGE 

GEORGETOWN.  KY 


HANOVER  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 
HANOVER,  INDIANA 


MARSHALL    COLLEGE 
HUNTINGTON.  WEST  Va. 


AmhoTsi    College    Ballctji 


Williams  G)llege  Bulletin 

WILUAMSTOWN,  MASS. 
Entcfdu  KCoud-cUa  mjttCT  it  Ibc  Pml  OfUci, 


thil  tUi  copr  b  uodtUvtted. 


CEDAHVILLE   COLLEGE     BULLETriM 
CEDAKVILLt.  OHfO 


THE  REGISTRAR,  AMHERST  COLLEGE. 
AMHERST,  MASS. 


WAYNESBURG    COLLEGE  BULLETIN 
■Vol  JX  June  J9I6  Na   I 

PUULISHtD    BY   WAYNESBURG  COLLEGE 

Wayncsburg,    Pa. 


t«  not  eeituttfe  In  flue  eovs  noiirc 
Ibe  Catbollc  "Ulnlvcrsltp  of  Hmerlca 

Scbool  of  Science 


TOaeblnflion,  S>.  0. 


BowdoJn  College  Bulletin 


i^cnnsplbania  £0ilitarp  College 

Ct)e0tct,  ipa. 
Per  Book  Post, 

FROM   THE  REGISTRAR 

University    of   toRONTO. 


Some  quarter  size  reproductions  of  catalog  envelope  printing 


86  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

the  printer.  When  such  request  containing  pledge  that 
return  postage  will  be  furnished  appears  on  the  catalog 
or  bulletin  envelope,  the  postmaster  is  bound  to  notify 
the  sender.  By  this  arrangement,  names  of  persons 
deceased  or  removed  to  unknown  address  may  be 
dropped  or,  in  case  of  a  new  address,  the  mailing  list  may 


Postmaster:  If  not  claimed 
please  notify  us  and  postage 
wi"  be  forwarded  for  return 


I  IF   NOT  DIUVERED    IN    TEN    DAYS 

I      POSTMASTER 

I  please  send  Cabd  NoncB.  form  3540.  to 

I  the  above  address,  in  accordance  with 

I  SrcTioN  437.  P»«AOBAPB  5a.  Postal  Laws 

i  and  RwinLiTioKS,  1813.  Return  postaee 

1  guaranteed. 

Immmm, u n i n ,„.,nn.,u,um .um,m»»K 


NOTICE  TO  POSTMASTER 

If  impossible  to  deliver  this  to 
the  exact  address,  please  advise 
sender  as  the  law  requires  aiW 
return  postage  will  be  furnished 


NOTICE  TO    POSTMASTER 

If  impossible  to  deliver  this  to  the 
exact  address,  notify  us  as  the  law  re- 
quires and  return  stamps  will  be  sent 


NOTICE   TO  POSTMASTER 

If  Impossible  to  Deliver  this  to  Address 
Given,  Advise  us  ( As  the  Law  Requires) 
and  Stamps  for  Return   Will  be   Sent. 

be  corrected  at  the  cost  of  a  letter  or  two..  The  catalog 
or  bulletin  may  not  be  of  value  sufficient  to  warrant  the 
return  postage  (at  one  cent  for  each  four  ounces  or 
fraction  thereof,  if  the  publication  be  entered  as  second- 
class  matter  or  at   one  cent  for  each  two  ounces  or 


THE  TYPE 


87 


fraction  thereof  if  third-class  or  if  the  catalog  be  bound 
as  a  book,  that  is  to  say  if  it  is  fourth-class  matter,  at 
the  rate  of  one  cent  for  each  two  ounces  or  fraction 
thereof  up  to  eight  ounces  and  at  the  fourth-class 
pound  rates  if  it  weighs  more  than  eight  ounces),  but 
the  correction  of  the  mailing  list  so  secured  is  of  real 
value  to  the  institution. 

ENVELOPE  manufacturer's  NAME  FORBIDDEN 

Certain  envelope  makers  have,  within  the  past 
year,  been  notified  by  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster 
General  that  the  manufacturer's  name  can  under  no 
circumstances  appear  on  the  envelope  in  which  college 
publications  of  second-class  entry  are  mailed,  such 
name  being  classified  as  advertising  matter.  See  page 
268,  note. 


PREPARATION  OF  COPY 

COPY  for  a  college  or  school  catalog,  being  mostly 
reprint  from  former  editions,  should  be  prepared 
by  tearing  out  leaves  from  two  old  catalogs  and 
pasting  them  to  the  right  of  the  center  of  copy  sheets, 
with  the  changes  itemized  in  the  spacious  left  hand 
margin  so  afforded.  Thus,  for  instance  if  pages  ii  and 
12  (one  leaf)  of  the  old  catalog  contain  faculty  list, 
first  apply  some  library  paste  to  page  12  and  affix  it  to  a 
blank  sheet  of  copy  paper,  thus  allowing  page  11  to  be 
visible.  Then  repeat  the  operation,  pasting  page  1 1  to 
another  sheet  of  copy  paper,  allowing  page  12  to  be 
visible.  Delete  with  pencil  or  pen  the  names  of  any 
members  of  the  faculty  of  the  preceding  year  to  be 
omitted  and  add  in  the  margin  (never  interline  reprint 
copy)  the  new  name,  degrees  and  sources. 

While  this  method  of  rearranging  the  bulk  of  an  old 
catalog  may  seem  a  trifle  tedious  in  comparison  with 
preparing  copy  from  just  one  old  catalog  left  bound,  it 
is  the  only  safe  method.  Any  errors  in  spelling,  punc- 
tuation, capitalization,  style  or  arrangement  of  headings 
will  in  this  manner  be  caught  in  advance,  and  satisfac- 
tion as  to  final  appearance  and  elimination  of  any  bill 
for  "Changes  from  Original  Copy  or  Arrangement," 
will  result. 

Style 

(See  page  ii6) 

By  style  we  mean  prearranged  uniformity  as  to  the 
kind  and  size  of  types  for  use  in  the  various  departments 
of  the  catalog  and  the  headings;  in  the  use  of  italics, 
small  capitals  or  bold  face;   in  the  punctuation;   in  the 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  89 

handling  of  quotations  and  extracts;  and  uniformity  of 
indentation.  In  some  catalogs  as  many  as  four  sizes  of 
body  type  appear  on  a  single  page,  to  say  nothing  of 
italics,  small  capitals  and  perhaps  several  different 
indentations.  Naturally  such  style  is  more  expensive. 
The  printer  is  not  supposed  to  originate  style  or 
arrangement.  Nearly  all  college  catalogs  are  practically 
reprints  of  former  numbers  of  the  same  publication,  in 
which  the  problem  of  style  had  been  solved  many  years 
before.  Now  and  then,  however,  a  change  in  style  in 
part  or  all  of  a  catalog  is  desired.  When  in  doubt  the 
editor  or  compiler  who  has  access  to  a  good  Exchange 
Catalog  Shelf  can  quickly  solve  his  problem  by  arrang- 
ing his  copy  to  conform  to  a  satisfactory  style  found 
in  the  catalog  of  some  other  institution.  The  sending  of 
a  leaf  of  such  other  catalog  to  the  printer  will  explain 
perfectly  to  him  just  what  is  wanted. 

The  desired  style  should  be  well  understood  before 
preparation  of  copy  is  begun.  If  several  editors  are  to 
be  employed  on  a  publication  all  should  be  given  to 
understand  that  one  uniform  style,  and  that  style  only, 
is  to  be  employed  in  each  department.  For  example,  if 
the  student  list  should  be  divided  by  colleges  in  a 
university,  the  copy  from  each  college  should  be  identi- 
cal in  style.  As  will  be  noted  under  the  head  of  Changes, 
it  is  quite  expensive  to  change  style  after  the  type  has 
been  set.  No  printer  can  be  expected  to  edit  and  re- 
arrange poor  copy  before  typesetting  is  begun  unless  he 
render  a  bill  for  such  work.  Such  a  charge  would  be 
just  and  proper  but  might  cause  ill  feeling  on  the  part  of 
a  customer  whose  business  is  no  doubt  valued  highly  by 
the  printer. 


90  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Uniformity  in  style  for  headings  is  often  quite  a 
problem  when  a  change  from  former  style  is  desired.  It 
is  suggested  that  a  satisfactory  major  heading  style  be 
discovered  in  some  other  catalog.  This  could  be 
marked  "Heading  Style  A."  Another  style  could 
similarly  be  found  for  a  minor  heading  and  marked 
"Heading  B."  Likewise  a  sub-heading  "Heading  C" 
and  so  on.  Thus  with  a  heading  style  sheet  arranged  by 
the  editor  to  his  own  satisfaction,  preceding  the  actual 
copy,  and  with  style  for  each  heading  in  his  manuscript 
properly  designated  in  the  left  margin,  "A,"  "B,"  "C" 
or  "D,"  both  printer  and  proofreader  will  understand. 
Preparing  Copy 

For  the  new  lists  of  students,  new  courses  of  study 
and  any  other  matter  not  reprint,  copy  should  be  type- 
written on  a  good  typewriter  having  a  good  ribbon.  A 
pale  ribbon,  indistinct  printing  of  one  letter  on  top  of 
another,  blurring  from  poor  manifolding  or  failure  to 
space  between  lines,  will  produce  copy  which  would  be 
termed  an  abomination  by  both  the  keyboard  operator 
and  the  proofreader.  Occasionally  a  new  ribbon,  dirty 
letters  and  a  hard  stroke  combined,  make  miserable 
copy.  Hand-written  manuscript,  if  unusually  clear  and 
carefully  prepared,  may  work  out  very  nicely  until 
proper  names  or  foreign  words  appear.  Trouble  will 
then  be  inevitable. 

Copy  should  be  on  one  side  only  of  uniform  sheets 
of  white  paper  not  too  heavy  and  of  size  about  8>^xii. 
In  new  copy,  not  reprint,  uniform  spacing  of  three  type- 
writer lines  to  the  inch  allows  ample  opportunity  to 
insert  words  or  lines  in  final  editing.  It  is  also  much 
more  easily  read  than  if  solid.  Leave  an  inch  blank  at 
the  top  and  at  the  left  edge  of  each  sheet.    The  printer 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  91 

needs  these  spaces  for  notation  of  instructions  to  the 
typesetter. 

Never  pin  anything  to  a  sheet  of  copy  paper.  Any 
afterthought  or  insert  should  be  prepared  on  a  slip  of 
paper  and  pasted — at  the  left  margin  only — securely  to 
the  copy  sheet,  with  a  mark  to  show  exactly  where  it  is 
to  be  introduced  into  the  type.  Pins  invariably  drop 
out  during  the  heavy  usage  to  which  copy  sheets  are 
subjected  in  the  many  proofreadings  and  checkings 
required. 

Care  should  be  taken  that  paragraphs  are  neither 
too  long  nor  too  short  for  the  best  typographic  appear- 
ance of  the  page.  When  a  paragraph  of  copy  appears 
too  long,  the  paragraph  mark  (^)  may  be  inserted  in 
the  manuscript  before  any  sentence,  to  indicate  to  the 
typesetter  that  the  copy  is  to  be  broken  at  that  point 
for  the  beginning  of  a  new  paragraph.  In  case  there 
are  too  many  paragraphs,  the  mark  commonly  used 
for  eliminating  the  paragraph  formation  in  the  manu- 
script is  "No  1[."    See  Glossary,  page  286. 

Copy  for  title  page  and  for  cover  is  quite  frequently 
forgotten  by  the  editor.  This  is  an  important  item 
which  should  not  be  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  printer. 
It  is  also  a  detail  which  should  be  given  much  thought, 
in  case  there  is  any  possibility  for  improvement  in 
style.  The  simplest  method  of  designating  a  new 
typographical  style  for  the  cover  is  to  prepare  the  copy 
on  a  sheet  of  copy  paper  and  attach  thereto  with  a  clip 
the  cover  and  backbone  taken  from  some  catalog  of 
satisfactory  style,  or  the  front  cover  from  one  such 
catalog  and  the  cover  backbone  from  another. 

Of  scientific  copy  it  is  well  to  retain  a  carbon  of 
each  sheet.    This  is  inexpensive,  as  cheap  tissue  paper  is 


92  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

used.  A  duplicate  set  of  copy  sheets  in  the  possession  of 
the  author  facilitates  communication  by  wire,  telephone 
or  even  letter.  In  the  case  of  a  valuable  manuscript, 
duplicates  should  by  all  means  be  retained. 

CAPITALS,  SMALL  CAPITALS,  itdics  and  bold 
face  should  be  uniformly  underscored  by  hand,  with 
three  lines  for  CAPITALS,  two  lines  for  small  capi- 
tals, one  line  for  italics  and  a  wavy  line  for  bold. 
The  use  of  small  capitals,  italics  and  bold  face  some- 
times adds  to  the  expense  of  typesetting,  but  not  always. 

To  specify  italics  =  italics 

To  specify  small  capitals  =•  small  capitals 

To  specify  capitals  and  small  capitals  =  Capitals  and 
—  ^      '  =        "  Small  Capitals 

To  specify  capitals  =  CAPITALS 

To  specify  bold  face=-  bold  face 

To  specify  boMc^a£itah===  BOLD  CAPITALS 

Each  sheet  of  copy  should  be  consecutively  num- 
bered in  the  upper  right  hand  corner.  Numbering 
should  not  be  begun  until  every  sheet  of  copy  is  ready, 
including  title  page  and  table  of  contents.  Sometimes 
the  index  is  in  the  front  of  the  book,  in  which  case  pages 
are  not  assigned  until  the  book  is  paged  in  print.  See 
page  144.  For  temporary  use,  sheets  of  copy  might  be 
numbered  slightly  in  lead  pencil,  to  be  erased  when 
final  numbering  is  made.  If  duplicate  carbon  copies 
are  retained,  they  should  be  numbered  to  correspond 
exactly  with  the  original  copy  sheets.  The  printer 
desires  his  copy  to  be  in  sheets  of  uniform  size  and  so 
carefully  numbered  that    in  the   event   a   sheet  or  a 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  93 

number  of  sheets  should  be  dropped  on  the  floor  or  blown 
out  of  the  window,  the  consecutive  order  of  the  copy- 
could  be  immediately  rearranged.  This  is  possible 
because  of  the  job  number  placed  by  rubber  stamp  at 
the  top  of  each  sheet,  after  the  copy  reaches  the  printer. 

It  is  usually  best  and  more  economical  in  point  of 
time,  to  hold  back  copy  on  a  book  until  it  is  all  ready. 
Unless  the  catalog  makes  hundreds  of  printed  pages,  it 
is  poor  economy  to  send  copy  to  the  printer  in  instal- 
ments. This  only  makes  confusion.  Student  lists, 
however,  if  in  the  last  department  of  the  catalog,  being 
usually  of  different  size  type  and  always  of  different 
style,  may  be  sent  later,  without  inconvenience.  The 
index  is  prepared  from  page  proofs.     See  page  145. 

Author's  notes  of  explanation  or  instruction  to 
compositor  should  be  written  in  left  margin  of  copy 
sheet. 

It  is  difficult  for  the  inexperienced  author  to  specify 
exactly  how  much  or  how  little  copy  is  to  be  contained 
in  a  single  page  of  type.  Editors  of  wide  experience  and 
knowledge  may  be  able  to  do  this.  It  is  sometimes  hard 
for  even  the  printer  to  arrange  type  pages  where  one  or 
even  two  lines  at  the  beginning  or  at  the  end  of  a  para- 
graph must  be  taken  away  from  or  added  to  a  page  of 
type.  The  first  line  of  a  paragraph  should  never  appear 
at  the  bottom  of  any  type  page.  Neither  should  the 
last  line  of  a  paragraph  appear  at  the  top  of  any  type 
page. 

Monotype   System  in    its  chapter   "Preparation   of 

Copy,"  sounds  the  following  warning  to  all  concerned : 

The  proprietor  buys  a  composing  machine  to  enable  a 
man  to  work  at  five  or  six  times  his  speed  setting  type  by 
hand.  But  is  there  anything  about  any  composing  machine 
to  enable  its  operator  to  decipher  bad  copy  more  quickly 


94  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

than  a  man  setting  the  same  matter  at  the  case?  The  com- 
posing machine  speeds  up  a  man's  fingers,  not  his  brain. 
Careful  tests  show  that  bad  copy  will  often  reduce  an  opera- 
tor's output  more  than  one-third;  that  is,  to  save  the  fancied 
expense  of  preparing  copy,  the  proprietor  will  be  content  with 
but  two-thirds  of  the  return  he  should  receive  from  his  money 
invested  in  a  machine  and  the  wages  he  pays  its  operator. 
Remember  that  this  loss  occurs  not  only  on  bad  copy,  but 
also  on  the  good  copy  that  follows;  the  operator  who  must 
slow  up  for  bad  copy  inevitably  loses  the  free  and  easy  finger 
motion  necessary  for  speed. 

What  is  the  cost  of  editing  copy.^  Is  it  not  a  fact  that 
the  errors  must  be  taken  out  of  the  copy  some  time .''  Is  it  not 
cheaper  to  read  and  correct  the  copy,  in  the  proof-room,  as 
carefully  as  a  first  proof  is  read  from  unedited  copy.^  After 
that,  proofreading  consists  of  comparing  proof  with  edited 
copy.  Certainly  it  is  quicker  and  cheaper  to  correct  a  mistake 
in  the  copy  with  a  pencil  than  to  correct  a  mistake  in  type. 
But  the  cost  of  correcting  the  type  is  insignificant  compared 
to  the  loss  of  product  caused  by  unedited  copy.  An  operator 
producing  5,000  ems  an  hour  hits  three  KEYS  every  second, 
sets  thirty  words  a  minute,  a  word  every  two  seconds.  Surely 
no  further  argument  as  to  the  advantage  of  furnishing  the 
operator  clean  copy  is  necessary. 

COPY    PAPER 

For  the  sake  of  uniformity,  all  better  class  printers 
prefer  to  furnish,  free  of  charge,  sufficient  copy  paper 
for  the  entire  book,  in  advance  of  the  preparation  of  the 
copy,  upon  notice  that  they  are  to  have  the  contract 
for  the  printing.  This  they  will  furnish  in  size  8^x11 
or  8^x5^  to  suit  the  preference  of  the  author. 

Number  of  Words  to  Page 
The  mathematical  problem  of  twelve  points  to  the 
pica,  six  picas  or  seventy-two  points  to  the  inch,  seems 
simple  at  first,  but  when  the  uninitiated  is  shown  how 
7.2  lines  of  solid  lo-point  or  nine  lines  of  leaded  6-point 
fill  one  inch  vertical  and  how  a  "22  em"  (pica)  line  of 
lo-point  contains  26.4  ems  actual  measurement,  he 
finds  himself  in  a  hopeless  labyrinth. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  95 

APPROXIMATING  AN  ESTIMATE 

The  practical  question  to  be  settled  quickly  and 
reliably  is,  how  many  words  of  copy  can  be  allowed  for 
given  specifications  as  to  number  of  printed  pages  of  a 
certain  size  type  and  of  fixed  type-page  dimensions 
The  average  typewritten  line  contains  about  twelve 
words.  The  average  sheet  of  typewritten  copy,  8^xi  i, 
if  spaced,  will  contain  three  typewritten  lines  to  the 
inch.  About  twenty-eight  lines  of  such  copy,  total 
about  336  words,  will  fill  such  a  sheet.  An  editor  can  in 
a  moment  check  these  average  figures  by  counting 
words  in  his  own  lines,  the  style  of  language  causing  only 
slight  variation.  For  the  other  part  of  the  problem  it  is 
short  work  to  count  words  in  two  or  three  dozen  lines  of 
printed  matter  set  in  same  type  and  same  measure  as 
specified  for  the  prospective  publication,  strike  an 
average,  then  average  the  number  of  printed  lines  to  the 
full  size  style  of  printed  page  desired  and  divide  the 
total  number  of  words  in  the  entire  copy  by  the  number 
of  printed  words  in  the  specimen  page.  Illustrations, 
dropped  headings  and  blank  portions  of  pages  must  be 
taken  into  account.  Excluding  such  exceptions,  this 
simple  method  of  estimating  will  be  found  fairly  ac- 
curate. Partial  lines  at  beginning  and  end  of  para- 
graphs should  be  counted  as  full  lines  in  fitting  manu- 
script to  prospective  printed  page. 

It  appears  also  that  5.4  keystrokes,  including  spaces, 
on  any  make  of  typewriter  of  any  size  letter,  make  one 
average  word  of  ordinary  reading  matter  copy.  Thus 
the  average  twelve  word  line  above  referred  to  will  con- 
tain 65  strokes,  including  spaces.  The  length  of  such 
line  will  be,  if  on  the  ordinary  pica  typewriter,  6.5  inches 
(10  strokes  to  inch) ;  if  on  the  larger  letter,  great  primer 


96  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

typewriter,  7,2  inches  (9  strokes  to  inch);  if  on  the 
small  letter  elite  typewriter,  5.4  inches  (12  strokes  to 
snch).  Two  characters,  that  is  to  say  two  strokes,  on 
any  typewriter  will  average  one  set-em  of  type.  There- 
fore in  averaging  ordinary  reading  matter  set  in  roman 
lower  case,  we  find  that  one  word  equals  2.7  set-ems 
of  any  size  of  printed  type,  the  twelve  word  line  32.4 
set-ems  and  the  28  line  (336  word)  page  of  such  copy, 
907  set-ems.  See  pages  109,  115,  287  for  method  of 
reducing  set-ems  to  ems  of  point  measure. 

A  MORE  ACCURATE  METHOD 

The  great  monotype  catalog  of  faces  contains  a  vast 
amount  of  information  of  assistance  in  rapidly  cal- 
culating the  number  of  words  in  any  size  and  face  of 
monotype  cast  type  to  be  contained  in  any  given 
space.  These  figures  apply  to  ordinary  reading  matter 
only  when  set  in  the  usual  roman  caps  and  lower  case 
and  can  not  be  used  in  connection  with  caps  alone, 
caps  and  small  caps  or  bold-face,  all  of  which  are  more 
extended  than  ordinary  lower  case.  Italics,  being  more 
condensed  than  roman,  must  not  be  computed  by  this 
system,  which  is  based  upon  the  decimal  of  a  word 
to  the  horizontal  pica.  Thus  in  12-point  Caslon  .37 
word  in  one  pica  is  multiplied  by  the  line  length  in 
picas,  which  in  the  specimens  here  given  is  24,  (four 
inches)  8.88  words  to  line,  six  lines  to  vertical  inch 
equaling  53.28  words  to  four  square  inches.  For  num- 
ber of  words  to  running  inch  in  each  line  multiply 
the  decimal  of  word  to  pica  by  six,  which  in  this  in- 
stance would  be  2.22.  Lines  of  text  matter  in  this 
book  being  i2-point  type,  24  picas  long,  will  be  found 
to  contain  an  average  of  8.88  words  each. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY 


97 


Some  Type  Specimens 

The  sizes  and  faces  shown  in  the  following  pages 
are  selected  because  of  their  popularity.  No  showing 
is  made  of  y-point,  9-point  or  ii-point,  as  such  sizes 
are  not  so  frequently  used. 

In  the  type  examples  selected  not  only  is  the  body 
type  (capitals  and  lower  case  of  roman)  shown,  but  also 
the  CAPITALS  as  in  the  headings,  the  Capitals  and 
Small  Capitals  as  in  the  first  half  of  the  lines  "Sample 
of,  etc.,"  SMALL  CAPITALS  as  in  the  second  half  of  the 
same  lines,  italic  in  CAPITALS,  lower  case  and  some 
figures  as  in  the  lines  "4  square  inches,  etc.,"  and  lastly 
the  arable  figures.  There  are  also  shown  in  some  in- 
stances 14-point  and  i8-point  type  suitable  for  certain 
kinds  of  headings,  generally  used  in  capitals  and  lower 
case  as  all-capitals  would  be  too  large  for  a  dignified 
style.  Bold  face  is  occasionally  used  for  headings  of 
various  kinds.  A  minimum  showing  of  this  style  is  given. 

A  number  of  other  examples  of  type  face  and  size 
may  be  found  in  the  sample  pages  from  catalogs 
appearing  elsewhere  in  this  book.  In  many  instances 
the  face  and  size  are  mentioned  in  the  caption  beneath 
the  page  example.  Reference  to  the  index  under  the 
item  Type  will  reveal  many  such  exhibits  of  type  faces. 

The  matter  used  is  from  Thayer's  Life  of  John  Hay. 
The  averages  may  be  proven,  not  from  the  few  lines  se- 
lected, but  from  a  goodly  portion  of  the  book. 


98  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

CASLON  FACE,  12-Point,  12  set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 
way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  53.28  words; 
13.32  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,*  5.14  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.    "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 


4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  45.64  words; 

1 1. 41  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 

1234567890 


CASLON  FACE,  io-Point,  10  set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 
once."    Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  76  words; 
jg  words  to  square  inch;  .44  to  pica 
*The  body  matter  of  this  book  is  set  in  12-point  Caslon,  leaded. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  99 


CASLON  FACE,  io-Point— Continued 
Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  ^est  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  63.36  words; 

15.84  words  to  square  inch,  .44  to  pica 

1234567890 


CASLON  FACE,  8-Point,  8  set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  9  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it 
would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once." 
Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on 
intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.  The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  con- 
versation and  irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated  the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness, 
his  humor  and  dash  and  talent,  and  his  enlivening  surprises;  he  felt,  too,  the  Presi- 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  118. 8  words;  2g.j  words  to  square  inch,  .55  to  pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch, 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it 
would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once." 
Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on 
intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.    The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  con- 

4  SQUARE  INCHESwillaverage  g5.04words;2$.76words  to  square  inch,  .55  to  pica 
1234567890 


This  line  is  18-Point  CASLON 


This  line  is  14-Point  CASLON 


lOO  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

CHELTENHAM  WIDE  FACE,  12-Point,  12  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay- 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt, 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 
way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for 


4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  53.28  words; 
1332  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  5.14  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt, 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.    "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 


4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  45.64  words; 

11.41  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 

1  234567890 


CHELTENHAM  WIDE  FACE.  10-Point,  10  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington.  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 
once."     Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  76  words; 
19   words  to  square  inch,  .44  to  pica 


1 8-Point  CHELTENHAM  WIDE 

This  line  is  14-Point  CHELTENHAM  WIDE 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  lOI 

CHELTENHAM  WIDE  FACE,  10-Point,  Continued 
Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  Ustening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  63.36  words; 

15.84  words  to  square  inch,  .44  to  pica 

1  234567890 


CHELTENHAM  WIDE  FACE.  8-Point.  83^  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  9  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington.  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to 
resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I 
saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever, 
of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to 
go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.  The  President 
enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  conversation  and  irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated 
the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness,  his  humor  and  dash  and  talent. 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  112.32  words;  28.08  words 
to  square  inch.  .52  to  pica 

Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to 
resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I 
saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever, 
of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to 
go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  Presi- 
dent Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.      The  President 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  89.86  words;  22.46  words 

to  square  inch,  .52  to  pica 

1 234567890 


This  line  is  12-Point  CHELTENHAM  BOLD 

This  line  is  10-Point  CHELTENHAM  BOLD 

This  line  is  8-Point  CHELTENHAM  BOLD 

Thi.s  line  is  6-Point  CHELTENHAM  BOLD 


I02  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

SCOTCH  ROMAN  FACE,  12-Point,  12  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt, 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 
way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for 

i  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  53.28  words; 
13.32  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  5.14  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt, 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.    "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  Ji.5.64  ivordsf 

ILIfl  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 

1234567890 


SCOTCH  ROMAN  FACE,  10-Point,  10  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  Ustening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 
once."     Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  vnll  average  76  words; 
19  words  to  square  inch,  44  to  pica 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  I03 


SCOTCH  ROMAN  FACE,  10-Point,  Continued 
Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at 
the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  hstening  to  the 
Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry 
out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off 
that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would 
be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 

4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  63.36  words; 

15.84  words  to  square  inch,  .44  to  pica 

12345  67890 


SCOTCH  ROMAN  FACE,  8-Point,  8  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  9  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it 
would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once." 
Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on 
intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.  The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  con- 
versation and  irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated  the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness, 
his  humor  and  dash  and  talent,  and  his  enlivening  surprises;  he  felt,  too,  the  Presi- 

i  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  118.8  words;  29.7  words  to  square  inch.  .55  to  'pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  7.2  unes  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desu-e  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it 
would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once." 
Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on 
intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.    The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  con- 

^  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  95.0^  words;  23.76  words  to  square  inch,  .55  to  pica 
1234567890 


This  line  is  18-Point  SCOTCH 


This  line  is  U-Point  SCOTCH 


I04  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

CENTURY  FACE,  12-Point,  12  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay- 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stayon  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 
way,  and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for 

Jf  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  53.28_  words; 
13.32  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  5.14  lines  to  inch 


When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay- 
met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt 
instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign, 
made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.   "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that 

Jf  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  U5.6\  words; 

ll.Jfl  words  to  square  inch,  .37  to  pica 

1234567890 


CENTURY  FACE,  10-Point,  10>^  Set 
Sample  of  SoLm  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met 
him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of 
listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise 
to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would 
stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would 
stay  awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once."     Until  Mr. 

-4  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  72.58  words; 
18. lit  words  to  square  inch,  .^2  to  pica 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  IO5 

CENTURY  FACE,  10-Point,  Continued 
Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  6  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met 
him  at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of 
listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise 
to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was 
best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I  would 
stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would 

U  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  6048  words; 

15.12  words  to  square  inch,  42  to  pica 

1234567890 


CENTURY  FACE,  8-Point,  8%  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  9  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the 
railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's 
desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was 
doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I 
would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay 
awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly 
four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  official 
and  personal.  The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  conversation  and 
irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated  the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness,  his 

i  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  108  words;  27  words  to  square  inch,  .5  to  pica 


Sample  op  Leaded  Type,  7.2  lines  to  inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the 
railway  station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's 
desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay  on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was 
doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I 
would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay 
awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly 
four  years  later,  he  and  President  Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  official 

^  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  864  words;  21.6  words 
to  square  inch,  .5  to  pica 
1234567890 


I06  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


CENTURY    FACE,  6-Point,*  7  Set 
Sample  of  Solid  Type,  12  Lines  to  Inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay 
on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  off  that  way,  and  so 
I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it 
would  be  to  go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President 
Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  official  and  personal.  The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling 
conversation  and  irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated  the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness,  his 
humor  and  dash  and  talent,  and  his  enlivening  surprises;  he  felt,  too,  the  President's  masterful 
grip  on  the  international  relations  of  the  government.  Mr.  Roosevelt,  a  voracious  reader,  found 
in  Mr.  Hay  not  only  a  lover  of  literature  but  a  maker  of  it,  and  a  critic  of  fine  taste.  At  the 
outset  a  day  rarely  went  by  when  the  Secretary  and  his  Chief  did  not  meet  to  confer  on  public 
matters,  and  on  the  margins  of  the  frequent  notes  which  passed  between  them  there  were  often 

i-  SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  181. Wt  words;  US.SG  words  to  square  inch,  .63  to  pica 
1234567890 


Sample  of  Leaded  Type,  9  Lines  to  Inch 

When  the  President  reached  Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway  station;  and 
Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay 
on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was  doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to  start  ofif  that  way,  and  so 
I  said  I  would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it  would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile,  than  it 
would  be  to  go  out  at  once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly  four  years  later,  he  and  President 
Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms,  oflBcial  and  personal.  The  President  enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling 
conversation  and  irony;  Mr.  Hay  appreciated  the  President's  vigor  and  down-rightness,  his 
humor  and  dash  and  talent,  and  his  enlivening  surprises;  he  felt,  too,  the  President's  masterful 
grip  on  the  international  relations  of  the  government.    Mr.  Roosevelt,  a  voracious  reader,  found 

SQUARE  INCHES  will  average  136.0S  words;  3^.02  words  to  square  inch,  .63  to  pica 
1234567890 


This  line  is  18-Point  CENTURY 


This  line  is  14-Point  CENTURY 


This  line  is  12-Point  CENTURY  BOLD 


This  Une  is  lO-Point  CENTURY  BOLD 


This  line  is  8-Point  CENTURY  BOLD 


This  line  is  6-Point  CENTURY  BOLD 


*Such  small  type  should  not  be  used  in  any  quantity  in  such  wide  measure. 
It  is  more  properly  used  in  quantity  in  two  columns  for  index  pages  in  very  large 
catalogs.     See  pages  32,  150,  151  and  180. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  lO/ 

The  larger  the  type  the  less  the  number  of  words  to 
the  printed  page  and  vice  versa.  Thus,  any  given 
surface  of  6-point  type  solid  will  contain  theoretically, 
but  not  actually,  four  times  as  many  words  as  of  12- 
point  solid,  if  of  the  same  face. 

When  the  President  reached 
Washington,  Mr.  Hay  met  him 
at  the  railway  station;  and  Mr. 
Roosevelt,  instead  of  listening 
to  the  Secretary's  desire  to  re- 
sign, made  him  promise  to  stay 
on  and  carry  out  the  work  he 
was  doing.  "I  saw  it  was  best 
for  him  to  start  off  that  way, 
and  so  I  said  I  would  stay,  for- 
ever, of  course,  for  it  would  be 
worse  to  say  I  would  stay  awhile, 
than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 
once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death, 
nearly  four  years  later,  he  and 
President  Roosevelt  lived  on 
intimate  terms,  official  and  per- 
sonal. The  President  enjoyed 
Hay's    sparkling    conversation 

When  the  President  reached  Washing- 
ton, Mr.  Hay  met  him  at  the  railway 
station;  and  Mr.  Roosevelt,  instead 
of  listening  to  the  Secretary's  desire 
to  resign,  made  him  promise  to  stay 
on  and  carry  out  the  work  he  was 
doing.  "  I  saw  it  was  best  for  him  to 
start  off  that  way,  and  so  I  said  I 
would  stay,  forever,  of  course,  for  it 
would  be  worse  to  say  I  would  stay 
awhile,  than  it  would  be  to  go  out  at 
once."  Until  Mr.  Hay's  death,  nearly 
four  years  later,  he  and  President 
Roosevelt  lived  on  intimate  terms, 
official  and  personal.  The  President 
enjoyed  Hay's  sparkling  conversation 

12-P01NT  vs  6-PoiNT.  To  disprove  the  supposition,  occasionally  met  with, 
that  6-point  type  occupies  only  one  fourth  the  space  required  for  i2-point: — ^The 
reading  matter  above  is  of  exactly  the  same  volume  in  each  specimen.  The  set- 
em  of  i2-point  Century  is  square  whereas  the  set-em  of  6-point  Century  is  6 
points  high  but  7  points  wide,  requiring  nineteen  lines  of  6-point  as  against  only 
sixteen  lines  of  i2-point. 

Different  faces  of  type  in  the  same  size  differ  some- 
what as  to  number  of  words  to  the  line  or  page.     A 


I08  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

hundred  pages  of  manuscript  would  therefore  require 
less  pages  of  print  if  set  in  lo-point  Caslon  than  if  set  in 
the  wider  lo-point  Century.  The  typesetting  would  cost 
the  same  to  produce  in  the  galley  but  there  would  be  a 
little  less  paper,  paging,  press-work  and  binding.  In 
lO-point  Caslon  solid,  the  average  is  something  like  19 
words  to  the  square  inch,  whereas  the  same  in  lo-point 
Century  would  average  about  18.14  words,  4-8  per  cent 
more  words  in  the  Caslon  than  in  the  Century.  Thus  it 
will  be  seen  that  lo-point  Century  is  a  more  expensive 
face  of  type  by  reason  of  the  extra  pages  it  would  require 
for  the  same  amount  of  manuscript.  See  the  lo-point 
types  on  pages  98  and  104.  In  comparing  what  are  known 
as  the  same  faces  in  foundry  cast  type,  monotype,  and 
linotype,  it  is  to  be  observed  that  monotype,  usually  a 
trifle  more  "lean,"  contains  from  two  to  six  per  cent 
more  matter  in  any  given  space. 

ESTIMATING    MONOTYPE    COMPOSITION 

Each  stroke  of  a  typewriter,  no  matter  whether 
the  key  struck  be  a  capital  or  a  small  letter,  M,  1,  or  . , 
covers  exactly  the  same  horizontal  space  in  the  type- 
written line.  There  can  be  no  possible  variation  in 
space  in  typewritten  copy,  unless  more  than  one  space 
be  used  between  words.  In  type  there  is  no  such  uni- 
formity, M  or  W  being  several  times  as  wide  as  1,  i,  j,  or 
several  other  characters.  Certain  averages  however, 
in  wide  and  narrow  letters  and  spaces  in  type  have  been 
discovered  and  are  sufficiently  well  established  to  be 
considered  a  law  governing  space  occupied.  This  is 
especially  true  of  the  product  of  the  monotype  machine. 

For  the  preparation  of  copy  for  composition  on 
the  monotype,  there  is  a  simple  rule  that  53  strokes, 
including  spaces,  on  the  keys  of  any  typewriter  will 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  IO9 

result  in  25  set-ems  of  roman  caps  and  lower  case  read- 
ing matter  in  any  size.  The  53  strokes  on  the  stand- 
ard pica  typewriter  which  makes  10  strokes  to  each 
horizontal  inch,  will  cover  a  line  5.3  inches  in  length. 
53  strokes  on  the  elite  or  long  primer  typewriter 
making  12  strokes  to  the  inch,  will  cover  a  line  4.42 
inches  long.  53  strokes  on  the  great  primer  typewriter 
making  only  9  strokes  to  the  inch  would  stretch  the 
line  to  5.9  inches  in  length.  If  the  typewriter  be 
adjusted  to  the  average  length  of  line  mentioned  it  will 
be  found  that  a  sheet  of  25  lines  of  such  manuscript 
will  equal  625  set-ems  of  composition,  8  such  sheets 
making  5000  set-ems,  80  such  sheets  50,000  set-ems,  etc. 
Thus  what  might  be  termed  the  standard  size 
type  page,  used  in  so  many  college  catalogs,  23  X  40 
pica  ems  (3%  x6%  inches)  will  contain,  allowing  % 
inches  from  vertical  dimension  for  running-head,  an 
occasional  drop-head,  and  now  and  then  a  page  not 
quite  full,  the  following: 

828  set-ems  in  36  type  lines  of  12-point  solid 
690  set-ems  in  30  type  lines  of  12-point  leaded 
1 187  set-ems  in  43  type  lines  of  lo-point  solid 
994  set-ems  in  36  type  lines  of  lo-point  leaded 
1863  set-ems  in  54  type  lines  of    8-point  solid 
1484  set-ems  in  43  type  lines  of    8-point  leaded 
3312  set-ems  in  72  type  lines  of    6-point  solid 
2484  set-ems  in  54  type  lines  of    6-point  leaded 

In  connection  with  the  above  it  should  be  borne  in 
mind  that  the  set-em  is  not  always  identical  with  the 
em  used  as  a  basis  for  estimating  the  quantity  of  com- 
position. Thus  the  12-point  faces  of  type  are  practical- 
ly all  known  as  12-set,  in  which  size  foundry  type  and 
monotype  closely  correspond.  There  is  some  variation 
in  the  smaller  sizes,   especially  in  the  6-point  faces, 


no  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


ClQ)  C^  U>H 
SCL.r^  O  CO 
4^  P*>  •t-'Oi 


9'>  _.    .  w 


la  COx:  <lir-ltD  «4a«m>>00 

Eh        oI        lO  W        ©SoJlS 

H-1^  C4:>  C"^  iEHc8rC;<DH«D 

Pd  0«f-i  <y«t-'tO  *^  .      O    *        ^ 

g  (0      W  ^*^  «+*  ^^ 

^  ^  «._i5S2  EH  0  lO  W  4^  0» 
<Dr-l«r^t-  g  rt  GO 

^""o^^O  S^cS^g        Mg-'^-g 

<cu}^^'^cD  rtofi^^oo      ;:|«§^rtS 

pt3  O)  t3        C1D^^-  a  Ona        cat-  rt0;'O>>       c- 

O^^P-HIO  CDghP^HjO  «a&8?S 


^''rH^^gS  ^Ir^^t^  S^^'S^S 

-^•tif^    :*^^a^^g    -l-SsSI 


0  01  •^    •  r- 


^o^^oio  B'S'^mSS;  S-.2'gp.2 

g'^^'cd^S  i*^D.^*SS  «,S5g§S 

g-^co'^'S^  ^«r:3'3>.g  «ov..^g 

CDX10>0  "S*^W§S  «^^.^oS 

cja>4^pccr>  oo^          c-  ^       S  «  p.co 

^     CO  cooo  •HMO    •<Htc  ^to4>o)P>>w 

TOO<M         o  -P      jqoin  '  '^ -* 


lO 


E^  lO  •H  <»  hiiH 


With  mathematical  accuracy  53  strokes,  including  spaces,  on  typewriter  of 
any  size  or  make  will  produce  25  set-ems  of  type  on   the  monotype  machine. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  III 


Admission  of  Students 


Application  for  Admission 

Candidates  for  admission  are  registered  only  after  they 
have  filled  out  and  returned  to  the  Dean  a  registration 
blank  and  presented  satisfactory  evidence  in  regard  to 
character,  ability  as  students,  and  physical  fitness  for  a 
college  course. 

This  blank  must  be  accompanied  by  a  deposit  of  ten  dollars. 
This  deposit  will  be  transferred  from  year  to  year  when 
the  application  is  renewed  and  deducted  from  the  final 
tuition  payment.  In  case  of  withdrawal,  or  transfer  of  the 
application  to  another  year,  notice  must  be  sent  to  the  Dean 
before  August  25th;  otherwise  the  deposit  will  be  forfeited. 

Requirements  for  Admission 

Total  Requirement:    15  units. 

(A  unit  represents  such  an  amount  of  work  as  is  ordinarily  ac- 
complished in  one  subject  during  a  school  year  with  five  recitation 
periods  a  week.) 

COLLEGE  COURSE 

Required  of  all  Candidates 

Enghsh 3  units 

Mathematics 2>^  units 

History 1  unit 

Above  is  a  portion  of  a  page  set  from  a  sheet  of  copy  as  reproduced  in  the 
accompanying  insert.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  major  head  is  of  14-point  caps 
and  lower  case,  designated  in  the  copy  as  "heading  style  A,"  mutually  understood 
in  advance.  The  type  to  be  used  is  also  understood  in  advance  to  be  lo-point 
Century,  22  ems  pica  wide.  The  heading  "College  Course"  is  underscored  by 
the  three  parallel  lines  for  all  caps,  the  sub-head  propedy  marked  for  caps  and 
small  caps,  the  matter  desired  to  be  emphasized  by  italics  underscored  with  one 
straight  line,  the  bold  heads  underscored  with  the  wavy  line,  and  the  indication 
for  smaller  type  properly  noted. 

The  typewritten  lines  average  in  length  the  53  strokes  necessary  to  fill  the 
space  between  the  vertical  lines,  some  lines  being  longer  and  some  shorter.  In 
the  left  margin  the  lay-out  man  in  the  composing  room  is  to  enter  his  instructions 
for  the  keyboard  operators.  The  job  is  known  by  number  only  in  the  shop, 
which  number  is  placed  with  large  rubber  stamp  in  the  upper  right  corner.  The 
consecutive  copy  sheet  number  is  entered  above  with  a  pen  by  the  author  before 
the  manuscript  is  sent  to  the  printer. 


112  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Caslon  for  Instance  being  6}4  set-ems  to  each  6  ems 
of  point  system  measurement,  while  Oldstyle,  Century, 
and  many  others  are  7  set-ems  to  each  6  ems  of  measure 
by  points.  In  this  connection  it  should  be  noted  that 
printers  invariably  measure  type  on  the  point  basis 
and  as  if  set  for  the  full  dimensions  of  the  type  page, 
making  no  allowance  for  any  leading  or  blank  space 
appearing  on  the  page.     See  also  page  115. 

AVERAGE    NUMBER    OF    WORDS    TO    GIVEN  SPACE 

It  has  been  found  that  practically  all  ordinary  copy, 
descriptive  or  historical,  runs  about  the  same  number 
of  words  to  any  space  of  set  type  in  the  same  size,  set 
and  face.  Lincoln's  Address  at  Gettysburg  and  Lee's 
Oration  at  the  Funeral  of  Washington  average  well 
in  this  particular  with  ordinary  manuscript.  Copy 
which  is  botanical,  geological,  or  of  other  scientific 
nature  is  apt  to  contain  longer  words,  which  means 
less  words  to  the  line  and  page,  than  would  be  found 
in  the  essay  of  a  preparatory  school  student.  Tabular, 
mathematical,  centered  or  displayed  matter,  lists  of 
names  in  columns,  indented  paragraphs,  quotations  in 
smaller  type,  and  schedules  containing  lines  of  various 
sizes  of  type  cannot  be  considered  with  any  degree  of 
accuracy  in  calculating  set  type  space  to  be  occupied. 
Any  copy  which  can  be  prepared  in  straight  lines  on 
the  typewriter  can  be  so  estimated. 

ACTUAL  ESTIMATE    OF   LINES    OF   TYPE 

By  the  following  table  the  editor  may  reach  approx- 
imate conclusions  as  to  the  number  of  such  typewritten 
lines  of  copy  required  to  fill  a  type  page  of  given 
dimensions  and  containing  a  certain  number  of  lines  of 
certain  size  and  face  of  type.  The  table  is  prepared  for 
the    so-called  standard  {t)  size  catalog  page  23   X   40 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY 


"3 


pica  ems  (3%  X  6%  inches).  Allowance  of  %  inch  is 
made  for  running-heads  and  blank  space,  thus  making 
6  inches  of  vertical  type  measurement.  The  only  pos- 
sible variation  lies  in  the  fact  that  no  two  individual 
operators  on  the  monotype  keyboard  will  handle  their 
spacing  problems  alike.  Variations  bound  to  exist 
between  different  operators  will  therefore  be  observed 
in  the  preparation  of  any  such  table  as  the  following. 

The  variations  between  some  of  the  faces  of  type 
in  some  of  the  sizes,  especially  the  smaller  sizes,  are 
due  to  technical  differences  in  the  very  accurately 
calculated  set-ems  of  the  monotype  system,  a  matter 
not  to  be  quickly  understood  by  the  layman. 

Number  of  S3  Stroke  Typewritten  Lines  Required  to  Fill 
a  Type  Page  23  X  40  Pica  Ems,  j%  X  6%  inches  {net 
23  X  36  reading  matter.) 


NAME  OF 
TYPE 

12- 

point 
solid 

lines 
of  type 

12- 

point 
leaded 

,3° 

lines 

of  type 

10- 

point 
solid 

43 

lines 
of  type 

10- 

point 
leaded 

lines 
of  type 

8- 
point 
solid 

lines 
of  type 

8- 
point 
leaded 

lines 
of  type 

6- 

point 

solid 

72 

lines 

of  type 

6- 

point 
leaded 

54 

lines 

of  type 

Caslon 

33-1 

27.6 

47.6 

39-8 

74-5 

59.3 

I2I.6 

91.6 

Scotch  Roman 

33-1 

27.6 

47.6 

39-8 

74.5 

59-3 

I  21.6 

91.6 

Cheltenham 
Wide 

33-1 

27.6 

47.6 

39.8 

69.6 

SS-4 

II2.9 

84.7 

Century 

33-1 

27.6 

45-3 

37.8 

68.1 

54-2 

II2.9 

84.7 

Bodoni 

33-1 

27.6 

47.6 

39.8 

69.6 

55-4 

II2.9 

84.7 

French 
Oldstyle 

36.1 

30.1 

47.6 

39-8 

69.6 

55-4 

1 12.9 

84.7 

Oldstyle 

33-1 

27.6 

47.6 

39-8 

69.6 

55-4 

II2.9 

84.7 

114  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

For  Other  sizes  of  type  page,  calculations  may  be 
based  on  the  foregoing  table  as  follows:  if  it  be  desired 
to  know  how  many  53  stroke  lines  of  typewritten  copy 
will  fill  a  page  of  solid  12-point  Caslon,  the  type  page 
dimensions  being  22  X  38  pica  ems  instead  of  the 
23  X  40  page  in  the  table,  the  problem  is,  (allowing 
the  ^  inches,  4  pica  ems  vertical  measure  for  running- 
head,  spaces,  etc.) : 

23  X  (40  -4)  =23    X  36.    22   X  (38  -4)  =22  X  34. 
23  X   36:33.1  lines  of  copy:  :  22  X  34:  ^  lines  of  copy. 
23  X  36  =  828.     22  X  34  =  748. 

828  :  33.1  :  :  748:  x.     x  =  29.9  lines  of  copy. 

The  same  result  may  be  reached  by  using  inches 
instead  of  pica  ems,  in  the  calculations  as  follows  (still 
allowing  the  same  ^  inches  vertical  for  running-heads, 
spaces,  etc.) :  for  the  page  in  the  table,  23  x  40  pica 
ems,  23  pica  ems  horizontal  is  3%  inches,  3.83+.  40 
pica  ems  vertical  is  6^  inches,  from  which  deduct  the 
^  inches  for  head,  etc.,  net  6  inches.  For  the  compara- 
tive page  22  X  38  pica  ems,  22  pica  ems  horizontal  is 
3^  inches,  3.66+.  38  pica  ems  vertical  is  6>^  inches, 
from  which  deduct  the  ^  inches  for  head,  etc.,  net  5^ 
inches,  5.66+. 

3.83  X  6  =  23  square  inches.  3.66  x  5.66  =  20.77 
square  inches. 

23  square  inches  :  33.1  lines  of  copy  :  :  20.77  square 
inches  :  x  lines  of  copy. 

33.1    X  20.77   =  687.4 

687.4  -^  23    =  29.9  lines  of  copy. 

Thus  the  amount  of  copy  to  fill  any  size  type  page 
of  any  size  type,  solid  or  leaded,  may  be  determined  in 
similar  methods  of  computation. 


PREPARATION    OF    COPY  II5 

NUMBER    OF    EMS    TO    SQUARE    INCH 

Reduce  page  dimensions  to  square  inches  of  surface. 
Multiply  the  number  of  square  inches  by  the  number  of 
ems  per  square  inch  in  the  table  below.  Thus  if  the 
type  page  measure  4x7,  the  exact  size  of  the  ordinary 
pages  in  this  book,  28  square  inches,  and  is  set  in 
i2-point,  as  is  the  body  matter  of  this  book,  multiply 
28  by  36,  equalling  1,008  ems  to  full  page.  One  hundred 
such  pages  would  make  100,800  ems.  Leaded  matter 
is  measured  in  the  same  manner  as  though  it  were  set 
solid. 

In    5-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by  207.36 
In    6-point  type  muhiply  square  inches  by  144. 
In    7-point  type  muhiply  square  inches  by  105.8 
In    8-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    81. 
In    9-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    64. 
In  lo-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    51.84 
In  ii-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    42.84 
In  l2-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    36. 
In  14-point  type  multiply  square  inches  by    26.45 

A  word  averages  2.7  ems,  but  the  em  (by  points)  is 
not  always  the  same  as  the  set-em.  For  instance  12- 
point  French  Oldstyle  is  ii-set,less  than  an  em,  whereas 
Caslon  and  many  other  12-point  faces  are  12-set,  each 
an  exact  em.  Century  6-point  is  7-set,  the  set-em 
measuring  as  iVe  ems,  point  measure,  etc. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 

(See  page  88) 

The  Typothetae  Style-book 

SOME  few  compilers  of  college  catalogs  are  not 
so  careful  as  they  might  be  in  their  style  for 
abbreviations,  capitalization,  italics  and  the  like, 
in  their  preparation  of  copy.  For  such,  several  pages 
of  extracts  from  the  Style-book  of  The  United  Typo- 
thetae and  Franklin  Clubs  of  America,  the  one  great 
organization  of  master  printers,  are  given.  The  follow- 
ing rules  for  style,  brought  out  in  1916,  are  based 
generally  upon  Goold  Brown's  Grammar  of  English 
Grammars,  "the  most  thorough  and  exhaustive  treatise 
on  the  English  language  ever  written,"  and  the  Standard 
Dictionary.  Brief  extracts  from  several  other  style- 
books  are  appended. 

Abbreviations 

Abbreviate  military  and  civic  titles  when  preceding  a 
full  name:  as,  Dr.  John  Smith;  Gen.  U.  S.  Grant.  Spell  them 
out  when  they  do  not  precede  a  full  name:  as,  Doctor  Smith; 
Colonel  Bryan. 

Abbreviate  Company  when  character  &  is  used:  as,  A.J. 
Johnson  &  Co.  When  short  &  is  not  used,  spell  out  company: 
as,  Todd-Davis  Company. 

Abbreviate  names  of  states  and  territories  following 
towns,  except  Alaska,  Idaho,  Iowa,  and  Utah,  as  follows: 

Ala.,  Ariz.,  Ark.,  *Cal.,  Colo.,  Conn.,  D.  C,  Del.,  Fla.,  Ga., 
111.,  Kan.,  Ky.,  La.,  Md.,  Me.,  Mass.,  Mich.,  Minn.,  Miss., 
Mo.,  Mont.,  Neb.,  Nev.,  N.  C,  N.  D.,  N.  H.,  N.  J.,  N.  M., 
N.  Y.,  O.,  Okla.,  Ore.,  Pa.,  R.  I.,  S.  C,  S.  D.,  Tenn.,  Tex., 
Va.,  Vt.,  Wash.,  W.  Va.,  Wis.,  Wyo.f" 

*Californians   generally  use  "Calif.,"  which   differs   from   all  style-book  ab- 
breviation for  that  state.    Postal  authorities  use  "Cal." 

fThe  postal  authorities  use  some  abbreviations  differing  from  those  common- 
ly considered  proper,  as  follows: — Kans.,  Nebr.,  N.  Dak.,   N.  Mex.,    Oreg.,    S. 
Dak.,    Maine  and  Ohio  not  being  abbreviated. 
116 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  II/ 


Capitalization 

In  capitalizing,  the  style  should  be  down  except  when 
special  instructions  to  the  contrary  are  given.  Wayne  county, 
Clyde  river,  New  York  Central  railroad,  state,  president,  etc. 
But  capitalize  the  full  corporate  title  when  it  is  given:  as, 
The  Chicago  &  North-Western  Railroad  Company. 

Capitalize  words  designating  definite  regions:  as,  the 
Orient,  the  boundless  West,  the  Gulf  Coast.  Lower-case 
eastern  New  York,  northern  Maine,  and  similar  phrases. 

Capitalize  names  of  important  events  and  things:  as,  the 
Reformation,  the  Revolution,  the  Middle  Ages,  the  Union, 
the  Government. 

Capitalize  the  names  of  political  parties:  as,  Republican, 
Democratic,  etc. 

Capitalize  titles  of  nobility  when  referring  to  specific 
persons:  as,  the  Prince  of  Wales. 

Capitalize  titles  preceding  names:  as.  President  Roose- 
velt, Doctor  Jones ;  but  not  the  president  of  the  Erie  railroad. 

Capitalize  specific  titles:  as,  Thank  you.  Professor;  the 
Colonel  will  soon  be  here. 

Capitalize  Church,  when  used  as  opposed  to  the  world. 

Capitalize  the  principal  words  and  the  last  word  in  titles 
of  books,  plays,  lectures,  pictures,  and  newspaper  and  maga- 
zine articles. 

Capitalize  fanciful  names  given  to  states,  cities,  etc.:  as, 
the  Keystone  State;   the  Crescent  City. 

Capitalize  First  ward.  Fifth  street,  Third  regiment,  and 
the  like. 

In  compound  words  capitalize  each  word  if  it  would  be 
capitalized  when  standing  alone. 

Put  a.  m.  and  p.  m.  in  lower-case. 

Use  capitals  for  genus  and  lower-case  for  species:  as. 
Staphylococcus  pyogenes.  Bacillus  coli  communis,  etc. 

Citations 

In  citing  pages  or  years,  commas  between  the  figures 
mean  that  only  the  pages  or  years  actually  shown  are  to  be 
considered.  If  an  en  dash  is  used  the  figures  appearing  and 
all  that  have  been  omitted  are  meant.  Thus,  "Code  of  Civil 
Procedure,  pp.  20,  24,  36,"  refers  to  the  three  pages  only; 
while  "General  Statutes,  pp.  147-153,"  means  all  the  pages 
from  147  to  153  inclusive. 

Citations  must  appear  as  follows: 

I  Kings,  iv,  3;  Acts,  ii,  4. 

Hamlet,  act  iv,  scene  3. 

Art.  IX,  Sec.  9. 


Il8  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

The  State,  ex  rel.  Jones,  v.  Rid.  Co.,  56  Kan.  325. 

Thompson  v.  Dundy  et  al.,  21  N.  Y.  79. 

National  Bank  v.  Murphy,  54  Iowa,  728. 

Osier,  Modern  Medicine,  vol.  viii,  pp.  26,  27. 
Dates 

In  dates  omit  d,  th,  and  st,  when  the  year  is  given:  as, 
October  9,  1906.  Use  them  when  the  year  is  omitted:  as, 
the  work  must  be  shipped  October  20th. 

Make  it  2d  and  3d,  not  2nd  and  3rd. 

In  giving  a  series  of  two  or  more  years  express  them  thus : 
1906-07,  not  1906-7. 

Italics 

Set  names  of  newspapers,  magazines,  and  books,  in  italic, 
and  do  not  quote  them. 

Words  and  phrases  from  foreign  languages  are  to  be  set 
in  italic. 

Italicize  e.  g.,  i.  e.,  viz. 

Possessive  Case 

Singular  nouns  ending  in  s  take  an  apostrophe  and 
another  s  to  show  the  possessive  case.  King  James's  reign; 
Jones's  scales;  Bass's  ale;  Chambers's  encyclopedia. 
Quotations* 
Periods  and  commas  following  the  last  word  of  a  quota- 
tion always  precede  the  quotation-marks.  The  other  points 
precede  them  when  the  whole  sentence  is  quoted,  and  follow 
them  when  the  last  word  or  clause  is  quoted.  Example:  The 
telegram  read,  "Come  at  once."  Does  the  telegram  read, 
"Come  at  once?" 

In  quoted  poetry  the  marks  of  quotation  at  the  begin- 
ning of  a  line  must  be  set  into  the  indention-space,  so  that 
the  first  words  of  lines  with  the  same  indention  will  be  in- 
dented evenly;  thus: 

"Lives  there  a  man  with  soul  so  dead 
Who  never  to  himself  hath  said, 
'This  is  my  own,  my  native  land'?" 

Spell  Out 
Spell  out  the  names  of  the  months. 
Spell  out  ages:  as,  twelve  years. 

Use  figures  in  statistics:  as.  Of  152  operations,  76  died 
and  76  recovered. 

In  general,  numbers  containing  less  than  three  figures 
are  to  be  spelled  out,  though  when  they  occur  in  groups  of 
three  or  more  use  figures. 
*For  short  quotations.     See  also  page  120. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  119 

Spell  out  indefinite  amounts. 

Numbers  containing  fractions  or  decimals  should  be  put 
in  figures. 

Time  of  day  should  be  put  in  figures,  using  a  period 
between  hours  and  minutes  and  a  colon  between  minutes  and 
seconds:   as,  2.30  p.  m.;   2:10  class. 

Spell  out  county,  street,  avenue. 

The  following  extract  from    Stewart's   The  Use  of 
Capitals  in  Printing  is  self  explanatory: 

Capitalize  the  name  of  the  Deity  in  every  person,  and 
in  all  synonyms  or  attributes:  Father,  God,  Lord,  Jehovah, 
Creator,  Christ,  Saviour,  Holy  Ghost,  Son,  Almighty,  All- 
wise,  etc.  The  pronouns  Thee,  Thou,  Thy,  He,  His,  Him, 
specifying  God,  always  begin  with  lower-case  letters  in  the 
Bible,  but  in  prayer-books,  hymn  books,  and  secular  works, 
these  words  are  capitalized.  The  pronouns  who,  whose, 
which,  whom,  when  used  in  the  same  manner,  do  not  have 
capitals  except  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence. 

The  pronoun  I  and  the  interjection  O  are  always 
capitals  in  English,  but  oh  is  not  capitalized  except  when  it 
begins  a  sentence. 

Names  of  the  days  of  the  week  and  months  of  the  year 
should  always  begin  with  capitals.  This  rule  is  extended  to 
also  include  specific  names  of  holidays,  fast-days,  etc.,  as: 

Fourth  of  July  Christmas 

Arbor  Day  New  Year's 

Patriot's  Day  Good    Friday 

Labor  Day  Whitsuntide 

Memorial  Day  Easter 

Evacuation  Day  Thanksgiving 

Names  given  to  days  of  historic  importance  are  also 
capitalized,  like: 

Black  Friday  Blue  Monday 

Titles  of  books,  periodicals,  plays,  pictures,  etc.,  always 
call  for  capital  letters.  Every  important  word  in  such  titles 
should  begin  with  a  capital,  but  not  the  unimportant  words 
like  the,  of,  to,  a,  for,  by,  in,  etc. 

Three  Years  Before  the  Mast 

The  Wonder-book  for  Boys  and  Girls 

The  House  of  Seven  Gables 

Twenty  Thousand  Leagues  Under  the  Sea. 


I20  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Footnotes 

From  Handbook  of  Style,  The  Riverside  Press 

Footnotes  should  be  put  at  the  bottom  of  the  page,  or 
separated  from  the  text  by  lines  running  across  the  page  above 
and  below  each  note.  In  hand-written  manuscripts,  notes 
may  be  written  with  ink  of  a  different  color.  The  word  in  the 
text  to  which  the  note  belongs  should  be  marked  by  a  superior 
figure  (0*  corresponding  to  the  number  of  the  note. 

Quotations 

There  are  numerous  styles  for  long  quotations. 
Some  styles  call  for  five  lines  or  more  of  quotations 
being  set  without  quote  marks  in  smaller  type,  flush  or 
indented  at  each  end  of  the  lines;  or  if  the  text  be 
leaded,  set  in  the  same  size  type  solid,  with  or  without 
indention.  Quote  marks  must  invariably  be  used  for 
short  quotations  in  the  same  size  type  as  the  text. 
Poetry   quotations    are   usually    set   in    smaller   type. 

Quotations 
From  Stewart's  Use  of  Quote-Marks 

If  an  extract  consists  of  two  or  more  paragraphs,  the 
turned  commas  are  used  at  the beginningof  each  paragraph, 
but  the  apostrophes  appear  only  at  the  end  of  the  whole 
matter  quoted. 

Elimination  of  Periods 
Modern  style  demands  the  elimination  of  periods 
after  titles,  bastard-titles,  sub-titles  and  running-heads. 
Here  and  there  may  be  seen  a  catalog  of  typographic 
appearance  which  would  be  good  but  for  such  periods. 
It  is  the  exception  to  the  rule,  an  evidence  of  a  style 
not  quite  right  in  this  day.  Oxford  University  uses 
such  periods  while  Cambridge  does  not. 

*Superior  figures(i)  or  lettersf*)  are  used  in  the  event  of  many  footnotes.  Star, 
dagger,  etc.,  are  generally  used  when  there  are  but  one  or  two  footnotes  to  the 
page.  Mr.  DeVinne  used  the  superior  characters,  an  example  followed  by  many 
good  printers.     See  pages  32,  169,  180. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  121 

Congressional  Library  Card  Style 
The  style  in  use  by  the  Library  of  Congress  on  its 
cards  as  sold  to  all  Hbraries,  is  in  some  details  odd. 
Many  librarians  follow  it  because  established  by  such  a 
notable  institution.    Following  is  an  example. 
Ward,  Harry  Parker,  1865- 

Some  American  college  bookplates ;  a  presentation  of 
plates,  old  and  new,  used  by  educational  institutions,  in- 
dividuals, fraternities  and  clubs,  to  which  are  added 
those  of  a  few  learned  societies,  by  Harry  Parker  Ward 
...  with  an  introduction  by  Theodore  Wesley  Koch  ... 
and  A  check-list  of  bookplate  literature  by  Winward 
Prescott ...    Columbus,  0.,  The  Champlin  press,  1915. 

482  p.  mounted  front,  illus.  (part  col.)  mounted  plates  (part  col.) 
23i"». 

I.  Book-plates,  American.  2.  Book-plates— Bibl.  L  Prescott,  Win- 
ward,  1886-        n.  Title,    ui.  Title :  College  bookplates. 

15-23626 

Library  of  Congress  Z994.A5W2 

Copy  2. 

Copyright    A  416197 

Alphabetizing 
In  alphabetizing  names  some  puzzling  items  are 
bound  to  occur.  For  those  who  like  it,  it  is  usually 
safe  to  follow  the  city  directory  style.  As  an  instance, 
Mc  appears  first,  followed  by  Maa  and  Mab,  which  in 
turn  are  followed  by  MacA,  etc.  There  is,  however, 
no  generally  accepted  system  in  college  catalogs,  as 
may  be  noted  by  reference  to  the  student  lists  in  some 
of  the  larger  publications.  All  manner  of  styles  will  be 
found.  It  seems  unfortunate  that  some  system  can 
not  be  standardized,  not  only  for  catalogs  but  for  other 
publications.  Librarians  will  probably  favor  the  system 
in  Cutter's  Rules  for  a  Dictio7iary  Catalog,'^  pages 
31-39- 

*Whole  number  340.  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education,  Special  Report  on  Public 
Libraries— Part  II,  Rules  for  a  Dictionary  Catalog,  by  Charles  A.  Cutter,  Librarian 
of  the  Forbes  Library,  Northampton,  Mass.,  Fourth  Edition,  Rewritten,  Washing- 
ton, Government  Printing  Office,  1904.  A  most  valuable  aid  in  all  manner  of  library 
work,  filing,  indexing,  etc. 


122 


TPIE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


136 


Denison  University 


James  Irving  Lemon,  Ph.,  Blue  Island,  111. 

Walter  Bartlett  Lister,  Ph.,  Twinsburg. 

Paul  Revere  Lyne,  Ph.,  Cambridge. 

George  Carltox  McConnaughey,  -Ph.,  Hillsboro. 

Arthur  George  McQuate,  Ph.,  Litchfield. 

Clifford  Ben'Jamin  Marshall,  Sc,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Herrick  Stuart  Massie.  Sc,  Edinburg,  Va. 

Blaine  Ewing  ^L'\TTHEWS,  Sc,  Jackson. 

Ralph  William  Mead,  Sc,  Dayton. 

William  Forest  Meredith,  Ph.,  Cambridge. 

•Frederick  Allen  Meridith,  Sc,  Newark. 

Walter  Isaac  Merriam,  Ph.,  Columbus,  Wis. 

Parker  James  Montague,  Sc,  Toledo. 

Bernard  O.  Moss,  Ph.,  Cambridge. 

Theodoric  Charles  Neal,  Sc,  Newark. 

Miller  J.  Xewton,  Sc,  Maineville. 

Paul  Eugene  P^endleton,  Ph.,  Granville. 

Joel  Bigelow  Peterson,  Sc,  Chicago,  III. 

John  Ellis  Putnam,  Sc,  Warren. 

Herman  Ward  Quartel,  Ph.,  Dayton. 

EIdcar  Eugene  Rice,  Sc.  Roseville. 

Alpheus  Wayne  Rogers,  Sc,  Toledo. 

John  Lawyer  Rose,  Ph.,  Granville. 

John  Llewellyn  Rosensteel,  Ph.,  Springfield. 

Nelson  Gadd  Rupi»,  Sc.  Port  Clinton. 

Dean  W.  Sage,  Sc,  Granville. 

Charles  Arthur  Scott,  Ph..  Cambridge. 

George  Herbert  Shorney,  Sc,  Oak  Park,  111. 

Emory  Harold  Shreve,  Sc,  Union  City.  Pa. 

Blaun  Wills  Sicler,  Sc,  Richmond  Dale. 

Altiia  Elmer  Simmons,  Ph.,  East  Liverpool. 

Earl  McCall  S.mith,  Sc,  Bucyrus. 

Mark  Bryan  Smith,  S'c,  Chicago,  III. 

Hal  Frank  Snyder,  Sc,  Cambridge. 

David  Harold  Speicher,  Sc,  Granville. 

Frank  AVinegarner  Spencer,  Ph.,  Newark. 

Her.man  Gear  Spencer,  Ph.,  Granville. 

Paul  Burnside  Stager,  Sc,  Alexandria. 

Dean  Norman  Stalker,  Sc,  Toledo. 

Roy  Matthews  Stevens,  Sc,  Niles. 

Christopher  Pit.man  Stivers,  Ph.,  Manchester,  Ky. 

Lee  Russell  Thrailkill,  Ph.,  Mt.  Vernon. 

Parker  Henry  Tilbe,  Sc,  Granville. 

Virgil  Harold  Traxler.  Sc,  Butler. 

Tames  Prime  Turner,  Sc,  Coshocton. 


Page  from  student  list  in  single  column  leaded,  lo  point  caps  and  small  caps, 
with  addresses  in  roman.     State  not  given  for  towns  in  Ohio. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  I23 


478  New  York  University 

DIRECTORY  OF  STUDENTS 

DECEMBER  1.   1913 


The  italic  letter  following  the  name  indicates  the  School  in  which  the 
student  is  primarily  registered — as  follows: 

a— School  of  Applied  Science  p— School  of  Pedagogy 

c— School  of  Commerce  *— Summer  School 

d— Washington  Square  College  m— University  College 

g — Graduate  School  t— Veterinary  College 

/ — Law  School  it — Woman's  Law  Class 

m — Medical  College 
The  numbers  1,  2.  3  and  4  preceding  these  letters  indicate  the  class  in 
which  the  student  is  registered,  the  numbers  begmniag  with  the  year  of 
entrance.     The  abbreviation  Sp.  indicates  a  special  student. 
The  names  of  women  are  indicated  by  an  asterisk. 
Where  no  city  is  given  New  York  City  is  meant. 

STUDENTS*  DIRECTORY 

1913-1914 

Name                         Address  Name                        Address 

Aaron,  A.*  d 119  E.  60      Abrams.  L.  Ic 1014  Home  St. 

Aaronowitz.  S.  11.  .359  Madison  St.  Abrams,  S.  B.  hi. 

Aaronson.  I.  2a 5296  E.  S  25C3  Baiabridge  Av. 

Abbott,  C.  N.*  Ic.  Achenbach,  M.*  d. 

151  Palisade  Av.,  W.  Hoboken,  N.  J.  450  Summer  Av.,  Newark,  N.  J. 

Abeles,  J.  T.  2/ 266  W.  77  Acker,  O.  E.  2u....  Ardsley,  N.  Y. 

Abelson,  G.  hi 8  W.  114  Ackerlind,  C.  U.  Ic, 

Aberle,  A.  Ic 128  E.  End  Av.  709  Carroll  St.,  Bl-m. 

Abraham,  \.sp.m...  138  .\ venue  D  Ackcrman.  H.  J.  g. 

Abrahams,  M.  R.  Ic,  Great  Neck,  N.  Y. 

188  Ashburlon  Av.,  Yonkers,  N.  Y.  Ackerman,  L.  W.*  p. 

Abrahams,  S.  11 Ii5  W.  33  1201  Maple  Av.,  Peekskill,  N.  Y. 

Abrahams-,  S.  Ic 131  E.  110      Ackerman,  S.  ic 514  W.  134 

.Abrahams,  S.  C.  la,  Adachi,  S.  ic 140  W.  57 

105  Stockton  St.,  Bkn.  Adam,  F.  C.  3c, 

Abrams,  B.*  d 500  E.  163  348  Adelphi  St..  Bka. 

Abrams.  ).  Im 760  E.  156  Adams,  A.  T.,  g. . .  .Madison,  N.  J. 


By  omitting  full  names  and  by  using  asterisk  for  designating  women,  this 
style  makes  possible  the  use  of  larger  and  thereby  more  legible  type  than  is  custom- 
ary in  large  student  lists.  This  arrangement  is  suggested  in  the  celebrated  Wis- 
consin Survey.    Type  is  Scotch  Roman  throughout. 


124  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


114 

Appendix  A 

LOCATION 

NAME  OF  SCHOOL 

SUPT.  OR  PRIN. 

Louisa 

High  School 

E.  M.  Kennison. 

Louisville 

Girls  High  School 

Louisville 

Male  High  School 

C.  E.  Reed. 

Ludlow 

High  School 

W.  D.  Reynolds. 

Madisonville 

High  School 

R.  H.  Gatton. 

Mayfield 

High  School 

M.  M.  Fanghender. 

Maysville 

High  School 

W.  J.  Caplinger. 

Midway 

High  School 

W.  R.  Chandler. 

Middleboro 

High  School 

F.  A.  Cosgrove. 

Mt.  Sterling 

High  School 

W.  0.  Hopper. 

Morganfield 

High  School 

R.  A.  Edwards. 

Murray 

High  School 

J.  W.  Jones. 

Newport 

High  School 

W.  P.  King. 

Nicholasville 

High  School 

W.  G.  Hart. 

Owensboro 

High  School 

J.  H.  Risley. 

Owenton 

High  School 

B.  L.  Vallandingham 

Paducah 

High  School 

J.  H.  Bentley. 

Paris 

High  School 

T.  A.  Hendrix. 

Princeton 

High  School 

J.  M.  Calvin. 

Richmond 

Caldwell  High  School 

D.W..  Bridges. 

Richmond 

Model  High  School 

H.  W.  Dutter. 

Richmond 

Eastern  Kentucky  Normal  J.  G.  Crabbe. 

Shelbyville 

High  School 

H.  H.  Elliott. 

Somerset 

High  School 

J.  W.  P.  Brouse. 

Springfield 

High  School 

G.  C.  Colvin. 

Stanford. 

High  School 

W.  C.  Wilson. 

Sturgis 

High  School 

C.  C.  Justus. 

Winchester 

High  School 

CLASS  B. 

0.  H.  Harris. 

Adairville 

County  High  School 

E.  H.  Ellis. 

Alexandria 

County  High  School 

Cynthia  E.  Riley. 

Arlington 

High  School 

Elmer  Tarter. 

Bardstown 

High  School 

P.  H.  Neblett. 

Barlow 

High  School 

J.  B.  Ward. 

Beaver  Dam. 

West  Ky.  Seminary 

J.  L.  Stilwell. 

Bedford 

Trimble  County  H.  S. 

John  Howard  Payne. 

Benton 

High  School 

G.  E.  Everett. 

This  page  from  Georgetown  College  catalog  presents  a  portion  of  the  list  of 
Accredited  Public  High  Schools,  carried  in  a  number  of  Kentucky  college  catalogs. 
Midway,  Mt.  Sterling  and  Richmond  Model  should  each  be  dropped  one  position. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  125 

The   University  of  Chicago   Press  Style  Book,  page 
87,  shows  the  following  list: 


"Machiavelli 
Maclntyre,  Henry 
Mclntyre,  James 
M'Intyre,  Thomas 
Mack,  Joseph 


Muller,  A. 
Mufola,  C. 
Muller,  B. 


St.  Louis 
Sainte  Beuve 
Sah  Lake  City." 


In  alphabetizing  French  and  Italian  names  with 
prefixes,  the  University  of  Chicago  lists  the  part  of  the 
name  following  the  prefix  when  the  latter  begins  with  a 
small  letter,  but  lists  the  prefix  if  it  begins  with  a 
capital  letter,  as  Du  Pin,  Le  Sage  and  Bouille,  de. 
Princeton,  however,  places  the  name  deCoppet  after 
Decker,  not  among  names  beginning  with  C.  The 
University  of  California  lists  de  la  Cuesta  in  the  D  list, 
not  under  C.  The  University  of  Chicago  style  is 
Hoffman,  von,  placed  among  names  beginning  with 
H,  while  the  University  of  California  places  von  Hagen 
in  the  V  section,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the 
German  prefix  von  never  begins  with  a  capital  letter. 
The  Dutch  preposition  Van  is  always  capitalized  with 
but  very  few  exceptions,  the  most  prominent  of  which 
is  that  of  van  Dyke,  Henry.  The  Holland  Society  of 
New  York  lists  its  members  whose  names  begin  with 
Van  in  separate  divisions  for  Van  A,  Van  B,  Van  C,  etc. 
Yale's  catalog  lists  names  with  given  names  before 
surnames  but  the  surnames  are  alphabetized. 


126  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Style  Books 

The  suggestion  Is  offered  that  it  would  be  well  for 
the  editor  or  compiler  of  any  college  or  school  catalog 
to  have  within  reach  a  good  style-book.  Lists  and  prices 
of  such  publications  may  be  secured  on  application  to 
Printing  Art,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  The  American  Printer, 
New  York,  or  to  The  Inland  Printer,  Chicago,  111.  Such 
books  are  not  expensive. 

Although  government  style  varies  in  some  few 
details  from  generally  accepted  styles,  the  person  who 
is  to  begin  for  the  first  time  preparation  of  copy  for  a 
catalog  or  book  should  secure  the  Style  Book,  A  Com- 
pilation of  Rules  Governing  Executive,  Congressional 
and  Departmental  Pri^iting.  This  can  be  had  from  the 
Superintendent  of  Documents  for  twenty-five  cents. 

Abbreviations 

In  showing  the  faculty  list  of  Columbia  to  a  number 
of  professional  gentlemen,  I  was  struck  with  the  fact 
that  some  abbreviations  of  degrees  appearing  therein 
are  not  generally  understood.  Just  so  with  the  lists 
in  other  catalogs.  This  led  to  some  interesting  investi- 
gation. Naturally  the  same  degree  appears  in  different 
arrangements  of  the  letters  when  given  by  different 
universities,  as  for  instance  B.  S.,  S.  B.,  B.  Sc,  and 
Sc.  B.  Oxford  abbreviates  Doctor  of  Medicine,  D.  M. 
In  Webster  R.  P.  D.  abbreviates  Royal  Purple  Degree, 
but  in  the  list  following  it  stands  for  Doctor  of  Political 
Science. 

It  would  appear  that  no  complete  separate  list  of 
all  degrees  and  titles  used  in  American  college  catalogs 
is  to  be  found  in  any  dictionary  or  encyclopedia.  Nearly 
all  such  works  contain  long  lists  of  common  and  un- 
common abbreviations.    One,  Beach's  America^ia,  offers 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  I27 

twelve  pages  in  its  collection,  but  by  no  means  all 
degrees  or  titles  are  therein.  Probably  the  largest  lists 
are  given  in  the  Monroe  Cyclopedia  of  Education,  Vol. 
II,  p.  284,  in  the  Schoolmasters^  Yearbook  and  Educa- 
tional Directory  of  Great  Britain,  191 5,  and  in  the 
Reports  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education.  There  is 
no  standardized  system,  institutions  establishing  such 
individual  systems  as  appeal  locally.  The  Council  on 
Medical  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Associa- 
tion is  now  attempting  to  standardize  higher  degrees  in 
medicine.  A  similar  movement  is  under  way  among  the 
various  organizations  of  engineers.  M.  E.  alone  or  in 
groupings  of  letters  might  refer  to  Marine,  Mechanical, 
Metallurgical,  Military,  Mining,  or  Municipal  Engineer. 

For  six  hundred  years  the  creation  and  conferring  of 
degrees  has  been  increasing,  but  for  the  last  fifty  years 
this  increase  has  been  tremendous  in  Great  Britain  and 
in  America.  On  the  continent  of  Europe  there  have  not 
been  so  many  degrees  created  or  conferred.  This  is  true 
especially  of  French  and  German  universities.  The 
University  of  Oxford,  in  proportion  to  its  size,  has  not 
been  so  liberal  with  degrees  as  have  some  other  uni- 
versities, British  and  American.  Forty-seven  degrees 
are  now  granted  in  America  according  to  the  Cyclopedia 
of  Education.  The  first  Ph.  D.  degree  in  America  was 
conferred  as  late  as  1861. 

No  pretense  is  made  as  to  the  completeness  of  the 
following  list  of  abbreviations.  It  is  merely  a  compila- 
tion of  such  as  are  to  be  found  in  the  catalogs  of  some 
of  the  universities  and  colleges  in  North  America. 
For  the  names  of  and  the  memberships,  associate  mem- 
berships and  fellowships  in,  the  recognized  American 
and  British  learned  societies,  institutes  and  academies 


128  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

and  for  the  names  of  foreign  orders  of  chivalry  and 
the  rank  of  members  therein,  there  is  no  possibility 
of  correct  and  up-to-date  listing.  Probably  more 
such  abbreviations  may  be  found  alphabetically  placed 
through  the  pages  of  Webster's  International  Dictionary 
than  in  any  other  work  but  with  each  succeeding  year 
some  such  organizations  pass  out  of  existence  and  others 
are  formed.  A  descriptive  list  of  American  Learned 
Societies  is  to  been  seen  preceding  the  literary  and 
educational  sections  of  the  World  Almanac.  The  Alman- 
ack de  Gotha,  to  be  found  in  many  libraries,  is  to  all  na- 
tions in  smaller  compass,  what  the  World  Almanac  is  to 
the  United  States.  Orders  of  Chivalry  are  presented 
in  comprehensive  form  in  The  Encyclopedia  Brittanica, 
unless  one  cares  to  explore  such  massive  tomes  as  Ed- 
monson's Heraldy,  1780,  orFavine's  Theatre  of  Honour y 
1626.  Whitaker's  Peerage,  Baronetage,  Knightage  and 
Companionage  might  be  termed  the  Baedeker  of  modern 
British  chivalry.  Burke's  Peerage  or  DeBrett's  should 
also  be  of  assistance  in  this  line. 

Some     Abbreviations,     Educational,     Scientific, 
Ecclesiastic,  etc. 

A.  A.  A.  L. — American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Letters 

A.  A. — Associate  in  Arts 

A.  A.  A.  S. — ^American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science 

A.  A.  P.  S. — American  Association  for  the  Promotion 
of  Science 

A,  A.  S. — Academiae  Americanae  Socius,  Fellow  of  the  Ameri- 
can Academy. 

A.  A.  S.  S. — Americanae  Antiquarinnae  Societatis  Socius, 
Member  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society 

A.  B. — Artium  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Arts 

Abp. — Archbishop 

A.  C. — ^Analytical  Chemist 

A.  G.  O. — Associate  of  the  Guild  of  Organists 

A.  G.  O. — American  Guild  of  Organists 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  129 


A.  G.  S.  S.— American  Geographical  and  Statistical  Society 
A.  I.  A. — American  Institute  of  Architects 
A.  I.  A.  L.— American  Institute  of  Arts  and  Letters 
Amer.  Inst.  Chem.  Eng. — American  Institute  of  Chemi- 
cal Engineers 
A.  I.  E.  E. — American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers 
A.  I.  M.  E. — American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 
A.  M. — Artium  Magister,  Master  of  Arts 
A.  N.  A. — Associate  of  the  National  Academy 
A.  R.  A. — Associate  of  the  Royal  Academy 
A.  R.  C.  A. — Associate  of  the  Royal  Canadian  Academy 

(in  Canada) 
A.  R.  C.  A. — Associate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Arts  (in 

England) 
A.  R.  C.  M. — Associate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Music 
A.  R.  C.  O. — Associate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Organists 
A.  R.  C.  S. — Associate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Science 
A.  R.  E. — Associate  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Painter 

Etchers 
A.  R.  I.  B.  A. — Associate  of  the  Royal  Institution  of  British 

Architects 
A.  R.  S.  A. — Associate  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Academy 
A.  R.  S.  M. — Associate  of  the  Royal  School  of  Mines 
A.  R.  S.  S. — Antiquarium  Regiae  Societatis  Socius,  Fellow  of 

the  Royal  Society  of  Antiquaries 
A.  S.  A.  M. — Associate   of   the    Royal   Society   of  Art 

Masters 
A.  S.  C.  E. — ^American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

A.  S.  M.  E. — American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 
Bart. — Baronet 

B.  A. — Bachelor  of  Arts 

B.  Ace's. — Bachelor  of  Accounts 

B.  Agri. — Bachelor  of  Agriculture 

B.  Arch. — Bachelor  of  Architecture 

B.  A.  Sc. — Bachelor  of  Applied  Science 

B.  C.  E. — Bachelor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.  Ch. — Chirurgiae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Surgery 

B.  Ch.  E. — Bachelor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.  C.  L.— Bachelor  of  Civil  Law 

B.  Com. — Bachelor  of  Commerce 

B.  Cr.  E. — Bachelor  of  Ceramic  Engineering 

B.  C.  S. — Bachelor  of  Commercial  Science 

B.  D. — Bachelor  of  Divinity 

B.  E. — Bachelor  of  Engineering 

B.  Ed. — Bachelor  of  Education 


130  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


B.  E.  E. — Bachelor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.  E.  M. — Bachelor  of  Mining  Engineering 

B.  en  Dr.,  en  Med.,  en  Th. — Bachelier  en  Droit,  en  Medecine^ 
en  Theologie 

B.  Eng. — Bachelor  of  Engineering 

B.es  A.,  esL.,esSc. — Bachelier es  Arts, es Lettres,  es  Sciences 

B.  F. — Bachelor  of  Forestry 

B.  F.  A. — Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts 

B.  Journ. — Bachelor  of  Journalism 

B.  L. — Bachelor  of  Letters 

B.  Litt. — Litterarum  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Letters 

B.  LL. — Legum  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Laws 

B.  M. — Bachelor  of  Medicine 

B.  M.  E. — Bachelor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.  Mus. — Bachelor  of  Music 

B.  O. — Bachelor  of  Oratory 

Bp. — Bishop 

B.  Painting — Bachelor  of  Fainting 

B.  Pd. — Bachelor  of  Pedagogy 

B.  P.  E. — Bachelor  of  Physical  Education 

B.  Fed. — Bachelor  of  Pedagogy 

B.  Ph.— Bachelor  of  Philosophy 

B.  Phil.— Bachelor  of  Philosophy 

B.  S. — Bachelor  of  Science 

B.  S. — Bachelor  of  Surgery 

B.  S.  in  A.,  C,  E.,  F.,  H.,  H.  E.,  etc.— B.  S.  in  Agricul- 
ture, Chemistry,  Entomology,  Forestry,  Horticul- 
ture, Home  Economics,  etc. 

E.  S.  A. — Bachelor  of  Scientific  Agriculture 

B.  U.  J. — Baccalaureus    Utriusque  Juris,    Bachelor   of  Both 
Laws 

B.  V.  Sc. — Bachelor  of  Veterinary  Science 

C.  A. — Chartered  Accountant 
Camb. — Cambridge 

Can. — Canada,  Canadian 

Cantab. — Cantahrigiensis,  of  Cambridge  University 

C.  B. — Companion  of  the  Bath 

C.  E. — Civil  Engineer 

Ch.  B. — Chirurgiae  Baccalaureus,   Bachelor  of   Surgery 

Ch.  E. — Chemical  Engineer 

C.  L  E. — Companion  of  the  Indian  Empire 

C.  M. — Chirurgiae  Magister,  Master  in  Surgery 

Cr.  E. — Ceramic  Engineer 

C.  M.  G.— Companion  of  the  Order  of  St.  Michael   and  St. 

George 
C.  S.  C. — Congregatio  Sanctae  Crucis,  Congregation   of   the 

Holy  Cross 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  I3I 


C.  S.  C.  E. — Canadian  Society  of  Civil  Engineers 
C.  S.  I. — Companion  of  the  Star  of  India 

C.  V.  O. — Commander  of  the  Royal  Victorian  Order 

D.  B. — Divinitatis  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Divinity 
D.  C.  L.— Doctor  of  Civil  Law 

D.  D. — Divinitatis  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Divinity 

D.  D.  S. — Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery 

D.  en  Dr.,  en  Med.,  en  Th. — Docteur  en  Droit,  en  Medecine, 
en  Theologie 

D.  es  S. — Docteur  es  Sciences 

D.  Lit. — Doctor  of  Literature 

D.  Litt. — Litterarum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Letters 

D.  L.  S. — Doctor  of  Library  Science 

D.  M.— Doctor  of  Medicine  (Oxford) 

D.  M. — Doctor  of  Music 

D.  M.  D. — Dentariae  Medecinae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Dental 
Medicine 

D.  Mus. — Doctor  of  Music 

D.  Pd. — Doctor  of  Pedagogy 

D.  Phil. — Doctor  of  Philosophy 

D.  P.  H.— Doctor  of  Public  Health 

D.  P.  H.— Diploma  of  Public  Health 

Dr.  d'  Univ. — Docteur  d'  Universite,  University  Doctor. 

D.  S. — Doctor  of  Science  (Ophthalmology,  Pediatrics,  Sur- 
gery, etc.) 

D.  Sc. — Doctor  of  Science 

D.  T. — Theologiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Divinity 

Dub.— Dublin 

D.  V.  M. — Doctor  of  Veterinary  Medicine 

E.  D. — Doctor  of  Engineering 
Edin. — Edinburgh 

E.  E. — Electrical  Engineer 

E.  M. — Mining  Engineer;   Engineer  of  Mines 
Eng.  D. — Doctor  of  Engineering 

F. — Frater,  Frere,  Brother 

F.  A.  A.  S. — Fellow  of  the  American  Antiquarian  Society 

F.  A.  A.  A.  S. — Fellow  of  the  American  Association  for  the 

Advancement  of  Science 
F.  A.  C.  S. — Fellow  of  the  American  Society  of  Surgeons 
F.  A.  L  A. — Fellow  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects 
F.  A.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Antiquarian  Society 
F.  B.  A. — Fellow  of  the  British  Academy 
F.  B.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Botanical  Society 
F.  C.  P.  S.— Fellow  of  the  Cambridge  Philological  Society 
F.  C.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Chemical  Society 


132  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


F.  F.  P.  S. — Fellow   of  the  Faculty  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons, Glasgow 
F.  A.  G.  O. — Fellow  of  the  American  Guild  of  Organists 
F.  G.  O. — Fellow  of  the  Guild  of  Organists 
F.  G.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Geographic  Society 
F.  G.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Geological  Society 
F.  G.  S.  A. — Fellow  of  the  Geographical  Society  of  America 
F.  H.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Horticultural  Society 
F.  I.  C. — Fellow  of  the  Institute  of  Chemistry 
F.  K.  Q.  C.  P.  I.— Fellow  of  the  Kings  and  Queens  Col- 
lege of  Physicians,  Ireland 
F.  L.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Linnaean  Society 
F.  N.  B.  A. — Fellow  of  the  North  British  Academy  of  Arts 
F.  P.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Philological  Society 
F.  P.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Philosophic  Society 
Fr. — Frater^  Frere,  Brother 
F.  R.  A.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society 

(E,  Edinburgh;  I,  Ireland;  L,  London) 
F.  R.  C.  P. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians 
F.  R.  C.  P.  E. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians, 

Edinburgh) 
F.  R.  C.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons 
F.  R.  C.  V.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  College  of  Veterinary 

Surgeons 
F.  R.  G.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Geographical  Society 
F.  R.  Hist.  Soc. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Historical  Society 
F.  R.  I.  B.  A. — Fellow    of    the    Royal    Institute    of    British 

Architects 
F.  R.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society 
F.  R.  S.  A. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Arts 
F.  R.  S.  C. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada 
F.  R.  S.  E. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh 
F.  R.  S.  G.  S. — Fellow  of  the   Royal   Scottish  Geographical 

Society 
F.  R.  S.  L. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature 
F.  R.  S.  L. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London 
F.  R.  S.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Societies 
F.  R.  S.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Statistical  Society 
F.  R.  S.  S.  A. — Fellow  of  the  Royal  Scottish  Society  of  Arts 
F.  S.  A. — Fellow  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries 
F.  S.  A. — Fellow  of  the  Society  of  Arts 

F.  S.  A.  E. — Fellow  of  the  Society  of  Antiquaries  of  Edin- 
burgh 
F.  S.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Statistical  Society 
F.  Z.  S. — Fellow  of  the  Zoological  Society 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  I33 


G.  C.  B.— Grand  Cross  of  the  Bath 
G.  C.  H. — Grand  Cross  of  Hanover 
G,  C.  I.  E. — Grand  Commander  of  the  Order  of  the  Indian 

Empire 
G.  C.  K.  P. — Grand    Commander    of    the    Knights    of    St 

Patrick 
G.  C.  L.  H. — Grand  Cross  of  the  Legion  of  Honor 
G.  C.  M.  G.— Grand  Cross  of  St.  Michael  and  St.  George 
G.  C.  S.  I. — Grand  Commander  of  the  Star  of  India 
G.  C.  V.  O. — Grand  Commander  of  the  Victorian  Order 
G.  M.  K.  P.— Grand  Master  of  the  Knights  of  St.  Patrick 
G.  M.  S.  I. — Grand  Master  of  the  Star  of  India 
J.  C.  B. — Baccalaureate  in  Canon  Law 
J.  C.  D. — Juris   Civilis   Doctor,    Doctor   of   Civil    Law 
J.  C.  L. — Licentiate  in  Canon  Law 
J.  D. — Juris  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Law 
J.  U.  D. — Juris  Utriusque  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Both  Laws 
Jur.  D. — Juris  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Law 
K.  C. — King's  Counsel 
K.  C.  B. — Knight  Commander  of  the  Bath 
K.  C.  I.  E. — Knight  Commander  of  the  Order  of  the  Indian 

Empire 
K.  C.  M.  G.— Knight    Commander   of  St.  Michael  and    St. 

George 
K.  C.  S.  I. — Knight  Commander  of  the  Star  of  India 
K.  G.— Knight  of  the  Garter 
K.  P.— Knight  of  St.  Patrick 
K.  T.— Knight  of  the  Thistle 
L.  A.  H. — Licentiate  of  Apothecaries'  Hall 
L.  C.  D. — Legis   Civilis   Doctor,   Doctor  of   Civil    Law 
L.  C.  P. — Legis  Civilis  Professor,  Professor  of  Civil  Law 
L.  D.  S. — Licentiate  of  Dental  Surgery 
Lie.  es  L. — Licencie  is  Lettres 
L.  F.  P.  &  S. — Licentiate  of  the  Faculty  of  Physicians  and 

Surgeons 
L.  H.  D. — Litterarum  Hurnaniorum  Doctor 
L.  I. — Licentiate  of  Instruction 
Lie.  en  Dr. — Licencie  en  Droit 

Litt.  B. — Litterarum  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Letters 
Litt.  D, — Litterarum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Literature 
L.  L.  A. — Lady  Literate  in  Arts 
LL.  B. — Legum  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Laws 
LL.  D. — Legum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Laws 
LL.  M. — Legum  Magister,  Master  of  Laws 
L.  R.  A.  M. — Licentiate  of  the  Royal   Academy  of  Music 
L.  R.  C.  P. — Licentiate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians 


134  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


L.  R.  C.  P.  and  S. — Licentiate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Phy- 
sicians and  Surgeons 

L.  R.  C.  S. — Licentiate  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons 

L.  S.  A. — Licentiate  of  the  Apothecaries'  Society 

L.  Th. — Licentiate  in  Theology 

M. — Monsieur 

M.  A. — Master  of  Arts 

M.  Ace's. — Master  of  Accounts 

M.  Arch. — Master  of  Architecture 

M.  Am.  Soc.  C.  E. — Member    American     Society    of    Civil 
Engineers 

M.  Am.  Soc.  M.  E. — Member  American  Society  of  Mechanic- 
al Engineers 

M.  A.  Sc. — Master  of  Applied  Science 

M.  B. — Medecinae  Baccalaiireus,  Bachelor  of  Medicine 

M.  B.  A. — Master  of  Business  Administration 

M.  B.  Sc. — Master  of  Business  Science 

M.  C. — Member  of  Congress 

M.  C.  D. — Doctor  of  Comparative  Medicine 

M.  Ch. — Chirurgiae  Magister,  Master  in  Surgery 

M.  C.  E. — Master  of  Civil  Engineering 

M.  C.  S. — Master  of  Commercial  Science 

M.  D. — Medecinae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Medicine 

M.  D.  C.  M. — Medecinae  Doctor  et  Chirurgiae  Magister, 
Doctor  of  Medicine  and  Master  of  Surgery 

M.  Dip. — Master  of  Diplomacy 

M.  D.  S.— Master  of  Dental  Science 

M.  D.  V. — Medeciiiae  Doctor  Feterinariae,  Doctor  of  Veteri- 
nary Medicine 

M.  E. — Mechanical  Engineer 

Mech.  E. — Mechanical  Engineer 

M.  E.  E. — Master  of  Electrical  Engineering 

M.  es  A. — Maitre  es  Arts 

Met.  E. — Metallurgical  Engineer 

M.  F. — Master  of  Forestry 

Mgr. — Monsignor 

M.  Inst.  C.  E. — Member  of  the  Institute  of  Civil  Engineers 

M.  L. — Master  of  Letters 

M.  L.  A. — Master  of  Landscape  Architecture 

M.  M.  E. — Master  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

M,  P. — Member  of  Parliament 

M'.  P.  L, — Master  of  Polite  Literature 

M.  P.  P. — Member  of  Provincial  Parliament 

M.  Mus. — Master  of  Music 

M.  N.  A.  S. — Member   of   the    National   Academy   of 
Sciences 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  I35 


M.  Pd. — Master  of  Pedagogy 

M.  R.  A.  S. — Member  of  the  Royal  Academy  of  Science 

M.  R.  C.  C. — Member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Chemistry 

M.  R.  C.  P. — Member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Physicians 

M.  R.  C.  S. — Member  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons 

M.  R.  C.  V.  S.— Alember  of  the  Royal  College  of  Veterinary 
Surgeons 

M.  R.  G.  S. — Member  of  the  Royal  Geographic  Society 

M.  R.  I.— Member  of  the  Royal  Institute 

M.  R.  I.  A. — Member  of  the  Royal  Irish  Academy 

M.  R.  S.  A. — Member  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Arts 

M.  S. — Master  of  Science 

M.  S.  A. — Master  of  Science  and  Arts 

M.  S.  A. — Master  of  Scientific  Agriculture 

M.  Sc. — Master  of  Science 

M.  Sc.  in  A.  C.  E.,  etc.— M.  Sc.  in  Agriculture,  Chem- 
istry, Entomology,  etc. 

Mus.  B. — Musicae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Music 

Mus.  D. — Musicae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  A^Lusic 

M.  V.  O. — Member  of  the  Victorian  Order 

N.  A. — National  Academician 

N.  A.  D. — National  Academy  of  Design 

N.  A.  S. — National  Academy  of  Sciences 

N.  B. — New  Brunswick  (University  of) 

N.  D.  D. — National  Dairy  Diploma 

N.  U.  I. — National  University  of  Ireland 

O.  P. — Ordinis  Praedicatorum,  of  the  Dominican  Order 

O.  S.  B. — Ordinis  Sancti  Benedicti,  of  the  Order  of  St.  Bene- 
dict! 

O.  S.  F. — Ordinis  Sancti  Francisci,  of  the  Order  of  St.  Francis 

Oxf.— Oxford 

Oxon. — Oxoniensis,  of  Oxford  University 

P.— Pater,  P^re,  Father.     PP.,— plural 

P.  B. — Philosophiae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Philosophy 

P.  C. — Privy  Councilor 

P.  D. — Philosophiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

Pd.  B. — Bachelor  of  Pedagogy 

Pd.  D. — Doctor  of  Pedagogy 

Phar.  D. — Doctor  of  Pharmacy 

Phar.  G. — Graduate  in  Pharmacy 

Ph.  B. — Philosophiae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor    of   Philosophy 

Ph.  C. — Pharmaceutical  Chemist 

Ph.  D. — Philosophiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

Ph.  G. — Graduate  in  Pharmacy 

Ph.  M. — Philosophiae  M agister.  Master  of  Philosophy 

P.  L.  M. — Master  of  Patent  Law 


136  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE   CATALOG 


P.  R.  A. — President  of  the  Royal  Academy 

Prof. — Professor 

Prov. — Provost 

R.  A. — Royal  Academician 

R.  A.  M. — Royal  Academy  of  Music 

R.  B.  A. — Royal  Society  of  British  Artists 

R.  E. — Royal  Engineers 

Reg.  Prof. — Regius  Professor 

Rev. — Reverend 

R.  I.  B.  A. — Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects 

R.  P.  D. — Rerum  Politicarum  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Political 
Science  (German  degree  rating  with  Ph.D.)     . 

R.  S.  D.— Royal  Society  of  Dublin 

R.  S.  E. — Royal  Society  of  Edinburgh 

R.  S.  M.— Royal  School  of  Mines 

Rt.  Hon. — Right  Honorable 

Rt.  Rev. — Right  Reverend 

R.  U.  I. — Royal  University  of  Ireland 

S.  B. — Scientiae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Science 

Sc.  B. — Scientiae  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of  Science 

Sc.  D. — Scientiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Science 

S.  E. — Sanitary  Engineer 

Sc.  M. — Scientiae  Magister,  Master  of  Science 

S.  J. — Societati  Jesu,  of  the  Society  of  Jesus 

S.  J.  D, — Sacri   Juris   Doctor,    Doctor  of  Sacred  Law 

Soc.  C.  E. — Society  of  Civil  Engineers 

S.  P.  E.  E. — Society  for  the  Promotion  of  Engineering 
Education 

Sr. — Sister.     Srs. — plural 

S.  S.  B. — Scientiarum  Socialium  Baccalaureus,  Bachelor  of 
Social  Sciences  (Catholic  University  of  America,  discon- 
tinued) 

S.  T.  B. — Sacrae  Theologiae  Baccalaureus, ^a.c\\e\oroiT)Wm\ty 

S.  T.  D. — Sacrae  Theologiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Divinity 

S.  T.  L. — Licentiate  in  Sacred  Theology 

S.  T.  M. — Sacrae  Theologiae  Magister,  Alaster  of  Divinity. 

S.  T.  P. — Sacrae  Theologiae  Professor,  Professor  of  Divinity 

T.  C.  D. — Trinity  College,  Dublin 

Th.  D. — Theologiae  Doctor,  Doctor  of  Theology 

Univ.  D. — Docteur  d^Universite,  University  Doctor 

V.  C. — Victoria  Cross 

Vict. — of  Victoria  University 

V.  S. — Veterinary  Surgeon 


I 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  137 


<g0uermttg  l0&g  nf  t\}t  IntuFrBttg 


VISITOR. 

FIELD-MARSHAL   HIS   ROYAL   HIGHNESS   THE  DUKE  OF 

CONNAUGHT  AND  OF  STRATHEARN.  KG.,  K.T.,  TCP.. 

P.C,  G.C.B.,  G.C.S.I..  G.C.M.G.,  G.CI.E.,  G.C.V.O., 

Governor-General  of  Canada,  etc. 

GOVERNORS. 

SiK    William    C    Macdonald,    President    and    Chancellor    of    the 

University. 
Sir  William  Peterson.  K-CM.G.,  LL.D.,  D.Litt.,  Principal  and  Vice- 

Chancellor. 
Edward  B.  Greenshields,  Esq..  B.A.,  LL.D. 
Hon.  John  Sprott  Archibald,  M.A.,  D.C.L. 
Charles  J.  Fleet.  Esq.,  B.A.,  B.CX..  K.C. 
RicSard  B.  Angus,  Esq. 

Sir  Thomas  G.  Roddick,  M.D.,  LL.D..  F.R.C.S. 
W.  M.  Birks,  Esq. 
G.  E,  Drummond,  Esq. 
J.  W.  Ross,  Esq.  . 

James  Douglas,  Esq.,  B.A.,  M.D.,  LL.D. 
F.  Howard  Wilson,  Esq. 
Charles  ^.  Gordon,  Esq. 
H.  Vincent  Meredith,  Esq. 
Sir  Herbert  S.  Holt. 
J.  K.  L.  Ross,  Esq..  B.Sc. 
Percival  Molson,  Esq.,  B.A. 

PRINCIPAL  . 

Sir   William >;  Peterson,   K.C.M.G..  LL.D..   D.Litt.,   Vice-Chancellor. 
FELLOWS. 

Ex-OMcio- 

Chas.  E.  Moyse.  LL.D.,  Vice-Principal  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of 

Arts. 
Frank   D.    Adams.    Ph.D..   D.Sc.   F.R.S..   Dean   of  the   Faculty   of 

Applied    Science. 
Robert  Warden  Lee,  M.A..  B.C.L.,  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Law. 
H.  S.  Birkett,  M.D.,  Dean  of  the  Facuhy  of  Medicine. 
F.  C.   Harrison,  D.Sc,   Principal  of  Macdonald   College. 
James    Harkness,   M.A.,    F.R.S.C.   Chairman   of   the    Committee   on 
'  Graduate  Studies. 

Note  the  number  of  abbreviations   of   titles,  degrees,  orders  of   chivalry   and 
fellowships  appearing  on  this  page  of  McGill's  catalog. 


138 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


13  University  Begister  [2-16 

WttUAM  Henbt  Wbloh,  m.  0»,  tL.D.,  Boaley  Professor  of  P&thology. 

A.  B.,  Yals  University,  ISTO ;  M.  H.,  Oolmnbia  University  fCcll«g«  of  Phyjiciftna 
and  Surzeoas,  N.  Y.).  1876;  M.  D.  CRon.),  University  of  Peimsylvaniu,  1854; 
LL.  D-,  Weetem  Reserve  UniVerflity,  1894,  Yale  University,  1E86<  Harvard  Uni- 
fersity,  1900,  University  of  Toronto,  1903,  Columbia  University,  1904,  JeSeroon 
Medical  College,  1907,  and  Princeton  University,  1910 ;  Professor  of  Patho'iOB,ical 
Anatomy  end  General  Pathology  in  the  Bellevue  Hospital  Medical  QcM^s^,  N.  Y., 
1879-84 ;  Dean  of  the  Medical  Faculty,  1889-08 ;  President  of  the  National  Acad- 
emy of  Sciencea;  President  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Hockeleller  Institute 
for  Medical  Research;  President  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advanee- 
njent  of  -Science,  1906;  President  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  191(1- 
11;  Chairman,  Administrative  Committee  of  the  Faculty,  January  19i3-Jaa8 
1914 ;  Pathologist-in-Chief  to  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 

807  St.  Paul  St. 

Edwaeej  Hesriok  Gbiffin,  d.  d.,  LI..  D.,  Processor  Emeritua  of  the 
History  of  Philosophy.  [Absent.] 

A.  B.,  V/illiams  College,  1862,  and  A.  M.,  1865 ;  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
N.  Y..  1867 ;  D.  D.,  Amherst  College,  1880 ;  LL.  D.,  Princeton  University,  1888, 
and  Williams  College,  1905;  Professor  of  Latin  in  Williams  College,  1872-81, 
Professor  of  Rhetoric,  1881-86,  and  Mark  Hopkins  Professor  of  Intellectual  and 
Moral  Philosophy,  1886-89 ;  Executive  Secretary,  Administrative  Committee  of 
the  Faculty,  January  191^-June  1914  ;  Secretary  of  the  Academic  Council,  1901- 
1916;  Projessor  of  the  History  of  Philosophy  and  Dean  of  the  College  Faculty, 
1889-1915. 

SiE  William  Osleb,  Baet.,  m.  d.,  ll.  d.,  d.  c.  l.,  f.  e.  s.,  Honorary 
Professor  of  Medicine. 

M.  D.,  McGill  University,  1872 ;  LL.  D,,  McGill,  1895,  Aberdeen,  1898,  Toronto, 
1899,  Yale,  1901,  Harvard,  1904,  Johns  Hopkins,  1905 ;  D.  C.  L.,  Edinburgh, 
1898,  Trinity  (Toronto),  1902;  M.  D.  (Hon.),  Oxford,  1905;  D.  Sc,  Dublin. 
1912 ;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London ;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  College 
of  -Physicians,  London ;  Professor  of  the  Institutes  of  Medicine,  McGill  Univer- 
sity,  1874-84  ;  Professor  of  Clinical  Medicine,  University  of  Penns>lvania,  r884- 
89;  Dean  of  the  Medical  Faculty,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1898-99,  and 
Professor  of  the  Principles  and  Practice  of  Medicine,  1889-1905  ;  Physician-in- 
Chief,  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  18S9-1905 ;  Eegius  Professor-  of  Medicine, 
University  of  Oxford.  13  Norham  Gardens,  Oxford,  England. 

Hei^y  Mills  Hued,  m.  d.,  ll.  d..  Professor  Emeritus  of  Psychiatry. 

A.  B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1863,  M.  D.,  1866,  A.  M.,  1870.  and  LL.  D.,  1895 ; 
Professor  of  Psychiatry,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1889-1906;  Superintendent 
of  the  Eastern  Michigan  Hospital,  1878-89 ;  Superintendent  of  the  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital,  1839-1911  ;  Editor  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Bulletin  and 
of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Reports,  1889-1911 ;  Editor  of  the  American 
Journal  of  Insavtity;  Secretary  of  the  Johns  HopUns  Hospital. 

1023  St.  Paul  St. 

Howard  Atwood  Kelly,  m.  d.,  ix.d.,  uon.  f.  e.  c.  s.,  Professor  of 

Gynecology. 
A.  B,,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1877,  and  M.  D.,  1682  ;  LL.  D.,  University  of 
Aberdeen  and  Washington  and  Lee  University.  1906,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1907 ;  Associate  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1888-89 ; 
Professor  of  Gynecological  S\irgery  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1889-99 ; 
Honorary  Member,  Royal  Medical  Society  of  Edinburgh ;  Associate  Foreign 
Member,  Society  of  Obstetrics,  Gyiiecology  and  Pediatrics,  and  Chirurgical 
Society,  Paris;  Corresponding  Member,  Obstetrical  Society,  Leipzig;  Fellow, 
British  G.vnecologioal  Society ;  Hon.  Fellow,  Edinburgh  Obstetrical  Society, 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  Edinburgh,  Glasgow  Obstetrical  and  Gynecological 
Society,  Royal  Academy  of  Medicine  (Ireland)  ;  Hon.  Member,  Italian  Society 
of  Obstetrics  and  Gynecology,  Rome;  Gynecologist- in-Chief  to  the  Jo/ins  Hop- 
kins Hospital.  1405  Eutaw  Place. 


The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  in  its  faculty  list,  w^isely  presents  the  foreign 
and  American  memberships  of  its  professors  in  full. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES 


39 


< 

o 

55 

c3 

w 

>H 

s 

«; 

< 

o 

^ 

t. 

rn" 

o 

o 

o 

fc 

J^ 

c/3 

a 

Di 

m 

W 

s 

> 

w 

2 

Jj 

P 

45 

S^ 

o 

Li 

■~ 

0- 
3:' 

1 

<    c^ 

a 

X 

rr: 

H 

"" 

>- 

F, 

CQ 

t; 

Q 

ii 

W 

M 

(^ 

1^ 

^ 

W 

rd 

fc 

a 

55 

o 

a 

U 

■CO 

CO 

C3 

u 

.=? 

M 

« 

« 

O 

S 

W 

Jd 

Q 

siejox 

20j-«^«„     CO     ^-.-         c—             cc^ 

2 

{-161 

^2            2  -  -     "•"*      ;?^ 

s 

ei6l 

lOOvtOO                      O       CO       <^            "-"O                      «■* 

2 

Z16T 

CM^t^O                              >n<v                fO      —                t-^ 

s 

II61 

COM       2       '                        -O       -<            CS~rO                 MM 

^ 

0161 

l^SO                   (N'*        —        fO<N                   —  —  M                        f 

!5 

6061 

^..r.      ^      m:o      u,      ^M^           «M      -           -O 

S 

8061 

„_                  „„w-.»H^'f^                                                 VO 

^ 

i06T 

oor^      «5      <Nco                •*•*                                             —lO 

QJ 

9061 

—  t^O                       Ti-ioiO-t                                 <N« 

<o 

S06I 

CKO                           „        tr>        w-                                       ««              .o 

^ 

t06T 

O^           -'-<                     ui 

S   1 

jf06T 

to^;^       ts  —  ^    to    <M 

o 

ro6i 

0>2              '-"-'              00        -<                          (N                    « 

^ 

ii 

1061 

cor-                 <0'-       CO            »<                 —            « 

o 

l!  0061 

-<in-.                      (N       ro            -<            ^—            M~ 

s 

J668I 

^-~               MMM        00 

o 

8681 

0-.            «       —       00                                 CO 

to 

||Z68I 

00  ~1              <0        <S— fO-.-<        — 

Jo 

|968l 

s 

S68T 

<NOO 

::: 

1.68T 

-co 

s 

C68I 

^^ 

o> 

12681 

1 

o 

|I68I 

VOO 

M 

0681 

2 

2 

6881 

o 

W 
Pi 

o 
w 

Q 

1 

::::::::::::::;:  :hw  :  :  :  :  : 
::::::::::::::::  :dw  ::::  : 

W  W  CO  >-^.-AQ  H^J  2  J  73  a,  fl.  Oh  J  S  03  35  OQ  u  w  2  <  < 

52 


An  interesting  table  not  found  in  other  catalogs.     No  room  for  running-head 
over  this  page.    One  or  two  of  the  degrees  here  abbreviated  are  no  longer  conferred. 


140 


THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


518 


University  of  Illinois 


UNDERGRADUATE    AND    PROFESSIONAL    COLLEGES 
AND  SCHOOLS  IN  URBANA 

(Including  the  Colleges  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  Engineering,  Acri> 

CULTURE,  AND    LaW,   THE    LIBRARY    SCHOOL,    AND   THE   SCUOOL  01'    MusiC) 


ABBREVIATIONS 


A               Architecture 

LA 

Literature  and  Arts 

AE            Architectural    Engineering 

Lb 

Library   Science 

Agr           Agriculture 

BLA          Business,   Liberal   Arts 

Md 

Medical    Preparatory 
Mechanical    Engineering 

and 

ME 

Sciences 

MnE 

Mining    Engineering 

CE            Civil    Engineering 

MSE 

Municipal  and  Sanitary 

Cer            Ceramics 

Engineering 

CerE         Ceramic  Engineering 

Mus 

Music 

Ch             Chemistry 

RCE 

Railway   Civil   Engineering 

ChE          Chemical   Engineering 

REE 

Railway  Electrical  Engineering 
Railway   Mechanical  Engineer- 

EE             Electrical    Engineering 

RME 

HSAgr     Household    Science,    Agri- 

ing 

culture 

S 

Science 

HSLAS   Household   Science,  Liberal 

SS 

Summer    Session 

Arts    and    Sciences 

L              Law 

*  CREDIT 

NAME                                     COURSE 

HOURS                          RESIDENCE 

Aagaard,  Arthur  Hildeman 
Abbott,  Louis  Asa 

ME 

110       Chicago 

Agr 

I02h      Morrison 

Abney,  Bertram 

Agr 

loo\      Harrisburg 

Abrahamsen,  Fred 

LA 

Chicago 

Acer,  Donald  Winchester 

BLA 

103       Medina,   N.    Y. 

Acer,  Katharine  Edith 

HSLAS 

loo       Medina,  N.  Y. 

Acer,  Victor  Adna 

Agr 

Medina,  N.  Y. 

Ackerson,  Esther  Mae 

HSLAS 

Westfield.  Ind. 

Adams,  Albert  Clark 

EE 

37       Chicago 

Adams,  Allan  Madison 

Agr 

Rockinlle,  Ind. 

Adams,  Eugene  Franklin 

AE 

121        Ashland,  Nebr. 

Adams,   Pauline  Hopkins 
Adams,  William  Calvin 

LA 

^P 

22        Grand   Rapids,  Mich. 

Ch 

104        Watseka 

Adler,  Leon 

ChE 

4       St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Agg,   Rachel,  Ph.B.,   (Penn  Col- 

lege)  1911 

Lb 

Champaign 

Agg,  Sarah 

HSAgr 

Champaign 

Agnew,  Beulah  Irene 

LA 

Villa   Grove 

Ainsworth,  Harry  Francis 

Agr 

sol      Greensbvrg,  Ind. 

Ainsworth,  Harry  Gregory 

Agr 

94        Mason   City 

Ainsworth,  William  Howard 

Agr 

Mason   City 

Alband,  Laura  Anna 

HSLAS 

62       Streator 

Albaugh,  Hazen  Lowell 
AJbee,  Chester  Leon 

LA 

Oak  Park 

Agr 

Pekin 

Albert,  Harry  D 

L 

Mansfield 

Albin,  Harold  Cornelius 

SS 

6SJ      Washington,  D.   C. 

Albrecht,  Daniel  Arthur 

s 

Champaign 

Albrecht,  William  Albeit, 

A.B.,  1911 

Agr  (55) 

I7^i      Champaign 

Albright,  Joseph  Clarence 
Albright,  Raymond  Bean 

ME 

Rossville 

LA 

100        Minier 

Aldcn,  John  Leslie 

ME 

102       Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Aleshire,  Sarah  Louise 

HSAgr 

97        Ch  icago 

Alexander,  Grace  Elizabeth 

SS 

i5h      Chicago 

Alexander.  John   Alva 
Allan,  Robert  Howard 

SS 

io6^     Amorita,   Okla. 

Agr 

Winchester 

Allen,  Alice  Alexandria 

HSLAS  <5 

S)  60       Urbana      - 

•Computed   October   1,   1912 

There  is  a  wide  range  of  difference  in  abbreviations  in  local  use  at  different 
universities. 


I 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


14] 


Students 


555 


STUDENTS* 
COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERirfG 


John  Cyril  Abbott         M         <)6 

Staats  Mead  Abrams         M         30 

Roger  Putnam  Adair         M         20 

Robert  Harpham  Adams         E 

William  John  Ahem         E         43 

Edwin  Ryan  Akers         C         33 

George  Washington  Akers         Mar.         44 

Spencer  Thorndyke  Alden         C         :ii 

Leonard  Otis  Aldrich         Mar         33 

Frederick  William  Alger 

Edward  Richard  Allan         M         86 

Heywood  Henry  Allan         Ch         23 

Wyeth  Allen      '  M  108 

John  Lucas  Allison         E        63 

Jacob  William  Alt         C         20 

Felipe  Altamirano         S-Mar 

Andrew  Daniel  Althouse 

Darrell  Dow  Alton         M         78 

Joseph  Kramer  Ambruster         M  113 

Melvin  Delaus  Anderson         E         47 

Roy  B.  Anderson         4 

Harold  Orlin  Andrew         Ch         74 

Neil  Gordon  Andrew 

Harold   Lafayette  Andrui 

Lyle  Albert  Andrus 

Philip  Powell   Angier         C         36 

Robert  Samuel  Archer         Ch         79 

Logan  Reed  Arnold         M         51 

George  Forster  Ashley         23 


Detroit 

Orange,  A'.  /. 

Parkersburg,  W.  Va. 

Detroit 

IVaskitigton,  D.  C. 

Port  Huron 

Port  Huron 

Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 

Jackson 

Clarkston 

North  Tonawanda,  N.  Y. 

Holyoke,  Mass. 

Hood  River,  Ore. 

Canandaigua,  N.   Y. 

Houghton 

Valdivia,  Chile 

Oxford 

Fremont 

Chicago,  III. 

Grand  Rapids 

Winnebago,  HI. 

Springfield,  Mass. 

Laurium 

Homer 

Kingsville,  Ohio 

Chicago,  HI. 

Detroit 

Delphi,  Ind. 

Bentonville,  Ark. 


•  The  letters  following  the  names  indicate  the  course  or  line  of  work 
the  student  has  chosen  to  pursue;  C,  denoting  civil  engineering;  M.  me- 
chanical engineering;  E,  electrical  engineering;  Ch,  chemical  engineering; 
Mar,  marine  engineering;  BSE,  bachelor  of  science  in  engineering;  S, 
miscellaneous  studies  not  leading  to  any  degree.  As  students  are  not 
asked  to  make  choice  of  course  until  the  beginning  of  their  second  year, 
the  absence  of  a  letter  indicates  that  the  student  is  in  his  first  year.  The 
figures  following  the  names  indicate  the  number  of  hours  of  credit  earned 
by  the  student  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  current  academic  year.  1914- 
1915,  and  completed  without  conditions,  or  credited  to  him  on  advanced 
standing.  By  an  hour  of  work  is  meant  the  equivalent  of  one  exercise  a 
week  for  one  semester.  A  dagger  (t)  preceding  a  student's  name  signifies 
that  he  also  pursued  studies  for  the  whole  part  or  part  of  the  year,  in 
some  other  School  or  College  of  the  University  indicated  by  an  italic  letter 
following  th.o.  n.ime,  to-wit:  a.  College  of  Literature,  Science,  and  the 
Arts;  m.  Medical  School;  1,  Law  School;  p.  College  of  Pharmacy:  h. 
Homoeopathic  Medical  School;  d.  College  of  Dental  Surgery. 


The  University  of  Michigan,  in  its  great  student  list,  uses  a  system  of  abbrevia- 
tions differing  in  some  instances  from  such  lists  at  other  institutions. 


142  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

382  INDIANA   UNIVERSITY 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS 

.*,  The  following  is  a  list  of  the  abbreviations  used  in  the  accorapanyuig  enrollment,  Witrt  atptac*- 
tioas  of  their  meanings: 

College  of  Liberal  Arts.  The  abbreviation  C=College  of  Libe'-al  Arts;  to  this  is  added  tha 
number  of  hours  of  credit,  and  the  major  subject,  where  this  has  been  chosen.  Thus,  C  Gk.  nO=CoIie«o 
of  Liberal  Arts,  with  Greek  as  major  subject,  and  110  hours  credit.  C  Sp.=Special  students  in  tho 
College.  C  Lflw=Students  taking  the  combined  Arts-Law  Course.  C  Med.=those  taking  the  Art3- 
Mediciiie  Course.    The  following  is  the  list  of  abbreviations'  indicating  the  major  subject: 


Anat. 

=  Anatomy. 

Hist. 

=  History  and  Political  Science. 

A3t. 

=  Astronomy. 

Lat. 

=  Latin. 

Bot. 

=  Botany. 

Math. 

=  Mathematics. 

Chem. 

=  Chemistry. 

Path. 

=  Pathology. 

Com.Ph 

=  Comparative  Philology. 

PhU. 

=  Philosophy. 

EcOTi. 

=  Economics  and  Social  Science. 

Pkys 

=  Physics. 

Eng. 

=  English. 

Physiol. 

=  Physiology. 

F.A. 

=  Fine  Arts. 

Pol.  Sci 

=  Political  Science. 

Geol. 

=  Geology. 

Rom. 

=  Romance  Languages. 

Ger. 

=  German. 

Social. 

=  Sociology. 

Gk. 

=  Greek. 

Zool. 

=  Zoology. 

School  OF  Education,  fid. =  Students  enrolled  in  the  School  of  Education.  Figures  uninrlosed 
following  the  name  indicate  hours  of  credit  which  may  be  counted  toward  the  A.B.  degree.  Figures 
inclosed  in  parentheses  accompanied  by  Ed.  Sp.,  indicate  special  students  of  the  School  of  Education* 
with  credit  which  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  degree. 

Graduate  School.  The  symbols  IG,  2G,  3C  =  First,  Second,  and  Third  year  students  in  the 
Graduate  School.    The  abbreviation  following  indicates  the  major  subject. 

School  of  Law.  The  symbols  IL,  2L,  SL,  =  First,  Second,  and  Third  year  students  in  the  School 
of  Law,  candidates  for  the  degree  LL.B.  L.  6'p.  =  Speciul  students  of  the  School  of  Law,  not  candidates 
'or  the  degree. 

School  of  Medicine.  The  symbols  M/,  2.V,  =  Students  in  the  First  and  Second  year  of  the  regular 
Medical  course,  taking  the  work  at  Blooinington.  IM  (Indp.).  £M  {Indp.),  3M,  -{.U^ Students  Ln  the 
various  years  of  the  regular  Medical  course,  taking  the  work  in  Indianapolis. 


While  this  page  is  in  the  form  of  an  explanatory  note  and  therefore  permissible 
in  6-pcint  type,  8-point  vi^ould  have  cost  a  few  cents  less  for  the  page. 


1 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


143 


Register  of  Students 

In  attendance  between  January  1st  and  December  31st,  1916. 

Abbreviations — CI.,  Classical  Course;  Sc,  Scientific  Course;  Mus.,  Music;  Spec, 
Special;  Sr., Senior:  Jr.,  Junior;  So., Sophomore;  Fr.,  Freshman;  S-f.,  Sub-Freshman; 
'16,  Graduate  of  June,  1916;  P.  G.,  Postgraduate. 

Standing  is  given  as  recorded  on  the  Books  of  the  Registrar,  November  1,  191G. 


Name 


Rank 


Home  Address        Delaware  Address 


Abbott,  Dorothy 

CI.  So. 

Mt.  Healthy 

96  S.  Henry 

Abbott,  Earl  Gillespie 

M.  A.  '16 

Delaware 

96  S.  Henry 

Abbott,  Lionel  Emerson 

Sc.  Ft. 

Mt.  Healthy 

96  S.  Henry 

Abel,  Theodore  Curtis 

B.  A.  '16 

Waterbury,  Conn. 

120  Montrose 

Abernethy,  Ruth  Anice 

CI.  So. 

Circleville 

Monnett 

Achtermann,  Frieda  Louise 

CI.  Sr. 

Blanchester 

Monnett 

Ackerman,  Louise 

CI.  So. 

Columbus 

Monnett 

Adam,  Oscar  Michael 

CI.  So. 

Cincinnati 

149  N.  Sandusky 

Adams,  Catharine  Barton 

CI.  So. 

Boston,  Mass. 

Monnett 

Adams,  Charles  Virgil 

CI.  So. 

Lancaster 

Merrick  Hall 

Adams,  Dorothy 

CI.  Jr. 

Jamestown 

Monnett 

Agler,  Robert  Wert 

CI.  Jr. 

Van  Wert 

130  N.  Washington 

Ahrens,  Marjorie  Ethel 

CI.  Sr. 

Danbury 

Monnett 

Albaugh,  Helen  Elizabeth 

CI.  So. 

Eaton 

Monnett 

Albertson,  Aden  Byron 

CI.  Jr. 

Morrill,  Nebr. 

23  Oak  HiU 

Albrecht,  Helen  Ruth 

CI.  Fr. 

Galion 

Grove 

Albright,  Emma  Grace 

CI.  Fr. 

Bellaire 

32  Elizabeth 

Albright.  Harriet  Elizabeth 

CI.  Fr. 

Eaton 

Monnett 

Alexander,  Thomas  Reid 

CI.  So. 

Pataskala 

17  Griswold 

Alkire,  Fred  Raymond 

Spec. 

Lewis  Center 

Lewis  Center 

Allen,  Charles  Henry 

CI.  So. 

Miamisburg 

293  N.  Sandusky 

Allen,  William  Stanley 

Sc.  Fr. 

Crooks  ville 

123  Oak  Hill 

Allen,  Thomas  Benton 

CI.  Ft. 

Nelsonville 

61  W.  William 

Alley,  Hazel  Arline 

Mus. 

Linden 

Monnett 

Allison,  Otto  McKinley 

Sc.  Jr. 

Centerburg 

52  W.  WiUiam 

Allyn,  Marguerite 

CI.  So. 

Kenton 

Monnett 

Alspach,  Ninde  Newman 

P.-G. 

Delaware 

109  Harrison 

Amspocker,  Mary  Anne 

CI.  Jr. 

Delaware 

100  Griswold 

Anderson,  Arthur  Henry 

CI.  Fr. 

New  Philadelphia 

City  Y.  M.  C.  A. 

Anderson,  Margaret 

CI.  So. 

Portsmouth 

Monnett 

Anderson,  MUton  Penrine 

Sc.  Fr. 

Belle  Center 

112  Oak  Hill 

Anderson,  Paul  William 

B.  A.  '16 

Topeka,  Kansas 

163  N.  Franklin 

Anderson,  Lulah  Virginia 

Mus. 

Cincinnati 

Monnett 

Ankeney,  Lois 

CI.  So. 

Xenia 

Monnett 

Arboleda,  Eudofilia 

CI.  Fr. 

Quito  Ecuador,  S. 

A.                 Monnett 

Archer,  Bessie  M. 

B.  A.'16 

Peoria.  111. 

Monnett 

Archer,  Earle 

Spec. 

Belle  Center 

112  Oak  Hil 

Armstrong,  Alice 

CI.  So. 

Hibbetts 

Monnett 

184 


Abbreviations   in   student  list  used  by  Ohio  Wesleyan  University.     6-point 
Century  leaded.     State  not  given  for  towns  in  Ohio. 


144  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Pagination 

The  order  in  which  to  page  a  catalog  or  book  would 
seem  quite  simple  to  one  who  has  not  been  bothered 
with  the  study  of  the  lack  of  system  in  this  one  of  the 
many  details  entering  into  the  making  of  a  book. 
DeVinne,  in  his  Correct  Composition,  said: 

Numerals  in  roman  lower-case  are  the  rule  for  the  paging 
of  prefaces  and  sometimes  for  introductions. 

In  Jacobi's  Printing  we  find  the  following: 

With  regard  to  the  preliminary  matter  of  a  volume 
(having  defined  it  as  any  matter  coming  before  the  main 
text  of  a  work)  all  these  pages  should  be  paged  with  numerals, 
not  figures,  in  roman  lower  case,  commencing  with  the  half 
or  bastard  title. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Bothwell  of  the  DeVinne  Press  states  that 
while  he  has  occasionally  produced  a  book  with  con- 
tinuous arable  pagination,  beginning  with  the  title 
page,  or  the  bastard  title  if  there  be  one,  he  prefers  even 
when  the  preliminary  matter  is  furnished  with  the  rest 
of  the  book,  to  hold  to  the  old  way,  sanctioned  by  long 
custom,  viz.,  to  begin  the  arable  figures  only  with  the 
main  text,  putting  whatever  comes  before  in  roman. 

Mr.  Walter  Gilliss,  Secretary  of  the  Grolier  Club, 
also  calls  attention  to  the  difficulties  of  any  other  course 
when  the  preliminary  matter  includes  a  table  of  con- 
tents, which  cannot  be  safely  reckoned  with  until  the 
text  is  in  final  form. 

Mr.  William  B.  Reid  of  the  University  Press,  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  states  regarding  the  rule  in  use  by  that 
firm,  as  follows: 

There  seems  to  be  no  rule  covering  the  matter  of  where 
the  folios  of  a  book  should  begin,  but  custom  (and  a  very 
old  one  it  is)  has  led  the  makers  of  the  best  books  to  use 
roman  numerals  for  the  preliminary  matter,  beginning  the 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  I45 


text  proper  with  the  so-called  half-title  (when  one  is  used  to 
divide  the  preliminary  matter  from  the  text),  as  page  i,  in 
the  arable  figures. 

Frequently,  where  a  book  has  but  a  small  number  of 
pages,  the  folioing  is  inclusive,  taking  in  all  the  front 
matter,  and  these  preliminary  pages  are  still  folioed  in  the 
roman  numeral,  the  text  wherever  it  starts  being  in  the 
arable.  The  best  usage  would  seem  to  approve  of  beginning 
the  text  with  the  arable  figure,  and  letting  the  front  matter 
take  care  of  itself  (in  the  roman  numerals).  This  is  some- 
times done  so  that  the  first  forms  of  the  text  may  be  printed 
without  waiting  for  the  preliminary  matter,  which  is  usually 
the  last  to  be  put  into  type,  as  the  page  numbers  in  the 
contents  cannot  be  established  until  the  text  is  all  in  pages. 

Our  rule,  in  the  absence  of  instructions  to  the  contrary, 
would  be  to  use  the  roman  numerals  for  preliminary  pages 
and  begin  the  text  with  page  i,  using  the  arable. 

Dr.  Koopman  says  In  this  connection: 

The  excuse  for  preliminary  pagination  (usually  roman) 
is  that  often  there  is  preliminary  matter  that  can  only  be 
made  up  after  the  book  is  in  type  and  as  its  extent  cannot 
always  be  foretold,  an  easy  way  out  of  the  difficulty  is  to 
start  the  paging  with  the  text  and  use  a  new  paging  with 
the  preliminary  matter  when  it  is  finally  ready.  Where 
there  is  no  such  reason  for  preliminary  pagination  I  see  no 
sense  in  it.  I  go  back  to  the  beginning  and  if  there  is  a  half 
title  (or  bastard  title)  I  include  it,  reckoning  from  that  page 
as  one. 

In  reprints  the  old  excuse  no  longer  holds  and  the 
double  paging  might  as  well  be  done  away  with.  Catalogs 
are  in  a  large  sense  reprints. 

Harvard's  catalog  contains  thirty-six  pages  with 
roman  numerals,  including  the  history  of  the  university. 
Columbia,  McGill,  Missouri  and  a  few  others  use  this 
pagination  while  Yale,  Princeton,  Pennsylvania,  Cal- 
ifornia, Brown  and  the  great  majority  of  institutions  use 
arable  figures  counting  from  the  beginning  of  the 
catalog.  Some  printers  prefer  the  latter  method  for  the 
reason  that  by  it  pages  33,  65,  97,  etc.,  mean  the  begin-, 
ning  of  new  forms  to  the  lock-up  man  and  to  the  binder, 
whereas  the  former  method  entails  more  or  less  mental 


146  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 

arithmetic.  In  many  books  we  notice  the  use  of  small 
letters  or  figures  beneath  the  first  pages  of  forms  of 
thirty-two  or  sixteen  pages  to  act  as  guide  posts  to  the 
workmen.     See  example,  page  153. 

In  some  books  the  title  page  is  counted,  but  generally 
it  is  not.  In  some  the  introduction  is  counted.  In  some 
it  is  not.  Perhaps  the  author  or  publisher  often  feels 
that  the  book  itself  does  not  begin  until  the  type  of  the 
actual  body  matter  appears.  Government  publications 
vary  without  any  apparent  reason.  In  any  event 
pagination  of  the  first  few  pages  is  largely  a  matter  of 
personal  taste. 

Style  books  generally  ignore  this  item. 

The  Index 
Mr.  William  Dana  Orcutt,  formerly  Head  of  The 
University  Press,  Cambridge,  says  in  his  Author^ s  Desk 
Book-* 

Every  book  of  a  permanent  nature,  or  intended  as  a 
work  of  reference,  requires  an  index.  The  length  of  the  index, 
or  its  minuteness,  depends  upon  the  nature  of  the  subject 
treated,  and  the  importance  of  making  it  easily  available  to 
the  reader.  *  *  * 

The  proper  person  to  make  an  index  is,  first  of  all,  the 
author  of  the  book,  provided  that  he  possesses  the  natural 
characteristics.  It  does  not  at  all  naturally  follow,  however, 
that  all  authors  are  competent  to  do  this,  for  the  art  of  index- 
ing is  not  as  simple  as  many  superficially  suppose.  The 
author  should  be  the  one  best  fitted,  because  he  knows  better 
than  any  reader  the  exact  meaning  each  of  his  sentences  is 
intended  to  convey — and  this  meaning  should  be  expressed 
in  the  index. 

INDEXING  THE  LARGE  CATALOG 

My  personal  preference  as  to  how  to  prepare  the 
index  is  a  system  simple  and  easy,  resulting  from  no 
little  experience.     It  is  as  follows: 

*6o  cents,  the  Frederick  A.  Stokes  Co.,  New  York. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  I47 

The  printer  should  be  asked  to  cut  some  scrap  of 
thin  white  cardboard  or  fairly  heavy  writing  paper  to  a 
uniform  size  approximately  4x2.  There  should  be  two 
or  three  such  slips  for  every  item  in  the  index,  as  many 
will  be  duplicates.  One  or  sometimes  one  and  one-half 
pages  of  two  column  6-point  index  should  be  required  for 
each  hundred  pages  of  catalog.  300  blank  slips  would 
be  ample  for  each  such  prospective  page  of  index. 


Specimen  of  slip  used  in  indexing  a  large  catalog. 

Some  convenient  receptacle  should  be  at  hand  in 
which  to  deposit  the  slips  as  they  are  written.  An 
empty  drawer,  open,  in  the  desk  or  a  pasteboard  box  on 
the  desk,  will  be  found  satisfactory.  The  author  may 
work  rapidly  with  lead  pencil.  By  going  through  the 
page  proofs  of  the  entire  catalog,  each  item  selected  for 
index  will  be  entered  upon  a  separate  slip.  It  is  not 
economy  in  time  or  effort  to  hunt  through  completed 
slips  for  one  already  made  when  the  same  subject  is 
again  met,  the  exception  being  when  the  same  item 
repeats  in  consecutive  order  on  the  same  or  following 
page. 

After  the  slips  have  all  been  written,  a  work  of  no 
small  magnitude,  the  sorting  for  alphabetical  arrange- 


148  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

ment  is  to  be  undertaken.  Specially  made  indexing 
boxes  may  be  bought  but  discarded  paper  boxes,  not 
necessarily  of  uniform  size  or  appearance,  are  always 
available  about  a  home  or  an  office.  Twenty  such  will 
suffice,  one  for  each  letter  of  the  alphabet  except  that 
the  J  slips  could  be  placed  in  the  I  box,  K  and  L  to- 
gether, Q  with  P,  U  and  V  and  XYZ  in  other  boxes. 

The  slips  having  been  arranged  alphabetically  by 
first  letter,  those  in  each  box  should  again  be  sorted  for 
consecutive  alphabetical  position  of  the  second  and 
possibly  of  the  subsequent  letters  in  the  word,  if  neces- 
sary to  the  end  of  the  word  or  sometimes  to  the  begin- 
ning of  a  second  word.  Duplicates  carrying  the  same 
page  are  then  eliminated  and  duplicates  with  different 
pages  are  placed  in  proper  sequence.  The  final  sorting 
of  slips  alphabetically  arranged  by  first  letter  is  some- 
times a  nerve-racking  job,  especially  if  the  author  be 
wearied  not  only  with  the  preparation  of  copy  for  the 
catalog  but  also  with  the  proof-reading  up  to  the  index. 

When  the  slips  are  perfectly  alphabetized,  they 
should  be  handed  over  to  a  typist  for  copying,  one 
column  only  to  a  sheet  of  copy  paper.  The  typewritten 
copy  should  then  be  checked  by  the  slips,  which  the 
typist  should  keep  in  exact  order  as  the  copying  pro- 
ceeds. Small  rubber  bands  may  be  used  to  advantage 
in  keeping  the  slips  in  order.  This  copy  should  also  be 
checked  in  reverse  with  the  page  proofs.  In  the  proof- 
reading of  the  index,  reference  to  copy  is  seldom  neces- 
sary although  the  copy  should  be  available  for  use. 

INDEXING   THE    SMALL    CATALOG 

Professor  Thomas  E.  French  of  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity uses  a  very  simple  and  rapid  method  for  pre- 
paring a  small  index,  as  follows: 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  I49 

A  sheet  of  blank  paper  for  each  letter  in  the  alpha- 
bet, 8>2Xii  or  preferably  8^^x14,  should  be  secured 
and  marked.  These  sheets  should  be  arranged  in  con- 
secutive order  around  a  large  table.  An  assistant  is 
necessary.  The  items  are  called  off  by  the  author  and 
are  promptly  entered  with  pencil  upon  the  proper  sheets. 
By  using  a  little  judgment  in  making  entries,  these 
sheets  may  be  so  arranged  that  the  typist  can,  with  but 
little  extra  effort,  alphabetize  the  items.  Thus  the  item 
Absence  would  be  placed  at  the  head  of  the  A  list, 
the  item  Athletics  at  the  bottom,  while  American 
History  would  be  placed  about  the  center  of  the  sheet. 
This  manner  of  indexing,  with  a  capable  assistant,  will 
be  found  very  short  and  quite  accurate. 

A  few  universities  and  many  small  colleges  use  a 
full  width  8-point  index.  Unless  the  type  in  the  body 
of  the  catalog  be  as  large  as  ii-point  or  12-point,  this 
style  will  be  ungainly  in  appearance  and  extravagant 
in  space  occupied.  Quite  a  number  of  indexes  to  cata- 
logs printed  in  lo-point  type  appear  in  8-point  and  in 
two  columns.  For  the  sake  of  both  style  and  economy, 
this  is  much  better  than  the  full  measure  8-point  index. 
Some  small  catalogs  carry  no  index  whatever,  a  condi- 
tion to  be  deplored. 

Printers  are  usually  prepared  to  compile  indexes, 
for  which  a  charge  is  made,  but  it  is  considered  far 
better  for  the  author  or  compiler  of  the  catalog  to  do 
this  work  himself  because  of  his  intimate  knowledge  of 
just  what  should  appear  in  the  index  and  just  how  it 
should  appear. 


I50  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE   CATALOG 


795 


Drawing,  Public  School.  . 

College  of  Engineering 

Manual  Arts 

■'Mechanical    

Topographic    

for  Teachers   

Drill.  Military    

Drug  Collection    . .  . 

Dynanioes,    Design  of •  •  •  - 

Economic  Entomology 44S.  oovj 

Economics • --V    50? 

Agricultural 2o7.  &bo 

Course  in  Commerce -510 


..   493 

. . .    382 

.  .    225 

...    581 

.    .402 

:uo 

128,   JH2 
85 

3s;J 

SG 


Engineering,  College  of. 


74, 
and 


354 

35r. 
35li 
3(i2 


460 
576 
162 
585 
study ['li 


Home   

Rummer  Session 

Education 

Agricultural  ; 

Correspondence-study -'ro 

Major  in p"^^ 

Summer  Session   •  •  •    ^^^ 

for  Teachers 1^ '•  ^11 

Election  of  Studies \f^ 

Electlves • ^"^^ 

Electrical      Engineering     Course 


580 


37G 

362 


Summer  Session 
Corre 


580 


sporidence-study 512 

Electrochemistry     1^7 

Applied 380 

Employment  Bureau    »« 

Engineering  and  Commerce  Com- 

biued "^* 

Engineering,  Agricultural .  .   440.  585 

Pivil  **"" 

Chemical" 372,  377.  580 

Chemical  Technology ■i'< 

Commercial  Mechanical ^gi 

Contracts  and  Specifications. .   38b 
,Correspondence-study  ^^.  .  .^^^^  ^^^ 

Elec'tHcll'  ■. '.  ■.  ■.  ■. '. '.  ■.  ■  ■  376;  382.  580 
Electrochemical,    Applied,    and 

Electrometallurgy ^»o 

Geological    ■■■■   376 

Hydraulic  and  Sanitary..    386,  581 

Inspection   Toursf •■•    364 

Machine  Design 3S8,  581 

Mechanlpal     »•'•••    ■^'^\ 

Drawing 5«1 

Metallurgical   Group    376 

Mechanics •    390.  582 

Mining    3^4 

Mining  and   Metallurgy 391 

Physics     250 

Railway    -^^j 

Roads  and  Pavements 395 

Sanitary ^ 3S6 

Shop  Work   390.  582 

Steam  and  Gas. . .  < 398.  OS;} 

Surveying  403,  58.5 

Structural 401 

Topographic  and  Geodetic 402 

Wood  Technology 404 


Admission 

Algebra : • 

Buildings   

Courses  of  Study 

Combined      Engineering 

Commerce  Coarse    

Degrees : 

Departments  of  Instruction. .  . 
Elective   for   Students  in   Let- 

ters  and  Science •"» 

Equipment ^%^ 

Fees  and   Expenses ^o^ 

Four   Year  Courses ^JJ^ 

Graduate  Work ^»^ 

Graduation  In  more  than  oua 

Course    ^^^ 

luspection  Trips • t^o* 

I^aboratorics  and  .\pii;u-iUus. .   ..■>* 

Language  UequLreuicuts 36* 

Libraries    • •  •  •   °^ 

Letters  and  Science.  Cour.ses  lo  377 

Non-Uesident    Lecturers 3l>o. 

Organization   .... 

Outlines   

Six  Year  Course. 
Student  Advisers 
Summer  Session 
Summer  Worlc  . . 


English 


103. 


35*- 
308 
36;t 
355 
580 
36t 
108 


Correspondence-study    •  •  •  ^1^ 

College  of  Engineering. . .    108.  1/^ 

Composition    I6J1 

Course  in  Chemistry 

Course  in  Commerce • 

Doctor's  Degree   - •  •  •  • 

Course  in  Journah.sni 171, 


172 
306 
311 
172 
32* 


Language  and  Literature  110,  174 

Library  Work   I^"' 

Major  Study   109- 

Master's  Degree  ........ ....   \t^ 

Rhetoric  and  Composition.  109,  172 

Senior  Honors  In l)tf. 

Summer  Session •  • '  %li 

for  Teachers !'"•  ^'*^ 

Thesis  Course   j^' * 

Entomology   ■  •  •„'  p%;. 

Economic 448.  08U 

EntrancQ,  Jlxamlnations iif 

Requirements    j"^ 

Time  of   ;. *"* 

Equipment;  University tf^ 

Ethics    t *■?*' 

Evolution,  Industrial 25© 

Examinations.    University llj 

Law   aV   K?tt 

Medical   ^^'ril 

Physical • "oi 

Expenses,  Fees  and j-^* 

Experiment  Station 45» 

E.xperlraental  Breeding -.  44» 

Extension,  University  .... .   iH)£ 

Correspondence-  Study  Depart- 

raent  .• •• ^03 

Debating  and    Public    Discus- 
siou 620 


Wisconsin's  style  is  linotype  composition,  in  some  respects  considered  not  quite 
equal  to  the  Harvard  index  following.  Several  errors  in  alphabetizing  appear. 
6-point  solid;  nothing  to  denote  separation  between  O  and  L.. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES 


151 


INDEX 


1003 


Bachelor  of  Science  in  Civil  and  Sani- 
tary Engineering,  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering, Electrical  Engineering,  or 
iOning  Engineering  and  Metallurgy, 
no- 
Master  of  Science  in  Civil  and  Sanitary 
Engineering,  jMechanical  Engineer- 
ing, or  Electncal  Engineering,  710. 
Mining    Enmneer    and    Metallurgical 

Engineer,  710. 
Doctor  of  Engineering,  710. 
Bachelor  of  Theology,  752. 
Master  of  Theology,  753. 
Doctor  of  Theology,  754. 
Bachelor  of  Laws,  769. 
Doctor  of  Law,  770. 
Doctor  of  Medicine,  804. 
Doctor  of  Public  Health,  805. 
Doctor  of  Dental  Medicine,  824. 
Degrees,  conferred  in  March,  1915,  313; 
June,  1915,  317. 
Statute  in  regard  to,  xxxii. 
Degree  with  Distinction,  310,  364,  5«9. 
"Dendrology,  Instruction  in,  699. 
Dental  Jurisprudence,  Instmction  in,  821. 
Dental  Schooi- 
Students  in,  263. 
General  Statement,  817. 
Building,  818. 
Administrative  Boa-d,  81S. 
Admission,  818. 

Examinations  for  Admission,  819. 
General  Regulations,  819. 
Registration,  819. 
Studies   in   which    Examinations    Mi 

held,  820. 
Arrangement  of  Studies,  820. 
Methods  of  Instruction,  821. 
Clinical  Advantages, (821. 
Dental  Faculties  Association  of  Amer- 
ican Universities,  821. 
Extension  of  the  Course  in  1917-18,  817, 

821. 
Libraries  and  Museums,  822. 
Examinations,  822. 
Degree,  316,  338,  824. 
Fellowships  and  Scholarships,  824. 
Fees  and  Expenses,  825. 
Dentistry,  Instruction  in,  820. 
Departmental  and  Special  Librarians,  31. 

Libraries,  853. 
Departments,  of  University,  v,  xxs. 

of  Faculty  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  356. 
Dermatology,  Instruction  in,  792,  797. 
Design,  Instruction  in.    See  Architecture 

and  Engineering. 
Deturs,  302,  583. 
Diplomacy,  Instmction  in,  455. 
Dining  Halls,  498. 
DiRECTORT,  919. 

Discipline,  Statute  regaraing,  xxxiii. 
Diseases  of  the  Nervous  System,. Instruc- 
tion in,  T92,  797. 
Dismission.    See  Discipline. 
Disquisition  or  Dissertation.      See  Com- 
mencement Parts. 
DivnnTT  School. 

Statute  concerning,  xxziv. 
Students  in,  207. 
General  Stotement,  735. 


Andover  Theological  Seminary,  73«. 

Episcopal  Theological  School,  736. 

Faculty  of  Divinity,  737. 

Andover  Professors,  737. 

Faculty    of    Episcopal    Theological 

School,  738. 
Admission,  738. 
Courses  of  Instruction,  739 
Chapel  Services,  749. 
Tabular  View  of  Exercises,  750. 
Instruction  in  Other  Department*,  752. 
Library, 752. 
Degrees,  345,  752. 
Prizes,  755. 

Scholarships  and  Aid,  297,  756. 
Fees  and  Bxpenses,  768. 
Divisions  and  Departments  of  the  Faculty 

of  Arts  and  Sciences,  356. 
Division  of  Admission    Examinations   to 

College,  518. 
Division  of  Students,  Medical  Scjiool,  783. 
Dormitories,  Rooms  in,  501. 
Draper  Memorial,  Henry,  855. 
Drawing,  for  admission  to  College,  546. 
Drawing,  Instruction  in.    See  Architecture 

and  Engineering. 
Earning  Money,  Opportunities  for,  628. 
Economic  History,  450,  469. 
Economics,  Instruction  in,  456. 
Education,  Instruction  in,  461. 
Egyptology,  Instruction  in,  370. 
Elective  Courses  open  to  Freshmen,  366. 
Elective  Studies  for  Admission,  510. 
Electives,  Rules    for  the  Choice  of,  364, 

553. 
Electrical  Engineering,  705. 
Embryology, Instruction  in,  429,  430,  485. 
Employment  Office,  Students',  628. 
ENGiNEERrao  Camp,  7i2. 
Ensineekinq  Laboratorees,  715. 
Engineering  and  Mining,  Insteuctioh 
AND  Degrees  in,  705. 
General  Statement,  705. 
Officers   of  Administration    and     In- 
struction, 708. 
Degrees,  710. 
Admission,  711. 
Registration,  713. 
Tuition  Fees  and  Expenses,  713. 
Scholarships,  714. 
Laboratories,  705,  715. 
Programmes  for  Degrees,  Undergrad- 
uate Courses,  716,  n7-726. 
EUective     Subjects     for     Advanced 
'Courses,  727-731. 
Summer  Courses,  716. 
Engineering  Camp,  732. 
Mjuing  Camp,  733. 
Research  Courses,  729-731. 
Students 
Civil  Encrineerine,  183,  185. 
Electrical         "  "    183, 185. 
Mechanical       "        184,  lS9. 
MiningEnsrineering  and  Metallurgy, 

203. 
Sanitary  Engineering,  184,  202. 
Engineering  Sciences,  Instruction  in,  418. 
English  for  admission,  to  College,  523,  548. 

to  Dental  School,  820. 
English,  Instruction  in,  330. 


Harvard  index,  with  no  dotted  lines  and  with  numbers  immediately  next  to 
subjects,  presents  a  better  appearance  typographically  and  is  more  quickly  read. 
The  typesetting  is  a  trifle  less  expensive.  Items  are  here  arranged  by  consecutive 
positions  of  page  numbers  under  alphabetized  subjects.  Monotype  composition. 
6-point  solid;  nothing  to  denote  separation  between  D  and  E. 


IC2  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


DIRECTORY  OF  OFFICERS. 

The  foUowing  is  a  directory  cf  University  officers  both  of  ad.mnistration  and  instruction.  The 
first  address  given  in  each  case  is  the  residence;  the  second,  thg  address  to  which  mad  matter  should  be  directed 
Where  one  address  only  is  given,  mail  should  be  directed  accordingly.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  all  street 
addresses  given  are  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia.  ....  u     r       j     »  tu- 

Thf  figures  bracketed  after  each  name  indicate  the  page  on  which  the  name  may  be  found  at  the 
beginning  of  the  Catalogue.  When  these  figures  are  lacking,  it  13  understood  that  the  appointment  or 
election  occurred  too  late  for  record  in  the  earlier  pages. 


ABBOTT,  A.  C.  (Dr.).  Professor  and  Direc. 
4229  Baltimore  Ave. 
Laboratory  of  Hygiene. 

ABBOTT.  W.  L..  Reader.     [54] 
6807  N.  nth  St. 
Logan  Hall. 

ADAMS.  J.  S.,  Lecturer.     [651 

422G  Pine  St. 
ADAMS.  J.  W..  (Dr.),  Professor.     132) 

Swarthmore,  Pa. 

Veterinary  School. 
ADDISON.  W.  H.  F.,  Asst.  Professor.     [41] 

3932  Pine  St. 

Medical  Laboratories. 

ALBRECHT,  H.  E.,  (Dr.),  Asst.  Instructor.     [ 

217  S.  40th  St. 
ALEXANDER.  T.  R..  Jr..  Instructor.     [49] 

Dorm.  103  Brooks  House. 
ALLEN.  A.  R..  (Dr.).  Associate.     [40] 

2013  Spruce  St. 
ALLEN,  F.  W.,  (Dr.).  Asst.  Professor.     [41] 

1518  Arch  St. 

911  Flanders'  Building. 

ALLEN.  G.  H..  Assistant.     [64] 

4041  Locust  St. 

College  Hall. 
ALLEN.  J.  H.,  (Dr.).  Asst.  Instructor.     [47] 

1325  Pine  St. 
ALLISON.  J.  F..  Instructor.     (50] 

Riverton.  X.  J. 

Box  100,  Riverton.  N.  J. 

ALLWOOD.  W.  A.,  (Dr.).  Instructor.     [53] 

4  S.  38th  St. 
ALLYN,  H.  B.,  (Dr.),  Associate.     [44] 

501  S.  42d  St. 
AMES,  H.  v..  Professor  and  Dean.     [35] 

210  S.  37th  St. 

College  Hall. 

AMRAM.  D.  W..  Professor.     [41] 

024  W.  Cliveden  Ave..  Germantown. 
1610  Real  Estate  Trust  Building. 


[33]        ANSPACH.  B.  M..  (Dr.).  Associate.     [45] 

119  S.  20th  St. 
APPLIN.  S..  Instructor.     [48] 

816  S.  Vogdes  St. 
ARNAL.  L.  E..  Asst.  Professor.     [40] 

College  Hall. 


ANDERSON.  G.  B.,  Instructor. 
Apartment  0,  225  S.  40lh  St. 
Logan  Hall. 


(62) 


[46] 


[52] 


ARNOLD.  G.  W..  Jr.,  Assistant.    '[56] 
4912  Mcn-ine  St. 
Engineering  Building. 

ARNOLD.  W.  C...  Assistant.     [62] 

4408  Locust  St. 
ASHHURST.  A.  P.  C.  (Dx.),  Instructor. 

811  Spruce  St. 

ASNIS,  C.  E..  Lecturer.     [02] 

3237  Berks  St. 

1218  Chestnut  St. 
AUSTIN.  J.  H..  (Dr.),  Associate.     [51] 

Ardmore.  Pa. 

Medical  Laboratories. 

BABB,  M.  J..  Asst,  Profe9.sor.     [.39] 

157  Cricket  A%e..  Ardmore,  Pa. 
B.A.BBITT.  J.  A.,  (Dr.),  Aast.Tnstructor. 

Haverford,  Pa. 

1901  Chestnut  St. 
B.A.KER,  R.  J..  Asst.  Professor.     [41] 

107  Owen  Me.,  Lansdowne,  Pa. 

Law  School  Building. 
BALDENSPERGER.  H.  L.,  Assistant.     [59] 

3722  Walnut  St. 

Logan  Hall. 
BALLAGH,  J.  C  Asst   Professor.     [42] 

Logan  Hall. 

BARK.  E..  Instructor.     [49] 
4225  Regent  St. 
Engineering  Building. 

BARKER,  F.  P.  K..  (Dr.),  Instructor.     [53] 

Gladwyne,  Pa. 

9(M  Flanders'  Building. 
BARKER.  H.  C,  Asst,  Professor.     [39] 

Moylan,  Pa. 

Laboratory  of  Physics. 

BARKER.  W..  Trustee,     I2(.I 

Port  Roval  Ave,.  Uoxborough,  Phila. 
771  Bullitt  Building. 


(713) 


The  University  of  Pennsylvania  catalog  carries,  toward  the  end  of  the  book, 
a  directory  of  officers  and  faculty  alphabetically  arranged.  These  names  appear 
elsewhere  with  degrees,  etc.  The  usual  running-head  is  omitted  over  the  drop- 
head  on  this  page. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES 


153 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 


1011 


BA        MA    PAGE 

Walker,  H.  R.       Trin.    1888  791 

•  —       G.  T.        Trin.    1889  1893  767 
SCD1904 

i*  —       G.  W.  ■   Trin.    1897  1901  7&7 

•  —       A,  H.       Trin.    1904  1908  787 

•  —       G.  Trin.    1904  1908  787 
MB  1911,  EC  1909 

•  —       R.  W.  S.  Trin.    1904  1908  770 
BC  1909,  MD  1912 

—  Sir         \Trin.    1911  1915  789 
R.  J.M.Bart./ 

•  —         J.F.E.G.Sid.      1906  1910  833 

—  J.  L.  N.C.  [E1914]  858 
WalLT.                  Trin.    [M  1914]  803 

—  E.  G.  Emm.  [M1913]  814,824 
Wallace,  C.S.         Pem.    1865  572 

—  R.  B.  P.  Pem.  578 

—  P.B.        Tr.H.  1904  615 

—  W.M.      Kg'3[M19l2]  648 

—  D.  W,      Chr.  701 

•  —        F.  J.  A.    Trin     1862  1865  0  772 

—  A.W.W.  Trin.    1910  1914  789 

—  J.A.V.   Trin.    1913  797 

—  F.  W.  Emm.  1912  822 
Wallace,  J.  C.         Emm.  1912  822 

•  —        J.M.        Dwn.   1907  1912  844 
Waller,  A.  R.          Pet.     If  .^.  1905  544 

•  _      w.  H.        Tr.H.  1889  1893  613 

—  J.C.  Kg's    1913  647 

•  —     C.  C.  Joh.     1890  1902  728 

•  —      E.H.M.                 1893  1897  861 
•Walley,  S.  C.         Cla.      1884  1888  554 

•  —       J.  T.         Jes.      1892  1896  674 
Wallice,  D.            Cla.  [iM  1913]  560 

—  P.  Kg's  1911  646 
•Wallington,  F.  M.  Kg's  1892  1896  641 
♦Wallis,  F.  C.          Cla.      1897  1901  555 

—  E.  P.  Cla.  [M  1912]  559 

•  —     G.  D.  Pem.    1905  1911  572 

•  —     F.  (Bp)      Cai.      1676  1879  587 
DD  1894 

—  A.  A.         C.C.  627 

•  —     A.  Kg's    1901  1906  642 

•  —     R.  L.  M.    Dwn.   1907  1913  844 

—  A.  B.  R.    Dwn.  [M 1903]  845 

—  W,  C,  see  Colville-Wallis,  W. 
Walls,  F.R.  Kg's    1913  647 

—  L.  H.  Kg's  649 
Walm3ley,C.         Kg's    1913  •  647 

♦Walpole,  Sir  C.G.  Trin.    1871  1874  774 

Walrond.  V.  Trin.  [M 1908]  799 

Walsh,  A.  St  G.    Tr.H.  [M  1912]6ii,6i7 

—  A.  D.         Trin.    1912  796 

—  P.  Trin.  [M  .1914]  764 

—  E.S.  Dwn.  [M 1913]  846 


^A       MA    PAOB 

•Walsham,  H.         Cai.      1879  1882  593 

MB,  BC  1887,  MD  1897 

+*Walsingllam,    \Trin.    1865  1870  768 
Lord(DeGrey,T.)/ 

LLD  1891 

♦Walter,  J.  A.         Pet.     1868  1871  542 

*  —       W.  L.        Joh.     1898  1902  728 

♦  —      L.  H.        Trin.    1897  1901  7S4 
Walters,  W.J.      Cla.      1912  558 

•  —        H.  B.       Kg's     1889  1893  640 

—  G.  Y.  L.  Trin.  [M 1913]  802 

—  A.  M.  Trin.  804 
»Waltham,  R.  Pet,  1869  1872  542 
*Walther,  D.  R.  P.  Pem.    1903  1909  571 

*  Walton,  J.  M.        Pem.    1884  1889  569 

—  J.             Joh.  [M 1914]  736 

♦  —        T.  A.       N.C.     1908  1912  857, 

862 

Walworth,  G.        Joh.      1914  733 

Wan,  Y.S.            Joh.     1915  733 

Wandell,  J.            Trin.  804 

Wane,  J.  S.           Qu.      1915  658 

Wang,  K.  R.         Trin.  [M  1914]  803 

Wankowicz,  W.     Dwn.   1911  845 

Wanless,  G.  L.      Cla.      1909  557 

LLB  1909 

*Wanliss,  J.N.W.    Trin.    1884  1887  778 

LLB  1884 

—  D.  S.       Trin.    1887  791 
LLB  1887 

♦Wanstall,  E.  F.     Cath.   1871  1874  664 

♦Warburg,  O.  E.     Trin,    1898  1902  784 

t^Warburton,  C.     Chr.     1888  1892  694 

toward.  Sir  A.  W.  Pet.     1859  1862  539 
LITTD  1884 

—  S.  C.          Pet.     1893  544 

•  —      W.  H.       Cla.      1887  1892  554 

•  —      E.             Cla.     1899  1903  553 
MB  1905,  BC  1904,  MD  1908 

•  —      J.  L.          Pem.    1871  1874  568 

♦  —      H.  J.         Pem.    1891  1896  570 

•  —      A.  H.  M.  Pem.    1901  1905  57i 

—  R.  I.          Pem.  578 

—  G.  H.        Cai.      1914  6oi 

—  J.  H.         Tr.H.  1873  614 

—  J.  S.  M.    Tr.H.  1908  616 

—  D.  C.  L.    C.C.     1913  626 

—  T,  P.         Kg's  636,649 

*  —      V.  S.         Qu.      1902  1906  656 

•  —      H.             Cath.  1902  1906  665 

*  —      Y,             Cath.  1901  1906  665 

—  F.  K.  Chr.  1912  698 
t*  —      J.  T.         Joh.     1876  1879  713 

—  G.  W.  C.  Joh.     1883  731 

*  —   R.  F.  C.  Joh.  1897  1902  721 
MB,  1900.  BC  1902,  MD  1903 

64—2 


Cambridge  University's  Calendar  contains  much  information  about  its  mem- 
bers. The  figures  in  the  lower  right  corner  indicate  to  the  binder  the  signature 
number.  In  this  section  of  the  book  the  page,  being  two  column,  is  wider  than  the 
standard. 


154  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


32 


LAFAYETTE  COLLEGE. 


ALPHABETICAL  SUBJECT  INDEX. 

Numbers  immediately  following  the  subject  refer  to  the  courses  of  study, 
pages  94-149. 

S^umbers  in  parenthesis  indicate  the  year  and  term  in  which  the  subject  ts 

given. 

Page. 

Agricultural  Chemistry 973   (IV,  2)     146 

Algebra 40i-5  (L  ^s)     "8 

Alternating   Current  Engineering 811-12    (III,    1-2)     141 

American  History. 321-4  (H,  1-3;  HI,  2)     115 

Analytical  Geometry -  •  .416-20  (I,  3;  H.  1-2)     "8 

Anatomy,  Mammalian 55i  (HI,  0     128 

Ancient    History. 3"    (I-IH)     "5 

Anglo-Saxon 10   (H-    2)       95 

11-13  (III,  i-3nV,  1-3)       95 

Assaying 955   (IV.  2)     146 

f    Descriptive 53i   (IV,   0     127 

536  (IV.  1)     127 

Astronomy^    Practical 541-2  (IV   2-3)     127 

(    For  Engineers 543  (IH-3)     127 

Bacteriology  and  Hygiene 554  (IV.   0     129 

[    English 221-6   (I,   II.    1-3)     "2 

233-5(111,  1-3)     112 

Greek.. ....227-9    (H,    1-3)     H2 

Bible  ^  236-8(111,1-3)     112 

Latin 230-2   (II,   1-3)     "2 

239-41  (III,  1-3)     112 

History  of 244  (IV,  i)     112 

Tj;^i^,r„  /  General 553   (HI.  3)     129 

^'°'^^y  \  Sanitary 561(111.3)     tjo 

Blackstone ,.--., 361-2  (IV,  2-3)     1 16 

Boilers 102 1  (HI,  1-2)     148 

Botany - ^.571    (HI,   i)     130 

Bridge  Design 695-6  (IV,  2-3)     i37 

Business  Law 363-4  (IV,  2-3)     116 

Calculus . .  .426-7   (II,  1-2)     119 

429-31  (HI.  1-3)     "9 


An  alphabetical  subject  index,  so  uncommon,  should  be  of  great  value  in 
catalog. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES 


155 


Some  Page  Specimens 
It  Is  hoped  that  some  ideas  or  suggestions  may  be 
derived  from  the  following  full  page  examples  as  well 
as  from   others    appearing   elsewhere  under  diflferent 
heads: 

Chart  Showins  the  Number  of  Hours  Given  to  Each  Study  per  Week 


a: 

i 

0 

1 

1 

i 

1 

a. 

1 

X 

U 

1 

i 

M 
s 

S 

o. 

1 
en 

Sixth 

3 

5 

4 

3 

4 

4 

5 

4 

2 

Fifth  ' 

4 

4 

4 

3 

4 

4 

4 

2 

Fourth 

4 

4 

4 

3 

4 

4 

4 

2 

Third 

4 

5 

3 

4 

5 

5 

2 

2 

Second 

4 

4 

3 

4 

5 

5 

3 

I 

2 

First 

5 

5 

3 

4 

6 

■ 

2 

From  the  almost  diminutive  catalog  of  the  Groton  School. 


IS6 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Time-Schedule  for  the  Year  1915-16 

SCHOOL  OF  LIBERAL  ARTS  AND  JACKSON  COLLEGE 
Initials  are  used  for  the  days  of   the  week.     The  numeral 
ioUowing  theseletters  indicates  the  program-hour,  not  the  time  of 
day.    The  working  day  is  divided  into  eight  periods  as  follows: 

1  8.00  5     12.10 

2  8.50  6       2.10 

3  9-5°  7       3-IO 

4  1 1  10  8       4.10 

Thus  MWF  2  means  Monday,  Wednesday  and  Friday  at  8.50; 
TTS  4  means  Tuesday,  Thursday  and  Saturday,  at  11. 10. 

(f)  indicates  that  the  subject  is  offered  for  the  first  half-year 
only,  (s)  that  it  is  offered  for  the  second  half-year  only  AH 
subjects  not  so  indicated  extend  through  both  terms. 

The  hour  for  the  Tufts  division  is  indicated  by  the  letter  T; 
for  the  Jackson  division  by  J.  All  subjects  not  so  indicated  are 
open  to  students  of  both  colleges. 

For  detailed  description  of  the  subjects,  students  are  referred 
to  the  departmental  statements. 


1 2-1     (F)    English    T   MlVFj    or 
TTS3;  J  TTS 4 

12-2     (s)   English    T    MWF 3    or 
TTS 3;  J  TTS4 

12-4     (s)  English  TTS  3 

12-10  English  TTS  2 

1 2-1 1  English  T  MWFj;  J  AfWFa 

12-13  (s)  English  TTSj 

12-17  (F)  English  MWF 3 

i2-i8  (s)  English  MWF3 

12-23  (f)  English  yl//' 75 

12-24  (F)  English  TTS  2 

12-25  English  TTS  4 

12-29  English  Tu  67 

12-36  (s)  English  TTS  2 

14-4     (F)  Mathematics  TTS  4 

14-5     (s)  Mathematics  TTS  4 

14-6     (F)  Mathematics  TTS 2 

14-8     (s)  Mathematics  TTS 3 

14-9     (F)  Mathematics  TTS 3 

I4-10  (s)  Mathematics  TTS 2 
(  14-21     Mathematics  1  MWF  12 
1 21-21     Graphics         >      or  67 
First  term  also  TTS  12 

16-1     (F)  Philosophy  TTS 4 


16-3     (f)  Philosophy  MWF 4 

16-4     (s)  VhWoso^hy  MWF 4 

16-15  Philosophy  TTS  2 

16-55  Philosophy  MWF3 

18-1     (s)  Oratory  MV/F 4 

22-1     German     T    MWF    3 ,     J 

MWF  s 
22-2     German  T  MWF 2;  J  TTS  2 
22-3     GermcLnT  MWF  4;]  MWF  4 
22-3B  German  TTSj 
22-4     German  MWFj 
German  MWF  6 
Physics  T  TT4,  J  TT 3 
Laboratory  on  M  Tu  W  Th 
or  F678 

(f)  Physics  MWF 3 
(s)    Physics  MWF 3 
Physics  W6j8 
(f)    Physics    To  be  arranged 
Physics      To  be  arranged 
24-21    Physics      TT7 
26-4     (s)   Education  MWF 8 
26-S     (F)  Education  r/'i"/ 
26-7     (s)  Education  To  be  arranged 
28-1     (f)  Class.  Arch.  MWF  4 


22-5 
24-1 


24-2 
24-6 
24-7 
241 1 
24-17 


Time  schedule  from  catalog  of  Tufts  College.    Running-head  omitted  over  drop 
head. 


STYLE   AND   EXAMPLES 


157 


38 


KENTUCKY    WESLEYAN    COLLEGE 


en 

z 

o 

a: 
o 

D 

Q 


^2o 

CO 

.2 

ri|S 

s  1 

nch 

in. 

CO 

^  «  g  6i 

.2 

1 

J^l 

0     fe 

2^ 

.HH-^l 

.H^E> 

HH 

gi-5 

1:^ 

Hist.  ] 
Latin  1 
Philos. 

Bible  1 
Bible  I 
Bible  I 
Bible  I 

'0PM  01  qitzi  anoH  NOUN                 II 

0 

•  .     ■  M 

^HH 

HH       HH 

Hi^; 

5  in  7: 

Greekll 
Latin  ] 
Sociol. 

1^ 

11 

^5 

.2,„ 

a^ 

hh'"' 

Sg2- 

.       I-H 

^li 

^:2 

si 

^1^ 

in 

'3 
p. 

C3 

'3 
a. 

1 

0 

'3 
p. 

0 

1 

0 

0 

gs 

Greek  I. 
Geology 

l-H       . 

Ji  to 

¥ 

0   0 

^  bo 

1" 

Woo 

Math.  I. 
Physics    I. 

S 

i 

1-5    "^ 

?  i 

S   t5 

>" 

5 

>^ 

< 

«< 

W 

Q 

<J 

Q 

Q 

H 

CO 

Q 

Pi 

J3 

Q 

P5 

H 

< 

Eh 

^ 

H 

w 

Expensive  typesetting  but  thoroughly  comprehensive  for  a  small  college. 


ilJ        Qi 


—      -2    iH  2i  ^^  § 

■<  3       «        u  «.2  « 


°-^-:r  ^-i 


J!  S     >-^ 
,-'r  o      t-  o 


«  H  J2       5.5 


If  IP 


!=■      ■-  9.    o  : 


^1  .^1  ^g  Q    S 


a  CL  K  u 


-J<  .-a!  .    o  «LU  «-^  «      3 

< 
Oi 

beth; 
us;  1. 
seroso 
am's 
aulay's 
Johns 
Liincey 
:  and 
Maiico 

ven    C 
rave's 
Treas 

-1 

Mae 

Com 

II  Pen 

Mac 

De   Q 
Ar 

Hawth 

S« 

Pali 

i 

< 

e-  J 

u 

•s   — 

UJ 

I   -t 

5= 

s    s 

^ 

?>    £ 

o 

a.     E 

u 

U 

o 

Ch 

cs. 

bora 
ough 
sion 

u 

SI-  t^^ 

1        lo- 

u 

C7 

•< 

g 

Fraser  &   Squai 
French    Gramm 
Vos'   Essentials 

German. 
Coester's   Span 

Grammar. 

Gil    Bias. 
Moratin's  EI  Si 

las    Ninas. 

o 

fa 

i 

ffi 

H 

■- 

t<!. 

u 

c^    .      >- 

TO 

5 

A  1 

X 

lo    •§ 

< 

5          H 

« 

il 

Histor 
Leafle 

rnmen 

wings, 
s. 

ii 

erican 
South 

1   Go\ 

ip    Dr 
Esss 

x^ 

lit- 

%cl  li  1 

z 

?2^  is  > 

J 

Gilde 

Gr 

(Schoo 

Jone 
Com 

Benne 

ology 

he 
age. 

ation, 

lish 

glish 

o 

2 

ar.    Etym 
ynonyms. 
ory    of   t 
,h   Langu 
umentatio 
,  Declam 
Themes, 
s  of   Eng 
Poetry, 
y    of    En 
terature. 

Gramm 

S 

Hist 

Engli 

Arg 

Debate 

Form 

Histor 
L 

^3    S 


c  S 


3 


8-1 


Pc^e  Thirty-two 


The  Bulletin  of  the  Western  Theological  Semifiary 


1 

1 

!l 

<3 

.si 

«   g 
SI'S 

1" 

Sacraments    and 

Church  Government 

-60 

Prof.  Breed 

Hebrew-1 

Prof.  Culley 

00 

il 

II 
^1 

•si 

^4 

in 

^ 

7^^ 

^^ 

Ip 

o 

o 

o  g 

1 

U5 

1 

Id 
^    . 

ft. 

s-s 

.22  ^i 
X  g^ 

IP 

^2 

If 

6 

t-^ 

z 

^ 

(M 

<£> 

lO 

o 

(M 

^ 

» 

11 

II 

2S 

C^  o 

s 

g 

^? 

::j 

nt 

J-"^ 

^1 

o 

:z 

o 

J3 

f 

it 

It 

o  s 

1  1 

Wo 

6 

c3 
X) 

il 

Hft.    . 

<a3       1/5       rr 

llilill 

d 

^1 

2     g- 

3  ft: 

6 

1 

3  S 

If 

13 
^1 

it 

'C  ft 

.Sft, 

.a 
S 
wit 

.s  s 
II 

CO 

it 

.22  (>3 

a 

S    3 

olilll 

g(3 

CJ 

O 

;-i 

GO 

S  S 

1 

c^ 

'6 

•-s 

W 

:2 

»-3 

W 

3' 

4 

:^- 

^^^ 

S^ 

s 

<°° 

<i^ 

<iS 

63    (218) 


Schedule    in  8-point.    Many  schedules  are  in  6-point  admitting  more  matter 
to    the  page  but  less  easily  read. 

159 


l6o  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


52  WELLS  COLLEGE 

4.  Plato.  Plato,  Apology,  Crito,  Phaedo;  an  outline  of  the  teachings  of 
Socrates  and  study  of  his  teachings  in  relation  to  earlier  and  later  Greek 
philosophy. 

Through  the  year,  three  hours. 

Open  to  students  who  have  completed  course  2. 


HISTORY  AND   POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Professor  Lowe,  Associate  Professor  Hickman,  Mr.  Collier, 
Miss  Flumerfelt 

1.  European  History.  This  course  opens  with  a  brief  survey  of  the  Ro- 
man Empire  at  the  time  of  the  rise  of  Christianity,  and  traces  the  general 
history  of  Europe  through  the  period  of  the  Religious  Revolt.  As  it  is 
introductory  to  the  work  of  later  years,  careful  attention  is  given  to  methods 
of  study.  A  text-book  is  used  as  the  basis  of  work  and  is  supplemented  by 
assigned  collateral  readings,  lectures,  the  examination  of  the  simpler  forms 
of  sources,  the  preparation  of  bibliographies,  and  the  presentation  of  papers. 

Professor  Lowe. 

Through  the  year,  three  hours. 

Required  of  Sophomores.     Open  to  Freshmen  who  plan  to  do 

advanced  work  in  the  History  Department. 

2.  Modern  Europe.  This  course  opens  with  a  study  of  European  condi- 
tions after  the  close  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War  and  closes  with  a  discussion 
of  present  day  problems.  In  this  and  in  all  subsequent  elections  the  work 
will  be  arranged  in  accordance  with  the  training  gained  in  the  prerequisite 
courses. 

Associate  Professor  Hickman. 

Through  the  year,  three  hours. 

Open  to  students  who  have  completed  course  i.  Required  of 
students  who  are  majoring  in  the  department,  or  who  wish 
to  do  advanced  work  in  Modern  European  history, 

3.  English  History,  including  a  study  of  the  foundation  and  growth  of  the 

Empire. 

Professor  Lo\^■E. 

Through  the  year,  three  hours. 

Open  to  students  who  have  completed  course  i.     Students  are 

advised  when  possible  to  take  this  course  before  Senior  year. 


Signified,  concise,  attractive;  all  type  of  same   size;     book    titles    properly 
italicized,  see  first  line. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  l6l 


lution  and  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  1787.    Atten- 
tion is  paid  to  the  social,  economic,  and  religious  life  of 
the  colonies  in  the  eighteenth  century. 
Lectures,  collateral  readings,  and  special  reports. 


Prerequisite,  Course  7. 

Open  to  seniors. 

Two  hours,  second  semester. 


HOME  ECONOMICS 

Miss  James 
1.    Household  Hygiene  and  Administration. 

This  course  includes  a  study  of  the  house  and  its  environ- 
ment from  a  sanitary  and  economic  statidpoint.  Systems 
of  ventilation,  waste  disposal,  water  supply,  questions 
affecting  public  health,  and  the  duties  of  the  householder 
as  a  member  of  the  community  are  topics  represen  tati  .'e 
of  the  scope  of  the  course.  It  includes  also  a  study  of 
family  incomes  and  their  expenditure,  standards  of  living, 
budgets,  etc. 
Four  hours,  second  semester. 

2  and  3.    Household  Art. 

Four  hours,  first  and  second  semesters. 
(See  Department  of  Art,  Courses  7  and  8.) 

4  and  5.    Food  Economics. 

A  study  of  the  chemical  composition,  relative  physiological 
and  economic  value  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  foods  and 
their  products;  processes  in  production  of  raw  food  mate- 
xial;  methods  by  which  heat  is  applied  to  food  material; 
principles  of  diet;  simple  food  combinations;  pure  food 
laws.    Lectures,  laboratory  work,  collateral  reading. 

Prerequisites,    Chemistry,    Courses    1    and    2,    or    their 

equivalent. 

Three  class  appointments;  six  laboratory  hours. 

Four  hours  of  credit,  first  and  second  semesters. 

6.    Household  Physics. 

(See  Department  of  Physics,  Course  8.) 

Required  of  major  students  who  have  not  had  any  other 

course  in  Physics. 

Three  hours,  second  semester. 

52 

Lake  Erie  College's  is  a  most  carefully  arranged  style  but  absence  of  customary 
running-head  is  noticeable.  If  folio  were  at  top  of  page  embodied  in  a  running- 
head  instead  of  at  bottom,  neither  space  nor  expense  would  be  added.  8-poiat 
Century  with  8-point  Century-  bold-face  center  and  side-heads. 


l62  THE   AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


58  MOUNT  HOLYOKE   COLLEGE 

and  reading  of  the  best  English  translations  of  Greek  authors,  with 
special  attention  to  Homer  and  the  dramatists.  Open  to  sophomores. 
Second  semester,  three  hours.  Professor  Williams,  Associate  Professor 
Flint. 

18.  Greek  Life.  Lectures.  Open  to  juniors.  First  semester,  one 
hour.     Associate  Professor  Flint. 

19.  Sophocles  or  Euripides.  Prerequisite,  Courses  1-5.  First 
or  second  semester,  three  hours. 

Courses  i,  2,  and  4  or  6  must  be  included  in  a  major. 
Courses  13  and  14  do  not  count  toward  a  major. 

HISTORY 

1.  The  History  of  Rome  to  133  B.  C.  Open  to  all  students.  First 
semester,  two  or  three  hours. 

The  third  hour  will  be  devoted  to  the  study  of  the  sources  of  the 
history  of  the  period. 
Omitted  in  1914-1915. 

2.  The  History  of  Rome  from  133  B.  C.  through  the  Reign  of 
Tiberius.  Open  to  those  who  have  taken  Course  i  for  two  or  three 
hours.     Second  semester,  two  or  three  hours. 

The  third  hour  will  be  devoted  to  the  study  of  the  sources  of  the, 
history  of  the  period. 

Omitted  in  1914-1915. 

3  and  4.  The  History  of  Mediaeval  Europe.  These  courses 
cover  the  period  from  the  beginning  of  the  Roman  Empire  to  the  thir- 
teenth century,  and  are  conducted  by  means  of  lectures  and  collateral 
reading.  Required.  Open  to  Freshmen.  Three  hours  throughout  the 
year.  Professor  Neilson,  Associate  Professors  Putnam  and  Morriss,  Mr. 
Colegrove. 

5.  The  History  of  Europe  from  the  Beginnings  of  the  Renais- 
sance to  the  Lutheran  Reforjiation.  Prerequisite,  Courses  3  and 
4.     First  semester,  three  hours.     Professor  Neilson. 

6.  The  History  of  Europe  from  the  Lutheran  Reformation 
through  the  Eighteenth  Century.  Prerequisite,  Courses  3  and  4. 
Second  semester,  three  liours.     Professor  Neilson. 

7  and  8.  The  History  of  Europe  during  the  Nineteenth 
Century.  Prerequisite,' Courses  3  and  4.  Three  hours  throughout 
the  year.     Mr.  Colegrove. 

9.  The  History  of  England  to  1154.  The  political,  constitutional, 
and  economic  history  of  England  through  the  reign  of  Stephen.  The 
work  consists  of  lectures,  reports  from  the  class  on  special  subjects,  and 
the  study  of  the  documents  contained  in  Stubbs'  Select  Charters.  Open 
to  juniors  who  have  taken  Courses  3  and  4.  First  semester,  three  hours. 
Professor  Neilson. 

A  page  of  exactly  perfect  dimensions  and  a  splendid  style  of  its  own.    8-point 
type  throughout. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  163 


52  SMITH  COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

C.  Professional  training,  in  vocations  for  which  a  college  education 
is  a  natural  preparation.  If  this  ia  m  teaching,  the  courses  are  1,  2, 
4,  6,  while  86  and  10  are  highly  desirable.  For  preparation  as  scientific 
assistant  in  some  of  the  hnea  now  opening  up  to  women,  courses  1,  2,  3, 
6  should  be  taken.  For  preparation  to  follow  horticulture  or  landscape 
gardening,  1,  5,  9,  are  the  suitable. courses. 

For  all  of  these  purposes,  certain  combinations  of  these  courses  with 
those  in  other  departments  are  advisable,  and  upon  these  matters  the 
students  are  invited  to  consult  with  members  of  the  department. 


CHEMISTRY 

Professor:  John  Tappan  Stoddard,  Ph.  D. 

Associate  Professors:  Ellen  Parmelee  Cook,  A,  M., 

Elizabeth  Spaulding  Mason,  A.  B., 

Mary  Louise  Foster,  Ph.  D. 

Assistant  Professor:  Laura  Sophronia  Clark,  A.  M. 

Instructor:  David  Elbridge  Worrall,  A.  M. 
Demonstrator:  Marion  Katherine  McNamara,  A.  B. 

1.  General  Chemistry.  Lectures  on  general  and  inorganic  chemistry, 
two  hours  a  week;  laboratory  practice,  one  period  of  two  and  a  half 
hours  a  week.  Alternative  with  Physics  for  Freshmen  or  Sopho- 
mores. Students  offering  Chemistry  for  entrance  can  enter  this  course 
second  semester.  Three  hoxirs,  through  the  year.  Leo.  M.  T.  at  10  in 
C.  H.  1;  Lab.  A,  M.  at  2  in  C.  H.  16;  Lab.  B,  T.  at  2  in  C.  H.  16; 
Lab.  C,  W.  at  9  in  C.  H.  16;  Lab.  D,  Th.  at  2  in  C.  H.  16;  Lab.  D, 
F.  at  2  in  C.  H.  16.  Professor  Stoddard,  Associate  Professors  Cook. 
Mason,  and  Foster,  Assistant  Professor  Clark,  Mr.  Worrall. 

A  laboratory  fee  of  $5.00  a  semester  is  charged  for  this  course,  but  no  fee  is  charged 
for  any  other  course. 

2.  Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Analysis.  Laboratory  practice,  with 
lectures  on  the  principles  of  chemical  analysis.  For  students  who 
have  taken  1.  Three  hours,  through  the  year.  Lee.  Th.  at  12  m  C.  H. 
1 ;  Lab.  Th.  F.  at  2  in  C.  H.  11.  Professor  Stoddard,  Associate  Pro- 
fessor Mason,  Assistant  Professor  Clark. 

3a.  Chemistry  of  Microorganisms.  The  chemistry  of  the  carbohy- 
drates, with  special  reference  to  the  action  of  yeasts  and  moulds, 
and  of  various  enzymes  in  spUtting  the  carbohydrate  molecule.  For 
students  who  have  taken  2.  Three  hours,  first  semester.  fLec.  Th.  at 
J2  in  C.  H.  14;  fLab.  Th.  F.  at  9  in  C.  H.  15.  Associate  Profesaor 
Foster. 


A  page  of  practically  perfect  dimensions  and  good  style,  well  spaced,  and,  for 
8-point,  legible,  being  leaded.  The  head  "Chemistry"  appears  with  more  dignity 
in  reman  caps  than  if  in  bold-face. 


164  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


70  Wkllesley  College  1912-13 

CHEMISTRY 

Professor:  it  charlotte  Fitch  Roberts,  Ph.D. 

ASSOOIATE   PBOFESSOa:       CHARLOTTE  ALMIRA   BRAGQ,   B.S. 
iNSTRUCTOaS:       LOUISA  STONE  STEVENSON,   PH.D., 

Jennie  Tilt,  M.A. 
Curator:      Mary  Marian  Fuller. 

LA30RATORY  ASSISTANTS:       HARRIET   ISABELLE  COLE, 

Gertrude  May  Ware,  B.A. 

1.  General  Chemistry.    Lectures  and  laboratory  work.     L 

Open  to  all  midergraduates.      Three  hours  a  -Meek  for  a 
year. 

Miss  Bragg,  Miss  Stevenson,  Miss  Tilt. 
Course  i  is  for  beginners  in  Chemistry,  and  is  intended 
to  familiarize  the  student  with  the  important  proper- 
ties of  the  elements  and  their  compounds,  with  their 
modes  of  preparation,  and  with  such  tests  as  shall  lead 
up  to  the  study  of  systematic  Qualitative  Analysis;  also 
to  present  the  laws  governing  chemical  reactions,  the 
meaning  of  chemical  equations,  and  the  more  recent 
theories  adopted  in  the  science. 

2.  Qualitative  Analysis.     II. 

Open  to   students  ivho  have   completed   course    J   or  4. 
Three  hours  a  week  for  the  frst  semester. 

Miss  Tilt. 
This  course  supplements  course  i  by  presenting  more 
in  detail  the  properties  and  characteristic  reactions  of 
the  metallic  elements.  Practical  methods  of  separating 
and  recognizing  the  elements  present  in  mixtures  are 
taught,  and  the  progress  of  the  student  is  constantly 
tested  by  the  examination  of  substances,  the  composition 
of  which  is  unknown  to  the  student. 

t4.     Advanced  General  Chemistry.     I. 

Open  to  students  -who  have  met  ike  admission  require- 
mettt  or  its  equivalent.     Three  hours  a  -week  for  a  year. 

Miss  Bragg. 

The  course  aims  to  give  a  thorough   knowledge  of  the 

fundamental   principles  of  the  science,  and   to  take  up, 

so  far  as  time  allows,  subjects  of  interest  and  importance 

in  daily  life. 

T  Absent  on  leave, 

t  Withdrawn  for  the  current  year. 


This  style  page  very  expensive  to  produce  by  reason  of  the  use  of  four  sizes 
and  three  faces  of  type,  four  indentations. 


CotfBSEs  OF  Study.    Spanish. 


Geaduatb  Courses. 


{graduate  The  graduate  seminary  in  Italian  is  varied  froni  year  to  year  in  order 
Courses,  that  it  may  be  pursued  by  a  student  for  consecutive  years.  Students 
electing  Italian  as  a  major  subject  for  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy 
are  required  to  offer  French  philology  as  an  associated  minor.  For  the 
list,  of  approved  independent  minors  see  the  Regulations  of  the  Academic 
Coimcil.  The  books  needed  by  graduate  students  are  collected  in  the 
seminary  library  of  the  department.  No  undergraduates  are  admitted  to 
graduate  courses  or  to  the  seminary  libraries, 

Italian  Seminary,  Dr.  Holbrook.  Two  hours  a  week  throughout  the  year. 

(Given  in  each  year.) 
This  seminary  presuppos,es  a  knowledge  of  Old  French  Philology  and  the  equivalent  of  the 
minor  and  major  courses  in  Italian  offered  at  Bryn  Mawr  College.  The  work  is  founded 
upon  the  treatise  entitled  Die  ItaKenische  Sprache  by  D'Ovidio  and  Meyer  Lubke  in 
Grober'a  Grundriss  (Strassburg,  1906).  Various  passages  from  thirteenth  and  fourteenth 
cer.tury  authors  are  examined  criticially  from  a  phonological  and  morphological  point  of 
view. 

Romance  Languages  Journal  Club,  Dr.  DeHaan,  Dr.  Holbrook,  Dr. 

Beck,  Dr.  Schenck.  One  and  a  hjilf  hours  a  fortnight  throughout  the  year. 

The  instructors  and  advanced  students  meet  to  report  on  and  discuss  recent  reviews 
and  critical  articles. 

Spanish. 

The  instruction  in  this  department  is  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Fonger  DeHaan,  Professor  of  Spanish. 

The  instruction  offered  in  Spanish  covers  eighteen  hours  of 
lectures  and  recitations  a  week;  it  includes  ten  hours  a  week  of 
undergraduate  minor  and  major  work;  two  hours  a  week  of 
post-major  work  open  only  to  graduates  and  to  undergraduates 
that  have  completed  the  major  course  in  Spanish;  and  six  hours 
a  week  of  graduate  work. 

A  combination  of  five  hours  a  week  for  one  year  of  the  minor 
course  in  Spanish  with  five  hours  a  week  for  one  year  of  the 
minor  course  in  Italian  forms  a  major  course,  and  may  be  taken 
with  any  other  language  to  form  a  group.  Students  may  thus 
elect  ten  hours  of  Spanish,  or  five  hours  of  Spanish  and  five 
hours  of  Italian  to  form  a  major  course. 

First  Year. 

{Minor  Course.) 

(Given  in  foch  year.) 

MtUiOT  Spanish,  Dr.  DeHaan.  Five  hours  a  week  throughout  the  year. 

xJoO^SCt  The  object  of  this  covirse  is  to  give  beginners  a  good  knowledge  of  modern  Spanish, 

and  to  ground  them  thoroughly  in  the  essentials  of  the  grammar.     As  a  preparation  for 

Bryn  Mawr  presents  its  courses  of  study  in  an  unusually  expensive  style; 
page  dimensions  are  perfect;  marginal  heads  being  considered  as  outside;  periods 
after  centered  and  marginal  heads  are  contrary  to  many  style  books.  See  page  120. 


i6s 


l66  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 

56  Mount  Union  College 

H*.  French  Literary  Criticism. — The  principal  French 
critics;  the  development  of  classicism  and  romanticism  in  the 
seventeenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.  For  students  who  have 
had  three  years  of  French. 

Elective,  year,  each  semester,  two  }iours. 

H".  French  Conversation. — Students  who  have  had  two 
years  of  French  may  join  a  class  in  French  conversation.  The 
work  is  based  on  Talbot's  Le  Francais  et  sa  Patrie.  Consult  the 
instructor  as  to  eligibility  to  join  this  class. 

Elective,  year,  each  semester,  tivo  hours. 

Geology 

Professor  Lamb. 

NOTE. — A  laboratory  fee  of  $1.00  is  chargrcd  in  all  cotirse'S  ex- 
cept in  I",  first  semester,  for  those  w-ho  have  had  Course  I',  an'1  in 
Courses  I*  and  l^ 

r.  Physiography. — A  course  dealing  with  the  physical 
features  of  the  earth  and  the  agencies  that  have  produced  them. 
Topographic  and  physiographic  maps  are  studied  and  field  trips 
made.  The  course  is  designed  for  Freshmen.  Recitation  Tues- 
day and  Thursday,  laboratory,  two  hours. 

Elective,  year,  each  sevicster,  three  hours. 

r.  General  Geology. — Dynamical  and  structural  geology 
completed  the  first  semester;  historical  geology,  th«  second 
semester.  Recitation,  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday;  field 
exercise  or  laboratory  work,  two  hours  per  week. 

Elective,  year,  each  semester,  four  hours. 

r.  Petrography.  —  An  elementary  course  consisting  of 
recitations,  lectures  and  laboratory  study  of  the  more  common 
rock-forming  minerals,  the  derivation  and  classification  of  ig- 
neous, metamorphic,  and  sedimentary  rocks.  Recitation,  Mon- 
day; laboratory  Wednesday,  two  hours.  This  course  may  well 
be  taken  along  with  Course  V,  first  semester.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  C,  or  C'. 

Elective,  first  semester,  tivo  hours. 

r.  Field  Geology. — This  course  is  intended  to  accompany 
Course  V,  second  semester.  A  brief  review  is  made  of  the  de- 
velopment of  stratigraphical  study,  and  special  attention  is 
given  to  the  stratigraphy  of  Ohio  and  adjoining  states.     Field 


Rather  expensive  style  due  to  three  sizes  of  type  and  many  superior  figures, 
bold,  caps  and  small  caps,  and  italic,  in  addition  to  roman. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  167 

Bowdoin  College 

ENGLISH 

Professors  Mitchell,  Elliott,  Davis  and  McConaughy 

1.  English  Composition.  First  Semester:  Div.  A,  Tuesday, 
Thursday,  Friday,  Saturday,  10.30;  Div.  B,  Tuesday,  Friday, 
Saturday,  11.30,  Thursday,  9.30;  Div.  C,  Tuesday,  Friday, 
Saturday,  9.30,  Thursday,  r.30. 

Espenshade's  Composition  and  Rhetoric.  A  study  of  dic- 
tion and  of  the*"structure  of  the  sentence  and  the  paragraph. 
Recitations,  lectures,  readings;  written  work  with  confer- 
ences, six  long  themes  and  occasional  page  themes ;  outside 
reading:  The  Jungle  Book,  Will  o'  the  Mill,  Virginibus 
Paerisque,  Henry  Esmond,  The  Golden  Treasury,  Henry  V, 
Schurz's  Abraham  Lincoln. 

2.  Continuation  of  Course  i.  Second  Semester:  Div.  A, 
Tuesday,  Thursday,  Saturday,  10.30;  Div.  B,  Tuesday,  Satur- 
day, 11.30,  Thursday,  9.30;  Div.  C,  Tuesday,  Saturday,  9.30, 
Thursday,  1.30.  Professor  Mitchell 

Baldwin's  College  Manual  of  Rhetoric.  A  study  of  the 
theme  as  a  whole,  introductory  to  the  more  detailed  study  of 
exposition,  description,  narration  and  argumentation  in 
Courses  3,  5  and  10.  Recitations,  lectures,  readings;  writ- 
ten work  with  conferences,  five  long  themes  and  occasional 
page  themes;  outside  reading:  Twice  Told  Tales,  David 
Copperfield,  Othello,  Adam  Bede,  Treasure  Island. 

Required  of  Freshmen. 

3.  English  Composition.  First  Semester:  Tuesday,  Thurs- 
day, Saturday,  11.30.  Professor  Davis 

Practice  in  writing,  with  emphasis  upon  Argumentation 
and  Narration  ;  daily  themes,  brief  and  forensic,  short  story. 
Frequent  individual  conferences;  required  readings;  corre- 
lation with  other  courses. 

Elective  for  Sophomores,  Juniors  and  Seniors. 

4.  Public  Speaking.  Second  Semester:  Div.  C,  Friday,  8.30; 
Div.  E,  Friday,  9.30;  Div.  D,  Friday,  10.30;  Div.  F,  Fri- 
day, 11.30.  Professor  Mitchell 

iDformal  lectures';  drill  in  articulation,   intonation  and 

76 

Possibly  the  use  of  bold-face  for  the  heading  "English"  prohibited  using  the 
italics  customary  for  titles  such  as  "Espenshade's  Composition  and  Rhetoric" 
See  page  118.  Had  the  folio  been  placed  in  the  running-head  two  more  lines  of 
type  would  have  been  possible,  thus  saving  about  five  per  cent  on  the  number  of 
pages  required. 


l68  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


134  NORTHWESTERN    UNIVERSITY 


Semitic  Languages 

PROFESSOR  EISELEN,  PROFESSOR  RAPP,  AND  PROFESSOR  FULLER 

These  courses  are  given  In  Garrett  Biblical  Institute  and  students 
electing  them  are  subject  to  the  regulations  of  that  school. 

HEBREW 

Minor:     Courses  A  and  B. 

Ai.  Elements  of  Hebreiv  Language — Inductive  study  ot  the 
Hebrew  language  upon  the  basis  of  Genesis,  Chapters  I-VIII.  Open 
to  all  students.    Wed.,  Th.,  Fri.,  8.     Professor  Rapp. 

A2,  Prophecy  and  the  Prophets — Study  of  the  nature,  function 
and  historical  development  of  Hebrew  prophecy,  and  of  the  prophetic 
books  of  the  Old  Testament.  Open  to  all  students.  First  semester. 
Three  hours.     Hours  to  be  arranged.     Professor  Fuller. 

A3.  The  Poetical,  Legal,  and  Historical  Literature  of  the  He- 
breivs — Supplementary  to  the  preceding  course.  The  two  together 
are  intended  to  give  a  knowledge  of  the  entire  Old  Testament. 
Open  to  all  students.  Second  semester.  Three  hours.  Hours  to 
be  arranged.     Professor  Fuller. 

A4,  A5.  General  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Sacred  Books 
of  the  Hebrews — The  History  of  the  Old  Testament  cai.on,  the  con- 
dition and  transmission  of  the  Hebrew  text,  the  Old  Testament  in 
the  light  of  Science,  Criticism,  Archeology  and  Comparative  Religion, 
and  similar  topics  are  studied.  Open  to  all  students.  One  hour. 
Time  to  be  arranged.     Professor  Eiselen. 

Bi.  Advanced  Hebrew — Reading  of  selected  portions  of  the 
Old  Testament.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  syntax.  Idioms, 
and  rhetorical  forms.  Open  to  students  who  have  completed  Course 
Ai.    Three  hours.     Hours  to  be  arranged.    Professor  Rapp. 

B2.  Studies  in  Old  Testament  Prophecy  (Hebrew) — Critical 
and  exegetical  study  of  the  Book  of  Amos  and  other  prophetic  por- 
tions, with  a  general  survey  of  the  prophetic  literature.  Prerequisite 
the  same  as  for  Bi.  First  semester.  Three  hours.  Hours  to  be 
arranged.     Professor  Fuller. 

B3.  Studies  in  Old  Testament  Poetry  (Hebrew) — Critical  and 
exegetical  study  of  selections  from  the  devotional  and  wisdom  liter- 
ature, with  a  general  survey  of  the  nature  and  contents  of  the  poetical 
books  of  the  Old  Testament.     Prerequisite  the  same  as  for  Course 

lopoint  solid  with  well  spaced  paragraphs,  easy  to  read;  low  cost  of  produc- 
tion; Caslon  type  throughout. 

In  many  catalogs  Old  Testament  is  italicized.  Chapters  should  be  cited  in 
lower  case  roman,  see  page  117. 


93  MIAMI    UNIVERSITY 

Romanic  Languages  and  Literatures 

Edgae  Ewing  Bkandon,  Univ.  D.,  Professor 

Julius  W.  Kuhne,  A.  M.,  Associate  Professor 

Henbt  Jambs  Young,  A.  M.,  Assistant  Professor 

French 

loo.  *Beginners'  Course.  First  semester— Oral  lessons  based  on  the 
Gouin  Series.  Inductive  study  of  the  rudiments  of  French  Gram- 
mar. Second  Semester — Reading  in  simple  texts  of  modern 
French  prose.  Reproduction  in  French  of  the  texts  read.  Form- 
al study  of  an  elementary  grammar.  Five  recitations  a  week. 
Four  hours  credit.     Mr.  Brandon  and  Mr.  Young.    68. 

200.  *MoDERN  Prose.  First  semester— Rapid  reading  from  modern 
writers.  Review  of  gram  mar.  Composition.  Second  semester- 
Modern  comedies.  French  oral  and  written  reproduction  of  the 
texts  read.     Four  hours  credit.     Mr.  Young.     59. 

221.  Masterpieces  of  Romanic  Literature.  A  critical  study  of  the 
great  authors  of  Southern  Europe,  and  of  their  influence  on 
European  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  English  literature: 
Dante,  Petrarch,  Boccaccio,  Ariosto,  Tasso;  Cervantes  and  the 
great  dramatists  of  Spain;  Rabelais,  Montaigne,  Moliere,  Hugo. 
Lectures  and  reports  in  English.  Assigned  reading  in  transla- 
tions. The  course  is  designed  especiall}'  for  those  students  who 
have  no  knowledge  of  Romanic  languages.  Given  only  in  the 
Summer  Term.     One  and  one-half  hours  credit.     Mr.    Kuhne. 

301.  Classic  Prose.     Mme.   de  la  Fayette,  La  Princcssc  de  Cloves; 

Lesage.  Gil  Bias;  Voltaire,  Zadig;  Chateaubriand,  Aiala; 
Selections  from  Pascal,  Descartes,  Pension,  La  Rochefoucauld, 
La  Bruyere.  Collateral  reading  and  reports.  Given  in  1915-16 
and  in  alternate  years.  Three  hours  credit.  First  semester. 
Mr.  Kuhne.     18. 

302.  Classic  Drama.     Moliere,  a  half  dozen  of  his  greatest  comedies; 

Marivaux.  Le J eu  de. I' amour  ei  dii  hasard;  Beaumarchais,  Le 
Barbier  de  Seville.  Collateral  reading  and  reports.  Given  in 
1915-16  and  in  alternate  years.  Second  semester.  Three  hours 
credit.     Mr.  Kuhne. 


•Courses  100  and  200  must  precede  all  others.  Course  100  is  conducted  on  the 
laboratory  plan.  At  first  much  of  the  work  is  dono  in  the  class  room.  Pronuncia- 
tion is  taught  by  practice.  Translation  is  avoided.  The  use  of  French  in  the  class  is 
begun  with  the  first  lesson,  by  both  teacher  and  studenlt-.  and  English  i?  gradu 
ally  discarded. 

Typographically  a  charming  page  with  proportions  lacking  only  one  pica 
vertical  of  being  perfect.  The  system  of  running-heads,  heads,  sub-heads  and  side 
heads,  in  connection  with  the  indentations,  the  leading  and  the  paragraph  spacing 
constitute  a  style  for  which  Miami  publications  are  famous.  The  6-point  foot  note 
on  this  page  should  be  of  the  same  family  of  type  as  used  in  the  body  of  the  catalog 
and  should  be,  according  to  DeVinne's  Correct  Composition,  in  two  columns.  See 
pages  32,  106,  180. 

169 


lyo  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


/O  LhlHIGII   I^MVKRSITY 

12,  HisTouY  OF  Education.  Recitations.  Menroe's  Brief  Course. 
Second  term  (2)  or  with  practice  teaching  (3)  or  (4). 

13.  Principlks  and  Practice  of  Tf.ACHixc.  Principles  of  Sec- 
ondary Education,  Monroe.  Recitations  and  observations.  First 
or  second  term  (2^)  or,  with  practice  teaching,  (.S) 

Science  and  Scientists 

15.  Science  axd  Scientists.  This  course  consists  of  lectures 
by  several  members  of  the  Faculty  and  assigned  readings,  treat- 
ing of  the  several  fields  of  science,  their  methods  of  study,  their 
beginnings  and  results,  with  some  description  of  the  lives  of  great 
scientists  and  their  work.    First  term  (1) 

ECONOMICS  AND  PUBLIC  LAW 

PROTESSOR  STEWART,  DB    SALIERS,   MR    BOWE.n 

16.  Eco.voMics.  A  study  of  the  elementary  principles  of  politi- 
cal economy.  Lectures  and  required  reading  in  selected  works. 
First  term  (2)  or  (1). 

17.  Economics.  Practical  economic  problems  taxation,  trans- 
portation, finance,  labor,  trusts  and  monopolies  Second  term 
(2)  or  (1) 

18.  EkroNOMics.  Finance.  Discussion  of  public  expenditures, 
their  nature,  their  relation  to  the  industrial,  political,  and  social 
conditions;  their  relation  to  the  functions  of  government,  also 
discussion  of  financial  organization  and  administration  First 
term  (3). 

19.  Economics.  Finance.  Discussion  of  public  revenues,  of 
revenue  derived  from  the  public  domain  and  public  industries; 
the  apportionment,  classification,  and  administration  of  taxes, 
the  nature  and  employment  of  public  credit;  the  origin  and 
growth  of  public  debts.    Second  term  (2)  or  (3) 

20.  Economics.  Elements  of  Business  Law  The  principles  of 
contract;  formation  of  contracts;  operation  and  discharge  of  con- 
tracts; sales  of  goods;  insurance  contracts,  negotiable  instru- 
ments.   First  and  second  terms  (2)  or  <   ). 

21.  Economics.'  Elements  of  Business  Law  Principal  and 
agent;  master  and  servant;  business  associations,  partnerships 
and  corporations.    First  and  second  terms  (2)  or  (1) 

22.  Public  Law.  Constitution.\l  Law.  Studies  in  Federal  and 
State  constitutional  law.    First  term  (2). 

Inexpensive  style  of  typesetting.     Book  titles  in  first  and  second  paragraphs 
would  appear  better  if  in  italics. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  I7I 


116  University  of  Toronto. 

PHILOSOPHY. 

University  of  Toronto: 

J.  G.  Hume,  M.A.,  Ph.D Professor  of  the  History  of  Philosophy. 

F.  Tracy,  B.A.,  Ph.D Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

A.  H.  Abbott,  B.A.,  Ph.D Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

W.  G.  Smith,  B.A Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. 

T.    R.    Robinson,    Ph.D Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy. 

G.  S.   Brett,  M.A Lecturer  in  Greek  Philosophy. 

E.  J.  Pratt,  M.A Demonstrator  in  Psychology. 

Miss   M.   E.   Laird,    B.A Class  Assistant. 

T.  V.  MoONEY,  B.A Class  AssislanL 

University  College: 

J.  G.  Hume,  M.A.,  Ph.D Professor  of  Ethics. 

Victoria  College: 

W.  B.  Lane,  M.A.,  Ph.D Professor  of  Ethics. 

W.  T.  Brown,  M.A.,  Ph.D Lecturer  in  Ethics. 

Trinity  College: 

G.  S.  Brett,  M.A Professor. 

St,  Michael's  College: 

Rev.  H.  Carr,  B.A Professor  of  the  History  of  Philosophy. 

Rev.  M.J.  Oliver,  Ph.M Professor  of  Psychology. 

Rev.  F.  D.  Meader,  B.A Professor  of  Cosmology  and  Ethics. 

Rev.  F.  G.  Powell Professor  of  Metaphysics  and  Logic. 

P.   M.  O'SuLLiVAN,   M.A Lecturer  in  Psycho-physiology. 

Second  Year. 

In  the  Colleges — 

1.  Ethics.  Outline  study  of  the  systems  of  Plato  and  Aristotle.  Fifty 
hours.     Professor  Brett  and  Professor  Lane. 

In  the  University — 

2.  Theory  of  Knowledge.  Fifty  hours.  Professor  Abbott.  Texts: 
Locke,  Essay  on  the  Human  Understanding;  Berkeley,  Principles  of  Know- 
ledge; Hume,  Treatise  on  Human  Nature,  Book  I. 

3.  General  Psychology.     Fifty  hours.     Professor  Smith. 

4.  Seminary  and  laboratory  work  to  supplement  Course  3.  Seminary 
work  for  1916-17,  Titchener's  Text-book  of  Psychology,  Parts  1  and  2. 
Professor  Smith. 

While  thoroughly  legible  and  not  unattractive,  this  style  differs  in  some  details 
from  that  generally  followed  In  the  United  States.  Periods  on  this  page  follow 
centered  heads,  names  of  instructors  are  followed  by  full  titles  and  degrees, already 
given  in  faculty  list,  thus  requiring  much  space.  Titles  of  books  in  Paragraphs 
2  and  4  are  not  italicized,  as  best  style  would  demand.     See  pages  118  and  120. 


172  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


34  West  Virginia  Wesleyan  Collegs 

high  school;  the  demands  on  the  high  school;  the  aims  of 
the  high  iscliool;  the  influencing  conservative  and  progres- 
sive factors;  the  adjustment  of  the  high  school  to  modern 
conditions;  kinds  of  secondary  schools;  kinds  of  public  high 
schools;  principles  that  should  determine  the  curriculum 
in  the  high  school;  English  in  the  secondary  school;  science 
in  the  secondary  school;  history  in  the  secondary  school. 
Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors.  Elective  toward  the  high 
school  certificate.    Prof.  Haught. 

13.  SECONDARY  EDUCATION.  Two  hours,  second 
semester.  This  is  a  continuation  of  course  12.  Suggestive 
topics :  the  place  of  Latin  and  Greek  in  the  secondary  school ; 
the  place  of  modern  languages  in  the  secondary  school;  civics, 
economics  and  social  sciences  in  the  secondary  school;  me- 
chanical drav.ing  and  manual  training  in  the  secondary 
school;  domestic  science  and  household  arts  in  the  secondary 
school;  physical  training  in  the  secondary  school;  social  life 
cf  the  high  school;  organization  and  management  of  a  high 
school;  the  duties  and  influence  of  the  principal;  the  rela- 
tion of  the  high  school  to  the  college;  the  training  of  high 
school  teachers.  Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors.  Elect- 
ive toward  the  high  school  certificate.    Prof.  Haught. 

14.  SCHOOL  HYGIENE.  Two  hours,  first  semester. 
A  study  of  hygienic  conditions,  the  school  building,  school 
furniture,  school  grounds,  warming  and  ventilating,  sanita- 
tion, decoration,  physical  exercise  and  postures,  eyesight 
and  hearing,  disease.    Prof.  Brooks. 

Note:  Students  taking  twenty- four  semester  hours  of 
education  in  connection  with  their  degree  work  are  eligible 
to  a  high  school  certificate  without  examination. 

English 

Professor  Neptune 

1.  RHETORIC  AND  COMPOSITION.  The  aim  of 
this  course  is  to  develop  the  student's  power  of  expressing 
his  thoughts  correctly  and  intelligently.  Woolley's  "Hand- 
book of  Composition"  and  Slater's  "Freshman  Rhetoric," 
with  occasional  lectures,  are  used  in  teaching  the  theory  of 
Composition.     The  practice  is  obtained  by  frequent  themes. 


8-point  leaded  Century;  paragraphs  spaced;  more  easily  read  than  if  solid. 
Book  titles  in  last  paragraph  should  be  italicised,  not  quoted. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  173 


UNIVERSITY  OF  NOTRE  DAME  I45 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 
I. 

Applied  Electricity.  A  course  of  lectures  and  reci- 
tations, supplemented  by  laboratory  practice,  on  the 
general  theory  of  electricity  and  magnetism  and  its 
application  to  practical  work,  as  follows:  Setting  up 
and  testing  primary  and  secondary  batteries,  systems 
of  call  bells,  electric  and  gas  lighting  appliances,  fire 
and  burglar  alarms,  telegraph  and  telephone  lines, 
switch  boards  and  accessories.  Experiments  with' 
induction  coils,  magnets,  switches,  voltmeters,  amme- 
ters, wheatstone  bridges,  galvanometers  and  other 
measuring  instruments.  The  study  of  direct  current 
generators  and  motors,  arc  and  incandescent  lighting 
systems,  street  railway  machinery  and  appliances,  elec- 
tric heating  and  forging,  electrolytic  process,  etc. 
Text-book,   Practical  Electricity,    Timhie. 

[Five  hours  a  week  for  two  terms.] 
II. 

Applied  Electricity.  Lectures  and  laboratory  work 
on  the  construction  and  testing  of  switches,  magnets, 
measuring  instruments,  induction  coils,  etc.  The 
calculation  of  sizes  of  wire  and  location  of  circuits  for 
lighting  and  power,  the  experimental  study  of  alter- 
nating current  machinery  and  accessories. 

If  the  student  has  acquired  sufficient  skill  in  handling 
tools  in  his  workshop,  he  may  design  and  build  a  small 
dynamo,  starting  with  rough  castings,  doing  ail  the 
fitting  and  finishing,  winding  and  adjusting,  and  finally 
testing  for  insulation,  efficiency,  and  adaptabiUty  to 
special  purposes.  This  course  must  be  preceded  by 
Course  I.  {Course  I.  and  II.  are  required  in  the  Short 
Program  Electrical  Engineering;  they  are  elective  for 
general  students  and  those  studying  telegraphy). 
[Five  hours  a  week  for  two  terms.) 


A  maximum  of  legibility  is  here  attained  at  the  cost  of  space  and  consequent 
expense.  The  name  of  the  author  in  the  last  line  of  the  first  paragraph  should  be 
set  in  roman  or  in  caps  and  small  caps. 


174  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


27a  The  Ohio  State  University 

GRADUATE  WORK 

Prerequiaite  for  Graduate  Work:  Thirty  semester  hours  of 
Home  Economics  courses  of  university  grade,  or  an  equivalent,  in- 
cluding not  less  than  nine  hours  each  in  courses  related  to  shelter  and 
clothing.  Major  work  in  the  department  presupposes  a  baccalaureate 
degree  in  Home  Economics.  The  following  courses  are  open  only 
to  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates:     105,  106,  110,  201,  202. 

201-202.  Research  Course.  Two  to  five  credit  hours.  The 
year. 

SUMMER  SESSION-1915 

101.    Foods.    Four  credit  hours.     Miss  White,  Mrs.  Garvin. 

101a-  A  Study  of  Foods.  Two  credit  hours.  Miss  White,  Mrs. 
Garvin. 

108a.  Teachers'  Course.  Two  credit  hours.  Miss  White,  Mrs. 
Garvin. 

111.    Textiles.    Two  credit  hours.    Miss  Brady. 

HORTICULTURE 

Office,  118  Horticulture  and  Forestry  Building 

PROFESSORS  PADDOCK,  DAVIS,   MONTGOMERY 

101.  Principles  of  Horticulture.  Four  credit  hours.  First 
semester.  Lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  No 
prerequisite. 

103-104.  Commercial  Vegetable  Gardening.  Four  credit  hours. 
The  year.     Prerequisite,  Horticulture  loi  and  102. 

105-106.  Pomology.  Four  credit  hours.  The  year.  Three 
lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Horticul- 
ture 101-102. 

107.  Plant  Variations.  Three  credit  hours.  First  semester. 
Prerequisite,  Horticulture  106,  or  equivalent. 

108.  Home  Grounds.     Three  credit  hours.       Second  semester. 

109-110.  Experimental  Horticulture.  Three  credit  hours. 
The  year.  One  lecture  and  laboratory  work.  Prerequisite,  Horticul- 
ture 103,  104,  106. 


This  thoroughly  legible  style  has  been  criticized  because  of  its  very  unusual 
proportion  of  bold-face  in  center  and  side  heads. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  1/5 


66  Summer  Session,  1916 


ENGLISH 

I.  B.  Stoughton  Holborn,  M.A.,  F.R.G.S.,  Lecturer  for  Oxford  and  Cam- 
bridge University  Extension  Systems. 

Edmund  K.  Broadus,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English  Language  and 
Literature,  University  of  Alberta. 

Edward  H.  Gardner,  M.A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English,  University  of 
Wisconsin. 

Harold  L.  Bruce,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  English,  Yale  University. 

Elias  O.  James,  M.A.,  Instructor  in  English,  Mills  College. 

Florence  Y.  Humphries,  A.B.,  Instructor  in  English,  Miss  Harker'a 
School,  Palo  Alto,  California. 

George  R.  Noyes,  Ph.D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Slavic  Languages. 

William  D.  Armes,  M.L.,  Associate  Professor  of  American  Literature; 
Director  of  the  Greek  Theatre  in  the  Summer  Session. 

Chauncey  W.  Wells,  A.B.,  Associate  Professor  of  English  Composition. 

George  R.  MacMinn,  A.B.,  Instructor  in  English. 

S6.  Narration.  Mr.  James. 

Practice  in  descriptive  and  narrative  writing,  with  analysis  of  master- 
pieces;   lectures  on    the   technique  of  narration   and   description; 
appointments  for  individual  criticism.     2  units. 
M  Tu  W  Th  F,  2.    24  North  Hall. 
SlB.  Exposition.  Dr.  Bruce. 

Expository    writing,   with    class    discussions,    and    analysis    of   repre- 
sentative essays;  appointments  for  individual  criticism.     2  units. 
M  Tu  W  Th  F,  9.    19  North  Hall. 

Sic.  Business  Composition.  Assistant  Professor  Gardner. 

A  freshman  course  in  writing  for  technical  and  commercial  students. 
Exposition,  with  study  of  paragraphs  and  sentences;  simple  nar- 
ration and  description,  with  study  of  the  means  of  producing 
interest;  business  letters,  with  attention  to  form,  clarity,  and 
effectiveness.  Lectures,  conferences,  outside  reading,  written  work. 
Special  attention  to  the  needs  of  teachers.  Texts:  Gardner's  Ef- 
fective Business  Letters,  Ronald  Press,  New  York;  Woolley's 
Handbook  of  Composition,  D.  C.  Heath  and  Company,  New  York. 
2  units. 

M  Tu  W  Th  F,  9.     22  North  Hall. 


University  of  California  Summer  School  Bulletin.    The  absence  of  customary 
italics  for  book  titles  in  last  paragraph  is  noticeable. 


176  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


4&  COURSE  OP  STUDY. 

deutschen  Dichterwald'",  fifty  poems.  Schiller's  Der  dreissigjiihrige  Krieg^,  Book 
III,  pages  1  35.  Goethe's  Hermann  und  Dorothea'.  Greenfield's  Brief  Summary  cf 
German  Grammar'. 

For  1915-191G.  Review  of  Grammar  in  Greenfield's  Brief  Summary  of  Germaa 
Grammar'.  Harris'  German  Composition',  Parts  II  and  IV,  Goethe's  Se.sen- 
Leim',     Heine's  Harzrcise-.     Selections  from  Schiller's  Der  dreissigjiihrige  Krieg\ 

Eislory — 4.  For  lOlH-lOlG,  a  special  class  in  Bryoe's  American  Commonwealth 
abridged. 

Sixth  Form,  Course  B. 

Maihemaiics — 0.  ITawlces'  Advanced  Algebra — 2,  chapters  on  permutations  and  combi- 
nations, complex  numbers,  theory  of  equations,  determinants  and  logarithms;  Weut- 
worth's  Plane  Trigonometry — 3,  and  Phillips  and  Fisher's  Geometry  of  Space — 4. 

Chemistry — 5V1>.     Fir.^t  Principles  of  Chemistry,  by  Brownlee  and  others.     Fifty  experi- 
ments from  the  Laboratory  Manual  by  the  same  authors. 
English  and  Crennnn — The  same  as  above  for  Course  A. 

1  D.  C.  Heath  &  Co.,  Boston,  publishers. 

2  Ginn  &  Co.,  Boston,  publishers. 

3  AUyn  &  fiacon,  Boston,  publishers. 

4  Longmans,  Green  &  Co.,  New  York,  publishers. 

5  American  Book  Co.,  Boston,  publishers. 

6  Henry  Holt  &  Co.,  New  York,  publishers. 

7  Macmillnn  Co.,  New  York,  publishers. 

8  Newson  &  Co.,  New  York,  publishers. 

9  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York. 


St.  Paul's  School  catalog  is  printed  on  writing  paper,  the  full  size  type  pages 
are  5x6^  and  for  such  small  type  the  lines  are  long. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  177 


48  The  Kentucky  College  for  Women 


SUGGESTIONS 

1.  Each  student  while  in  college  will  be  expected  to  be 
under  our  entire  direction.  Any  peculiarities  of  health  or 
disposition,  which  should  be  considered  in  assigning  her  posi- 
tion in  the  college,  may  be  stated  by  letter  to  the  President  or 
to  the  Dean,  and  the  wishes  of  parents  will  be  met  so  far  as 
consistent  with  the  general  good. 

2.  The  school  appropriates  to  study,  recitation,  or  recrea- 
tion the  entire  time  of  the  pupil.  Students  will  be  permitted 
to  make  week  end  visits,  including  visits  home,  once  a  month 
provided  their  class  work  is  satisfactory.  Such  requests  will 
be  granted  only  on  the  receipt  of  written  permission  from 
parent  or  guardian. 

3.  Girls  will  not  be  permitted  to  visit  cities  for  shopping 
or  entertainments  without  the  proper  chaperonage. 

4.  No  boarding  pupil  will  be  permitted  to  spend  a  night 
away  from  the  college  in  town  except  under  the  chaperonage 
of  parent  or  guardian. 

5.  Students  will  be  expected  to  attend  church  services  with 
the  President,  unless  otherwise  designated  by  the  parents. 

6.  Visits  will  not  be  made  nor  received  during  study 
hours  nor  on  the  Sabbath,  but  visits  from  parents  or  friends 
will  be  welcomed  on  Saturday  afternoon. 

7.  The  entertainment  of  visitors  is  a  privilege  granted 
to  members  of  the  household,  when  it  is  convenient  to  the  man- 
agement. Permission  for  guests  should  be  asked  and  received 
before  invitation  is  issued.  Regular  charges  for  board  will  be 
made  for  such  entertainment. 

8.  Boarding  pupils  are  not  permitted  to  run  accounts  nor 
contract  debts  of  any  sort  with  the  merchants  of  Danville, 
except  by  written  authority  of  the  parent  or  guardian,  directed 
to  the  President  of  the  college. 

9.  We  prefer  that  no  eatables  be  sent,  except  at  Christ- 
mas or  Thanksgiving.  Charges  should  be  prepaid  on  all  pack- 
ages sent  to  the  students. 


Plain  style,  8-point  Century  leaded,  except  heading  "Suggestions"  which  is 
lO-point  Century  bold. 


PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  FACULTIES  153 

jiidische  Religion  von  der  Zeit  Esraa  bis  zuin  Zeitalter  Christi,  ibid.,  45S-59; 
Black  and  Chrystal,  The  Life  of  William  Robertson  Smith  and  Lectures  and 
Essays  of  William  Robertson  Smith,  ibid.,  XVII  (1913),  107-9;  Steuer- 
nagel,  Lehrbuch  der  Einleitung  in  das  Alte  Testament,  ibid.,  109-12; 
Welch,  The  Rehgion  of  Israel  under  the  .Kingdom,  ibid.,  XVII  (1913), 
112-13;  Sellin,  Der  Alttestamentliche  Prophetismus,  ibid.,  XVII  (1913), 
113-15;  Gressmann,  Mose  und  seine  Zeit.  Ein  Koramentar  zu  den  Mose- 
Sagen,  ibid.,  270-73. 

Caroline  M.  Breyfogle,  Doctor. 

The  Hebrew  Sense  of  Sin  in  the  Pre-Exilic  Period  (Doctor's  Thesis). 
8vo,  30.    Chicago:    The  University  of  Chicago  Press,  1912. 
Daniel.  David  Luckenbill,  Instructor  in  Semitics. 

Jadanan  and  Javan  (Danaans  and  lonians).     Zeitschriftfur  Assyriologie, 
XXVII  (1913),  92-99. 
Reviews  of 

Patton,  etc.,  Biblical  and  Theological  Studies  (with  G.  B.  Smith  and 
S.  J.  Case),  Amcrimn  Journal  of  Theology,  XVll  (1913),  94-102;  Rogers, 
Cuneiform  Parallels  to  the  Old  Testament,  ibid.,  263-67;  Bliss,  The  Religions 
of  Modern  Syria  and  Palestine,  ibid.,  299-301;  Clay,  Business  Documents 
of  the  Murashu  Sons,  American  Journal  of  Semitic  Languages  and  Literatures, 
XXIX  (1913),  231;  Clay,  Documents  from  the  Temple  Archives  of  Nippur, 
ibid.,  231-33. 

BIBLICAL  AND  PATRISTIC  GREEK 
Ernest  DeWitt  Burton,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  New  Testa- 
ment Literature  and  Interpretation;   Director  of  the  University  Libraries. 
The  Office  of    Apostle  in    the  Early  Church.    American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XII  (1912),  561-88. 

Some  Implications  of  Pauhnism.     Biblical  World,  XL  (1912),  403-12. 
The  Expansion  of  Christianity  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (with  A.  K. 
Parker).     Ibid.,  XLI  (1913),  396^06. 
Edgar  Johnson  Goodspeed,  Associate  Professor  of  Biblical  and  Patristic  Greek. 
The  Washington  Manuscript  of  the  Gospels.     American  Journal  of 
Theology.  XVII  (1913),  240-49. 
Shirley  Jackson  Case,  Assistant  Professor  of  New  Testament  Interpretation. 
The  Nature  of  Primitive  Christianity.     American  Journal  of  Theology, 
XVII  (1913),  63-79. 

The  Rehabilitation  of  Pharisaism.     Biblical  World,  XLI  (1913),  92-98. 

Reviews  of 

Wendt,  Die  Schichten  im  vierten  Evangelium,  Overbeck,  Das  Johan- 
nesevangelium,  Buchsel,  Der  Begriff  der  Wahrheit,  American  Journal  of 
Theology,  XVI  (1912),  462-64;  Koch.  Die  Abfassungszeit  des  lukanischen 
Geschichtswerkes,  Harnack,  Neue  Untersuchungen  zur  Apostelgeschichte, 
Westberg,  Zur  ncutestamentUchen  Chronologie,  ibid.,  465-67;  Goblet  d'Al- 
viella,  L'6volution  du  dogme  cathohque,  AcheUs,  Das  Christentum  in  den 


From  The  President's  Report,  University  of  Chicago.  The  University  of  Chica- 
go Press  is  famed  for  the  correctness  of  its  style.  As  much  of  the  reading  matter 
on  this  page  consists  of  titles  of  magazine  articles  or  books,  such  titles  are  not 
talicized  but  the  periodicals  in  which  they  appear,  are. 

178 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES 


179 


86 


ANNUAL    REPORTS 


Up  to  the  first  of  May  485  comments  have  been  made. 

The  classes  are  divided  into  counsellor  groups — a  group  is 
assigned  to  each  member  of  the  faculty.  The  comments  of  the 
professors  are  sent  to  the  counsellor  who  counsels  with  the  stu- 
dents, and  reports  his  findings  to  the  dean.  The  following  report 
of  a  counsellor  exhibits  the  scope  and  character  of  such  reports: 


0 

Studies  In  which 
student  is 
delinquent 

Cause 

What  has  been 

done  to  help 

student 

Suggestion 

A 

Teaching  and 
Agriculture 

Lack  of  application 

Conference 

Suggested  that  she 
apply  herself 
closelyto  the  parts 
of  Agr.  which 
seem  difficult  for 
her 

B 

Psychology 

Negligence 

Conference 

More  careful  plan- 
ning of  her  work 
as  a  means  of 
securing  better 
results 

C 

Chemistry 

Lacks  ability 

Conference 

Talked  over  work 
and  helped  her 
to  organize  her 
study  time 

D 

Mathematics 

Slow  and  timid  ist 
two  years  of  high 
school  at  small, 
evidently  not  well 
handled  school 

Conference 

That  she  put  forth 
more  effort  and 
consult  teachers 
as  to  means  of 
improvement 

The  dean  brings  the  important  comments  before  the  entire 
faculty  for  faculty  faction.  Action  of  the  faculty  is  reported  to 
the  students,  and  parents,  where  action  is  of  serious  nature. 


Page  from  the  Report  of  the  President  of  Miami  University.    This  large  and 
detailed  report  is  well  known  and  favorably  commented  upon  for  its  contents. 


l8o  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

118  UNIVERSITY   FEES   AND  DUES. 

5.  Before  admission  to  the 

£  s.  d.  £  s.  d. 

DefrveeofB.A.       .       .       .     7  10    0   .   Degree  of  D.Litt.  or  D.Sc.      .    25    0    0 


—  M.A.i         .       .       .        .  12    0  0 

—  M.A.  if  B.C.L.  or  B.M.   .700 

—  lUIiis.'      .       .       .       .  10    0  0 

—  D.Mus.'     .       .       .       .  25    0  0 

—  B.C.L 8    0  0 

-B.M 14    0  0 

—  M.Ch.i       .       .       .       .  12    0  0 

—  B.Litt.  or  B.Sc.        .       .  7  10  0 


B.D 14  0  0 

—  D.G.L,  or  D.D.         .       .  40  0  0 

—  D.M 25  0  0 

Accumulating  B.D.  and  D.D. 

additional  5  0  0 

Degree  by  diploma  culdilional  10  10  0 

—  in  absence         additional  5  0  0 


£  s. 

d. 

10    0 

0 

7  10 

0 

C.  Before  recovery  of  the  right  of  voting  in  Convocation  when      £    «,  d. 
a  name  has  been  taken  off  the  College  Books       .        .      10    0  0* 
7.  Before  Incorporation  (besides  the  fee  for  Matriculation), 

£  s.  d.  \  As  M.A.  or  B.D.  .  .  .  15  0  0 
As  an  Undergraduate  .  .10  0—  D.Litt.  or  D.Sc.  .  .  .  30  0  0 
—  B.A 8    0    0   1   —D.D 40    0   0 

8.  Besides  these  Fees,  which  are  paid  in  money  on  the  several  occasions 
above  mentioned,  every  Member  of  the  University  is  charged  with  the 
payment  of  University  Dues.  These  Dues  are  for  each  quarter  of  the  first 
four  years  from  Matriculation,  unless  before  the  expiration  of  that  time 
any  degree  has  been  taken,  twelve  shillings  and  sixpence,  and  for  every 
quarter  subsequent  to  such  first  four  years,  or  to  the  date  of  taking 
a  degree,  five  shillings.  But,  in  lieu  of  this  annual  charge,  every 
Member  of  the  University  who  is  a  Master  of  Arts  or  a  Doctor  or 
Bachelor  of  Divinity  or  Civil  Law  or  Medicine  or  a  Doctor  of  Letters  or 
Science  or  Music  may,  through  the  proper  Office)-  of  his*Collcge  or 
Hall,  or  through  the  Delegates  of  Non-Collegiate  Students,  compound 
for  all  such  Dues  by  payment  of 

if  he  have  not  exceeded  the  age  of  40  years 
if  he  have  exceeded,  the  age  of  40,  but  not  that 
of  50  years 

5    0    0    if  he  have  exceeded  the  age  of  50  years. 
He  will  then  retain  for  life  all  the  rights  and  privileges  belonging  to  bis 
degree,  provided  he  keeps  his  name  on  the  books  of  some  College  or  Hall, 
or  upon  the  Register  of  Non-Collegiate  Students,  but  not  otherwise. 

I  Every  Master  of  Surgery,  being  otherwise  duly  qualified,  is  entitled  without  further 
payment  of  fees  to  supplicate  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  ArU,  and  every  Master  of  Arts, 
being  otherwise  duly  qualiaed,  is  entitled  without  further  payment  of  fees  to  supplicate 
for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Surgery.  _  .,,.,, 

*  For  Candidates  whose  exercises  were  received  by  the  Examiners  >n  Music  before 
May  12, 1003,  and  have  been  approved,  £12.  „     .    v  » 

»  For  Candidates  whose  exercises  were  received  by  the  Examiners  in  Music  hefore 
May  12. 1903.  and  have  been  approved,  £31  2m.  .   ,  ,      »u  * 

♦  This  fee  is  not.  required  xn  the  case  of  personB  who  have  compounded  fo*  their 
University  dues. 

Oxford  University's  degrees  are  expensive;  the  system  of  fees  and  dues  is 
intricate;  the  cost  to  produce  such  a  page  of  type  would  be  more  than  double  that 
of  an  ordinary  page.  The  layout  man  at  the  famous  University  Press,  Oxford, 
had  evidently  never  discussed  with  our  greatest  American  printer  and  authority 
on  style,  the  late  Mr.  Theodore  DeVinne,  the  relative  merits  of  two  columns  for 
foot-notes  in  6  point  type.  Some  of  Oxford's  foot-notes,  are  however,  in  two 
columns.     The  same  is  true  of  Cambridge  catalog.     See  pages  32,  106,  169. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


BORDENTOWN    MILITARY     INSTITUTE 

The  theoretical  work  is  illustrated  by  excursions  on 
Saturdays  to  near-by  manufacturing  plants.  There  is  no 
better  way  in  which  to  fix  in  mind  the  principles  of 
mechanics  and  chemistry  than  to  see  them  in  practical 
operation  in  a  modern  manufacturing  plant. 

Mathematics  The  aim  of  the  Mathematical  Department  is 
to  keep  fully  abreast  of  the  very  best  thought 
at  home  and  abroad  concerning  the  teaching  and  study  of 
elementary  mathematics  as  advocated  by  leading  teachers, 
engineers,  scientists  and  business  men,  and  to  incorporate 
the  very  best  methods  in  our  everyday  teaching. 

Some  boys  often  have  great  difficulty  in  understanding 
Advanced  Algebra  and  Geometry,  because  of  the  abstract 
and  uninteresting  way  in  which  elementary  mathematics 
has  frequently  been  presented  to  the  immature  pupil  as 
something  remote  from  his  everyday  experiences  and  needs. 
It  is  difficult  for  such  a  boy  to  make  progress  in  the  more 
advanced  mathematics  if  he  does  not  have  a  thorough, 
ready,  and  usable  knowledge  of  the  elements. 

Our  courses  have  therefore  for  their  object  the  thorough 
groui^iing  of  the  student  in  fundamental  operations, 
definitions  and  principles  as  well  as  to  develop  in  him  skill 
and  readiness  in  the  formulation  and  solution  of  problems 
of  a  practical  and  scientific  nature.  While  we  strive  to 
make  the  subject  interesting  and  vital  to  him,  we  strive 
still  more  to  lead  him  into  right  habits  of  earnest  study, 
accurate  thinking  and  clearness  of  speech. 

Mechanical         Mechanical  Drawing  affords  to  every  boy  a 

Drawing  most  valuable  training  in  the  application  of 

geometric  principles  and  in  the  development 

of  his  constructive  imagination.    It  is  an   especially 

18 

lo-point  Century  type;  upper  two  thirds  of  page  double  leaded,  lower  third 
single  leaded.  Marginal  heads  add  materially  to  cost  of  production.  Printed  on 
Old  Stratford  deckle  edge  white  paper  with  heavy  margins.  Not  entered  as 
second-class  matter,  a  large  and  elegant  catalog. 


I82  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


The  Columbus  Academy 

"THE  HEAD  BOY" 

Is  that  member  of  the  V  or  VI  Form  who  has  combined  a 
high  degree  of  excellence  in  studies,  athletics,  and  leadership 
of  whom  it  may  betruly  said,  "He  has  upheld  the  honor  of 
the  school." 

1914  Howard  W.  Gager 

1915  Howard  W.  Gager 

1916  Joel  G.  Say  re,  Jr. 

PRIZES  AND  HONORS 

Silver  loving  cups  presented  by  the  Harvard,  Yale  and 
Princeton  Alumni  of  Columbus,  are  inscribed  each  year  with 
the  names  of  the  boys  who  excel  in  scholarship,  athletica.and 
improvement,  respectively. 

Holder  of  the  Harvard  Cup 

"n^  Scholar  of  the  Year" 

1 914  Paul  M.  Smith 

1915  Frank  E.  Huggins,  Jr. 

1916  Joseph  S.  Piatt 

Holder  of  the  Yale  Cup 

"T-A/r  Athlete  of  the  Year" 

1914  Charles    P.    Elgin 

1915  Charles    P.    Elgin 

1916  Walter   S.    Hanna 

Holder  of  the  Princeton  Cup 

''The  Gainer"  of  the  Year" 

1914  Thomas  E.  Miller 

1915  Raymond  S.  Reinert 

1916  Winslow  F.  Hubbard 

2J 


lo-polnt  Caslon  leaded;  low  cost  of  typesetting  per  page  but  in  keeping  with 
the  quiet^dignity  of  the  catalog. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  183 

MEMBERS  OF  FACULTIES  AND  TEACHING  STAFF 

Nicholas  Murray  Butler President  of  the  University 

A.B.,  Columbia.  1882;  A.M.,  1883;  Ph.D.,  1884;  LL.D.,  Syracuse,  1898;  Tulanr . 
1901;  Johns  Hopkins,  Princeton,  Yale,  and  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1902, 
Chicago,  1903;  Manchester  and  St.  Andrews.  1905;  Cambridge,  1907;  Williams. 
1908;  Harvard  and  Dartmouth,  1909;  Brown.  1914;  D.Litt..  Oxford,  1905; 
Jur.D..  Breslau,  1911;  OfBcier  de  la  Legion  d'Honneur,  1906,  Commandeur. 
1912;  Order  of  the  Red  Eagle  (Prussia).  Commander.  1910;  Member.  American 
Academy  of  Arts  and  Letters,  1911. 

HE>niY  S.  MuNROE Professor  of  Mining 

E.M..  Columbia.  1869;  Ph.D..  1876;  Sc.D..  1904. 

MuNROE  Smith Professor  of  Roman  Law  and  Comparative  Juris- 
prudence 
A.B.,  Amherst,  1874;  A.M.,  1880;  LL.B..  Columbia.  1877;  LL.D..  1904;  J.U.D.. 
C6ttingen,  1880;  J.D.,  Louvain,  1909. 

Richard  J.  H.  Gottheil.  . .  .Professor  of  Rabbinical  Literatin-e  and  the 

Semitic  Languages 
A.B..  Columbia,  1881;  Ph.D.,  Leipzig,  1886. 

Edwin  R.  A.  Seligman McVickar  Professor  of  Political  Economy 

A.B.,  Columbia.  1879;  A.M..  1883;  LL.B..  1884;  Ph.D..  1884;  LL.D..  1904. 

William  Henry  Carpenter  ....  Villard  Pro.''essor  of  Germanic  Philology 

and  Provost  of  the  University 
A.B.,  Hamilton.  1881;  Ph.D.,  Freiburg.  1881. 

M .  Allen  Starr Professor  of  Neurology 

A.B..  Princeton,  1876;  A.M..  1879;  Ph.D..  1884;  LL.D..  1899;  M.D..  Columbia. 
1880,  Sc.D..  1904. 

Alfred  D.  F.  Hamlin Pi  ofessor  of  the  History  of  Architecture 

A.B..  Amherst.  1875,  A.M..  1885;  L.H.D..  St.  John's  College  (Md  ).  1912. 

Alfred  J.  Moses Professor  of  Mineralogy 

E.M..  Columbia,  1882;  Ph.D..  1890. 

George  S.  Huntington Professor  of  Anatomy 

A.B..  Trinity.  1881;  A.M..  1884;  M.D..  Columbia,  1884:  Sc.D  .  1904;  LL  D  , 
Jefferson  Medical  College.  1907. 

Herbert  L.  Osgood Professor  o:  History 

A.B.,  Amherst.  1877;  A.M.,  1880;  LL.D.,  1907;  Ph.D..  Columbia.  1889. 

J.  McKeen  Cattell .  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B..  Lafayette.  1880;  A.M..  1883;  LL.D..  1907;  Ph.D.,  Leipzig,  1886;  Member 
of  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Francis  M.  Burdick Dwight  Profes.sor  of  Law 

A.B.,  Hamilton,  1869;  LL.B.,  1872;  LL.D..  1895. 

George  W.  Kirchwey Kent  Professor  of  Law 

A.B..  Yale,  1877;  LL.D.,  Yale,  University  of  Cincinnati,  New  York  Liniversity. 
1908. 

John  Bassett  Moore  .  . .  Hamilton  Fish  Professor  of  International  Law 

and  Diplomacy 
A.B..  Virginia.  1880;  LL.D..  Yale.  1901;  Brown.  1914. 

Henry  Fairfield  Osborn Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B..  Princeton.  1877;  Sc.D.,  1880;  LL.D.,  Trinity  College  (Hartford).  1901; 
Princeton.  1902;  Columbia.  1907;  Sc.D..  Cambridge.  1904;  Ph.D.  (Hon.),  Chrii- 
tiania.  191 1 ;  Member  of  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 

II  . 

Columbia's  style  for  faculty  list  (938  names)  has  been  especially  commended 
by  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  Degrees  and  sources  are  given  to  professors,  degrees 
only  to  others.  Memberships  in  Academies,  Institutes,  etc.  are  spelled  In  full, 
not  abbreviated.    The  running-head  is  omitted  over  drop-heads. 


162  THE   SCHOOL   OE   MEDICINE  [1914-I915 


FACULTY  AND  INSTRUCTORS 


Arranged,  with  exception  of  the  PresidcKt,  in  the  order  of  appointment. 

Charles  Franklin  Thwing,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  11109  Bellflower  Rpad 

President. 

A.  B.,  Harvard  College,  1876;  Andover  Theological  Seminary,  1876-79;  D.  D., 
Chicago  Theological  Seminarv,  1888;  LL.  D.,  Illinois  College  and  iviarietta  College, 
1894;  Washington  and  Jefferson,  1902;  President.  Adelbert  College  and  Western 
Eeserve  University,    1890— 


John  Eaton  Darby,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  10504  Pasadena  Avenue 

Senior  Professor  of  Therapeutics. 
A.  B.,  Williams  College,  1858;  A.  M.,  1861;  M.  D.,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1861;  Demonstrator  ofAnatomy,  Western  Reserve  University,  1861-62;  Professor  of 
Materia  Medica  and  Pharmacv,  1867-73;  Professor  of  Materia  Medica  and  Thera- 
peutics, 1873-1902;  Professor  o'f  Therapeutics,  1902-05;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Thera- 
peutics,  1905-11;   Senior  Professor  of  Therapeutics,    1911 — 

Hunter  Holmes  Powell,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  2714  Prospect  Avenue 

Senior  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and  Pediatrics. 

M  D.,  Virginia  Medical  College,  1867;  A.  M.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1894; 
Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children,  Western  Reserve  University,  1875-78;  Professor  of 
Obstetrics  and  Pediatrics,  1878-1907;  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine,  1895-1900; 
Emeritus  Professor  of  Obstetrics,  1907-11;  Senior  Professor  of  Obstetrics  and 
Pediatrics,   1911— 

Dudley  Peter  Allen,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  480  The  Arcade 

Senior  Professor  of  Surgery. 

A.  B.,  Oberlin  College,  1875;  A.  M.,  1883;  M.  D.,  Harvard  University,  1880; 
Paris,  Freiburg,  Berlin,  Vienna,  London,  Leipsic,  1880-82;  LL.  D.,  Oberlin  College, 
1908;  Lecturer  on  Surge: v,  Western  Reserve  University,  1884-90;  Professor  of  the 
Theory  and  Practice  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery,  1893-1910;  Emeritus  Professor 
of  Surgery,   1910-11;   Senior  Professor  of   Surgery,   1911— 

George  Coates  Ashmun,  M.  D.,  1965  E.  101st  Street 

Senior  Professor  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Medical  Ethics. 

M.  D.,  Cleveland  Medical  College,  1873;  Professor  of  Diseases  of  Children, 
Wooster  University,  1889-93;  Professor  of  Hygiene  and  Preventive  Medicine,  Western 
Reserve  University,  1893-1909-  Professor  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Medical  Ethics, 
1909-12;  Senior  Professor  of  Medical  Jurisprudence  and  Medical  Ethics,  1912^- 

Benjamin  -L.  Millikin,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  1110  Euclid  Avenue 

Senior  Professor  of  Ophthalmology. 

fA.  B.,  Allegheny  College,  1874;  A.  M.,  1877;  M.  D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1879;  Resident  Staff,  Hospital  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1879-80;  Children  s 
Hospital,  Philadedphia,  1880-81;  Resident  Surgeon,  Will's  Eye  Hospital,  1881-82; 
Ophthalmic  Surgeon,  Charity  Hospital,  1884;  Lakeside  Hospital.  1893;  Professor  of 
Ophthalmology,  Western  Reserve  University,  1893-1912;  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medi- 
cine,   1901-12;   Senior   Professor   of   Ophthalmology,    1912 — 

Charles  Barnsdall  Parker,  A.  M.,  M.  D..  M.  R.  C.  S..       846  Rose  Building 
Senior  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 

A.  B.,  Rochester  Universitv,  1874;  M.  D..  University  of  Wooster,  1877;  Member 
Roval  College  of  Surgeons,  1880;  Professor  of  Physiology,  University  of  Wooster. 
1880-81;  Professor  of  Physiology,  Western  Reserye  University.  1881-86;  Professor  of 
Physiologv  and  Lecturer  on  Gynecology,  1886-90;  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Gyne- 
cology, 1890-92;  Professor  of  Surgery.  1892-93;  Professor  of  Principles  of  Surgery 
and  Clinical  Surgery,  Universitv  of  Wooster,  1893-94;  Professor  of  Clinical  Surgery. 
Ohio  Wesieyan  University,  r894-1910;  Associate  Clinical  Professor  of  Surgery. 
Western   Reserve   Universitv,    191013;    Senior   Professor   of   Clinical    Surgery,    191.— 


An  ideal  style  for  faculty  list  from  Western  Reserve  University  catalog.     Note 
year  of  issue  in  running-head.    Nearly  perfect  dimensions. 


184 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  185 

20  OBERLIN   COLLEGE 

Albert  Henry  Currier,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Sacred  Rhetoric  and  Prac- 
tical Theology,  Emeritus.    Rfetired  upon  the  Carnegie  Foundation. 

105  Elm  St. 
A.B.,  Bowdoin,  1857;  A.M.,  1866;  D.D.,  1884;  Graduated,  Andover 
Seminary,  1862.  Professor  of  Sacred  Rhetoric  and  •  Practical  The- 
ology, Oberlin  Seminary,  1881-1907;  Professor  Emeritus,  1907 — . 

Frank  Fanning  Jewett,  A.  M.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Miner- 
alogy, Emeritus.    Retired  upon  the  Carnegie  Foundation. 

73  South  Professor  St. 
A.B.,  Yale,  1870;  A.M.,  1873.  Student,  Gottingen,  1874-75,  Berlin, 
1895-96.  Assistant  to  Dr.  Wolcott  Gibbs,  Harvard,  1876;  Profes- 
sor of  Chemistry,  Imperial  Univ.,  Tokio,  Japan,  1877-80;  Professor 
of  Chemistry  and  Mmeralogy,  Oberlin,  1880-1912;  Professor  Emeri- 
tus, 1912—. 

Lyman  Bronson  Hall,'  A.M.,  Professor  of  English  and  American 
History.  Brooks  Professorship. 
A.B.,  Oberlin,  1872;  A.M.,  1878;  D.B.,  Harvard  Divinity  School, 
1877;  Graduated,  Oberlin  Seminary,  1878.  Graduate  student,  Ber- 
lin, 1888-89,  Johns  Hopkins,  1893-94,  Harvard,  1894-95;  student  in 
the  British  Museum,  1905-06.  Associate  Professor  of  Latin  and 
Greek,  Oberlin,  1883-88;  Professor  of  Latin,  1888-99;  Professor -of 
History,  1899-1909;  Present  position  since  1909. 

AzARiAH  Smith  Root,  A.M.,  Librarian;  Professor  of  Bibliography. 

150  North  Professor  St. 
A.B.,  Oberlin,  1884;  A.M.,  1SS7.  Student,  Boston  University  Law 
School,  1884-85;  Cataloguer,  Oberlin  College  Library,  1885-86;  Stu- 
dent, Harvard  Law  School,  1886-87,  Gottingen,  1898-99.  Librarian, 
Oberlin,  1887—;  Professor  of  Bibliography,  1890—. 

Edward  Increase  Bosworth,  D.D.,  Senior  Dean  of  the  Theological 
Seminary;  Professor  of  the  New  Testament  Language  and  Liter- 
ature. Morgan  Professorship.  78  South  Professor  St. 
A.B.,  Yale,  1883;  D.B.,  Oberlin,  1886;  A.M.,  1893;  D.D.,  1901.  Stu- 
dent, Leipzig,  1890-91,  Athens,  Greece,  winter  of  1891-92;  Pastor, 
Mt.  Vernon,  O.,  1886-87;  Professor  of  the  English  Bible,  Oberlin, 
1887-90;  Professor  of  the  New  Testament  Language  and  Literature, 
Oberlin,  1892—;  Dean,  Seminary,  1903-10;  Senior  Dean,  Seminary, 
1910—. 


'On  leave  of  absence  for  the  year  1915-16. 


Much  space  might  have  been  saved  in  the  large  faculty  list  of  Oberlin  had  the 
faculty  records  been  set  in  solid  8-point  and  solid  6-point,  but  at  the  expense 
of  legibility. 


l86  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Faculties  9 

Greek,  Fort  Worth  University,  1900-03;  Professor  of  Greek 
and  German,  Milwaukee  Academy,  1903-1904;  Graduate  Stu- 
dent in  Greek,  Summer  Quarter,  University  of  Chicago,  1907, 
1908,  1909;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1910. 

ALFRED   ALLAN   KERN,  A.M.,  Ph.D. 
Professor  of  English. 
(729  Fairview  Street.) 
A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1898;  A.M.,  1899;  Teaching  Fel 
low,    Vanderbilt    University,    1899-1900;    Fellow    ia    English, 
Johns   Hopkins   University,   1902-1903;    Fellow   by   Courtesy, 
1903-04,  1906-07;  Ph.D.,  1907. 

EMMETTE  YOUNG  BURTON,  B.A. 
Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Surveying. 
(729  Fairview.) 
B.A.,   University  of  Virginia,   1902;    Graduate  Student,  Summer 
Quarter,    University    of   Chicago,    1903    and    1905;    Graduate 
Student  in  Engineering  Department,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Summer  Term,  1909 ;  Graduate  Student,  University  of  Virginia, 
1908-09;  Principal  of  Howell  Institute,  Howell,  Missouri,  1902- 
03;  Professor  of  Mathematics  in  St.  Charles  Military  College, 
St.   Charles,    Missouri,    1903-05;    Teacher   of    Mathematics   in 
State  Normal,   Kirksville,   Missouri,    1905-07;    Superintendent 
of  St.  Charles  Military  College,  St.  Charles,  Missouri,  1907-08; 
Assistant    in    Mathematics,    University    of    Virginia,    1908-09, 
Millsaps  College  1910. 

GEORGE  LOTT  HARRELL,  B.S.,  M.S. 
Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
Professor  of  Biology, 
(812  Arlington  Avenue.) 
B.S.,  Millsaps  College,  1899;  M.S.,  Millsaps  College,  1901;   Pro- 
fessor of  Science,  Whitworth  College,  1899-1900;  Professor  of 


Style  for  faculty  list  at  Millsaps  College,    pleasing  for  a  small  institution, 
impossible  on  account  of  space,  for  a  large  faculty.    8-point  Century,  leaded. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  187 

Officers  of  Instruction 

(Active  list  in  order  of  length  of  continuous  service.) 

Rev.  Hiram  Mills  Perkins,  M.A.,  LL.D., 

Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  Emeritus. 

235  West  William  Street 
Jesse  William  Parker,  M.D., 

Professor  of  Music,  Emeritus.  19  North  Liberty  Street 


Rev.  Richard  Parsons,  M.A., 

Wright  Professor  of  the  Greek  Language  and  Literature. 

58  West  Fountain  Avenue 
Rev.  William  Walter  Davies,  B.D.,  Ph.D., 

Professor  of  German  and  Hebrew  on  the  Ohio  Conference  Foundation. 

205  West  William  Street 
Cyrus  Brooks  Austin,  M.A.,  D.D., 

Parrott  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Astronomy.       Monnett  Hall 
Grace  Stanley,  M.A., 

Brown  Associate  Professor  of  Latin.      134  North  Franklin  Street 
Clara  Albertine  Nelson,  M.A., 

Hayward  Professor  of  French.  Monnett  Hall 

*RicHARD  Taylor  Stevenson,  D.D.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D., 

James  S.  Britton  Professor  of  American  History. 

225  North  Sandusky  Street 
William  Garfield  Hormell,  Ph.D., 

Professor  of  Physics.  268  North  Sandusky  Street 

Charles  M.  Jacobus, 

Instructor  in  Piano.  80  North  Sandusky  Street 

Trumbull  Gillette  Duvall,  B.D.,  Ph.D., 

Guy  Max  Clarke  Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Psychology. 

222  North  Franklin  Street 
Emma  Louise  Konantz,  M.A., 

Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics.  Monnett  Hall 

♦Edward  Loranus  Rice,  Ph.D., 

Professor  of  Biology  on  the  Cincinnati  Conference  Foundation. 

316  North  Sandusky  Street 
♦Isabel  Thomas, 

Instructor  in  Piano  and  History  of  Music.  Monnett  Hall 


♦Absent  on  leave,  second  semester,  1916-17. 


Page  from  Ohio  Wesleyan  facultyjiist,  arranged  by  seniority.  A  lead  between 
names  would  have  improved  the  appearance  of  the  page  at  the  cost  of  more  pages 
in  the  catalog.    All  Century  type,  head  in  14-point  caps  and  lower  case. 


l88  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


THE  FACULTY 


REV.  HENRY  CHURCHILL  KING.  D.D.,  LL.D..  President;  Professor  of 
Theology  and  Philosophy.  On  ihe  W.  E.  Osborn  Foundation;  Fairchild 
Professorship.  317  East  College  St. 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1879;  D.B.,  Oberlin  Seminary.  1882;  A.M..  Harvard 
Univ..  1883;  D.D..  Oberlin  College.  1897;  Western  Reserve  Univ..  1901; 
and  Yale  Univ.,  1904;  LL.D..  Univ.  of  Illinois.  1908;  Tutor  in  Latin, 
Oberlin  Academy.  1879-81;  Tutor  in  Mathematics,  Oberlin  Academy.  1881- 
82;  Student.  Harvard  Univ.,  1882-84;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics, 
Oberlin  College,  1884-90;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Oberlin  Col- 
lege, 1890-91;  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Oberlin  College,  1891-97;  Student, 
Univ.  of  Berlin,  1893-94;  Professor  of  Theology  and  Philosophy,  Oberlin 
Seminary  and  College,  1897—;  Dean,  Oberlin  College,  1901-12;  President 
of  Oberlin  College,    1902—. 


REV.  EDWARD  INCREASE  BOSWORTH,  A.M.,  D.D.,  Senior  Dean; 
Professor  of  the  New  Testament  Language  and  Literature,  Morgan  Pro- 
fessorship. 78  South   Professor  St. 

A.B.,  Yale  Univ..  1883;  D.B.,  Oberlin  Seminary,  1886;  A.M.,  Oberlin 
College.  1893;  D.D..  Oberlin  College,  1901.  Pastor,  Mt.  Vernon,  O.,  1886- 
87;  Professor  of  the  English  Bible.  Oberlin  Seminary.  1887-90;  Student. 
Univ.  of  Leipzig,  1890-91;  Athens,  Greece,  Winter  of  1891-92;  Professor 
of  the  New  Testament  Language  and  Literature,  Oberlin  Seminary,  1892 — ; 
Dean.  Oberlin  Seminary.    1903  10;    Senior  Dean,    1910—. 


REV.  GEORGE  WALTER  FISKE.   A.M.,    D.B..  Junior   Dean;    Professor 
of    Practical    Theology.     Shansi    Professorship.  336   Reamer    Place. 

A.B..  Amherst  College.  1895;.  D.B..  Hartford  Theological  Seminary,  1898; 
A.M.,  Amherst  College.  1898;  Pastor.  Huntington  and  South  Hadley  Falls, 
Mass..  and  Auburn,  Me..  1898-1907;  Lecturer  on  Business  Methods.  Hart- 
ford Theological  Seminary,  1902-07;  Professor  of  Practical  Theology,  Ober- 
lin Theological  Seminary,  1907 — ;  Acting  Dean,  Oberlin  Seminary.  1908- 
10;  Junior  Dean,    1910—. 


ftEV.  GEORGE  FREDERICK  WRIGHT,  D.D..  LL.D..   Professor  Emeri- 
tus. H3   Elm  St. 


REV.  ALBERT   HENRY   CURRIER.   A.M..    D.D..    Professor   Emeritus. 

113  Elm  St. 


Oberlin  Theological  Seminary's  catalog  is  set  in  Cheltenham  Oldstyle  (not 
Cheltenham  Wide).  It  is  printed  on  Cameo  paper  with  full  page  illustrations  here 
and  there. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  189 


FACULTY 

HEAD  MASTER 
Alfred  G.  Rolfe,  M.  A.,  Litt.  D.  (Amherst  College) 

ASSISTANT  HEAD  MASTER 
DwiCHT  R.  Meigs,  B.  A.  (Yale  University) 

SENIOR  MASTER 

George  Q.  Sheppard,  M.  A.  (Lafayette  College) 

DEAN 

Charles  T.  Evans,  M.  A.  (Dickinson  College), 
M.  A.  (Harvard  University) 

MASTERS 

Latin 

John  D.  Warnock,  Ph.  D.  (Yale  University) 

Howell  N.  White,  M.  A.  (Princeton  University) 

Lewis  C.  Haynes,  B.  A.  (New  York  University) 

Isaac  Thomas,  M.A    (Princeton  University) 

Edward  G.  Kendall,  Ph.  D.  (Yale  University) 

Charles  F.  T.  Seaverns,  B.A.  (Colby  College).  B.  A. 
(Harvard  University) 

Greek 
Louis  A.  Dole,  M.  A.  <Yale  University) 


Page  five 


Page  from  Hill  School  faculty  list  with  sources  of  degrees;  printed  in  black  oa 
heavy  deckle  edge  white  paper;   Not  entered  as  second-class  matter  in  the  mails. 


AuBerordeDtllche  Professuren 

Dr.  V.  Luschan^    SW  ll,   Koniggratzerstr.  120;    Sprectst.  10—3  tagUcb 
auBer  Mo, 
Spezielle  physische  Anthropologie,  Do.  3^-5,  priyAtinj. 
Voikerkunde  der  Siidsee,  Di.  3—4,  offentlichi 
Antbropologisclie  Ubungen,  So,  3 — 7,  privatissime. 
LeituDg  selbstandiger  Arbeiten,  taglict,  privatissime. 
Ethnograpliische    tJbuDgen,    taglicb    10—3,    privatissime  "und    uii- 

.eotgeltlicb. 
Anthropologisches  Colloquium,   Do.  7—9  abends,   privatissime  und 
unentgeltlicb. 
Dr.  P.  Magnus,  W  35,  Blumeshof  15. 

Naturgeschicbte  der  Arcbegoniaten,  Di.  Do.  Fr.  8— 9,  privatim. 
Biologlscbe  Anpassixngen    zur  Nahrungsaufnalime   der  Pflanzen,   ML 
8—9,  offentlicb. 

Dr.  Eugen  Meyer,  W  Q2,  Kalckreutbstr.  15. 

Techniscbe  Physik  der  Verbrennungskraftmaschinen ,  Fr.  10  — 12, 
privatim. 

Dr.  R.  M.  Meyer,  W  9,  VoBstr.  16;  Sprechst.  Mi.  So.  9V2— lOVa- 

Geschichte  der  deutscben  Literatur  seit  Goethes  "Tod,  Mo.  Di.  Do. 

Fr.  11—12,  privatim. 
Friedrich  Nietzscbes  Leben  und  Scbriften,  Di.  Fr.  10—11,  privatum. 
tlber  \Metbode  und  Aufgabe  der  vergleichenden  Literaturgeschicbte, 

Mo.  5—6,  offentlicb. 

Dr.  Neesen,  W  50,  Ansbacberstr.  31;   Sprecbst.  3—4. 
Geometriscbe  Optik,  Di.  5—7,  privatim. 

Dr.  A.  Orth,  W  30,  Zietenstr.  6B. 

Allgemeine  Acker-  und  Pflanzenbaulelire,  zweiter  Teil  (Bewasserung 
einscblieBlich  Wiesenbau  nnd  Diingerlebre),  Di.  12 — 1,  Mi.  Do. 
10—11,  privatim. 

Spezielle  Acker-  und  Pflanzenbaulebre,  zweiter  Teil'  (Anbau  der 
Wurzel-  und  Knollengewacbse  und  der  Handelsgewachse),  Di. 
Fr.  10 — 11,  privatim. 

tJber  Bonitierung  des  Bodens,  Mi.  11—12,  offentlicb. 

Exkursionen  an  passenden  Tagen,  offentlicb. 

Praktiscbe  Ubungen  im  agronomiscb-pedologiscben  Laboratorium  dei 
Konigl.  Landw'irtscbaftliclien  Hocbscbule:  a)  praktiscbe  tJbungen 
zur  Bodenkunde,  Mo.  Do.  2  —  4,  b)  Leitung  praktischer  agro- 
nomiscber  und  agrikulturcbemiscber  Axbeiten  (Ubxingen;  im 
Untersucben  von  Boden,  Pflanze  und  Danger),  in  Verbindtmjg  mit 
Dr.  Berju,  Mo.  Di.  Mi.  Do.  Fr.  9 — 4,  privatissime. 

From  the  University  of  Berlin  catalog. 
190 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES  I9I 


X.  —  Cars  d'estudis  pera'ls  aspirants  a  Enginyer 
agricol 

Pera  obtenir  el  grau  d^Enginyer  agricol,  previa  la 
aprobaci6  de-  rexamen  general  dlngr^s  y  del  comple- 
mentari  (abans  del  quint  aemestre),  deur^n  cursarse  y 
aprobarse  totes  les  asignatures  ordinaries  del  plan  com- 

plert,  que  s6n  les  seguents: 

Hores  de  cl&sse 
setmanals 

Te6rf-      Prftcti- 
ques         qaes 

Primer  semestre 

a)    Complements  dematem^tiques  (curs  61).      4         2 
h)    Fisica  y.Meteorologia  (curs  61).   ...      2  2 

c)  Qulmica  inorg^nica  (curs  41)  ....      2  2 

d)  Llegislaci6  agraria  (curs  81)  ....      2        — 

e)  Economia    y    Comptabilitat    rurals 

(curs  83) .      2        — 

f)  Dibuix  (curs  91) j^     _6_ 

Total.    .    .    12       12 

&eg6n  semestre 

a)  Quimica  organica  (curs  43).    ...     .  2  2 

h)  Bo  tunica  agricola  (curs  1)  .  •  .     .     .     .  2  2 

c)  Anatomia  vegetal  (curs  3)  .     .     .     .  \.  2  2 

d)  Geologia  y  Geografla  fisica  agricoles 

(curs  53) 4        — 

e)  Llegislacio  agraria  (curs  81) 2        — . 

/)    Elements  de  mecMica  y  construccions 

rurals  (curs  11) 2  2 

g)  Dibuix  (curs  93) --_        4 

Total.    .'    .    14        12 

2 

From  the  Agricultural  College  of  Barcelona. 


192 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


248 


BROWN  UNIVERSITY 


UNIVERSITY  HALL 


No. 

Division 

Floor 

Windows  face 

Bedrooms 

22«n< 

4 

South 

1 

W. 

None 

$140 

10 

»« 

2 

s.&w. 

2 

235 

12 

»» 

w. 

N(m0 

125 

13 

" 

»« 

w. 

«4 

125 

16 

" 

i< 

E. 

«( 

110 

17 

♦  4 

«« 

E. 

«* 

116 

18 

" 

*' 

E.&S. 

«« 

143 

19 

<« 

3 

S.&W. 

2 

225 

21 

" 

w. 

None 

122 

22 

" 

*♦ 

W. 

44 

122 

25 

♦' 

♦* 

E. 

" 

110 

26 

»' 

<♦ 

E. 

44 

110 

27 

«» 

" 

E.&S. 

44 

131 

28 

" 

4 

S.&W. 

2 

205 

30 

" 

" 

w. 

None 

110 

31 

»» 

*i 

w. 

44 

110 

32 

" 

" 

E. 

'» 

107 

33 

»♦ 

" 

E. 

4< 

107 

34 

<t 

" 

E.&S. 

4« 

131 

36 

North 

J 

W. 

" 

141 

40 

*' 

2 

W. 

44 

125 

41 

«' 

W. 

44 

125 

43 

" 

" 

W.  &  N. 

2 

235 

44 

" 

<( 

E.  &N. 

None 

131 

45 

<t 

" 

E. 

" 

116 

46 

4» 

" 

E. 

116 

47 

" 

3 

W. 

44 

116 

48 

(i 

n 

W. 

44 

116 

50 

»' 

t» 

W.  &  N. 

2 

225 

51 

« 

" 

E.  &N. 

None 

125 

52 

" 

" 

E. 

44 

110 

53 

" 

" 

E. 

*' 

110 

54 

♦  » 

4 

W. 

44 

110 

55 

»» 

w. 

44 

110 

57 

" 

44 

W.&N. 

2 

195 

58 

" 

" 

E.  &N. 

A'bne 

125 

59 

i» 

44 

E. 

»4 

107 

60 

" 

" 

E. 

«4 

107 

South 


North 


SLATER  HALL 

E.  S.  &  W. 

E.  &  W. 
E.  S.  &  W. 

E.  &  W. 
E.  S.  &  W. 

E.  &W. 

E.  S.  &  W. 

W. 

E.  &W. 
E.  W.  &  N. 


Page  from  schedule  of  dormitory  rents.    Brown's  catalog  is  set  in  Scotch  Roman. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


193 


156 


DARTMOUTH  COLLEGE 


four  dollars  per  year  for  each  lamp.  Students  must'  furnish  their  own 
lamps,  wiiich  should  be  for  a  220-volt  circuit.  It  is  not  allowed  that 
anything  larger  than  a  25-watt  lamp  shall  be  used. 

The  following  table  tells  the  year  in  which  the  building  was  erected, 
except  for  the  first  three  which  belong  to  the  old  group,  the  capacity 
of  each,  the  range  of  prices,  and  the  average  price  per  occupant. 


Building  Capacity 

Hallgarten 44 

Reed 60 

Thornton 44 

Sanborn  (1894) 47 

Crosby  (1896) 45 

Richardson  (1897) 52 

Fayerweather  (1900) 67 

College  (1901) 40 

Wheeler  (1905) 98 

Hubbard  (1906) 46 

No.  Fayerweather  (1907) 45 

Massachusetts  (1907) 91 

New  Hampshire  (1908) 107 

So.  Fayerweather  (1910)    52 

No.  Massachusetts  (1912) OS 

So.  Massachusetts  (1912) 62 

Hitchcock  (1913) 90 


ange  of  Prices 

per 
Occupant 

Average 
Rental  per 
Occupant 

$40— $65 

$55.50 

55—  80 

69.00 

50—6^ 

57.00 

60—115 

77.00 

75—125 

100.00 

90—150 

111.50 

55—115 

90.50 

55—130 

88.50 

60—140 

95.00 

50—  85 

73.50 

60—115 

93.50 

75—140 

110.00 

75—125 

94.50 

65—140 

105.00 

85—155 

120.00 

85—160 

128.50 

95—175 

135.00 

ASSIGNMENT   OF  ROOMS 

A  permanent  list  for  the  assignment  of  rooms  is  kept  for  each  class, 
and  the  order  of  names  on  this  list  is  determined  by  the  date  of 
application.  Students  expecting  to  enter  College  may  at  any  time 
within  three  years  of  entering  make  application  to  the  Registrar  to 
have  their  names  put  on  the  list. 

To  students  already  in  College,  rooms  are  assigned  in  April  for  the. 
following  year.  Students  rooming  in  the  College  buildings  may  retain 
their  rooms  for  the  following  year;  the  rooms  not  thus  retained  are 
offered  to  the  classes  in  order  of  seniority,  and  assignments  will 
be  made  according  to  the  lists  for  assignment  of  rooms.  One  student 
will  not  be  allowed  to  reserve  or  engage  one  half  of  a  double  room. 


Room  rent  schedule  with  age  of  buildings. 


president's  letter  to  kenyon  alumni 


15 


Class  Reunions  under  ''Dix''  Plan 


1917 

1918 

1919 

1920 

1921 

1922 

1923 

1924 

1925 

1926 

1927 

1928 

1929 

'70 

'70 

•70 

'70 

'71 

'71 

'71 

'71 

'72 

with 

•72 

'72 

'72 

'73 

'68 

•73 

with 

'73 

'73 

•74 

&'69 

•74 

'69 

'74 

'74 

'76 

'75 

'75 

'75 

•76 

•76 

'76 

•76 

'77 

•77 

•77 

'77 

•78 

•78 

'78 

'78 

•79 

•79 

'79 

'79 

'80 

'80 

'80 

'80 

'81 

'81 

'81 

'81 

'82 

'82 

'82 

'83 

'83 

'83 

'84 

'84 

'84 

'85 

•85 

•85 

'86 

'86 

•86 

'87 

'87 

'87 

•87 

'88 

'88 

'88 

•88 

'89 

'89 

'89 

'89 

'90 

'90 

'90 

'90 

'91 

'91 

'91 

'91 

'92 

'92 

'92 

'92 

'93 

'93 

'93 

'93 

'94 

'94 

'94 

'94 

'95 

•95 

'95 

'95 

'96 

•96 

'96 

'96 

'97 

•97 

'97 

'97 

'98 

'98 

'98 

'98 

'99 

'99 

'99 

'99 

'00 

'OO 

'00 

'00 

'01 

'01 

'01 

'02 

'02 

'02 

•03 

'03 

'03 

'04 

'04 

•04 

'05 

'05 

'05 

'06 

•06 

'06 

'06 

'07 

•07 

'07 

'07 

'08 

'08 

'08 

'08 

'08 

'09 

'09 

'09 

'09 

'10 

'10 

•10 

•10 

'11 

'11 

'11 

'11 

'12 

'12 

'12 

'12 

'13 

'13 

'13 

•13 

'14 

•14 

'14 

•14 

'15 

•15 

'15 

•15 

•16 

•16 
•17 

•18 

•16 
•17 
•18 
•19 

'19 
'20 

\ 

•20 
'21 

•22 

•22 
'23 

'16 
'17 
•18 

•23 
•24 

'19 
'20 
•21 
•22 

•25 

'23 
'24 
•25 
'26 

'26 

'16 
'17 
'18 
'19 

'27 

'27 

'28 

•28 
'29 

The  Honorable  Robert  Lansing,  Secretary  of  State,  has 
accepted  an  invitation  to  be  present  at  the  Commencement 
exercises  and  the  Alumni  Luncheon.  William  B.  Bodine,  Jr., 
A.B.,  '90,  son  of  the  late  President  of  Kenyon  College,  will 
dehver  the  Alumni  address  and  Earl  D.  Babst,  '93,  President 


Dix  plan  for  Class  Reunions.    Right  hand  page  in  the  bulletin. 

194 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


195 


472 


PRINCETON    UNIVERSITY 


SUMMARY  OF  STUDENTS  BY  STATES 


G. 

E.E. 

Sr. 

Jr. 

So. 

fr. 

Q. 

Par.  Total 

New  York      ....   12 

I 

76 

72 

108 

98 

8 

0    375 

Pennsylvania 

37 

I 

84 

65 

82 

68 

6 

I    344 

New  Jersey 

28 

5 

70 

76 

82 

77 

2 

2    342 

Ohio     .     . 

7 

0 

iZ 

6 

16 

17 

5 

0      64 

Maryland  . 

4 

0 

10 

9 

10 

II 

3 

0      47 

Missouri    . 

6 

I 

12 

6 

7 

15 

0 

0      47 

Illinois 

3 

0 

4 

6 

14 

12 

0 

0      39 

Massachusetts 

4 

0 

3 

6 

9 

14 

1 

0      37 

District  of  Columbia 

I 

0 

7 

6 

2 

8 

0 

0      24 

•Connecticut     .     . 

I 

0 

7 

7 

3 

4 

I 

0      23 

California       .     . 

7 

0 

3 

4 

3 

4 

0 

0       21 

Kentucky  .     .     . 

3 

0 

I 

2 

s 

4 

2 

0      17 

Wisconsin       .     , 

2 

0 

2 

3 

4 

4 

I 

0      16 

Minnesota       .     . 

0 

0 

2 

3 

3 

7 

0 

0     15 

Florida      .     .     . 

I 

0 

0 

4 

5 

4 

0 

0     14 

Indiana      .     .     . 

5 

0 

I 

2 

2 

3 

I 

0    14 

Michigan         .     . 

5 

0 

I 

I 

2 

3 

2 

0    14 

Texas   .     .     .     .  • 

4 

0 

5 

I 

2 

2 

0 

0     14 

Colorado    .     .     . 

I 

0 

3 

2 

r 

6 

0 

0    13 

Delaware  .     .     . 

0 

0 

3 

1 

4 

3 

0 

0     11 

Iowa     .... 

4 

0 

I 

1 

0 

4 

0 

0      10 

Kansas       .     .     . 

2 

0 

2 

I 

0 

2 

2 

0       9 

Tennessee 

1 

0 

2 

4 

2 

0 

0 

0       9 

Virginia     .     .      . 

4 

0 

0 

0 

I 

2 

I 

0       8 

Rhode  Island       . 

I 

0 

2 

0 

I 

3 

I 

0       8 

'Nebraska  .     .     . 

3 

0 

0 

2 

0 

2 

0 

0        7 

South  Carolina   . 

3 

0 

2 

0 

2 

0 

0 

0       7 

Washington    .     . 

0 

0 

2 

I 

I 

3 

0 

0       7 

West  Virginia     . 

4 

0 

0 

r 

1 

I 

0 

0       7 

Louisiana  .     .     . 

0 

0 

3 

I 

I 

I 

0 

0       6 

Alabama    .     .     . 

I 

0 

2 

I 

0 

I 

0 

0       5 

Maine  .... 

3 

0 

I 

0 

I 

0 

0 

0        5 

North  Carolina   . 

0 

0 

2 

0 

2 

I 

0 

0       5 

Arkansas   .     .     . 

.     I 

0 

0 

I 

0 

2 

0 

0        4 

Oklahoma       .     . 

.     2 

0 

0 

0 

I 

I 

0 

0       4 

Oregon.    .     .     . 

I 

0 

2 

0 

0 

I 

0 

0       4 

Interesting  table  suitable  for  catalogs  of  institutions  of  large  or  medium  size. 
Typesetting  cost  double  that  of  straight  matter. 


196  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


156 


THE  COLLEGE  OF  WOOSTER 


Students  by  Stales  and  Foreign  Countries 

(Collegiate  and  Preparatory  pepartments  alone  included.) 

Alabama    1     New  Jersey   2    Greece    1 

California    1     New  Mexico 2     India    9 

Colorado   3     New  York    7    Italy , 1 

Dist.   of   Columbia     1     Ohio    ....437     Japan    4 


Idaho 


2     Oregon    1 


Illinois    10     Pennsylvania 


Indiana    7 

Kansas    1 


Korea 5 

38     Mexico 1 

1     Persia    4 

Siam    3 


Washington    . . 

West  Virginia  ...  1 

Maryland    6    Central  America..     1    Syria   4 

Massachusetts   ...     1     Chili    2    Manchuria   1 

Michigan    4     China    16                                      — r~ 

Minnesota    ......      1     Cuba    1                                      533 

Nebraska    2     England    1 


Summary  of  Attendance,  1892-1914 


YEAR 

£ 

0 

1 

1 

£ 

.2 

c 

D 
•-s 

m 

0 

-a 

c 
E 

1 

CO 

15 
1 

1 

1 

i 

a> 

Cl, 

B 

E 

3 

C/2 

0 

3 

1 

1892-3 

42 
28 
41 
39 
33 
41 

11 

39 

41 
42 
55 
49 
61 
57 
63 
74 
90 
61 
60 
81 

30 
41 
42 
42 
47 
35 
42 
47 
34 
37 
38 
39 
61 
46 
57 
55 
70 
81 
86 
68 
69 
80 
83 

49 
45 
47 
62 
46 
48 
55 
46 
37 
47 
54 
65 
61 
80 
91 
93 
106 
108 
100 
93 
137 
128 
128 

58 
65 
79 
72 
60 
64 
55 
42 
66 
69 
80 
69 
89 
131 
123 
150 
182 
161 
153 
208 
165 
161 
146 

26 
20 
35 
54 
57 
59 
55 
37 
32 
41 
39 
43 
51 

205 
199 
244 
269 
243 
247 
244 
227 
225 
219 
250 
257 
308 
315 
323 
362 
415 
416 
415 
463 
435 
433 

106 
113 
97 
124 
126 
146 
148 
149 
180 
162 
170 
208 
221 
232 
255 
245 
252 
208 
182 
169 

39 
53 
49 
49 
140 
207 
283 
350 
440 
418 
420 
446 
460 
620 
776 
888 
989 
998 
1020 
1025 

63 

59 

86 

87 

88 

88 

135 

108 

112 

82 

73 

83 

118 

117 

92 

122 

135 

89 

126 

153 

157 

104 

149 

39 

32 
37 
88 
52 
20 
32 
23 
33 
23 
47 
53 
63 
51 
63 
73 
71 

... 

1893-4  

1S94  5  

1895-6 

1896-7 

... 

1897-8  

1898-9 

1899  1900 

... 

1900  1901  

1901  2       

1902  3       

1903  4 

y 

1904-5 

2 
3 
3 

3 

'3 
2 
4 
3 
4 
2 

24 

1905-6 

45 

1906-7  

62 

1907-8  

S- 

1908-9 

1909-10     

52 
53 

1910-n 

1911-12   

102 
126 

1912-13 

1913-14 

178|1198 
183  11430 

108 

74 

1914-15 

440 

163 

11529 

67 

Total  now  attending  the  Institution — 604. 
Total  Collegiate  Alumni— 1773.     Music  Alumni--163. 


Columns  of  figures  mean  double  cost  of  production  but  right  angle  headings 
above  columns  and  down  rules  are  still  more  expensive. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  197 


CLASS  OF  1914 


The  following  students,  members  of  the  class  of  1914,  unless  otherwise 
indicated,  have  entered  college. 

Amherst — John  Bliss  Brainerd,  Jr.  (1915),  Robert  Joiis  Brinkerhoff  (1915). 
Francis  William  Getty  (1915),  Edward  Barrows  Greene,  Dexter  Richards 
Hunneman  (1916),  Don  Hursh  Kessler  (1913),  William  Duncan  Macfarlane, 
Truzton  Romans  Parsons  (ex-1915),  Waldo  Elliott  Pratt,  Jr.,  Philip  Hudson  See. 

Boston  University  Law  School— Harold  Meyer  Siskind. 

Brown— Robert  Johnson  Ames,  Chauncy  Taft  Langdon  (1916). 

Universitt  of  Caufornia — John  Bradbume  Mackinlay. 

Colorado  College — Charles  Francis  Hewett. 

,  Cornell— Albert  Batchelder  Clarkson,  Norman  Emerson  Elsas,  Shirley 
McElroy  Hall,  Arthur  Williams  Hequembourg,  Williiam  Henry  Jackson  Wood- 
ford. 

Dartmouth — James  Sullivan  Carpenter  (ex-1914),  George  Minot  Cavis, 
William  Chisholm,  Harold  Field  Eadie  (1915),  Carlton  Pennington  Frost, 
Edward  Elihu  Hazen,  William  Barnett  Higgins,  Harvey  Perley  Hood,  Wood- 
ward Dennis  Hulbert,  Stanley  Burt  Jones,  Sylvester  Marvin  Morey,  Parker 
Poole,  Blanchard  Earl  Ralph  (1913),  John  Albert  Simmons  (ex-1915). 

DoANE— Roland  Dudley  Doane  (ex-1915). 

Grinnell — Donald  Macrae  HI  (1915). 

Harvard — ^Donald  Appleton,  Charles  Bowditch  Balch,  Franklin  Greene 
Balch,  Jr.  (ex-1914),  Powell  Mason  Cabot,  Elliot  Adams  Chapin,  Willis  Barton 
Clough  (1915),  Alan  Augustus  Cook,  Richard  Clarke  Cooke,  Frank  Ashley 
Day,  Laurence  Frederic  Fames,  Paid  Martin  Goddard  (1915),  Dana  Walker 
Hardy,  Frederick  Robert  Hulme,  William  Fuller  King,  Laurence  Barberie 
Leonard,  Vance  Fisher  Likins  (1915),  Robert  Morss  Lovett,  Jr.,  Fred  Bates 
Lund,  Jr.»  William  Moore,  Ludwig  King  Moorehcad,  William  James  Murray, 
Frederick  Howard  Stephens,  Arthur  Campbell  Sullivan,  Moseley  Taylor,  Paul 
Tison,  Walter  William  Toomey,  Elisha  Whittlesey  (1915). 

Massachusetts  Agricultural  College — Chester  Swan  Burtch,  Norman 
Owen  Durfee. 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology- Henry  Dana  Bevins,  Henry 
Millet  Blank,  Donald  George  Bradley,  John  Wheeler  Clarkson,  Richard  Parks 
Eastman  (ex-1914),  Saxton  Woodbury  Fletcher,  Mortimer  Delano  Hathaway, 
Jr.,  (ex-1915),  Julian  Cheever  Howe,  Chuan  Yuan  HsU,  John  Charles  Janson 
(1915),  Julian  Tobey  Leonard,  William  Patrick  Ryan.  Ralph  Marston  Silloway 

S8 


Phillips  Academy,  Andover,  uses  a  style  of  its  own  by  which  to  show  into  what 
colleges  its  graduates  enter.  This  catalog,  in  common  with  those  of  several  other 
New  England  academies,  carries  no  running-head. 


198  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

* 

Cornell.  University 32 

Williams  College 32 

Yale  University .22 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 12 

Princeton  University 12 

University  of  Michigan 11 

University  of  Wisconsin 9 

Case  School  of  Applied  Science = 7 

Amherst  College 6 

Harvard  University 6 

University  of  Peimsylvania 6 

Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 5 

Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University 4 

Haverford  College 3 

Ohio  State  University 3 

Stevens  Institute  of  Technology 2 

Kenyon  College 2 

University  of  Cincinnati 2 

University  of  Virginia 2 

Brown  University 

Kalamazoo  College 

Lafayette  College. 

Lehigh  University 

Purdue  University 

University  of  Chicago 

University  of  Illinois. . .- 

University  of  Louisville,  Medical  School 

University  of  North  Carolina 

Business 19 


[271 

In  this  manner  Asheville  School  indicates  that  only  ten  percent  of  its  graduates 
did  not  enter  college;  14-point  Old  English  head;  period  after  a  center  head  should 
be  omitted. 


34 


VIRGINIA  MILITARY  INSTITUTE 

Third  Class,  1913-1914—86  Members 


NAME 

S 

o 

i 

OB 
0 

.5 

e 

1 

u 

1 

X 

a 

J3 

•s 

"3 

3 

.2- 

Q 

1 

•£ 

ja 

■3) 
a 

a 

0) 

i 

1 

1 

1 

U 

ji 

o 

Z. 

CO 

^ 

hJ 

H 

O 

£ 

CO 

*-' 

a, 

Q 

" 

^ 

*1 

Lohmeyer,  W 

...W.Va. 

2 

2 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

5 

0 

*2 

Holmes,  H.  B.,  Jr.   .. 

Va. 

1 

3 

2 

4 

2 

1 

2 

1 

0 

*3 

Heflin,  S.  M 

Va. 

4 

25 

9 

2 

3 

3 

14 

11 

0 

*4 

Dillard,  J.  A.  B 

Va. 

6 

6 

16 

8 

4 

5 

4 

24 

15 

*5 

Bradford,  W.  B 

....N.Y.I  10 

12 

3 

6 

14 

10 

6 

4 

2 

*6 

Fishburne,  R 

Va. 

9 

3    10 

13 

7 

4 

13 

18 

22 

♦7 

McClellan,  J.  M 

Va. 

5 

36 

8 

11 

13 

8 

8 

22 

0 

8 

Thomas,  C.  B 

Md. 

3 

7 

27 

15 

5 

14 

11 

7 

60 

9 

Meade.  R.  H 

Va. 

7 

6 

9 

3 

20 

12 

20 

29 

0 

10 

Read,  H.  M 

Tex. 

8 

1 

1 

1 

9 

11 

38 

20 

50 

11 

McKay,  L.  H 

Ga. 

16 

8 

13 

22 

6 

15 

32 

3 

48 

12 

Burks,   J.   H 

Va. 

12 

4 

10 

23 

27 

6 

16 

23 

0 

13 

Sansber^y,  J.  C 

Ind.l  20 

12 

16 

15 

12 

8 

7 

8 

0 

14 

Brewsten,  J.  E 

....N.Y.I  20 

2 

15 

7 

17 

191  45 

35 

6 

15 

Eraser,   D.   D 

Va. 

20 

1  73 

14 

11 

22 

13 

24 

17 

0 

16 

Morris,  W.  S 

Md. 

31 

7 

70 

4 

16 

18 

10 

14 

20 

17 

Ayres,  B.  D 

Va. 

17 

22 

20 

19 

23 

27 

5 

44 

0 

18 

Wales,  W.  H 

Va. 

24 

22 

10 

30 

15 

20 

37 

5 

14 

19 

Collins,  G.  J 

Fla. 

31 

17 

29 

6 

19 

23 

21 

38 

1 

20 

Gustaveson.  J.  W.    . . 

Va. 

11 

20 

40 

25 

11 

33 

58 

26 

51 

21 

Goodman,    B 

Va. 

26 

21 

5 

17 

35 

21 

47 

28 

0 

22 

Lowry.  B.   W 

Fla. 

28 

7 

51 

14 

31 

25 

15 

58 

0 

23 

Tones.  W.  B.  

Va. 

18 

55 

19 

17 

26 

32 

12 

48 

57 

24 

Lewis.  W.  B.,  Jr 

N.C. 

30 

5 

17 

18 

29 

30 

31 

37 

6 

25 

Cosby.  W.  W 

Va. 

15 

14 

27 

10 

36 

29 

18 

2 

0 

26 

Armistead.   M.  W.    . . 

Va. 

19 

31 

40 

19 

24 

17 

17 

50 

108 

27 

Ford,  C.  E 

Va. 

53 

30 

48 

5 

10 

7 

28 

62 

54 

28 

Friedman.    R.    H.    ... 

Va. 

33 

68 

31 

8 

8 

27 

36 

57 

3S 

29 

Costen,  J.  B 

Ark. 

52 

13 

6 

5 

27 

25 

48 

9 

2 

30 

Knox,  R.  W 

Tex. 

29 

18 

21 

2 

24 

35 

53 

25 

204 

31 

Lunt.  S.  M 

Va. 

26 

23 

76 

16 

30 

36 

55 

34 

0 

32 

Karow,  G 

Ga. 

47 

ns 

ns 

3 

70 

16 

34 

67 

12 

33 

Moore,  R.  C 

S.C. 

35 

47 

35 

28 

46 

36 

35 

70 

23 

34 

Jones,  D 

Va. 

44 

9 

14 

12 

45 

44 

74 

42 

0 

35 

Gillespie.  V.  R 

Va. 

25 

32 

33 

34 

60 

41 

44 

19 

88 

36 

Murphy.  R.  W 

Ala.l   14 

1  96 

57 

23 

44 

55 

30 

59 

60 

37 

Pitts.  J.  L 

Va.l  34 

51  35 

7 

51 

49 

65 

68 

52 

38 

Zea.  F.  E 

Va.l  43 

1  26 

65 

33 

18 

21 

56 

76 

77 

39 

Garvey.  W.  A 

....Kan.l  39 

1    4 

7 

20 

54 

34 

41 

86 

103 

40 

Duncan.  P.  H 

Va.l  13 

1  93 

24 

26 

46 

52 

63 

50  114 

41 

Gumming.   S.  C 

Va.l  50 

49 

39 

40 

38 

38 

26 

15      2 

42 

Fucate.  J.  H 

Va.l  38 

16    44 

24 

69 

52 

9 

36    44 

43!  Moore.  L.  K 

1 

O.I  59 

1 

57 

29 



16 

32 

31 

38 

10  127 

♦Distinguished  in  General  Merit. 


It  is  the  policy  of  this  fine  old  southern  school  to  publish  in  its  catalog  not  only 
a  list  of  students  but  the  individual  and  detailed  record  of  each. 


199 


2CXD  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


MANLIU5 
BULLETIN 


This  plate  is  printed  on  the  white  cover  of  Manlius's  catalog.  Volume  and 
series  numbers  are  embossed  only,  not  printed,  at  the  same  impression  which  em- 
bosses the  printing  plate  also.  Second-class  entry  notice  is  on  the  inside,  thus 
complying  literally  with  postal  regulations,  but  not  with  the  verbally  expressed 
wishes  of  the  postal  authorities. 


VOL.  XII  DECEMBER,  1915  NO.  5 

BULLETIN 

OF 

BROWN  UNIVERSITY 

THE  CATALOGUE 

1915-1916 


PROVIDENCE 
PUBLISHED  BY  THE  UNIVERSITY 

[APRIL,  MAY,  JUNE,  OCTOBER,  DtCEMBERa 


Jinttrtdat  ttesHd-<lat$  matttr  April  I,  1905,  at  tfit  Pott  Office  at  Providenet^  R.  /.,  uttder  AR  c/Congrnt  cfjuhf  16, 1894 

A  much  copied  cover  style.    Printed  in  black  on  brown  paper.    Conforms  fully 
to  postal  requirements. 

201 


THE 

RICE  INSTITUTE 
PAMPHLET 

Vol.  II  November,  19 15  No.  3 


Published  by 

THE   RICE   INSTITUTE 

A  university  of  liberal  and  technical  learning 
founded  by  William  Marsh  Rice  in  the  City  of 
Houston,  Texas,  and  dedicated  by  him  to 
theadvancementofLetters,Science,andArt 

This  beautiful  publication  bearing  the  imprint  of  the  DeV'inne  Press,  New  York, 
must  be  seen  to  be  appreciated.  The  cover  is  of  Grey-blue  Fabriano  (Italian). 
The  type  inside  is  i2-point  Caslon  solid.  The  cover  style  conforms  fully  to  postal 
regulations,  but  not  to  the  wishes  of  postal  officials  as  the  second  class  entry  notice 
appears  on  page  four  of  the  cover.     See  pages  274  and  275. 

202 


VOLUME  XII  N£W  S£RI£S  NUMBER  1 

Crmitp  College 
i&ttlletm 

Catalogue  Number 

1914-1915 


f^avtfota :  Connectiof  t 
January  1915 


Printed  in  black  ink  on  light  brown  cover  paper  of  linen  finish.  The  second- 
class  entry  notice  appears  on  page  two  of  the  cover,  instead  of  on  the  front  as  pre- 
ferred by  the  postal  authorities. 


203 


204  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Bulletin  Hanover  College 


Vol.  9         Hanover,  Indiana,  April  I.  1916         No.  1 

Published  monthly    by    Hanover    College.     Entered   as    second-class    matter 
January  8.  1912.  at  the  Post  Office  at  Hanover.  Ind..  under  Act  of  July  16.  1894 


The  Annual  Catalogue 
OF 

Hanover  College 


1915-1916 

Philosophia  Pletati  Ancillans 


EIGHTY.  FOURTH  YEAR 


Hanover,  Indiana 


A  Cheltenham  title  page.  The  first  four  lines  are  unnecessary  for  the  title  page 
provided  the  information  therein  appear  on  cover,  in  which  event  the  words  "The 
Annual  Catalogue"  could  with  propriety  be  somewhat  enlarged  and  the  entire 
typographical  arrangement  changed.  On  this  catalog  the  second-class  entry  does 
not  appear  on  the  cover. 


luUrttn  of 
©Iff  lltituf raitg  0f  ilinn^Bota 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 
1916-1917 


VOL.  XIX.    NO.  3    APRIL  1916 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office 

in  Minneapolis  as  second-class  matter 

Minneapolis,   Minn. 


Style  in  general  use  on  page  i  (no  cover)  of  the  great  majority  of  Minnesota 
publications.  It  complies  with  postal  requirements,  provided  the  text  letter  in 
the  first  two  lines  be  considered  of  greater  prominence  than  the  roman  caps  of  the 
third  line. 


205 


206  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


CATALOGUE 


OF 


ST.  STEPHEN'S 
COLLEGE 


1915-1916 


An  ideal  cover  style  made  possible  because  of  elimination  of  second-class  mail 
requirements. 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  207 

VOL.  Vm,  No.  1 MAY,  1916 

TRANSYLVANIA 
COLLEGE 

BULLETIN 


THE  CATALOGUE 


LEXINGTON,  KY. 
1915-1916 


Entered  at  the  Post  Office  at  Lexington,  Kentucky,  as  second-class 
matter  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  approved  July  16, 1894 


This  design  should  be  printed  on  cover  paper  of  fairly  smooth   surface  if  the 
detail  in  the  seal  is  to  be  given  consideration. 


2o8 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Bulletin  of  the 

Carnegie  Institute 
of  Technology 

School  of  Applied  Design 

School  of  Applied  Science 

School  of  Applied   Industries 

Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  School 


FOUNDED  190O 
INCORPORATED   1912 


GENERAL  CATALOGUE 
1915-1916 


Pittsburgh 

Published  by  the  Institute 

November,  1915 


This  well  proportioned  title  page  is  in  complete  harmony  with  the  entire  book, 
different  in  many  points  from  the  average  college  catalog. 


^■'^m' 


*»^-:-,i 


>..  m^ 


z  < 

<  z 


#   ^       «,, 


'^v\:;i^? 


SBa*fe«r2S*« 


-r    "Mmif.. 


w^'^mof  L 


^r^m 


^^^;-*: 


r:^^^^M^U^'-'-^ 


'r--i,,m. 


-xm:^^^. 


,j*' 


■N¥^ 


111. 


■j*^P!^JW^;' 


,«^      -i. 


^35i<-  .-,:©:; 


>:^'/?'» 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  209 


Centre  College  Bulletin 


Series  I  Volume  XI.  No.  I 


THE  ANNUAL  CATALOGUE 

For  the  Academic 
year  of  1915-1916. 
with  announcements 
for  the  year  1916- 
1917.     ::     ::     :: 


DANVILLE.  KENTUCKY. 
FEBRUARY,  1916. 


Published  Quarterly  by  the  Central  University,  and  entered  at  the  Post   Office, 

Danville,  Kentucky,  as  second-class  matter  under  Act  of  Congress  of 

July  16,  1894. 


This  TITLE  page  corresponds  perfectly  with  the  requirements  of  the  postal 
authorities  for  a  c  o  v  e  r  page,  the  title  of  the  periodical,  Centre  College  Bulletin, 
being  in  the  largest  type.  The  real  title  "  The  Annual  Catalogue  "  is  made  of  second- 
ary importance  and  the  series,  volume,  number  and  date  as  well  as  the  notice  of 
second-class  entry,  all  appear.  The  first  two  and  last  three  lines  are  unnecessary 
when  they  are  to  be  found  on  the  cover. 


2IO  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE    CATALOG 


PENNSYLVANIA 

MILITARY  COLLEGE 


FIFTY-FOURTH  SESSION 

1915-1916 


CHESTER 
PENNSYLVANIA 


Minimum  of  matter  combined  with  maximum  of  bold  style  make  this  title 
page  appropriate  for  a  military  school  catalog.  Not  entered  as  second-class  matter, 
thus  admitting  of  an  artistic  cover. 


PAWLING  SCHOOL 

FOUNDED  BY 

FREDERICK  LUTHER  GAMAGE 


1915-1916 


PAWLING,  NEV/  YORK 


Cover  printed  in  black  ink  on  heavy  white  paper  of  excellent  quality.  Not 
being  entered  as  second-class  mail  matter  the  printer  had  more  opportunity  to 
display  his  typographic  ability. 


211 


212  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

FEBRUARY.  1916 

NEW  SERIES  VOL.  XV  NO.  1 

WASHINGTON  AND  LEE 
University  Bulletin 


CATALOGUE 


Lexington.  Virginia 

published  by  the  university 

FE3RUARY.  April.  June.  August,  October.  December 


tHTEHEO  AT  THE  POST  OFFICE  IN  tEJIIhGTON  AS  6EC0N0CLASS  MATTER   APRIL  8     1911 
UNDER  THE  ACT  OF  AUGUST  24.   1*12 


Many  college  seals  are  inartistic,  a  blemish  on  a  catalog  cover.  Washington 
and  Lee's  is  replete  with  history  and  sentiment,  an  ornament  to  a  cover  otherwise 
made  cold  by  the  block-letter  type  on  the  French  gray  paper. 


The 

University  of  the 

Philippines 


CATALOGUE 
1915-1916 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 
1916-1917 


The   University    of   the    Philipfines 
Bulletin  No.  6 


MANILA 

'bureau  of   PRINTING 

1916 


Too  much  sameness  to  be  particularly  attractive.    The  style  in  the  catalog 
beneath  this  cover  appears  to  better  advantage. 


213 


OFFICIAL  PUBLICATIONS 
OF  CORNELL  UNIVERSITY 


VOLUME  VI  NUMBER  3 


THE  REGISTER 

OF 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY 

1914-15 


JANUARY  13.  1913 

PUBLISHED  BY  CORNELL  UNIVERSITY 

ITHACA.  NEW  YORK 


Page  one  of  the  cover.    Second-class  entry  notice  not  in  evidence.    See  second 
paragraph  on  page  following. 

214 


STYLE  AND   EXAMPLES  215 


OFFICIAL  PUBLICATIONS  OF  CORNELL  UNIVERSITY 

Issued  at  Ithaca,  New  York,   monthly  from  July  to  November  inclusive,  and 
semi-monthly  from  December  to  June  inclusive. 

[Entered  as  second-class  matter,  August  31,    1910,  at  the  post  office  at  Ithaca^ 
New  York,  under  the  Act  of  July  16,  1894.] 

These  publications  include 
The  Annual  Register  {for  the  year   i9i4-:5,   published  January  15,    ig^S)* 

price  50  cents. 
Book  of  Views,  price  25  cents. 

Directory  of  Faculty  and  Students,  First  Term,  1915-16,  price   10  cents,  and 
the  following  informational  publications,  any  one  of  which  will  be  sent 
gratis  and  post  free  on  request.     The  date  of  the  last  edition  of  each   publi- 
cation is  given  after  the  title. 
General  Circular  of  Information  for  Prospective  Students,  December  15,  1915.. 
Announcement  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  May  i,  1915- 
Announcement  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry,  May  15,  1915- 
Announcement    of    Sibley    College    of     Mechanical    Engineering  and  the- 

Mechanic  Arts,  February  i,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  College  of  Civil  Engineering,  March  i,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  College  of  Law,  June  i,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  College  of  Architecture,  August  i,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  New  York  State  College  of  Agriculture,  July  i,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  Winter  Courses  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,,  Septem- 
ber I,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  Summer  Term  in  Agriculture,  April  15,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  New  York  State  Veterinary  College,  June  15,  191S. 
Announcement  of  the  Graduate  School,  February  15,  1915. 
Announcement  of  the  Summer  Session,  April  i,  1915. 
Annual  Report  of  the  President,  November  1,  1915. 

Pamphlets  on    prizes,    sample      of    entrance  and    scholarship    examination 
papers,  special  departmental  announcements,  etc. 
Announcement  of  the   Medical   College  may   be   procured   by   writing  to  the 
Cornell  University  Medical  College,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Correspondence  concerning  the  publications  of  the  University,  should  be  ad- 
dressed to 

The  Secretary  of  Cornell  University, 

Ithaca,  New  York. 


A  number  of  large  universities  make  a  charge  for  the  general  catalog  as  shown 
in  the  first  item  of  the  above  list.  Note  that  Cornell  uses  as  a  title  for  all  its  publi- 
cations, Official  Publications  of  Coryiell  University,  not  Bulletins,  as  used  by  the 
great  majority  of  institutions.  Second-class  entry  notice  not  in  conformity  with 
preferences  of  postal  officials,  see  page  274. 


Amherst  College 
Bulletin 

Catalogue 

1914-1915 


Volume  4  Number  1  November,  1914 

Amherst,  Massachusetts 

Issued  in  November,  December,  January.  April,  May   and  June 

Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Amherst,  Massachusetts 


Black  ink  on  brown  cover  paper;  good  typographical  style;  complies  with 
postal  requirements  except  that  the  word  "Catalogue"  should  be  of  type  smaller 
than  Amherst  College  Bulletin,  if  the  rulings  of  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster 
General  are  to  be  followed  literally. 


2l6 


LELAND  STANFORD  JUNIOR  UNIVERSITY 

SECOND  SERIES  BULLETIN  NUMBER  Si 


REGISTER 

1915-16 


PUBLISHED    BY    THE    UNIVERSITY,    FEBRUARY,     1916 


Handsome  in  style  but  not  quite  in  harmony  with  the  interpretations  of  postal 
laws  as  given  out  by  officials,  the  type  in  the  word  "Register"  being  larger  instead 
of  smaller  than  the  legal  title  of  the  publication. 

217 


2l8  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


®l|^  E^gtBt^r 


0f 


Uatermcin  fall 


This  form  is  printed  in  black  with  capital  letters  in  red,  on  rough  white  cover 
paper,  well  up  on  the  page.  A  little  red,  as  was  here  used,  is  ornamental.  If  one 
fourth  of  a  form  be  printed  in  red  the  appearance  resulting  is  that  of  mostly  all 
red  with  black  used  to  fill  in. 


CORPORATION 

Wilmington  College  was  organized  in  1870  by  Miami, 
Center  and  Fairfield  Quarterly  Meetings  of  Friends,  and 
articles  of  incorporation  filed  in  the  Recorder's  office  of  Clin- 
ton County  1875.  From  that  time  the  college  was  conducted 
by  a  board  of  trustees  of  nine  members,  which  cared  for  the 
property,  and  a  board  of  managers  of  eighteen,  which  con- 
ducted the  institution.  The  three  quarterly  meetings  were 
equally  represented  in  both  of  these  boards. 

During  the  year  1914  quarterly  meetings  decided  to  transfer 
their  interest  and  authority  in  the  college  to  Wilmington 
Yearly  Meeting.  At  its  session  in  August  1914,  the  Yearly 
Meeting  received  the  college  from  the  quarterly  meetings, 
secured  a  state  charter  for  it,  and  appointed  a  board  of  trustees 
of  nine  members  to  succeed  to  all  of  the  rights  and  duties  of 
the  two  former  boards.  The  entire  management  of  the 
college  is  now  in  the  hands  of  this  board  of  nine  trustees. 


On  the  reverse  of  the  title  page  of  Wilmington  (Ohio)  College  catalog  is  an  ex- 
emplary and  concise  statement  concerning  the  corporation.    Century  8-pomt  solid. 


STYLE  AND  EXAMPLES 


219 


Your   Boy's   Summer    Vacation 


^So- 


CAMP    AHMEEK 


JOE  LAKE 


ONTARIO 


Cover  design  of  type  and  special  drawings  for  Mr.  Albert  W.  Field,  of  the 
Columbus  Academy. 


(3 


i^ONiMLVEf  LAtL  /VERMONT 


Design  for  brochure  cover  for  Professor  H.  L.  Reese,  Ohio  State  University. 


THE   PROOF    READING 

PROOFS  should  ordinarily  be  submitted  in  both 
galley  and  page  form.  Great  haste  sometimes 
necessitates  the  omission  of  galley  proofs  to  the 
author.  This  is  more  or  less  dangerous.  All  proof 
should  be  read  very  carefully  and  slowly.  Markings 
should  always  be  made  according  to  custom.  The 
proof-corrector  pays  no  attention  to  any  corrections 
marked  unless  they  appear  in  the  margins.  This  is  the 
universal  custom.  The  examples  following  will  give 
a  fair  idea  of  what  is  to  be  expected. 

Proofs  are  never  submitted  on  anything  but  proof 
paper.  They  should  be  clear  enough  to  enable  the 
author  to  read  each  character  perfectly.  Proofs  of 
engravings  are  of  a  rough  nature,  not  "made  ready," 
only  clear  enough  to  identify  the  engraving  as  belonging 
to  the  type  title  or  legend  under  it. 

Each  change  desired  should  be  marked.  For 
instance,  should  the  editor  wish  to  direct  a  change 
throughout  from  "St."  George  to  "Saint"  George  he 
should  so  mark  the  word  each  time  it  appears  in  proof. 
The  proof-corrector  can  not  be  expected  to  remember 
such  items.  For  mutual  convenience  in  estimating 
proper  charge  for  "changes  from  original  copy"  it  is 
sometimes  customary  to  draw  a  circle  around  marks 
for  such  changes. 

The  editor  should  carefully  reply  to  all  queries 
placed  by  the  proofreader  in  the  margins  of  the  proof. 
Many  times  the  proofreader,  in  actual  doubt,  can  do 
nothing   but   place   the   question    mark   opposite   the 

220 


THE  PROOF  READING 


221 


MARKS  ORDINARILY  USED  BY  PROOFREADERS, 

TOGETHER  WITH  THEIR  EXPLANATIONS 

MARCS 

MEANING 

MARKS                                 URAHING 

ir,r^^  Uniform  spacing. 

O      Period. 

# 

Insert  space. 

y    Comma. 

s^ 

Reduce  space. 

;;  /  Semicolon. 

im 

Hair-epace  letter  as  marked.              ^  Colon.                                                  | 

/U4^ 

Less  space. 

2y  Question  mark. 

J 

Push  down  space. 

/      Exclamation  point. 
•^  Apostrophe. 

o 

Close  up. 

o 

Indent  with  em  quad. 

\^  ^  Quotation  mark!. 

Et 

Indent  line  one  and  one 

-half            ( )     Parentheses. 

ema. 

C   J      Brackets. 

& 

Indent  line  two  ems. 

^1     Hyphen. 
^fyff   Use  heavy  face  typi». 
J      Move  to  the  right. 

^ 

Paragraph. 

%>  ir 

No  paragraph. 

9 

Turn  orer  letter. 

C       Move  to  the  left. 

> 

Take  out  marked  character.           ^     ^^^^^^                                            \ 

^j&^ 

Take  out  lead. 

I /     Move  down. 

7^ 

Change  broken  letter. 

Mt,  ^A  o^>.  Omitted ;  see  copy. 
t^      One-era  dash. 

h^ 

Roman. 

uu 

ItaUc*. 

/-it-,  Two-em  dash. 

c^ 

Capitals. 

hfytSA  SpeU  out. 
....   S^/-  LetitsUnd. 

V^.e 

SmaU  CapiUIs. 

e<t^ 

Lower-case. 

Qu.  Cr(?)^^^VI- 

♦~» 

Straighten  lines  as  indicated.  ^  ^  Superior  or  inferior. 

H<: 

Use  logotype  character. 

^_,      Three  underlines  signify  CAP* 

f 

Wrong  font 

—            ITALS. 

— '      Two  underlines  signify  suali. 

/S 

Insert  character  as  indicated.       "^          capitals.                                        I 

"X- 

Transpose  as  marked. 

— .       One  underline  signifies  halict. 

Inland  Printer  Technical  School  for  I.  T.  U.  Course. 


222  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE   CATALOG 


::A=?  82  PRINCETONUNIVE^rSiTY 

^      for  translatioirfrom  English  into  Latin,  illustrating  ffiram-   ^ 
v^  matical^^___^principles. 

Lfl/^'n  B.     Thls»^xamination  will*^ssume  reading  not  less  ^^'i^ 
^  in  amount  than  Cicerc^s  orations  against  Catilin\^  for  the  \9 

^Manilnan  Law  and  for  Archias.^y^The  last  two  orations  are^ 
G)  prescribed.)     Th^  reading  shall   be  selected   from   Cicero's- 
Orations,   Letters,   De  Senectute;  Sallust's   Catiline   and  \ic-    ^ 
•  gurtha.     It  will  include  sight  translation,  grammatical  ques- 
tions, and  composition  based  upon  Cicero. 
y^tSiX   Latin    C.       This   examination    will    assume    reading    not 

less  in  amount  than  (Vxmr^  JEneid,  i  to  vi   (Books  i,  u  A-^7n 
^  and  either  iv  or  vi  of  the  JSneid  are  prescribed^     The   (£) 
C    remainder  of   the   reading   shal^be   selected    from   Virgil's     , 
Bucolics,     Georgics,     /ErQd,     and     Ovid's     M  etaihor  phases,  SVl 
1=::^  Fasti,  Tristia- 

English  xKd. 

C  C  C^oth  I  and  2  to  be  offered  by  all  candidates])       (    } 

^  The  purpose  of  the  examination  is  to  test  the  candi- 
or  date's  kndedge  and  appreciation  of  certain  masterpieces' 
of  English  literature  and  his  pro%iency  in  English  compo-^T* 
sition.  The  books  prescribed  for  reading  and  fors<yd]^_are 
those  recommended  by  the  National  Conference  on  Uni- 
form Entrance  Requirements^English.  -**t. 
ZJ  {^)13  English    A.      (Reading.)     The  candidate   may   offer 

for  examination  any  list  of  ten  units  which'  conform^ to  the  €-^ 
requirements  recommended  by  the  National  Conference(o£)  <2/ 
C,^  Uniform  Entrance^quirements  as  printed  below.  . 

/        For  1914  and  1915/  '/ 

The  books  provided  for  reading  are  arranged  in  the  ,  ^^ 
q  iollowing  groups,  from  which  at  least^io) units*  are  to  be^^^ 
'^^elected,  two  from  each  gfoup:  v4ilr 

(a)     The    old   Testament,*  comprising  at   least   the   chief 


*  Each  nnit  is  set  off  by  semicolons. 


An  imaginary  page  of  errors  made  to  illustrate  customary  proof  reading. 


THE  PROOF   READING  223 


82  PRINCETON    UNIVERSITY 

for  translation  from  English  into  Latin,  illustrating  gram- 
matical principles. 

Latin  B.  This  examination  will  assume  reading  not  less 
in  amount  than  Cicero's  orations  against  Catiline,  for  the 
Manilian  Law  and  for  Archias.  (The  last  two  orations  are 
prescribed.)  The  reading  shall  be  selected  from  Cicero's 
Orations,  Letters,  De  Senectute,  Sallust's  Catiline  and  Ju- 
gurtha.  It  will  include  sight  translation,  grammatical  ques- 
tions, and  composition  based  upon  Cicero. 

Latin  C.  This  examination  will  assume  reading  not 
less  in  amount  than  Virgil's  yEneid,  i  to  vi  (Books  i,  11 
and  either  iv  or  vi  of  the  JEneid  are  prescribed).  The 
remainder  of  the  reading  shall  be  selected  from  Virgil's 
Bucolics,  Georgics,  Mneid,  and  Ovid's  Metamorphoses, 
Fasti,  Tristia. 


(Both  I  and  2  to  be  offered  by  all  candidates.) 

The  purpose  of  the  exam.ination  is  to  test  the  candi- 
date's knowledge  and  appreciation  of  certain  masterpieces 
of  English  literature  and  his  proficiency  in  English  compo- 
sition. The  books  prescribed  for  reading  and  for  study  are 
those  recommended  by  the  National  Conference  on  Uni- 
form Entrance  Requirements  in  English. 

(i)  English  A.  (Reading.)  The  candidate  may  offer 
for  examination  any  list  of  ten  units  which  conforms  to  the 
requirements  recommended  by  the  National  Conference  on 
Uniform  Entrance  Requirements  as  printed  below. 

For  1914  and  1915: 

The  books  provided  for  reading  are  arranged  in  the 
following  groups,  from  which  at  least  ten  units*  are  to  be 
selected,  two  from  each  group: 

(a)     The   Old    Testament,   comprising   at  least   the   chief 

*  Each  unit  ia  set  off  by  semicolons. 
Result  of  corrections  marked  on  foregoing  page.     lo-point  Caslon,  leaded. 


224  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

subject  of  doubt.    The  reply  should  be  noted  by  the 
editor  directly  beneath  the  question  mark. 

Return  of  Proofs 

All  proof  and  all  copy  must  be  returned  to  the 
printer.  They  should  not  be  returned  in  rolls,  as  they 
never  again  lie  flat.  Neither  should  the  package  be 
sealed.  Printed  return  proof  envelopes  or  labels  fur- 
nished by  printers  should  always  be  used  to  insure 
correct  and  legible  address. 

The  best  method  for  the  return  of  copy  and  proof 
is  by  special  delivery  mail.  They  should  be  labelled 
"Printer's  Proof  and  Author's  Manuscripts."  The 
rate  for  postage  is  one  cent  for  each  two  ounces,  or 
fraction  thereof,  third-class  matter.  They  can  be 
sent  as  parcel  post  if  exceeding  four  pounds  in  weight. 
A  special  delivery  stamp  affixed  to  the  return  package 
will  materially  aid  in  the  rapid  handling  en  route, 
whereas,  otherwise  it  would  often  be  a  whole  day 
slower  in  transit.  Express  is  invariably  slower  than 
mail.  Registered  mail  is  very  slow  and  affords  but 
little  more  protection  than  special  delivery.  Third 
class  with  special  delivery  stamp  is  more  rapid  than 
first  class  mail  without  special  delivery. 

Postage  on  Proofs  and  Manuscript 

Sometimes  postmasters  in  smaller  towns  do  not 
thoroughly  understand  the  government  provisions  for 
handling  proofs  and  manuscripts.  Manuscript  is  first 
class  matter  when  it  is  sent  by  itself.  Proofs  and 
author's  manuscripts  are  third  class  matter,  but  new 
manuscript  cannot  be  sent  in  the  same  package  as  old 
manuscript  and  proof  for  the  old  manuscript.  New 
manuscript  should  be  sent  separately  with  first  class 
postage  or  by  express  which  is  frequently  cheaper.   Any 


THE  PROOF   READING  225 

letter  connected  with  proofs  or  old  manuscript  should 

be  sent  separately,  first  class. 

Corrections  and  instructions  to  printer  can  be  made 

on  proof  sheets  and  paragraphs  added  or  taken  away 

from  the  manuscript,  but  a  new  article  or  a  new  chapter 

of  manuscript  would  subject  the  package  in  which  it 

would  be  contained   to  first  class  postage.     For  the 

ordinary   return   of   proofs    and   original    manuscripts 

connected  with  such  proofs,  the  rate  is  third  class,  as 

above.     See  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  Section  453, 

Paragraph  6: 

Corrections  in  proof  sheets  may  embrace  the  alteration 
of  the  text  or  insertion  of  new  matter,  as  well  as  the  correction 
of  typographical  and  other  errors,  and  also  any  marginal  in- 
structions to  the  printer  necessary  to  the  correction  of  the 
matter  or  its  proper  appearance  in  print;  such  corrections 
should  be  upon  the  margin  of  or  attached  to  the  proof  sheets. 
Manuscript  of  one  article  may  not  be  inclosed  with  proof  or 
corrected  proof  sheets  of  another. 

Imperfect  Advance  Book 
It  is  customary  with  better  class  printers  to  send  by 
special  delivery  mail,  as  soon  as  the  last  form  is  at  press, 
a  copy  of  the  catalog.  This  copy  is  imperfect,  con- 
sisting of  torn,  soiled  or  poorly  printed  sheets,  put  to- 
gether roughly.  It  is  not  to  be  considered  a  specimen 
of  the  finished  work.  It  is  submitted  for  one  purpose 
only,  to  give  the  customer  a  general  idea  of  the  appear- 
ance of  the  finished  work  in  so  far  as  proper  placing  of 
the  various  headings  and  sections  would  be  concerned. 
The  editor  should  lose  no  time  in  carefully  scrutinizing 
such  advance  copy.  If  any  glaring  errors  be  found  a 
telegram  should  immediately  be  sent  to  the  printer 
apprising  him  of  the  trouble.  It  is  important  that  there 
be  no  delay  whatever  in  the  examination  of  the  advance 
copy  for  the  reason  that  the  binding  is  usually  begun 


226  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

immediately  after  the  advance  copy  has  been  dis- 
patched. There  are  always  some  trifling  typographical 
errors  even  though  the  editor  has  carefully  read  the 
proof.  To  make  corrections  of  such  slight  errors  would 
be  expensive  at  this  stage  and  would  delay  the  work. 

The   printer  retains  a    duplicate  of   this    advance 
copy,  and  strongly  urges  that  this  copy  be  not  shown  to 
any  person  other  than  the  editor  as  it  would,  in  its 
unattractive  state,  cause  adverse  criticism. 
Changes 

Should  an  editor  ask  "Why  are  author's  changes  so 
expensive?"  the  printer  might  rejoin  with  the  query, 
"Why  need  they  be  considered  necessary,^" 

The  reply  to  the  editor's  query  might  be  somewhat 
as  follows:  "After  a  copy  has  been  set,  proofread,  cor- 
rected, checked  and  paged,  it  is  a  far  more  expensive 
operation  to  go  to  the  stack,  find  the  page  in  question, 
take  it  away  on  a  galley,  open  it  on  a  stone,  make  a 
change,  insert  it  in  the  page,  tie  up  the  page  again,  pull 
a  fresh  proof,  have  the  proof  checked,  put  the  page  back 
on  the  galley  and  store  it  away  in  its  place  in  the  stack 
of  pages  for  that  particular  book,  than  the  operation  of 
original  make-up  of  that  page."  Thus  to  make  a 
change  from  a  comma  to  a  semi-colon  costs  the  printer 
as  much  as  the  orginal  cost  for  the  paging  of  the  entire 
page  plus  the  time  required  for  making  the  change  from 
the  original  copy. 

Should  a  paragraph  be  discarded,  or  a  paragraph 
added,  the  paging  would  probably  have  to  be  done  over 
as  before  outlined.  In  the  event  of  the  addition  of  new 
matter,  more  type  would  have  to  be  set.  If  the  linotype 
machine  be  used,  perhaps  nine  times  out  of  ten  a  com- 
plete change  of  matrices  is  required  for  the  machine  as 
well  as  proofreading  and   correcting  the  errors  In  the 


THE   PROOF   READING  227 

corrections.  Not  only  will  extra  typesetting  and  the 
repaging  be  required,  but  if  a  paragraph  be  changed  all 
succeeding  pages  will  have  to  be  changed  on  account  of 
the  page  numbers  until  some  place  may  be  reached 
where  possibly  there  is  sufficient  blank  space  and  the 
original  paging  would  sometimes  suffice  from  that 
on  to  the  end.  This  is  not  always  true  as  often  new 
pagination  from  the  point  of  addition  or  removal  of 
paragraphs  is  required  to  the  end. 

Adding  or  taking  away  a  whole  page  means  the 
renumbering  from  that  page  to  the  end  of  the  book, 
including  the  opening  of  every  succeeding  page,  to  make 
the  change  in  the  figure  for  the  folio.  All  this  sort  of 
work  can  be  done  on  time  basis  only.  When  it  is  con- 
sidered that  the  typesetting  machine  costs,  with  its 
appurtenances,  at  least  $5,000.00,  and  that  the  wages  of 
the  operator  amount  to  from  fifty  to  seventy  cents  an 
hour,  and  that  with  the  holding  of  that  machine  from 
other  work  long  enough  to  insert  the  matrices  to  cor- 
respond with  the  type  in  this  particular  book,  in  size  and 
face,  it  can  readily  be  understood  why  the  insertion  of  a 
new  paragraph  or  sentence  may  require  an  hour's  time 
of  the  machine,  varying  in  cost  from  $2.00  to  $2.75 
according  to  location,  and  perhaps  a  half-hour's  time  of 
the  hand  compositor  who  pages  the  book,  at  more  than 
$1,00  per  hour.  Small  monotype  changes  are  made  by 
hand,  thus  obviating  the  long  delays  usually  necessary 
if  the  linotype  machine  is  used. 

The  reply  to  the  printer's  query  "Why  need  they 
be  considered  necessary,'"'  would  be  that  the  expense 
of  author's  changes  can  be  very  easily  eliminated  en- 
tirely, by  having  every  line  of  copy  so  carefully  edited 
before  it  is  sent  to  the  printer  that  there  can  be  no 
changes  possible  unless  the  printer  has  made  mistakes 


228  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

in  typesetting  which  his  proofreader  has  not  caught,  in 
which  event  the  printer  must  make  the  correction  of  his 
own  errors  without  expense  to  his  customer. 

The  printer  disHkes  changes  from  original  copy 
because  of  the  high  cost  which  he  is  compelled  to  charge, 
because  of  the  delay  which  it  brings  to  other  work 
pushing  through  his  plant,  and  last,  but  by  no  means 
least,  because  of  the  unexpected  but  none  the  less 
severe  jolt  the  editor  is  sure  to  receive  w^hen  a  heavy 
item  for  changes  appears  in  his  bill.  For  these  reasons 
the  printer  is  only  too  anxious  to  have  the  copy  properly 
prepared  before  it  is  sent  in.  A  few  hours  of  careful  and 
final  editing  will  save  time,  money  and  ill  feeling.  It  is 
of  mutual  interest  that  changes  be  eliminated  or  at 
least  minimized.  At  best  the  compiling  and  editing  of  a 
college  catalog  is  no  easy  job.  It  is  tiresome,  nervous 
work  especially  as  the  end  of  the  task  approaches.  No 
college  professor  should  be  expected  to  give  a  clear  brain 
to  such  work  and  keep  up  with  his  regular  daily  routine. 
Either  the  catalog  or  his  scholastic  duties  must  suffer  if 
he  be  required  to  attend  to  both  at  the  same  time. 

Nevertheless  the  fact  remains  that  the  carefully 
prepared  and  carefully  edited  copy  will  save  expense 
and  time  for  both  college  and  printer. 

In  closing  this  subject  of  changes  let  us  note  the 
blunt  wording  of  an  official  order  to  all  persons  who 
prepare  printer's  copy  for  the  United  States.  The 
first  two  lines  of  Suggestions  to  Authors  in  the  Style 
Book  of  the  Government  Printing  Office  are  printed 
at  the  top  of  the  page  in  bold  type  and  separated 
from  the  ordinary  matter.  They  read  as  follows :  Copy 
should  be  carefully  edited  before  being  sent  to  the 
Government  Prmting  Office:  that  is,  editing  should 
not  be  done  on  proof  sheets.  (See  Executive  Order 
of  Jan.  20,  1906.) 


Mi 

1 

p 

M 

1 

H^HP 

iL*|!Flil- 

pi 

'mm  *  ^^^MHHI'' 

^b'^  ^' a 

^wi 

^- 

IHi^i 

^^^ 

^Ttf 

i^l^^^^^B 

M' 

iflj 

«^^^^^H|^ 

L 

lifei' 

1..  ^^^^^Pl-l^E 

n 

1 

I 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


I 


"^HE  catalogs  of  a  few  institutions  such  as 
Amherst,  Dartmouth,  Lafayette,  Wesleyan, 
Wabash,  Adrian,  Stevens  and  Carnegie,  and  of 
practically  all  boys'  and  girls'  schools,  except  Groton,  St. 
Paul's,  Phillips  (Andover)  and  a  few  others,  contain  half- 
tone or  photogravure  illustrations,  occasionally  both 
kinds,  as  inserts.  Where  such  an  insert  is  to  appear,  a  full 
sheet  of  copy  paper  should  be  used  exclusively  for  the 
description  of  the  illustration  in  preparing  copy.  A  proof 
of  the  engraving  (if  already  made)  is  most  desirable, 
pasted  to  a  blank  sheet  of  copy  paper,  with  the  caption  or 
title  written  beneath.  This  sheet  should  be  numbered  con- 
secutively the  same  as  for  copy  for  type  setting.  It  is 
customary  for  a  frontispiece  to  face  the  title  page,  in 
which  case  the  numbering  of  the  copy  sheet  for  this 
particular  insert  can  be  omitted  and  the  word  "frontis- 
piece" substituted  for  the  consecutive  number.  Illus- 
trations usually  appear  on  one  side  only  of  the  insert, 
and  all  except  the  frontispiece  most  frequently  appear  on 
the  right-hand  page.  If  it  is  desired  that  illustrations 
should  appear  on  both  sides  of  inserts  (this  is  impossible 
with  photogravures)  the  two  sheets  of  copy  paper  used 
as  copy  should  be  designated  at  top  "first  page  of 
insert"  and  "second  page  of  insert." 

All  illustrations  which  are  placed  at  right  angles 
should  be  placed  uniformly  with  the  lower  edge  or  fore- 
ground of  the  picture  toward  the  right  edge  of  the  page. 
Nothing  is  more  aggravating  than  to  be  compelled  to 
turn  a  book  i8o  degrees  to  see  the  illustration. 

229 


230  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE   CATALOG 

Plats 

Practically  all  the  larger  universities  now  present  a 
plat,  usually  folded,  in  the  general  catalog,  and  in  some 
instances  several  plats  or  maps  for  the  guidance  of  the 
stranger  on  the  campus.  This  is  an  inexpensive  addition 
after  the  first  drawing  and  etching  have  been  prepared. 
The  old  style  small  plat  on  the  inside  of  the  cover  does 
not  compare  favorably  with  the  more  modern  insert. 
Yale's  plat  of  the  campus  in  relief  with  buildings  in 
perspective  on  one  side  of  the  insert  and  with  a  map  of 
New  Haven  on  the  other  side,  is  quite  attractive.  Iowa 
State  University  catalog  contains  an  insert  of  the  same 
nature.  Swarthmore  College,  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania and  a  number  of  boys'  schools  offer  a  plat  in 
two  colors  of  ink,  a  most  pleasing  insert.  Michigan 
College  of  Mines  catalog  contains  eight  large  folded 
onion  skin  inserts,  three  of  which  are  maps,  the  re- 
mainder schedules. 

Position  of  Inserts 

Inserts  are  tipped  with  line  quality  paste  to  or  into 
sections.  It  is  always  desirable  that  they  be  placed 
between  printed  pages  ending  and  beginning  multiples 
of  eight  pages  or  even  sixteen  pages,  if  at  all  possible. 
Sections  of  the  printed  book  begin  with  pages  numbered 
I,  17,  33,  49,  etc.  if  binding  is  to  be  in  sixteen  page 
sections,  or  l,  33,  65,  97,  etc.,  if  in  thirty-twos,  as  is 
usually  the  case  in  catalogs  of  several  hundred  pages  on 
thin  paper.  Thus,  in  a  catalog  in  which  the  binding 
sections  contain  sixteen  pages,  it  is  most  economical  to 
place  inserts  as  follows: — frontispiece  facing  title  page, 
known  as  page  i  in  nearly  all  college  catalogs,  other 
inserts  between  pages  8  and  9,  16  and  17,  24  and  25,  32 
and  33,  etc.,  or  if  bound  in  thirty-twos,  between  pages 


LLUSTRATIONS  23 1 


16  and  17,  32  and  33,  48  and  49,  64  and  65,  etc.  To  slit 
open  the  top  of  a  section  for  placing  an  insert  between 
such  pages  as,  for  instance,  2  and  3,  4  and  5,  6  and  7, 
12  and  13,  and  both  tops  and  sides  if  between  10  and  11, 
14  and  15,  in  sixteens,  or  to  slit  many  tops,  sides,  and 
some  bottoms  in  thirty-twos,  requires  much  time  in  the 
bindery,  adding  expense  and  delaying  the  work.  By 
folding  an  oblong  sheet  of  wrapping  or  other  paper  three 
times  at  right  angles  an  example  of  a  sixteen  page  sec- 
tion will  be  at  hand.  By  making  four  right  angle  folds 
a  thirty-two  page  section  will  result,  offering  visible 
solution  of  the  problem. 

Photogravures  and  Halftones 
In  the  catalogs  of  high  class  boys'  and  girls'  schools 
we  sometimes  find  the  photogravure.  This  method  of 
illustration,  intaglio  copper  plate  printing,  is  quite 
expensive  and  requires  much  time,  but  is  exceedingly 
rich  in  effect.  Usually  the  printer  buys  his  photo- 
gravures from  the  maker  but  some  few  photogravure 
makers  take  the  entire  contract  direct  and  buy  the 
printing,  paper  and  binding  wherever  they  can  secure 
most  favorable  terms  with  due  consideration  for  quality 
required.  The  photogravure  costs  from  ^15.00  to  ^30.00 
for  the  plate.  The  prints  then  cost  from  ^10.00  to 
$30.00  per  thousand,  according  to  size  and  whether  run 
single  or  double.  Paper  is  still  additional,  costing,  if  of 
good  quality  and  weight,  several  dollars  per  thousand 
inserts.  The  printing  is  done  on  wet  sheets  of  small  size, 
usually  single,  on  a  hand  fed  and  hand  power  press.  See 
frontispiecemadebyWaud&Jenkins,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
There  is  a  much  cheaper  process,  however,  the  printing 
being  done  in  large  sheets,  dry,  on  a  power  machine  and 
machine  fed.     The  latter  process,  known  by  several 


232  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

names,  produces  work  by  no  means  the  equal  of  the  wet 
printing  on  hand  presses. 

The  catalog  of  Notre  Dame  University  contains  a 
steel  engraving,  a  view  of  the  campus,  as  a  frontispiece. 

The  copper  halftone,  mounted  type-high  on  wood, 
is  still,  however,  the  universal  medium,  it  being  cheap, 
only  twelve  to  eighteen  cents  per  square  inch,  block 
measure,  with  a  minimum  of  ten  square  inches.  It  is 
quickly  made  by  the  local  engraver  in  any  fair  sized  city 
and  is  printed  on  any  printing  press  with  or  without 
type.  The  great  number  of  combinations  of  paper  and 
ink  suitable  for  halftone  printing  is  treated  of  elsewhere. 
For  printing  on  dull  paper  the  engraver  should  be 
notified  to  etch  specially.  See  opposite  pages  i6,  208, 
229,  233,  237,  248,  249,  252,  253. 

Copy  for  Engraving 

Intelligence  in  the  matter  of  securing  proper  photo- 
graphic copy  for  the  making  of  satisfactory  photo- 
gravure or  halftone  engravings  is  absolutely  necessary, 
unless  the  book  is  to  look  like  a  scrapbook,  with  some 
illustrations  large  and  some  small,  some  dark  and  some 
light.  It  is  just  as  necessary,  after  proper  photographs 
have  been  secured,  that  some  person  competent  to  do  so 
place  the  order  for  the  engravings.  One  who  has  had 
experience  in  such  work  knows  how  to  secure  the  best 
results  by  eliminating  portions  of  a  photograph,  some- 
times enlarging,  sometimes  reducing,  sometimes  direct- 
ing that  light  spots  be  "touched  up"  or  dark  spots 
lightened. 

UNIFORMITY  IN  SIZE  OF  ENGRAVINGS 

It  is  a  simple  matter  for  the  man  of  experience  to 
lay  out  upon  a  sheet  of  onion  skin  paper  the  diagram 
showing  the  desired  size  and  dimensions  of  the  prospec- 
tive engravings.     Through  this  rectangle  the  proper 


SERIES  V  NUMBER  V 

BULLETIN 
ROME.  GA..  JUNE.  1915 


I 


I 


_-"  g;5  se  o 


ILLUSTRATIONS  233 


diagonal  is  drawn.  This  diagonal  can  be  so  placed  over 
the  photograph  as  to  secure  the  best  part  of  the  picture 
for  reproduction.  If  to  be  enlarged  the  diagonal  will  be 
extended  to  the  proper  length,  if  to  be  reduced  the 
diagonal  will  be  shortened.  In  this  manner  a  dozen  or 
more  photographs  of  various  sizes  and  shapes  can  be 
made  to  furnish  as  many  engravings  of  uniform  size  and 
shape.  Uniformity  in  these  details  is  the  order  in  the 
modern  publication  of  high  standard. 

Western  College  for  Women  recently  published  a 
bulletin  containing  twenty-four  illustrations,  each  of 
which  was  a  halftone  7x5  printed  on  dull  paper  in  dark 
green  duotone  ink.  The  engravings  were  prepared  from 
photographs  made  by  an  expert  outdoor  photographer 
brought  from  a  distant  city  for  this  special  work. 

Bryn  Mawr  uses  black  and  white  reproductions  of 
charcoal  drawings  by  the  well  known  artist  Vernon 
Howe  Bailey,  each  drawing  followed  by  diagrams  of  the 
different  floors  of  the  building  so  illustrated. 

Princeton,  in  its  seventy-twb  page  Descriptive  Book- 
let, presents  sixteen  full  page  illustration  inserts  practi- 
cally all  of  the  same  size,  and  on  one  side  only. 

Mohegan  Lake  School,  in  its  leather  covered,  gold 
topped,  deckle  edge  catalog,  contains  sixteen  large 
photogravures,  all  of  uniform  size,  although  some  of  the 
illustrations  following  the  frontispiece  unfortunately 
face  the  right  hand  page. 

The  Hill  School  offers  twelve  photogravures  all 
facing  right  hand  pages,  Mercersburg  thirteen  photo- 
gravures all  properly  facing  left  hand  pages,  Pawling 
School  nine  photogravures,  facing  both  ways  and  in 
both  positions. 


234  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

The  Bordentown  Military  Institute  uses  both  photo- 
gravures in  dark  oHve  ink  and  halftone  inserts  in  black 
ink,  all  facing  left  hand  pages.  Culver,  unusually  large 
in  size  of  page,  two  photogravures,  properly  placed. 

Asheville  School  has  one  large  double  photogravure 
in  front  with  eight  photogravures  and  eight  halftones, 
all  placed  properly  and  facing  properly  in  the  back  of 
the  book. 

Kiskiminetas  Springs  School  uses  all  halftones  of 
large  size  printed  in  rich  brown  duotone  ink  on  dull 
paper,  all  facing  left  hand  pages.  Evanston  Academy 
shows  a  number  of  very  handsome  halftones  on  both 
sides  of  inserts. 

Union  and  Drew  Theological  catalogs  show  several 
right  angle  illustrations,  very  handsome  but  placed 
opposite  the  customary  position. 

Ignorance  of  these  matters  often  means  an  un- 
desirable bulletin,  sometimes  costing  delay  and  usually 
money,  necessitating  uncalled  for  correspondence,  tele- 
grams or  long  distance  telephone  calls,  and  quite  fre- 
quently the  making  over  of  plates.  Carte  blanche  is 
sometimes  given  the  printer  in  the  handling  of  copy  for 
engravings,  in  which  event  there  is  some  uniformity  at 
least  as  to  size  and  shape  of  the  finished  illustrations. 

A  blurred,  over-printed  or  under-printed  photo- 
graph, a  bad  negative  or  too  light  or  too  dark  a  back- 
ground will  cause  the  finished  work  to  bring  dissatisfac- 
tion to  the  customer  and  discredit  to  both  engraver  and 
printer.  Retouching  of  poor  photographs  is  some- 
times expensive. 

In  any  catalog  or  illustrated  bulletin  there  should 
be  uniformity  not  only  in  size  but  in  screen  of  engrav- 
ings as  well  as  in  relative  degree  of  density  of  back- 


s 

h« 

K 

^ 

r 

V 

^ 

O 

^. 

1 

C 

^ 

'^ 

hr, 

rs 

.S3 

.00 

.8d 

.a« 

.*« 

.S5 

.02 

.8*     .8* 

"*? 

.2* 

.0* 

^ 

.88 

.*e 

1 

8.VS 

[(.so 

1. 08 

IM 

S.88 

s.*e 

s.se 

*,06 

*.8* 

5.8*  8.** 

8.S* 

T.O* 

T.SS 

8.88 

e.*8 

e.sB 

t^:.08 

i.&e 

s.ad 

^.^i 

s.se 

a.oe 

T.8* 

e.8* 

.61 

I.S* 

S.I* 

*.e8 

6.T8 

8.68 

T.88 

e.u 

'.£3 

.8C 

s.de 

*,^6 

a.s3 

T.oe 

e.8* 

I.T* 

8.6* 

5.8*jT.I* 

e.e£ 

1.88 

2.88 

*.*S 

8.28 

«"f 

'lap 

.ac 

S.:M 

e.se 

r.oe 

.e^ 

S.T* 

e,e* 

T.8* 

.2J^ 

2.0* 

6.88 

T.8S 

.68 

2.88 

6.18 

T.es 

Bdfc 

.i'S 

8.se 

8.oe 

e.8£> 

2.T* 

a.e* 

e.s* 

S.S* 

6.0* 

3.38 

I.TS 

*.5S 

T.88 

I.SS 

*.08 

T.8S 

«p 

.se 

^.oe 

T.Si' 

I.T* 

a.e* 

e.8* 

2.S* 

3.0* 

.es 

*.r£ 

T.CC 

I.*S 

6.SE 

e.08 

s.es 

8.TS 

ep 

.oe 

t.i^ 

e.9^ 

S.SI" 

T.8I- 

S.2* 

8.0* 

i.es 

6.TS 

e.68 

*.*8 

8.28 

2.18 

T.es 

I.SS 

a.a| 

Tefs^ 

.8* 

a.M 

.ef 

e.8t^ 

.s* 

e.o* 

.es 



6.TC 

.08 

5.*8 

.88 

5.18 

.08 

6.82 

.TS 

6.68 

mx^ 

1.8* 

T.If' 

s.o* 

8.88 

*.V8 

e.68 

6.*8 

1.88 

8.18 

s.os 

T.82 

8.T2 

e.es 

n 

i.e* 

.*^ 

a.s^ 

S.II> 

e.ee 

C.88 

I.TS 

T.c8 

*.*c 

.88 

8.18 

2.08 

e.82 

e.T2 

182 

T.*S 

'•4 

cS.Si 

.s* 

Y.O* 

^68 

I.8E 

r.8E 

*.e8 

I.*S 

8.28 

e.is 

2.08 

e.8? 

a.TS 

2.82 

e.*s 

8.8S 

s.si 

IC 

S.Ii^ 

.01^ 

V.<J8 

d.T6 

£.88 

.68 

T.e8 

5.S8 

2.18 

.08 

T.8S 

6.T2 

2.82 

.62 

T.SS 

6.22 

S.lS 

V 

s.es 

,8£ 

8.38 

8.68 

^.f-e 

2.88 

I.S8 

e.os 

T.es 

6.82 

2.T2 

t.82 

e.*s 

7,82 

8.SS 

*.IS 

s.os 

£.ve 

.as 

6.^8 

T.88 

8.S8 

e.iE 

*.08 

2.es 

I.8S 

.72 

e.es 

T.*2 

8  82 

6.8S 

*.IS 

S.O.'J 

I.ei 

[JE 

i.ec 

.*>€ 

e.s£ 

o^ 

8.08 

r.es 

T.82 

8.tS 

8.82 

e.es 

*.*s 

*.ES 

s.ss 

S.12 

S.OS 

i.ei 

I.8I 

i 

?S 

.8£ 

.ss 

.18 

.08 

.8S 

.8S 

.TS 

.02 

.62 

.*2 

.82 

.S2 

.12 

.0& 

.ei 

.81 

i 

1 

e.os 

.08 

I.&S 

I.8S 

S.YS 

2.9S 

8.62 

*,*2 

*.S2 

6.S2 

8.IS 

8.02 

T.ei 

T.SI 

8.TI 

e.oi 

e.6l 

.es 

G.8S 

.8S 

I.TS 

2.8S 

i>.fiS 

e.t^ 

8.SS 

T.SS 

e.is 

.12 

1.02 

s.ei 

*.8I 

e.Ti 

a.ai 

T.ei 

e.*i 

•TS 

8.8S 

.8S 

S.£S 

I'.t'S 

8.8S 

T.22 

e.is 

MS 

8.02 

e.ei 

T.8I 

e.Ti 

I.TI 

2.81 

*.6I 

8.*I 

8.81 

? 

T.I>S 

.ts. 

S.8S 

6.SS 

T.IS 

.IS 

2.02 

e.ei 

T.8I 

.81 

2.n 

6.81 

T.6I 

.61 

2.*I 

6.81 

T.SI 

.es 

T.SS 

.88 

8.  IS 

a.os 

c.ei 

s.ei 

8.81 

e.Ti 

2.TI 

6.81 

8.61 

i.ei 

*.*I 

T.SI 

I.SI 

*.SI 

T.II 

.IS 

a.os 

.OS 

t.ei 

T.8I 

1.81 

e.Ti 

e.oi 

2.81 

o.ei 

.61 

*,*! 

T.SI 

I.SI 

5.81 

Q.ll 

2.II 

a.oI 

.ei 

9.81 

.91 

^.Tl 

e.oi 

8.81 

T.fil 

2.61 

d.^l 

i.*i 

6.81 

e.si 

*.2I 

8.II 

2.11 

T.OI 

I.OI 

a.e 

.Tl 

e.ai 

.91 

e.ei 

.31 

e.i"! 

.H 

6.SI 

.81 

e.2i 

.SI 

&.li 

.il 

5.01 

.01 

2.e 

.e 

6.8 

.*! 

tj^i 

.*! 

O.SI 

:.8i 

T.2I 

2,SI 

8.11 

^.11 

e.oi 

6.01 

I.OI 

D.e 

s.e 

T.8 

8.8 

e.T 

*.T 

.SI 

^.&i 

.SI 

a.ii 

2.II 

e.oi 

e.oi 

I.OI 

T.O 

*.e 

.e 

8.8 

2.8 

e.T 

e.T 

I.T 

T.8 

*.8 

.01 

8.01 

.01 

T.e 

^.G 

i.e 

T.8 

*.8 

1.8 

8.T 

5.T 

2.T 

e.8 

8.8 

2.0 

e.6 

8.6 

8.6 

.8 

S.8 

.8 

T.T 

e.? 

S.T 

.f 

T.a 

e.a 

2.0 

.8 

T.6 

6.6 

S.6 

.3 

T.* 

6.* 

2.* 

.0 

s.a 

.3 

8.5 

o.e 

h.a 

2.C 

1.6 

G.* 

T.* 

6.* 

8.* 

I.* 

e.E 

T.8 

8.8 

*.8 

S.S 

.* 

i.* 

.* 

G.8 

T.8 

8.8 
8.1 

e.8 

*.8 

8.8 

1.8 

.8 

e.s 

T.8 

8.8 

6.S- 

*.s 

S.S 

I.S 

.s 

LS 

.& 

e.i 

e.i 

~.L 

V.I 

D.I 

8.1     6.1 

*.i 

*.I 

8.1 

2.1. 

2.1 

I.I 

I.I 

8 


^ 


^ 


haiobiznoj  &i  ,9iii8B9m  Aoold  ,?89l  lo  aorioni  noT 


.5iuaf.om  Aooki  iix8 


22.    24.     26.     28.     30.    32. 


10 


11 


12 


Measuring  Sca 


1       «       2       «       3       « 

=:  for  checking  bills  for  engravings  as  large  as  yU^i  iH  face  i 


«       6 

12  block  nicasL 


Ten  inches  or  less,  block  r 


10 

Elcaric  Ci 


ty  Engia' 


11 

ving  Co., 


12 


ILLUSTRATIONS  235 


ground  of  photographs.  Halftone  engravings  for  such 
good  work  as  is  required  in  a  college  publication  are 
often  made  133  lines  to  the  inch,  very  seldom  175  lines. 
The  most  satisfactory  screen  is  150  lines  to  the  inch. 
All  photographs  should,  if  at  all  possible,  be  of  the  same 
size,  somewhat  larger  than  the  dimensions  of  the  en- 
graving, although  this  is  not  absolutely  essential.  Very 
clear  photographs  can  be  slightly  enlarged  in  the  repro- 
duction, dull  ones  never.  Glossy  sun  prints,  black  on 
white,  make  the  best  copy.  They  should  be  furnished 
unmounted. 

Bold  writing  with  pencil  on  the  back  of  an  un- 
mounted photograph  is  sure  to  punch  through  and  will 
show  to  some  extent  in  the  engraving.  At  the  same 
time  for  complete  identification  there  should  be  noted 
on  each  photograph  sent  to  the  printer  or  engraver  the 
name  of  the  view,  written  very  lightly  with  lead  pencil. 
It  is  well  to  add  the  name  of  the  college  or  other  institu- 
tion, to  insure  against  loss  or  misplacement  by  the 
printer  or  engraver. 

Flashlight  photographs  of  banquet  scenes,  interiors 
and  inside  dramatic  work  are  quite  interesting  from  the 
historic  point  of  view,  but  from  the  artistic  point  of  view 
of  the  printer  or  the  engraver  they  are  usually  miserable 
affairs,  no  matter  how  much  money  may  be  spent  on 
retouching  them.  Occasionally  an  attractive  interior 
of  a  chapel,  a  lobby  or  a  gymnasium  is  seen,  the  excep- 
tion to  the  rule.  The  best  photographer  available  must 
be  secured  or  the  light-spots  may  ruin  the  work.  A 
swimming  pool  is  shown  to  best  advantage  with  at 
least  two  or  three  students  in  the  water. 

Engravers  now  universally  measure  their  work  by 
the  base  and  not  by  the  printing  surface.    One-eighth 


236  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

inch  on  each  of  the  four  sides  must  be  allowed.  Thus, 
the  bill  for  a  halftone  of  which  the  printing  surface  is 
5x4  will  not  be  for  20  inches,  but  for  S/^M^i^  23  inches, 
the  fraction  in  the  total  being  considered  as  one  inch. 

The  question  is  often  asked,  "Why  does  this  or  that 
engraving  not  appear  as  well  in  the  book  as  the  en- 
graver's proof  .^"  The  engraver  proves  one  engraving 
at  a  time,  after  the  most  careful  make-ready  and  with 
ink  costing  much  more  than  printer's  ink,  thus  bringing 
out  the  individual  halftone  to  the  very  best  possible 
advantage.  When  this  same  engraving  is  put  into  a 
form  with  type  and  a  lot  of  other  engravings,  some  of 
which  are  dark  and  require  a  minimum  of  ink  in  the 
printing  and  some  of  which  are  light  and  require  a 
maximum  of  ink  to  bring  them  out  best,  there  must  be 
an  equalizing  of  the  volume  of  ink.  This  works  to  the 
disadvantage  of  some  of  the  engravings.  The  best 
general  result  is  attained  by  slip-sheeting  whereby  a 
heavier  flow  of  ink  is  made  possible.  This  adds  about 
^3.00  per  thousand  impressions  but  is  well  worth  it. 

All  really  good  printing  on  coated  papers  should  be 
slip-sheeted  in  the  press  room.  Many  printers  differ  on 
this  question.  Press  builders  guarantee  their  machines 
not  to  need  slip-sheeting  and  ink  makers  guarantee 
their  inks  to  work  just  as  well  without  slip-sheeting. 
Notwithstanding  all  this,  printers  who  have  a  reputa- 
tion for  really  highest  grade  presswork  slip-sheet  their 
fine  work  on  coated  paper.  The  proof  in  this  much- 
mooted  question  is  in  the  comparison,  made  with  the 
intelligence  gained  by  experience  only. 

Color  of  Ink  for  Inserts 
The  subject  of  ink  demands   consideration.     The 
engraver  always  urges  the  best  of  black  halftone  ink  to 


WE    STVIIN8TER 


A  private  telephone  system  with  city  connection 
is  installed  in  each  room  in  the  building  and  is  operated 
by  the  secretary  from  her  office,  making  it  possible  to 
communicate  from  one  room  to  another,  or  to  any  point 
in  or  out  of  the  city.  An  elevator  with  a  capacity  of 
3,500  pounds  is  another  necessary  convenience.  The 
building  has  six  toilet  rooms,  is  lighted  by  electricity, 
and  heated  by  steam  from  its  own  plant. 

EQUIPMENT 

Three  new  Steinway  grand  pianos  and  three  new 
Mehlin  grand  pianos  have  recently  been  purchased  and 
are  used  exclusively  for  teaching  purposes  and  in  the 
concert  and  recital  halls. 

Twenty-five  new  Lauter  grand  and  upright  pianos 
with  Wessel,  Nickel  and  Gross  action  have  been  placed 
in  the  practice  rooms  for  the  use  of  students.  No  piano 
for  practice  purposes  is  retained  in  the  conservatory 
for  a  longer  period  than  three  years.  The  department 
employs  an  expert  tuner,  whose  business  it  is  to  keep 
the  pianos  in  perfect  tune  and  repair. 

A  three  manual  pipe-organ,  the  recent  gift  of  a 
prominent  Pittsburgh  banker  to  the  college,  will,  when 
installed,  give  us  a  decided  lead  over  similar  institutions 
in  organ  equipment.  This  organ  is  one  of  the  largest 
instruments  in  any  college  of  music  of  the  present  day. 
To  the  organ  student  the  opportunity  for  practice  on 
this  organ,  with  its  modern  accessories,  is  a  material 
advantage,  making  it  possible  for  him  to  master  the 
complexities  of  any  modern  organ  with  little  difficulty. 


wr 


■* 


Ohio  State  University  spring  with  library  in  the  distance.  150 
line  screen  halftone;  Sigmund  Ullman  Cameo  Art  Brown  double- 
tone  ink;  Hancock  Book  paper,  india,  25x38-100. 


ILLUSTRATIONS  237 


be  used  on  a  pure  white  paper.  Machinery  catalogs  in 
which  fine  detail  of  parts  is  to  be  uppermost  are  printed 
on  pure  white  enamel  paper  of  a  high  quality  and  fairly 
good  thickness.  A  great  majority  of  college  and  school 
illustrations  are  printed  with  black  ink  on  white  enamel 
paper.  A  few  appear  in  some  one  of  the  many  beautiful 
brown  inks  on  cream  colored  or  India  paper.  This  costs 
more  because  of  the  fact  that  brown  ink  of  sufficiently 
good  quality  is  much  higher  priced;  the  India  paper 
costs  more,  and  the  ink  is  much  harder  to  run,  requiring 
perhaps  half  as  much  time  more  than  the  black  ink. 
The  very  dull  finished  papers  which  are  so  popular  for 
some  kinds  of  high  class  printing  are  still  more  expen- 
sive, and  the  ink  required  for  use  on  them,  together  with 
a  double  amount  of  make-ready  and  the  frequent  stops 
of  the  press  for  the  purpose  of  washing  out  with  benzine 
all  the  engravings,  on  account  of  the  ease  with  which 
they  fill  up  with  the  doubletone  ink,  brings  the  cost  of 
this  sort  of  presswork  to  two  or  three  times  that  of  the 
black  ink  on  white.  Then,  too,  all  photographs  will  not 
make  halftone  plates  of  the  proper  harmony  to  work  as 
nicely  on  this  sort  of  paper  with  the  peculiar  ink  re- 
quired.    See  page  24. 

The  so-called  duotone,  duplegrav,  doubletone  inks 
come  in  a  number  of  shades  of  handsome  browns  and 
greens  for  practical  printing.  We  will  not  consider  the 
blues  and  purples  here.  No  printer  can  guarantee  to 
make  the  shade  of  color  the  same  in  one  book  as  ap- 
peared in  another,  or  to  get  exactly  the  same  shades  at 
both  ends  of  any  one  book.  It  is  a  long  story  why  such 
matching  is  impossible.  The  duotone  ink  is  made  by 
the  mixing  at  the  ink  factory  of  two  opposite  kinds  of 
ink,  color  ground  in  varnish  and  color  mixed  with  water. 


238  THE  AMERICAN   COLLEGE  CATALOG 

The  result  desired  is  an  imitation  of  a  photograph  or  of 
a  photogravure.    The  water  mixture  makes  the  trouble. 

An  ink  maker  of  international  reputation  and  a 
certain  enthusiastic  printer  recently  combined  for  a 
series  of  experiments  with  several  doubletone  inks. 
Without  entering  into  details  we  will  state  that  some  of 
the  startling  results  were  as  follows:  The  printer  used 
the  same  press,  the  same  engravings,  the  same  paper 
and  the  same  ink  from  the  same  run  of  ink  at  the 
factory.  But  impressions  made  on  a  damp  day  differed 
quite  materially  in  shade  from  those  on  a  dry  day. 
Sheets  on  the  bottom  of  a  pile  only  one  inch  high, 
racked  in  slipsheets,  differed  in  shade  from  those  on  top 
because  of  the  weight  on  the  sHpsheet,  causing  it  to  act 
as  a  blotter.  Dampness,  heat,  pressure  affect  the  results 
in  these  inks,  now  so  popular  for  the  very  highest  class 
of  letter-press  illustration.  Proper  regulation  of  flow  is 
vital  to  uniform  success  to  a  far  greater  degree  than  is 
necessary  with  ordinary  black  ink.  The  pressman 
must  have  had  ample  experience  in  such  work  or  the 
result  will  not  be  satisfactory.  The  ink  does  not  attain 
its  final  color  until  ten  to  fifteen  days  after  printing.  Not- 
withstanding the  utter  impossibility  of  exact  matches 
in  shade,  the  work  produced  is  magnificent  the,  very 
finest  possible,  and  much  sought  after. 
The  Zinc  Etching 

The  cheapest  reproduction  possible  by  mechanical 
process  is  the  zinc  etching  made  by  photography  and 
acid  etching  from  any  black  and  white  line  copy.  Nearly 
all  sample  pages  and  covers  in  this  book  are  zincs,  as  are 
also  the  illustrations  on  pages  46,  51-53,  76,  83-85,  no, 
147,  219,  221,  222,  239-243  and  276,  and  inserts  facing 
pages  II,  111,229  (plat),  232,  234,  240,  242  and  244. 


SEAL  AND  BOOKPLATE  OF 
THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY 

In  the  preparation  of  the  design  the  authorities  were  particu- 
larly indebted  to  Stephen  Tucker,  Esq.,  of  London,  Somerset 
Herald,  who  revised  and  arranged  the  suggestions  transmitted 
to  him  from  Baltimore  by  Clayton  C.  Hall,  Esq.,  to  whom  the 
University  also  owes  its  grateful  acknowledgments  for  many  kind 
services. 

In  the  design  for  the  seal  symbols  of  learning  have  been  placed 
in  combination  with  the  well  known  Arms  of  Maryland.  The 
arms  of  the  State  are  those  of  Lord  Baltimore's  family,  which 
became  a  part  of  the  Great  Seal  of  Maryland  at  an  early  period 
in  the  history  of  the  colony. 

The  emblems  adopted  to  symbolize  the  University  are  open 
books  and  a  terrestrial  globe— indicative  of  literary  and  scientific 
studies.  These  have  been  placed  upon  an  azure  background  and 
occupy  the  upper  portion  of  the  shield,  above  the  name  of  the 
State.  There  is  thus  presented  (in  the  words  of  the  Somerset 
Herald,)  "an  heraldic  picture  of  a  University  situated  in  the  State 
founded  by  Lord  Baltimore." 

The  motto  of  the  University  Veritas  Vos  Liberabit  (which  has 
been  in  use  since  its  organization)  is  taken  from  the  gospel  of  St. 
John  viii,  32.  The  shield  is  hung  from  a  bough  of  oak.  The 
legend  upon  the  border  gives  the  corporate  name  and  place  of  the 
foundation,  and  the  date  when  instructions  were  begun,  viz: 
The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  1876. 

F.  R.  Ball,  Registrar 


se, 
iar 
za- 

Dn. 
or- 

3Ut 

nd, 

crol 
rms 
zed 


'H>«f&^^' 


COLLEGE  HERALDRY 


^RIOR  to  the  American  Revolution  it  would  have 
been  quite  in  order  for  the  Heralds'  College  of 
London,  incorporated  1483  and  still  the  heraldic 
authority  of  England,  to  officially  grant  "Arms  of  Com- 
munity" to  a  "bishopric,  a  city,  a  university,  an 
academy,  a  society  or  a  corporate  body,"  in  British 
provinces,  including  the  American  colonies.  It  is  still 
possible  forCanadian  institutions  to  secure  and  to  display 
under  English  authority  heraldic  devices  of  one  kind  or 


ABC 

I.     A. 
B. 

Dexter         ) 
Middle        [  Chief 

C. 

Sinister        ) 

A 

D 

D. 

Honour  Point 

E. 

Fess  Point 

E 

F. 

Nombril  Point 

B 

F 

G. 

Dexter         ) 

H. 

Middle        \  Base 

Vc        H         \J 

I. 
2.    A. 

Sinister       ) 

V   c   y 

\w         ^ 

Chief 

^^**«  ■..■■^^ 

B. 

Fess 

^^ .  -'^ 

1,  THE  FIELD 

C. 

Base 

2    THE  FIELD- 

The  Points  of  the  Shield 

another.  Some  institutions  in  the  United  States  use, 
and  quite  properly,  armorial  designs  in  which  appear 
arms  of  individual  founders  or  benefactors,  or  organiza- 
tions prominent  in  the  early  history  of  the  institution. 
On  the  continent  of  Europe  there  is  no  national  author- 
ity corresponding  to  the  Heralds'  College  of  London  but 
in  Germany,  Austria,  Russia,  Belgium  and  Holland, 
certain  orders  of  knighthood  are  entrusted  with  control 
of  matters  heraldic.  In  Scotland  the  Lyon-king-at-arms 
and  in  Ireland  the  Ulster-king-at-arms  are  legalized 
offices  of  heraldry. 

239 


240 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


In  the  United  States  and  France  there  is  no  legal 
supervision  provided.  Nevertheless  our  own  national 
government  displays  in  many  ways  its  arms,  heraldically 
correct.  Occasionally  we  find  the  national  flag  printed 
in  black  on  white  paper,  but  with  the  red  stripes  made 
of  the  heraldic  perpendicular  lines  "gules"  and  the  blue 


Pale  Fesse 

Some  Divisions  of  the  Shield 


Cross 


field  of  horizontal  lines  "azure,"  the  white  of  the  stars 
and  the  white  stripes  "argent,"  an  example  of  propriety 
in  heraldry.  Some  of  our  states  too,  as  Maryland, 
Colorado,  Texas  and  several  others  use  coats-of-arms 
which  can  be  described  in  terms  of  heraldry,  the  colors 
in  which  are  indicated  properly  by  their  recognized 
symbols  when  printed  in  black  only.  The  coat-of-arms 
and  the  flag  of  the  United  States  are  heraldically 
descended  from  the  coat-of-arms  of  the  English  ances- 
tors of  George  Washington,  as  displayed  in  his  personal 


Or   (gold) 


Artrcnt   (sih 


Gules   (red) 


Ax.ure   (blue) 


Sable   (black) 


\'ert   (sreen) 


w 


Purpure   (purplej 


Tenne  (orange) 


Heraldic  Colours 


COLLEGE    HERALDRY 


241 


bookplate,  "argent,  2  bars  gules,  in  chief  3  mullets  of 
the  second."  There  being  excellent  authority  for  this 
statement,  it  would  seem  fitting  that  Americans  should 
entertain  a  more  wholesome  respect  for  the  science  of 
heraldry. 

In  addition  to  the  exquisite  heraldry  used  by  many 


Bend 


Some  Divisions  of  the  Shield 


Canadian  colleges,  Harvard,  Princeton,  Cornell,  Johns 
Hopkins,  Radcliffe,  Episcopal  Theological  School  (Cam- 
bridge), the  Theological  Seminary  of  the  Reformed 
Church  and  a  number  of  other  institutions  might  be 
mentioned  as  using  correct  arms  or  seals  of  special 
interest  to  those  who  care  for  heraldry.  A  number  of 
these  are  valuable  historically,  as  for  instance  those  of 
Washington  and  Lee  and  of  Washington  University. 
Some  Roman  Catholic  and  some  Episcopal  colleges  and 
schools  use  coats-of-arms  or  seals  of  genuine  beauty  and 
of  interest  that  is  fascinating.    Many  other  institutions 


242 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


display  coats-of-arms  in  their  bookplates  or  in  their  seals. 
In  the  stained  glass  windows  of  the  refectory  at  Mercers- 
burg  Academy  may  be  seen  the  arms  or  seals  of  many 
American  colleges  while  on  each  oaken  pilaster  is  carved 
the  arms  of  some  European  university.  Somewhat  simi- 
lar  displays   are   to   be   found   at   the   University   of 


Pile  Orle  Planches 

Some  Divisions  of  the  Shield 

Chicago,  Yale  Commons,  Worcester  Academy  and 
St.  George's  School,  Newport.  On  the  outer  walls  of 
that  masterpiece  of  Stanford  White's,  the  University 
Clubbuildingin  New  York,  are  theseals  of  Yale,  Colum- 
bia, Harvard,  Princeton,  Williams,  U.  S.  Naval  Acade- 
my, U.  S.  Military  Academy  and  Brown,  all  the  work  of 
our  famous  American  sculptor,  Daniel  Chester  French. 
The  University  Club  in  Chicago  bears  decorations  on 
the  same  order. 

Francis  J.  Grant,  in  his  1914  edition  of  the  Manual 
of  Heraldry,*  an  inexpensive  little  volume  which  mi-ght 
be  termed  a  multum  in  parvo  on  the  subject,  states: — 

*John  Grant,  George  IV.   Bridge,  Edinburgh. 


The  Arms  of  Kenyon  College 

Sable,  a  chevron  engrailed  or,  between  three  crosses  flory  argent,  on  a  chief 
purpure  a  pastoral  crook  of  the  second,  thereon  an  open  book  proper  bearing  the 
motto  "Magnanimiter  crucem  sustine." 

The  arms  of  Kenyon  College  are  derived  from  the  arms  of  Lord  Kenyon  from 
whom  the  college  takes  its  name.  The  field  with  its  chevron  and  crosses  and 
the  motto  in  the  chief  come  from  Lord  Kenyon's  arms.  The  chief  contains  local 
symbols,  suggesting  the  origin  and  aim  of  the  college.  The  bishop's  staff  com- 
memorates the  founder,  Bishop  Chase.  The  book  is  a  conventional  collegiate 
charge  and  the  motto  across  its  open  pages  approximately  expresses  the  spirit 
and  purpose  with  which  the  college  was  founded. 


COLLEGE    HERALDRY 


243 


The  great  revival  which  has  taken  place  in  the  study  and 
appreciation  of  the  Science  of  Heraldry,  and  the  wider  and 
more  intelligent  interest  now  taken  in  armory,  has  induced 
the  publisher  to  issue  a  new  and  revised  edition  of  this  work. 

*     *     *     :¥ 

Heraldry  is  the  science  which  teaches  us  how  to  blazon 
or  describe  in  proper  terms  armorial  bearings  and  their  ac- 


Barry 


'\rvr\r 
\f\f\r 

Wavy 


:---J 

y 

Bendy  Cheeky  Lozcngy 

Some  Divisions  of  the  Shield 

cessories.  *  *  *  It  may  safely  be  stated  that  its  introduction 
was  coeval  with  the  use  of  armour  in  the  Middle  Ages,  when 
it  became  necessary  for  men  to  be  able  to  recognize  each 
other  in  the  melee  of  the  battle.  Thus  it  came  that  warriors 
adorned  their  shields  with  marks  to  distinguish  each  other, 
and  decorated  the  top  of  their  helmets  with  crests.  *  *  *  The 
evidence  both  of  chroniclers  and  artists  directly  disproves 
any  science  or  practice  being  in  existence  at  the  time  of  the 
first  and  second  Crusades. 

It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  our  earliest  and  best 
examples  of  heraldry  should  be  due  to  lack  of  learning.  But 
for  the  fact  that  few  persons  were  able  to  write  and  had  to 
authenticate  all  deeds  and  transactions  they  entered  on  with 
their  seals,  we  should  not  now  have  these  records  of  the 
earlier  armorial  designs.  *  *  *  In  the  thirteenth  century  the 
practice  of  embroidering  armorial  designs  on  the  surcoat 
worn  over  a  coat  of  mail  gave  rise  to  the  expression  "coat 
of  arms." 


244  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

The  very  first  principles  of  heraldry  are  concisely 
given  in  the  following  extract: 

Heraldry,  or  armory  as  it  was  anciently  called,  is  a 
symbolical  and  pictorial  language  of  uncertain  and  disputed 
origin,  which,  by  the  beginning  of  the  thirteenth  century, 
had  already  been  reduced  to  a  science  with  a  system,  classifi- 
cation, and  nomenclature  of  its  own.  The  artistic  devices 
known  as  arms,  which  may  be  formed  by  proper  combina- 
tions of  the  colours,  ordinaries,  and  figures  that  represent  the 
letters  of  this  language,  had  each  their  significance,  and  soon 
came  to  be  regarded  as  the  hereditary  possession  of  some 
person,  family,  dignity,  or  office. 

The  display  of  arms  was  restricted  primarily  to  shields 
and  banners,  but  occasionally  to  horse-trappers  and  such 
garments  as  jupes,  gowns,  and  mantles.  Later  on  heraldry 
came  also  to  be  used  ornamentally,  either  upon  shields  or 
without  them,  in  all  kinds  of  ways,  in  architecture  and  on 
monuments,  on  tiles  and  in  glazing,  in  wood  carvings  and 
in  paintings,  in  woven  stuffs  and  embroideries,  in  jewellery 
AND  ON  SEALS. — Heraldry  for  Craftsmen  and  Designers. 
Hope. 

As  we  find  on  tombstones  of  the  earlier  part  of  the 
nineteenth  century  weeping  willow  trees  and  urns,  so  we 
notice  that  the  seals  devised  for  colleges  founded  fifty  or 
a  hundred  years  ago  were  characteristic  of  their  period, 
but,  not  being  designed  or  based  upon  heraldic  prin- 
ciples, they  now  seem  old-fashioned,  out-of-date  and 
surely  out  of  place  on  the  title  page  or  the  cover  of  the 
catalog  of  a  modern,  growing  institution  of  learning. 
These  old  style  seals  might  better  be  eliminated  if  con- 
sidered from  the  viewpoint  of  artistic  appearance. 
Many  inartistic  college  seals  have  nothing  but  age  and 
loyalty  to  tradition  to  recommend  their  continued  use. 
As  an  example  the  symbolism  in  the  seal  of  Columbia 
is  quite  attractive  when  displayed  in  a  diameter  of  two 
inches  or  more  but  when  stamped  in  gold  leaf  in  a 
diameter  of  less  than  one  inch  it  is  anything  but 
attractive. 


Auburn  Theological  Seminary 


KiSKIMINETAS    SpRINGS    ScHOOL 


Princeton  University 


Washington  University 


Howe  School 


University  of  Toronto        Harvard  University 


Brown  University 


Washington  and  Lee 
University 


Radci.iike  College 


Catholic  University 
or  America 


T^eterhouse 

or 
St  Peter  s    College 

(Founded  i2s4) 

Arms:  ijuld  four  [or  three)  pales  gxlis  intlt  a  border  of'  tlir 
Jiisliopricl:  of  Eh/  (i/ules  imth  eif/ht  or  ten  gold  croirnx).  Since  its 
iiicoipuration  in  1'281  the  College  has  used  four  dififereut  shields. 
The  one  at  ]>resent  borne  was  granted  by  Kobert  Cooke,  Clarencieux 
King  of  Anns,  in  157-2.  The  arms  are  intended  for  those  of  the 
Founder. 

Copies  of  the  SfdlH/cs  in  the  British  Museum ;  Old  Statutes 
Mss.  IIarlkv,  No.  7032,  p.  187.  New,— No.  704fi,  /).  132 
(Printed  in  "  Docunients  relating  to  the  University  and 
Colleges  of  C:unl)ri(lgc,"  Vol.  ii.  pp.  6—116).  The  Statutes 
us  approved  hi/  the  Queen  in  Council  29th  June,  1882,  are 
pritiled  in  the  London  Gazette. 
This  most  ancient  College  or  House  was  founded  by  Hugh  of 
Bai.sham,  Bishop  of  Ely,  for  a  Master  and  fourteen  Fellows. 

According  to  the  Statutes  of  1882,  the  Foundation  consists  of  a 
Master,  eleven  Fellows,  and  twenty-three  Scholars. 

The  Master,  who  is  elected  by  the  Fellows,  must  be  a  Master 
of  Arts,  or  of  some  equal  or  superior  degree,  in  the  University  of 
Cambridge  or  Oxford. 

The  Follows  are  to  be  elected  from  among  the  Graduates  of 
the  College,  or,  if  the  Society  think  fit,  from  among  the  other 
Graduates  of  Cambridge  or  Oxford.  One  t)f  the  Fellowships  is 
entitled  a  Professorial  Fellowship,  and  can  be  held  only  by  a 
Professor  of  the  University.  Fellowships  are  tenable  for  si.\  years, 
unless  in  the  following  cases  :  aiiy  Fellow  who  bt'coraes  either 
the  Head  or  a  Fellow  of  another  College  immediately  vacates  his 
Fellowship  in  this  College ;  any  Fellow  who  has  been  pre- 
sented by  the  College  to  any  Benefice  of  the  clear  annual  value 
of  i;400  or  upwards  shall  vacate  his  Fellowship  one  year  after 
presentation ;  any  Fellow  who  serves  the  College  in  one  of 
the  privileged  offices  of  Tutor,  Assistant  Tutor,  Senior  Bursar, 
Or  Dean,  and  has  been  a  privileged  Officer  for  at  least   two 


Cambridge  University's  great  Calendar  contains  many  pages  of  historic  and 
heraldic  interest.  The  running-head  over  the  pages  of  perfect  dimensions  (20x35 
picas)  in  this  book  is  set  in  all  caps,  adding  dignit)'.  It  is  omitted  from  this  the 
first  page  of  St.  Peter's  College  section. 


COLLEGE    HERALDRY  245 

Many  colleges  not  now  using  heraldic  devices  in 
any  form  have  colors  which  would  lend  themselves 
nicely  to  heraldry.  No  college  however  would  be  so 
foolish  as  to  attempt  anything  heraldic  without  ap- 
proval by  some  acknowledged  authority  on  this  most 
intricate  and  ancient  science.  "False  heraldry"  might 
be  excusable  in  a  college  fraternity  whose  youthful 
enthusiasm  for  something  beautiful  would  sweep  away 
all  consideration  of  heraldic  truth,  but  in  a  college  never. 
An  error  in  the  seal  of  the  City  of  New  York,  adopted 
191 5  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  City  Arts  Commission,  was  discovered  by 
Mr.  Edward  Van  Winkle,  secretary  of  the  Holland 
Society  of  that  city. 

The  examplesof  color  designations  opposite  page  240 
offer  but  an  infinitesimal  beginning  to  the  study,  which 
after  being  for  centuries  a  necessary  part  of  a  refined 
education,  was  "abandoned  to  coach-painters  and 
undertakers."  In  fact  Lord  Chesterfield  is  reputed  to 
have  addressed  the  "Garter-king-at-arms"  who  had 
made  some  ponderous  heraldic  blunder,  in  the  following 
words: — "You  foolish  man,  you  don't  understand  your 
own  foolish  business."  Nevertheless,  "Modern  criti- 
cism has  rescued  it  from  the  pedantries  and  follies  of  the 
heralds  and  imparted  to  it  a  new  interest,  as  a  valuable 
aid  to  historical  investigations." 

Academic  Dress 
Catalogs  generally  contain  no  information  regard- 
ing academic  dress,  now  used  more  or  less  upon  occa- 
sion by  the  majority  of  colleges  and  universities  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada.  Its  use  is  rapidly  increasing 
and  it  would  seem  advisable  to  embody  in  the  catalog 
some  official  statement  regarding  the  exact  proprieties 


246  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

in  caps,  gowns  and  hoods,  both  as  to  cut  and  color, 
for  use  by  faculty  and  students  at  the  institution. 
Even  though  such  academic  costume  be  not  established, 
the  president  or  other  members  of  the  faculty  may  be 
called  to  some  function  in  which  such  dress  is  custom- 
ary. Information  in  detail  may  be  secured  from  the 
Intercollegiate  Bureau  of  Academic  Costume  at  Albany, 
N.  Y.,  whose  code  for  types  of  hoods  and  gowns  to  be 
worn  by  bachelors,  masters  and  doctors  has  been 
adopted  by  over  five  hundred  institutions.  A  para- 
graph regarding  the  authorized  colors  of  the  college 
would  not  be  out  of  place  in  this  connection.  The 
World  Almanac  contains  some  notice  of  both  academic 
dress  and  college  colors. 

In  the  catalog  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
we  find: 

{From  the  University  Statutes) 

Section  I. — The  following  described  academic  costume 
is  ordered  to  be  worn  upon  all  appropriate  occasions,  as  in- 
dicating the  several  degrees,  and  the  faculties  to  which  they 
pertain: 

Gowns 

(i)  Pattern:  those  commonly  worn,  with  pointed  sleeves 
for  the  Bachelor's  degree;  with  long,  closed  sleeves  for  the 
Master's  degree;  and  with  round,  open  sleeves  for  the  *Doc- 
tor's  degree.  (2)  Material:  worsted  stuff  for  the  Bachelor's 
degree;  silk  for  the  Master's  and  Doctor's  degrees.  (3)  Col- 
or: black.  (4)  Trimmings:  for  the  Bachelor's  and  Master's 
degrees,  the  gowns  are  to  be  untrimmed.  For  the  *Doctor's 
degree,  the  gown  is  to  be  faced  down  the  front  with  black 
velvet,  with  bars  of  the  same  across  the  sleeves;  or  the  facings 

*In  all  cases  where  the  Doctor^ s  degree  is  mentioned,  reference  is  made  only  to 
degrees  in  Philosophy,  Divinity,  Letters,  Music,  Science  or  Laws.  Holders  of  the 
degrees  Doctor  of  Medicine,  Doctor  of  Public  Hygiene,  Doctor  of  Dental  Surgery 
or  Doctor  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  will  wear  gowns  similar  in  all  respects  to  those 
prescribed  for  Bachelors. 

Holders  of  the  degrees  Doctor  of  Medicine,  Doctor  of  Public  Hygiene,  Doctor  of 
Dental  Surgery  or  Doctor  of  Veterinary  Medicine,  will  wear  hoods  in  all  respects 
similar  to  those  prescribed  for  Bachelors,  save  in  the  case  of  binding  or  edging 
corresponding  to  the  appropriate  faculties. 


COLLEGE    HERALDRY  247 


and  crossbars  may  be  of  velvet  of  the  same  color  as  the  bind- 
ing or  edging  of  the  hood  (see  below),  being  distinctive  of  the 
faculty  to  which  the  degree  pertains. 

Hoods 

(i)  Pattern:  the  pattern  usually  followed  by  colleges  and 
universities,  save  as  modified  below.  (2)  Material:  the 
same  as  that  of  the  gown.  (3)  Color:  black.  (4)  Length: 
the  length  and  form  of  the  hood  will  indicate  the  degree,  as 
follows:  for  the  Bachelor's  degree,  the  lentgh  shall  be  three 
(3)  feet;  for  the  Master's  degree,  the  length  shall  be  four  (4) 
feet;  and  for  the  Doctor's  degree,  the  length  shall  be  the  same 
[i.  e.,  four  (4)  feet],  but  shall  have  panels  at  the  sides.  (5) 
Lining:  red  and  blue  silk,  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  chevron. 
(6)  Trimmings:  the  binding  or  edging  to  be  four  (4)  inches 
in  width,  of  silk,  satin  or  velvet,  the  color  to  be  distinctive 
of  the  faculty  to  which  the  degree  pertains,  thus:  Arts  and 
Letters,  White;  Science,  Gold  Yellow;  Music,  Pink; 
rA<fo/ogy,  Scarlet;  PAiYojo^Ay,  Dark  Blue;  L^k',  Purple; 
Medicine  and  Public  Hygiene,  Green;  Dentistry,  Lilac; 
and  Veterinary  Medicine,  Gray. 

Caps 

The  caps  shall  be  of  the  material  and  form  generally 
used  and  commonly  called  "mortar  board"  caps.  The  color 
shall  be  black.  The  Doctor's  cap  may  be  of  velvet.  Each 
cap  shall  be  ornamented  with  a  long  tassel  attached  to  the 
middle  point  at  the  top.  The  tassel  of  the  Doctor's  cap  may 
be,  in  whole  or  in  part,  of  gold  thread. 

Section  IL — Members  of  the  faculties,  and  any  person 
officially  connected  with.'the  University,  who  have  been  re- 
cipients of  academic  honors  from  other  universities  and  col- 
leges in  good  standing,  may  assume  the  academic  costume 
corresponding  to  their  degree,  as  described  in  the  foregoing 
section;  provided  that  such  right  shall  terminate  if  such  per- 
son shall  cease  to  be  connected  with  the  University.  The 
Provost,  Vice-Provost  and  Deans  of  faculties  may  adopt 
distinctive  badges,  not  inconsistent  with  the  costume  here- 
inbefore described. 

McGill  University  carries  the  following  positive 

order  regarding  academic  dress,  in  its  catalog,  pages 

121  and  122. 

Professors,  lecturers  and  students  are  required  to  wear 
academic  dress  at  lectures,  except  in  those  cases  in  which  a 
dispensation  shall  have  been  granted  by  the  Faculty. 


248  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Undergraduates  shall  wear  a  plain  black  stuff  gown,  not 
falling  below  the  knee,  with  round  sleeve  cut  above  elbow. 

Bachelor  of  ^m.— Black  stuff  gown,  falling  below  knee, 
with  full  sleeve  cut  to  elbow  and  terminating  in  a  point  (simi- 
lar to  that  of  the  Cambridge  B.A.);  hood,  black  silk,  lined 
with  pale  blue  silk  and  edged  with  white  fur. 

Bachelor  of  Science. — The  same  gown  as  Bachelors  of 
Arts;  hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  yellow  silk  and  edged  with 
white  fur. 

Bachelor  of  Science  in  Agriculture.— Th^  same  gown  as 
Bachelors  of  Arts;  hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  dark  green 
silk  and  edged  with  white  fur. 

Bachelor  of  Civil  Law. — The  same  gown  as  Bachelors  of 
Arts;  hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  French  grey  silk  and  edged 
with  white  fur. 

Bachelor  of  Architecture. — The  same  gown  as  Bachelors 
of  Arts;  hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  white  silk  and  edged  with 
white  fur. 

Bachelor  of  Music. — The  same  gown  as  Bachelors  of 
Arts;  hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  pale  mauve  silk  and  edged 
with  white  fur. 

Master  of  Arts. — Black  gown  of  stuff  or  silk,  falling 
below  knee,  with  long  sleeve  with  semi-circular  cut  at  the 
bottom  (similar  to  that  of  the  Cambridge  M.A.);  hood, 
black  silk,  lined  with  pale  blue  silk. 

Master  of  Science. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of  Arts; 
hood,  black  silk,  lined  with  yellow  silk. 

Doctor  of  Medicine. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of  Arts; 
hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  dark  blue  silk. 

Doctor  in  Dental  Science. — The  same  gown  as  Masters 
of  Arts;  hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  pink  silk. 

Doctor  of  Laws. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of  Arts; 
hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  white  silk. 

Doctor  of  Literature. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of 
Arts;  hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  pale  blue  silk. 

Doctor  of  Science. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of  Arts; 
hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  yellow  silk. 

Doctor  of  Civil  Law. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of 
Arts;  hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  French  grey  silk. 

Doctor  of  Music. — ^The  same  gown  as  Masters  of  Arts; 
hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  pale  mauve  silk. 

Doctor  of  Philosophy. — The  same  gown  as  Masters  of 
Arts;  hood,  scarlet  cloth,  lined  with  pale  green  silk. 

Doctors  of  Laws,  Doctors  of  Civil  Law,  Doctors  of  Liter- 
ature,   Doctors    of    Science,    Doctors    of     Philosophy    and 


Painted  by  Maria  I..  McMickIn,  Albany,  X.  Y. 
D.D.  (Yale). 


American  Inter 
LL.M.  M.D.  (Columbia).  Ph.D 

From  Monroe's  "Cyclopedia  of  Education,"  VJ 


, . 

1,^"^ 

i    v\##{;  I'M 

'■^^m^^ 

iGiATE  System. 

Litt.D.  (U.of  Pa.).  LL.D. 

)ne,  published  by  The  Macmlllan  Company. 


(Copyright.  1910.  by  Gardner  CotrcU  Lecm.ird,  B.A.) 


Mus.D. 
B.S.  (Cornell).   M. A.  (U.of  Chicago). 


Painted  by  ManaL.  McMlckln.  Albany.  N.Y. 


British  Usage  in 


B.A.,  Oxford  D.D.,  Oxford  Sc.D.,  Oxford       M.A.,  Oxford.      Mt 

(Convocation  Robe).      (Full  Dress). 


■rom  Monroe's  "Cyclopedia of  Education,"  Vc 


(Copyright,  1910.  by  Gardner  Cotrell  Leonard.  B.A.) 
DEMic  Costume. 
^  r     J       Pensioner  of        D.D.,  Edinburgh  (Full  Dress). 
^  °^  ■    Trinity  College,  Vice-Chancellor,         D.C.L.,  Oxford 

Cambridge.  Cambridge.  (Full  Dress). 


One,  published  by  The  .Macmllhin  Company. 


COLLEGE    HERALDRY  249 


Doctors  of  Music  shall  be  entitled  to  wear  for  full  dress  a  robe 
of  scarlet  cloth  (similar  in  pattern  to  that  of  the  Cambridge 
LL.D.),  faced  with  silk  of  the  same  colour  as  the  lining  of 
their  respective  hoods. 

All  hoods  shall  be  in  pattern  similar  to  that  of  the  Mas- 
ters of  Arts  of  Cambridge  University. 

Undergraduates  and  graduates  shall  wear  the  ordinary 
black  trencher  with  black  tassel,  but  Doctors  of  Laws, 
Doctors  of  Civil  Law,  Doctors  of  Literature,  Doctors  of 
Science,  Doctors  of  Philosophy  and  Doctors  of  Music  shall 
wear  for  full  dress  a  black  velvet  hat  with  gold  cord,  similar 
to  that  worn  by  Doctors  of  Laws  of  Cambridge  University. 

Samples  of  the  colours  of  the  linings  of  all  hoods  shall 
be  kept  for  inspection  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 

COLORS 

The  following  extract  vv^ill  give  evidence  of  the  ease 
with  which  the  colors  proper  for  the  more  commonly 
known  branches  of  education  may  be  remembered  and 
distinguished. 

The  colors  please  the  eye  and  add  immensely  to  the 
beauty  and  impressiveness  of  ceremonial  processions  and  the 
arrangement  of  colorings  excites  the  interest  of  all  spectators 
who  strive  to  figure  out  the  significance  of  the  symbolic 
display. 

The  colors  selected  for  the  different  degrees  are  historic 
and  appropriate  and  easily  remembered.  The  white  for  arts 
and  letters  comes  from  the  white  fur  of  the  Oxford  and 
Cambridge  B.  A.  hoods;  the  red  for  theology  follows  the 
traditional  color  of  the  church  as  signifying  ardent  love  and 
zeal  for  the  faith  as  used  by  cardinals  for  centuries.  The 
purple  for  law  comes  from  the  royal  purple  of  the  king's 
courts;  the  green  of  medicine  from  the  stripe  in  the  army 
surgeon's  uniform  and  earlier  from  the  color  of  medicinal 
herbs.  The  degrees  in  philosophy  are  shown  by  blue,  the 
color  of  truth  and  wisdom;  science,  gold  yellow  which  signi- 
fies the  wealth  contributed  by  scientific  discoveries.  Pink 
was  taken  from  the  pink  brocade  prescribed  for  the  Oxford 
doctors  of  music;  olive  allied  to  green,  was  selected  by 
pharmacy  so  closely  allied  to  medicine,  while  russet  was 
taken  from  the  jolly  old  English  foresters  who  wore  it  in  the 
fall.  The  hood  linings  appeal  to  the  loyalty  of  college  men. 
— The  Argus,  July  27,  1902. 


THE    BINDING 

THE  binding  of  a  college  catalog  is  a  very  simple 
job,  within  the  possibilities  of  any  ordinary 
pamphlet  bindery  such  as  is  attached  to  all 
printing  plants  in  which  there  are  cylinder  presses.  As 
shown  in  the  chapter  on  mailing,  page  265,  a  college 
catalog  bound  as  a  book  is  not  subject  to  entry  as 
second-class  matter.  Many  large  catalogs  are  bound  in 
book  form  in  quite  limited  edition  for  office  use  and  for 
exchange.  From  these  books  the  second-class  entry 
notice  must  invariably  be  removed.  Pamphlet  binding 
only  is  therefore  to  be  considered  in  this  connection. 

The  folding  machine  and  the  book-binder's  sewing 
machine,  wonderful  inventions,  each  costing,  in  the 
various  makes  and  sizes,  from  ^1250.00  up,  are  nowa- 
days considered  as  much  a  necessity  in  the  pamphlet 
bindery  as  were  the  fifteen  cent  bone  folder,  the  sewing 
bench  (the  same  as  used  in  Jean  Grolier's  time)  and  the 
$200.00  wire  stitching  machine  some  years  ago. 

For  the  large  catalog,  the  edition  of  which  runs  into 
many  thousands,  the  folding  machine  is  invariably  used. 
For  short  runs  of  small  catalogs  the  old  fashioned  bone 
folder  in  the  hands  of  a  bindery  girl  is  still  practical.  The 
setting  of  the  folding  machine  requires  perhaps  an 
hour's  v/ork  on  the  part  of  a  thorough  mechanic,  the 
machine  being  of  rather  intricate  construction.  The 
machine  must  also  be  set  for  each  signature  of  the 
catalog.  Thus,  if  a  catalog  contain  352  pages,  eleven 
sections  or  signatures  of  thirty-two  pages,  the  machine 
would  have  to  be  readjusted  for  each  one  of  the  signa- 
tures.   This  item  spells  prohibitive  expense  for  machine 

250 


THE    BINDING  25! 


folding  of  short  runs,  hundreds  instead  of  thousands. 
Machine  folding  is,  however,  much  more  satisfactory  in 
many  ways,  particularly  because  of  the  elimination  of 
the  buckling  in  the  upper  and  inner  corner  of  the  middle 
pages  of  signatures.  For  instance,  in  many  catalogs,  if 
folded  by  hand  in  thirty-two  page  forms,  unsightly 
wrinkles  will  appear  on  pages  16  and  17  and  probably 
14  and  19.  If  the  paper  be  heavy,  just  such  wrinkles 
will  appear  in  16  page  forms  at  pages  8  and  9,  6  and  11, 
unless  the  second  fold  be  slit.  Slitting  adds  expense  but 
insures  for  the  hand  folded  job  much  better  appearance. 
The  folding  machine  automatically  cuts  the  paper  where 
necessary  to  avoid  buckling. 

The  1916  catalogs  of  the  Universities  of  Indiana  and 
Texas,  folded  in  thirty-twos,  show  bad  buckles.  The 
Register  of  the  University  of  Chicago  also  buckles. 

In  the  large  catalogs  of  great  institutions,  the  paper 
is  thin,  thus  allowing  both  folding  and  sewing  in  thirty- 
two  page  signatures.  It  is  however  impractical  to  sew 
thirty-two  pages  if  the  paper  be  heavy  or  bulky.  The 
sewing  machine  is  of  most  delicate  mechanism  and 
does  not  work  well  with  very  thick  paper.  Catalogs  of 
100  to  300  pages,  if  printed  on  paper  of  average  or 
greater  bulk,  should  invariably  be  bound  in  sixteen  page 
signatures,  for  several  reasons,  the  principal  of  which  is 
that  a  much  smoother  backbone  thereby  results.  The 
cover  paper  is  glued  to  the  catalog.  If  the  surface  to 
which  it  is  glued  is  fairly  smooth  by  reason  of  thin  signa- 
tures, the  cover  paper  adheres  more  permanently  and 
when  rubbed  down,  results  in  a  much  smoother  appear- 
ance. This  is  equally  true  in  the  sewed  and  in  the  wired 
catalog.  The  1916  catalog  of  the  University  of  Idaho, 
296  pages  only,  but  on  bulky  paper,  is  folded  in  thirty- 


252  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

twos,  the  result  being  a  rough,  uneven  backbone  of 
unsightly  appearance.  The  catalog  of  the  University  of 
Vermont,  similar  in  number  of  pages,  presents  the  same 
appearance.  For  a  slight  increase  in  cost  of  production, 
almost  negligible,  these  catalogs  could  have  been  folded 
in  sixteens,  thus  insuring  a  pleasing  effect  on  the 
backbone. 

In  the  catalog  of  moderate  or  small  size,  the  sewing 
is  quite  uncommon,  although  it  makes  a  much  more 
desirable  book,  as  for  instance  the  catalogs  of  Mount 
Holyoke,  Western  College  for  Women  and  Wells.  The 
sewed  catalog  opens  flat,  comfortably ;  the  wired 
catalog,  especially  when  thick,  is  anything  but  pleasant 
to  handle;  the  catalog  of  McGill  University,  about  one 
and  a  quarter  inches  in  thickness,  472  pages  and  insert, 
is  wired,  thus  making  impossible  the  flat  opening  of  the 
book.  This  is  true  of  the  catalogs  of  the  University  of 
Washington,  1914,  502  pages,  Kansas  Agricultural  Col- 
lege, seven-eighths  inch  thick,  the  University  of  Kansas, 
one  and  a  quarter  inches  thick,  and  that  of  Syracuse 
University.  The  1916-1917  catalog  of  the  University 
of  Missouri,  548  pages,  otherwise  good,  is  wired  so 
tight  and  the  wires  are  set  so  far  in  from  the  backbone 
that  it  closes  like  a  rat-trap,  while  in  the  sewed  catalog 
of  Yale,  nearly  twice  as  thick,  type  on  the  inner  edge  of 
the  page  may  be  read  with  quite  as  much  ease  as  that  on 
the  outer  edge.  The  catalog  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, bulking  one  and  three-eighths  inches  and  con- 
taining many  inserts,  lies  open  perfectly  flat  at  any  page, 
the  book  being  not  only  sewed  but  sewed  on  heavy 
cords.  The  sewing  cost  is  only  slightly  in  excess  of  that 
of  wire  stitching.    To  the  reader  possessing  the  attributes 


The  catalog  above  is  I 
and  cannot  be  opened  II a 
is  machine  sewed  with  llir 
will  cause  much  e\-c  strai 


lial  of  the  University  of  Missouri.  It  is  bouii 
t.  'I'lu-  much  thicker  catalog  below  is  that  ( 
.■ad,  opening  flat  at  any  page.  Reading  the  u) 
II.     The  extra  expense  of  sewing  is  comparati 


\iik 


It 

alou- 
i^iit. 


F  IDAHO,  1915-16 


^ 


Section  of  badly  wrinkled  backbone  of  catalog  printed  in  32  page  sections  on 
icavy  paper.  Less  bulky  paper  bound  into  16  page  sections  would  admit  of  smooth 
.'luing. 


ports-.' 


*I43>'44. 
y  Gkav 


SCIENCE.  LjUlRATUiiE,  AND  THE  ARTS 

I,/ ;  I, s   life  ana  works.     AssiLCurii   f.  ^.i,y: 

I.:   and   works.     Assigned   roadintrs  and   reports. 


GREEK 

Professors  John  C'okkiN  Hutchinson,  Ch  .mij  Amiikv  : 
KHQUIRf:.MENTS  OF  THE  t>Ei'.\  RTMENT 


Specimen  of  unsightly  buckle  at  top  of  page  in  center  of  32  page  section  of  too 
heavy  paper.  The  use  of  thin  paper  in  32  page  sections  or  tlie  use  of  heavy  pajier 
in  sections  of  only  16  pages  would  obviate  this  blemish. 


THE    BINDING  253 


of  a  booklover,  the  thick  wired  book  is  displeasing,  the 
sewed  book  most  enjoyable. 

The  catalog  which  is  wire  stitched  must,  for  the 
sake  of  appearance,  have  the  cover  glued  on  the  back- 
bone and  for  at  least  one-fourth  inch  on  the  front  and 
the  back  to  conceal  the  unsightly  wires,  the  cover  paper 
having  been  previously  scored  to  insure  turning  the 
cover  back  easily.  This  is  a  process  used  in  but  few 
pamphlet  binderies  owing  to  the  extra  cost  entailed. 
The  gluing  on  the  three  sides  requires  far  more  time  than 
the  gluing  to  the  backbone  only.  It  is  needless  to  add 
that  the  cover  which  is  glued  on  three  surfaces,  if 
properly  attached  with  glue  that  has  not  been  allowed 
to  chill,  is  infinitely  stronger  than  the  catalog  the  cover 
of  which  has  been  affixed  at  the  backbone  only. 


2 

^ 

s 

?: 

0> 

o 

S  §  2  S 

S 

o 

§ 

S 

s 

§ 

s 

■* 

s 

t5l 

pl 

^ 

«t-t6oja>iONcoiot-«oooio>oioio-*t-io«-c-<» 

»  i 

SJ^SSSS^SSSSggg^SSS'^SSJSS 

II 

-1 

ill! 

gS5J'^;5?5S^SJ3SS'*«'^'-'*'*''*2* 

7i 

Ill 

^eOTjloO             CO             TOO             rH             rt             «o             J2®'*             • 

^^0 

ilfiiil 

OOlOrMOOOPS               HO-*-*r^NiH«3«N»              flOtO 

^ 

5il 

2§^2§f:S^5S5g;SJ:g^i§gS.Sg£ 

3 

3«« 

^ 

H-si 

"^ 

1^1 

^rHN^HlO-*                                 NNWWr^NiH               MNH«lO 

5 

-• 

S^lli 

sssss^s^^-^^^s^^^ss^^ssss 

3 

1 

c^^'Si'^ 

■^ 

^ 

09 

^flvl 

■*OSlO-*«rHOM(»t-rMt>«eOt-«ie5»«4ia'H® 

-• 

'o 

ii3iiS«2S§s^gS5i3s;^5S^ss 

3^ 

•|.S  J, 

y 

;> 

1 

S«WTHWOrHrHeOrH«rH                            N-*NNW»« 

S          • 

^ 

P^l 

„t,oog.oo^N;H^oo«oooeo«;5t-2 

O 

1 

III 

?JS^22SS;^S^g55SSJSS§-2g§i§ 

S 

■p 

^S^S^S'°"^2^5SS3Si;SSSS85 

T'. 

^« 

w 

lis* 

S^^2^5SJ5SSS£§^SSeJ5^S^S 

r^ 

||l?s 

g 

sillil 

ocoooooooow^ooTKfioeoMciorjt^atj 

^^ 

^  5 

ON-*0>-*'a'-''-'M<»WC0'^«NOM't«lt-NN 

a 

5' 

H 

o 
o 

M 

:       :     ^ 

i 

i 

i 

>  i 

? 

1 

ill, 

>    £    £    i: 

5^  i  -s 

5 

.1 

3     c 

! 

1. 

1 

1 

i  \ 

is       : 

i  J 

s  t  ^  5  ^  e  i  ^  i  5  g  ^  g  g  g  1  u  §  i  i  1 

i  1 
i  1 

1  i 

i  1  1  1  § 

1  J 

if 

:  ? 

:    £ 

:    c 

3 

,  1 

1    :: 

,5 

The  task  of  preparing  this  table  for  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  the  work  of  a 
Bryn  Mawr  graduate,  was  stupendous.  It  has  not  been  again  undertaken.  See 
page  259,  third  paragraph. 

254 


THE  CARNEGIE   FOUNDATION 

SOME  may  contend  that  there  is  no  real  connection 
between  the  work  of  the  above  institution  and  the 
subject  of  college  catalogs.  The  fact  remains  that 
the  catalog  of  every  American  college  finds  its  way, 
sooner  or  later,  willingly  or  unwillingly,  to  the  dissecting 
table  of  the  Foundation.  Many  college  presidents  and 
professors  are  thoroughly  conversant  with  the  scope  and 
work  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  in  detail,  many  and 
widely  diverging  opinions  resulting  therefrom.  Some 
extracts  from  its  Reports  will,  however,  be  of  interest  to 
some  few  presidents  and  to  many  members  of  faculties 
who  have  not  as  yet  come  into  personal  contact  with  it, 
although  its  splendidly  printed  reports  are  to  be  found 
in  the  library  of  every  recognized  university  and  college 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  This  because  of  the 
very  fact  of  the  existence  and  the  rapidly  growing  work 
of  the  Foundation,  its  great  and  vital  importance  to  the 
world  of  education  and  of  the  consequent  influence  upon 
the  preparation  of  catalogs.     See  pages  5  and  7. 

In  general  an  idea  of  its  connection  with  the  sys- 
tems of  colleges  and  as  a  result  of  such  systems,  its  direct 
connection  with  the  preparation  of  the  catalog,  may  be 
had  from  the  opening  sentences  on  the  subject  "Stand- 
ards and  Standardizers,"  in  the  Report  for  1914. 

Perhaps  no  word  has  been  so  overworked  during  the 
last  decade,  by  those  who  have  to  do  with  professional 
schools,  colleges,  and  secondary  schools,  as  the  word  stand- 
ards. Americans,  perhaps,  more  than  other  people  are  imita- 
tive. One  sees  this  quality  at  its  best  and  at  its  worst  in  our 
colleges,  but  in  the  main  its  tendency  is  toward  a  general 
wiping  out  of  college  individualism.    What  one  college  does, 

255 


256  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


another  must  do.     Distinctive  academic  flavors  disappear. 
A  common  mediocrity  remains. 

In  one  group  of  catalogues  one  finds  these  requirements 
set  forth  in  great  strictness  only  to  be  completely  evaded  in 
the  enforcement.    All  sincerity  is  abandoned.    The  college  or 
medical  school  living  on  fees  will  talk  with  a  solemn  face  about 
its  "standards"  and  admit  any  student  who  has  the  price. 
The  Foundation  has  never  attempted  to  dictate  to  any 
college  what  its  standards  of  admission  ought  to  be.    It  has 
not  hesitated,  however,  to  call  attention  to  the  wide  dis- 
crepancy which  existed,  even  in  the  cases  of  some  old  and 
famous  colleges,  between  the  standards  of  admission  laid 
down  in  the  catalogue  and  those  enforced  in  practice.    The 
only  standards  that  the  Foundation  has  urged  upon  institu- 
tions of  learning  have  been  those  of  common  honesty  and 
sincerity. 
In  evidence  of   the  importance  of  the  work  being 
done  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  the  following  ex- 
tracts from  the  Report  for  19 16,  which  however  deals 
largely  with  pensions  and  which  is  not  yet  in  print, 
will  be  of  interest: 

THE  STUDY  OF  LEGAL  EDUCATION 
Some  three  years  ago  the  study  of  legal  education,  including 
a  study  of  methods  of  admission  to  the  Bar,  was  begun  by 
the  Foundation.  The  work  was  placed  in  charge  of  Mr. 
Alfred  Z.  Reed,  and  has  been  pushed  skilfully  and  energetic- 
ally under  his  direction.  The  labor  involved  has  been  far 
greater  than  was  anticipated.  Altogether  this  is  the  most 
far-reaching  and  difficult  study  that  the  Foundation  has 
attempted. 

All  the  material  for  this  study  has  been  gathered  and 
is  partially  arranged  and  digested.  The  material  is  compli- 
cated and  its  mass  is  enormous.  The  discussion  of  it  is 
proceeding  as  rapidly  as  the  nature  of  the  case  will  permit, 
and  it  is  hoped  that  the  report  may  be  ready  within  the  com- 
ing year. 

*  *  *  * 

Everybody  who  is  interested  in  education  knows  that 
around  the  term  "special  student"  cluster  a  variety  of  prac- 
tices and  a  variety  of  problems.  But  no  one  who  has  not 
tried  to  get  at  the  heart  of  this  matter  in  many  schools  can 
fully  appreciate  the  varying  terminology,  the  many  angles 
of  approach,  the  confusing  interpretations  of  statutory  and 
customary  law  by  which  distinct  categories  of  students — 


THE  CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION        257 


special,  unclassified,  irregular,  partial,  hearers,  auditors,  con- 
ditioned, certificate — come  into  being.  To  state  clearly  how 
the  schools  differ  in  this  respect  from  one  another —  to  indi- 
cate further  which  practices  seem  commendable,  which 
are  open  to  criticism,  which  are  trivialities  not  worthy  of 
mention — is  only  one  of  many  tasks  which  cannot  be  com- 
pleted until  the  material  is  all  in,  and  cannot  be  completed 

then  without  much  thought  and  patience. 
*  *  *  * 

Only  four  schools  have  definitely  declined  to  partici- 
pate in  any  way  in  the  enquiry.  Only  three  have  greeted  us 
cordially  at  first,  and  then  definitely  withdrawn  when  it  was 
discovered  that  we  were  attempting  a  searching  study. 

We  believe  that  much  is  expected  of  this  enquiry,  part- 
ly because  of  the  time  and  labor  which  already  have  been  put 
into  it,  but  more  because  confidence  is  placed  in  its  fairness 
and  honesty.  We  hope  to  show  that  this  confidence  is  merit- 
ed. 

Just  as  an  example  of  the  fearlessness  with  which 
the  Carnegie  Foundation  handles  all  matters  educa- 
tional, we  quote  from  the  Report  of  1914,  the  subject 
being  "Medicine  and  Politics  in  Ohio,"  in  which,  after 
reviewing  briefly  the  events  preceding  the  establish- 
ment of  two  medical  colleges  at  Ohio  State  University, 
the  following  appears: 

Notwithstanding  the  high  respect  one  must  have  for 
the  governing  board  of  the  university,  it  is  difficult  to  review 
this  action  without  protest.  The  actual  need  of  a  medical 
school  at  this  time  seems  to  have  received  slight  considera- 
tion. Ohio  is  overcrowded  with  practitioners,  and  in  Colum- 
bus and  its  vicinity  this  overcrowding  is  excessive.  At  the 
end  of  this  paper  are  given  certain  statistics  regarding  the 
number  of  medical  practitioners  in  the  state,  from  which  it 
is  evident  that  even  if  no  school  of  medicine  were  conducted 
in  Columbus  for  twenty  years,  the  region  would  still  be  over- 
supplied  with  physicians. 

To  maintain  two  schools,  a  university  must  expend  as 
a  minimum  something  in  the  neighborhood  of  $300,000  a  year 
and  provide  buildings  well  on  toward  $2,000,000. 

In  the  Report  for  1913,  twelve  and  one-half  pages 
are  devoted  to  the  subject  of  "College  Catalogues." 
Following  are  some  extracts  of  most  Interesting  nature: 


258  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Perhaps  nowhere  else  are  the  catalogues  of  all  colleges 
of  the  United  States  under  such  constant  examination  as  in 
the  offices  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  Each  year  those  who 
conduct  its  work  examine  in  greater  or  less  detail  the  cata- 
logues of  at  least  one  thousand  institutions  bearing  the  name 
college  or  university.  It  is  out  of  some  such  experience  as  this 
that  the  officers  of  the  Foundation  are  led  to  feel  that  the 
questions  which  have  just  been  asked  are  real  and  pertinent. 

If  this,  however,  is  accepted,  it  furnishes  the  point  of 
view  from  which  information  in  the  catalogue  should  be  pre- 
pared, namely,  that  of  the  prospective  student  who  desires  to 
know,  as  accurately  as  may  be,  the  opportunity  the  college 
can  oiTer. 

It  will  also,  I  think,  be  generally  admitted  that  the 
college  as  an  educational  agent  may  fairly  be  judged  by  the 
character  of  the  catalogue  that  it  issues,  taking  into  account 
its  literary  form,  its  honesty,  its  accuracy,  and  the  clearness 
and  completeness  with  which  its  information  is  presented. 
An  honest  college  ought  to  be  represented  by  an  honest  cata- 
logue.   Even  modesty  ought  not  to  be  wholly  out  of  reach. 

It  is  not  too  much  to  say  that  if  the  one  thousand  and 
more  colleges  of  the  country  were  judged  upon  the  basis  of  the 
literary  excellence,  the  clearness,  and  the  honesty  of  their 
catalogues,  the  showing  would  be  an  extremely  embarrassing 
one.  This  results  from  a  number  of  causes.  In  some  fairly 
good  institutions  it  arises  out  of  the  fact  that  the  advertising 
side  of  the  catalogue  has  been  allowed  to  overshadow  its  pri- 
mary purpose;  in  others  the  catalogue  has  not  received  the 
care  and  attention  that  it  deserves;  in  still  others  the  cata- 
logue is  prepared  by  a  number  of  persons,  and  repetitions  and 
lack  of  clearness  are  the  inevitable  result;  while  in  a  large 
group  of  institutions  the  catalogue  has  been  used  to  set  forth 
an  exaggerated  claim  for  advantages  and  facilities  that  the 
college  does  not  possess.  The  time  has  come  when  those  col- 
leges which  value  their  own  scholarly  standing  and  believe 
that  they  are  offering  only  sincere  and  fruitful  courses  of  study 
should  give  this  matter  earnest  attention. 

What  is  the  information  that  the)  class  of  readers  most 
interested  in  the  catalogue  desire  to  secure.^  What  are  the 
significant  items  of  information  that  enable  a  parent  or  a 
student  to  estimate  the  opportunity  to  be  had  at  a  given  col- 
lege and  to  compare  that  with  the  opportunity  to  be  had  at 
other  institutions.? 

The  statement  of  ( )*  University,  "Our  reputation 

for   educational    efficiency    is    world-wide,"  is    considerably 

*Names  of  institutions  indicated  by  dash  in  parentheses  are  printed  in  full  in 
the  reports  from  which  these  extracts  are  taken. 


THE    CARNEGIE    FOUNDATION  259 


illuminated  by  its  additional  statement,  on  the  sanie  page, 
"This  past  year  a  new  factor  has  entered  our  school  life.  We 
have  an  endowment  fund  well  started." 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  say  that  most  of  our  dis- 
tinguished institutions  present  their  case  modestly,  altho 
some,  like  Princeton,  find  it  necessary  to  refer  to  themselves 
as  a  "great  institution."  Many  others,  however,  so  urge  upon 
the  reader  their  judgment  as  to  their  own  incomparable  ex- 
cellence that  they  repel  him  by  this  self-revelation  of  lack  of 
knowledge,  judgment,  and  good  taste. 

The  table  on  page  114*  of  the  contents  of  the  catalogues 
of  a  score  of  our  prominent  universities  indicates  that  there  is 
a  fairly  general  agreement  as  to  the  material  that  such  docu- 
ments should  present.  What  agreement  there  is  as  to  the 
order  of  the  interest  or  importance  of  these  items  is  indicated 
by  the  order  of  the  items  in  the  table.  It  will  be  seen  that 
there  is  little  agreement  concerning  the  appropriate  space 
that  each  kind  of  information  should  occupy.  There  is  no 
agreement  whatever  concerning  the  manner  and  style  of 
presentation.  One  occasionally  hears  the  complaint  that  our 
universities  and  colleges  are  becoming  all  alike.  Certainly 
the  form  and  style  of  their  catalogues  are  alike  only  in  their 
utter  divergence.  It  may  be  fairly  said  in  criticism  of  all  that 
they  are  too  large. 

The  information  presented  in  the  introductory  pages 
of  a  catalogue  is  seldom  satisfactory.  It  sometimes  includes, 
as  in  the  catalogues  of  Harvard,  Yale,  and  Chicago,  the 
charter  or  the  statutes  of  the  university,  or  both,  altho  these 
are  matters  for  which  the  general  reader  cares  but  little  and 
which  the  student  will  seek  elsewhere  from  more  authorita- 
tive sources.  The  University  of  Wisconsin,  for  example, 
presents  a  history  of  the  institution  which,  like  the  traditional 
professor's  lecture,  dwells  expansively  upon  the  earlier  days, 
deals  scantily  with  recent  years,  and  never  reaches  the 
present.  Probably  much  of  this  sort  of  thing  is  traditional 
and  accidental. 

There  is  probably  no  simple  method  of  indicating  the 
character  of  the  administration,  altho  unnecessary  com- 
plexity displays  itself,  as  in  the  seventy-six  faculty  commit- 
tees of  ( )  College. 

The  list  of  officers  and  professors  Is  one  of  the  items  for 
which  we  naturally  turn  to  a  catalogue,  even  tho  a  mere  list 
can  do  but  little  to  Indicate  ability  and  devotion.  The  method 

*See  page  254,  this  book. 


26o  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


of  presenting  such  faculty  lists  varies  greatly.  Of  the  insti- 
tutions represented  in  the  table  Columbia  has  quite  the 
largest  faculty,  but  most  of  the  other  institutions  occupy 
more  catalogue  space  in  presenting  theirs.  Columbia  prints 
its  faculty  list  at  the  beginning  of  the  book  once  and  for  all, 
giving  titles  and  degrees,  with  their  sources,  for  professors, 
and  titles  and  degrees  alone  for  other  officers.  Names  only 
are  repeated  in  connection  with  the  various  schools  and  col- 
leges of  the  university,  and  these  are  condensed  into  a  single 
solid  paragraph.  This  is  an  improvement  in  both  dignity 
and  compactness  upon  the  usual  practice  of  repeating  the 
names  and  degrees  and  titles  in  full,  either  at  the  head  of  the 
sections  devoted  to  the  several  schools,  as  at  Harvard,  or 
before  the  list  of  students  at  the  end  of  the  book,  as  at  Michi- 
gan. While,  further,  a  catalogue  may  appropriately  give  the 
sources  of  degrees,  and  perhaps  indicate  previous  service,  as 
these  may  suggest  the  academic  breadth  or  narrowness  of  the 
faculty,  there  is  an  extreme  of  expansion  in  this  matter  which 
is  certainly  to  be  avoided.  This  is  represented  by  the  elabo- 
rate academic  biographies  given  by  the  University  of  Chicago 
for  all  of  its  officers  of  instruction,  sometimes  extending  to 
thirty  lines  for  a  single  individual,  and  including  statements 
of  membership  in  boards,  committees,  European  travel,  and 
the  like.  Chicago  also  repeats  the  names,  degrees,  and  titles 
of  professors  at  the  head  of  the  descriptions  of  its  various 
schools,  colleges,  departments,  boards,  and  committees,  so 
that  a  professor  who  is  associated  with  a  number  of  these  may 
find  his  name,  degrees,  and  titles  displayed  in  literally  a  dozen 
places.  The  University  of  Illinois  follows  a  similar  practice 
of  expansion  in  its  curious  practice  of  triplicating  titles,  thus: 
"professor  of  Laryngology,  Rhinology,  and  Otology,  and 
clinical  Laryngology,  Rhinology,  and  Otology,  and  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Laryngology,  Rhinology,  and  Otology." 
One  must  after  all  leave  something  to  the  imagination,  es- 
pecially as  there  is  no  known  way  of  briefly  summarizing 

character  or  teaching  ability,  even  by  the  method  of  ( ) 

University,  which  frankly  calls  a  professor  "beautiful  and 
charming,"  or  "the  possessor  of  a  delicately  poetic  nature." 
At  the  same  time  the  faculty  lists  that  are  given  at 
present  are  often  suggestive  of  an  institution's  academic 
ideals.  The  fact  that  the  customary  degree  of  Ph.D.  is  held 
by  only  three  of  the  one  hundred  and  ninety-five  professors 

and  instructors  of  ( )  University,  by    but   two  of  the 

twenty-three   at  ( )  University,  and  by   none  of  the 

twenty-six  at  the  University  of  ( )  would  alone  throw 

doubt  upon  the  claim  of  these  institutions  to  the  name  of 
university. 


THE    CARNEGIE    FOUNDATION  261 


Few  institutions  attempt  to  give  any  statement  in  their 
catalogues  as  to  their  endowment,  income,  and  expenditures. 
This  most  important  and  most  illuminating  information 
may,  however,  be  given  in  a  very  brief  paragraph  like  the 
following  from  the  catalogue  of  the  University  of  Virginia: 
"The  university  owns  equipment,  buildings,  and  grounds  of 
an  estimated  value  of  ^2,001,953;  holds  productive  funds  to 
amount  of  ^1,416,766.98,  and  receives  an  annual  appropria- 
tion from  State  of  Virginia  of  ^80,000.  The  annual  expendi- 
tures for  the  session  of  191  i-i 2  were  ^251,663."  Occasionally 
other  institutions  give  partial  information:  The  Catholic 
University  of  America  and  New  York  University,  lists  of 
endowments;  Columbia  University,  an  unrelated  list  of 
special  funds;  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  a  grouping  in 
its  index  of  endowments,  gifts,  and  memorials;  but  such 
fragmentary  financial  information  is  unsatisfactory. 

A  simple  and  adequate  financial  statement  would  be  of 
the  greatest  value  to  both  the  institution  and  the  reader. 
Even  worthy  institutions  are  constantly  tempted  to  enter 
upon  projects  that  are  too  large  for  their  resources;  nothing 
would  so  conduce  to  an  institution's  own  sanity  as  a  sound 
financial  statement.  The  prospective  student  and  his  ad- 
visers are  entitled,  moreover,  to  know  the  resources  that  are 
behind  an  institution's  promises;  but  at  present  these  re- 
sources are  but  vaguely  known  to  the  public,  and  to  be 
learned  accurately  only,  if  at  all,  from  the  semi-confidential 
reports  of  treasurers. 

With  regard  to  equipment,  our  institutions  greatly 
need  a  custom  of  simple  yet  adequate  statement  such  as 
scarcely  yet  exists.  Descriptions  of  equipment  are  at  present 
almost  always  too  elaborate  or  too  brief.  They  are  seldom 
comprehensive  or  discriminating.  What  the  reader  wishes 
to  know  regarding  the  size,  character,  and  estimated  value 
of  the  ground  and  buildings  can  be  very  simply  stated,  in 
some  such  way  as  follows:  "Blank  Hall  was  built  in  191 2  at  a 
cost  of  $100,000,  thru  the  generosity  of  John  Blank,  of  the 
Class  of  1893.  A  collegiate  Gothic  structure  of  gray  stone, 
its  five  floors,  each  50  by  100  feet,  provide  twelve  laboratories 
and  six  lecture  rooms  for  botany  and  an  equal  number  for 
zoology,  together  with  appropriate  office,  library,  conference, 
and  store  rooms.  An  equipment  of  $50,000  and  an  endow- 
ment of  $200,000  for  maintenance  were  also  provided  by  Mr. 
Blank  in  1913."  Maps  of  the  region  and  the  city  and  the 
campus  of  an  institution  are  also  helpful,  the  last  perhaps 
like  Yale's  relief  map,  which  gives  the  buildings  in  perspec- 
tive. 


262  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


When  one  turns  from  the  consideration  of  the  two 
hundred  or  two  hundred  and  fifty  college  catalogues  which 
show  any  consideration  for  good  English,  logical  arrangement, 
and  accuracy  of  statement,  he  finds  all  possible  combinations 
of  materials, — commercial,  religious,  social.     For  example: 

the  catalogue  of  ( )  College  devotes  its  cover  to  the 

advertisement  of  biscuits;  ( )  College  announces  that 

"Any  one  donating  $5o,ooo,shall  have  the  privilege  of  giving 

the  institution  a  new  and  permanent  name."  ( )  College 

reports  that  "The  attendance  this  year  has  been  the  best 
*     *    *     if  all  the  boosters  would  boost,  a  nice  gain  would  be 

had  each  year;"  a  circular  of  ( )  College  says  of  the  new 

( )  spirit:   "There  is  Tobasco  Sauce  in  its  eye." 

Enough  has  been  said  to  indicate  that  college  cata- 
logues are  important  enough  to  receive  far  more  careful 
preparation.  Almost  all  of  them  need  a  more  definite  aim,  a 
more  rigid  exclusion,  a  more  orderly  arrangement,  a  greater 
condensation,  a  greater  clarity  of  thought  and  simplicity  of 
style.  In  general  it  would  be  fortunate  if  there  were  more 
information  about  trustees  and  administration,  less  repetition 
of  faculty  names,  simple  statements  of  financial  resources, 
more  illuminating  description  of  equipment,  condensed  and 
clarified  statements  of  entrance  requirements,  schools,  cur- 
ricula, courses,  scholarships,  and  fees;  some  statement  of  the 
actual  requirements  enforced,  courses  given,  and  the  size  of 
classes;  better  classification  and  summaries  of  students, 
graduates,  and  alumni;  better  tables  of  contents  and  indices; 
and  always  better  form  and  style. 

Fortunately,  the  catalogues  of  our  most  distinguished 
institutions  are  best  in  most  of  these  respects.  But  there  is 
at  present  no  catalogue  that  would  not  be  vastly  improved 
by  more  careful  editorial  scrutiny. 


COPYRIGHTING 

IT  IS  sometimes  desired  to  copyright  a  bulletin  con- 
taining matter  of  scientific  or  other  valuable  nature. 
The  method  of  securing  copyright  is  very  simple 
when  understood.  Explanatory  circular  and  blanks 
will  be  furnished  free  upon  request  addressed  to  The 
Register  of  Copyrights,  Washington,  D.  C. 

One  dollar  is   the  statutory  fee  for  registration. 
Following  is  a  reprint  of  some  suggestions  issued  by 
the  Register  of  Copyrights : 

Publish  the  work  with  the  copyright  notice.    The  notice 

may  be  in  the  form  "Copyright,  19 by 

The  name  of  the  copyright  proprietor  given  in  the  notice 
should  be  the  true,  legal  name  of  the  person,  firm,  or  corpora- 
tion owning  the  copyright,  and  no  other.  The  date  in  the 
copyright  notice  should  agree  with  the  year  date  of  publi- 
cation. 

Promptly  after  publication,  send  to  the  Copyright  office 
two  copies  of  the  best  edition  of  the  work,  with  an  application 
for  registration  and  a  money  order  payable  to  the  Register  of 
Copyrights  for  the  statutory  registration  fee  of  $1. 

In  the  case  of  books  the  copies  deposited  must  be  accom- 
panied by  an  affidavit,  under  the  official  seal  of  an  officer 
authorized  to  administer  oaths,  stating  that  the  type-setting, 
printing,  and  binding  of  the  book  have  been  performed 
within  the  United  States.  Affidavit  and  application  forms 
will  be  supplied  by  this  office  on  request. 

In  the  case  of  contributions  to  periodicals  send  one 
complete  copy  of  the  periodical  containing  the  contribution 
with  application  and  fee.    No  affidavit  is  required. 

The  statutory  fee  for  registration  of  any  work,  except  a 
photograph,  is  one  dollar,  including  a  certificate  of  registra- 
tion under  seal. 

Because  of  the  procedure  now  followed  under  the  rules 
of  the  Treasury  Department,  by  which  the  Register  of  Copy- 
rights deposits  all  moneys  received  directly  to  the  credit  of 
the  Treasurer  of  the  United  States,  checks  can  not  be  ac- 
cepted for  payment  of  copyright  fees.  To  avoid  trouble  in 
having  them  returned  checks  should  therefore  not  be  sent  for 

263 


264  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


fees.    All  remittances  should  be  made  by  money  order  or  bank 
draft,  payable  to  the  Register  of  Copyrights. 
To   Aid   the    Copyright    Office    to    Expedite    your 
Copyright  Business 

1.  Address  plainly  all  mail  or  express  matter,  Register 
OF  Copyrights,  Library  of  Congress,  Washington,  D.  C. 

2.  Add  on  outside  of  parcel  the  name  and  address  of 
sender. 

(Please  caution  Postmaster  not  to  cover  this  with 
his  frank  label.) 

3.  In  order  to  take  action  it  is  necessary  to  have  the 
copies,  application  and  fee,  at  hand.  These  should  therefore 
all  be  mailed  at  the  same  time. 


The  copies  of  works  sent  to  be  registered  for  copyright 
may  be  mailed  to  the  Copyright  Office  free  (under  sec.  14  of 
the  copyright  law)  if  directly  delivered  for  that  purpose  to 
the  postmaster.  The  Copyright  Office  cannot  furnish  any 
franking  labels. 

Special  Caution.  According  to  the  ruling  of  the  Post 
Office  Department  the  money  order  (or  other  remittance)  is 
not  entitled  to  free  postal  transmission.  These  with  the 
Application  therefore  should  be  forwarded  in  an  envelope 
addressed  to  the  Register  of  Copyrights  to  which  letter  pos- 
tage has  been  affixed. 

If  this  is  done,  and  the  application  blanks  carefully  and 
properly  filled  out  prompt  action  can  be  taken  and  the  delay 
resulting  from  the  need  for  correspondence  will  be  eliminated. 

Do  not  send  currency  or  coin  or  postage  stamps  for  fee; 
but  preferably  a  Money  Order.  Private  checks  not  certi- 
fied are  not  acceptable,  and  if  sent  it  will  be  necessary  to  re- 
turn them. 

The    Revenue    Act  approved    September  9,   1916,   has 
abrogated  the  requirement  for  revenue  stamps  upon  copy- 
right certificates. 
Extract  U.  S.  Official  Postal  Guide,  July  igi6 

5.     Copyright.    Matter  for  copyright  deposited  with  a 
postmaster  for  transmission  to  the  Register  of  Copyrights, 
Washington,  D.  C,  will  be  accepted  for  mailing  free  of  pos- 
tage; and  when  requested  a  receipt  therefor  will  be  given  on 
a  form  furnished  by  the  sender.    (Sec.  505,  P.  L.  &  R.) 
The    receipt  referred   to   in   Section   505    is   not  a 
registry  receipt.     Should  the  sender  desire  the  matter 
transmitted  by  registered  mail  the  usual  registry  fee 
must  be  prepaid. 


MAILING    THE    CATALOG 

Third-class  and  Fourth-class  Matter 

SOME  few  institutions,  principally  boys' and  girls' 
schools  in  the  more  expensive  class,  prefer  to 
mail  their  catalogs  as  fourth-class  matter,  and 
their  circulars  as  third-class  matter,  owing  to  postal 
requirements  as  to  what  shall  appear  on  the  cover  of 
all  publications  of  educational  institutions  when  ad- 
mitted to  the  mails  as  second-class  matter.  Entry  as 
fourth-class  matter  or  as  third-class  matter  admits  of 
eliminating  from  the  first  page  of  the  cover  the  unsight- 
ly "Bulletin"  etc.  The  unattractive  entry  notice  need 
not  then  intrude  itself  upon  the  first,  second,  or  fourth 
page  of  the  cover  or  upon  the  first  or  second  page  of 
the  inside  of  the  publication.  Thus,  the  rich,  dignified 
cover  used  by  Kiskiminetas  Springs  School  for  an  ex- 
ample, showing  merely  the  name  of  the  school,  its 
heraldic  device  and  the  figures  of  the  year,  all  in  a 
subdued  ink,  embossed  on  paper  of  a  shade  lighter  than 
that  of  the  ink,  is  made  possible  because  of  fourth- 
class  entry.  On  the  other  hand  a  number  of  military 
and  other  school  catalogs  with  most  elaborately  design- 
ed and  colored  covers  continue,  with  their  other  re- 
quired periodical  publications,  second-class  entry  in 
ignorance,  no  doubt,  of  postal  customs. 

In  so  far  as  such  college  and  school  circulars  and 
catalogs  (not  entered  as  second-class)  are  concerned, 
the  rates  of  postage  are  the  same  whether  for  circulars 
entered  as  third-class  matter,  or  for  catalogs  (designated 
books),  as  fourth-class  matter.  The  rate  on  unsealed 
circulars  or  small  bulletins  is  the  same  as  the  old-time 

265 


266  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

book  rate  "one  cent  for  each  two  ounces  or  fraction 
thereof,  on  each  individually  addressed  piece  or  pack- 
age."* 

The  rate  for  fourth-class  matter  is  "Parcels  weigh- 
ing eight  ounces  or  less  containing  books,  *  *  *  one  cent 
for  each  two  ounces  or  fraction  thereof,  regardless  of 
distance."  "Parcels  weighing  more  then  eight  ounces, 
containing  books,  *  *  *,  parcels  of  miscellaneous  printed 
matter  weighing  more  than  four  pounds  *  *  *  are 
charged  according  to  the  distance  or  zone,  at  the  pound 
rates  shown  *  *  *,  a  fraction  of  a  pound  being  considered 
a  full  pound,"  (in  other  words  as  parcel  post  if  weight 
exceeds  eight  ounces.) 

For  instruction  as  to  mailing  third  and  fourth- 
class  matter  without  the  trouble  of  affixing  stamps 
see  Section  459,  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations^  iQi3i 
and  U.  S.  Official  Postal  Guide,  July  1916,  page  15, 
Paragraph  62. 

Second-class  Matter 
Second-class  entry  for  catalogs  and  bulletins  is 
used,  because  of  its  cheapness,  by  practically  all  col- 
leges and  by  many  schools.  The  requirements  must 
be  watched  carefully  as  changes  in  custom,  due  to 
rulings  and  decisions  by  the  Third  Assistant  Post- 
master General,  are  of  vital  importance.  The  following 
extracts  from  the  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations  were 
in  effect  December,  1916. 

Sec.  412.  The  conditions  upon  which  a  publication 
shall  be  admitted  to  the  second  class  are  as  follows: 

First.  It  must  regularly  be  issued  at  stated  intervals, 
as  frequently  as  four  times  a  year,  and  bear  a  date  of  issue, 
and  be  numbered  consecutively. 

♦Harvard,  Princeton,  Williams  and  a  number  of  other  institutions  bind 
a  portion  of  each  edition  in  book  form  for  exchange.  These  books  are  mailed 
fourth-class,  the  second-class  entry  notice  being  carefully  omitted  in  such  bound 
catalogs.      See  page  250. 


MAILING   THE    CATALOG  267 


Second.  It  must  be  issued  from  a  known  office  of  pub- 
lication. 

Third.  It  must  be  formed  of  printed  paper  sheets, 
without  board,  cloth,  leather,  or  other  substantial  binding, 
such  as  distinguish  printed  books  for  preservation  from 
periodical  publications. 

Sec.  413.  All  periodical  publications  issued  from  a 
known  place  of  publication  at  stated  intervals,  and  as  fre- 
quently as  four  times  a  year,  by  *  *  *,  or  by  a  regularly  in- 
corporated institution  of  learning,  or  by  a  regularly  estab- 
lished State  institution  of  learning  supported  in  whole  or  in 
part  by  public  taxation,  or  by  *  *  *,  and  all  publications  of 
strictly  professional,  literary,  historical,  or  scientific  societies, 
including  *  *  *,  shall  be  admitted  to  the  mails  as  second- 
class  matter;  *  *  *  all  such  periodicals  shall  be  formed  of 
printed  paper  sheets,  without  board,  cloth,  leather  or  other 
substantial  binding,  such  as  distinguish  printed  books  for 
preservation  from  periodical  publications. 

Sec.  414.  All  periodical  publications  issued  from  a 
known  place  of  publication  at  stated  intervals  as  frequently 
as  four  times  a  year  by  State  departments  of  agriculture  shall 
be  admitted  to  the  mails  as  second-class  mail  matter:  Pro- 
vided, that  such  matter  shall  be  published  only  for  the  pur- 
pose of  furthering  the  objects  of  such  departments:  And 
provided  further,  that  such  publications  shall  not  contain 
any  advertising  matter  of  any  kind.* 

*By  opinion  of  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General,  the  printer's  im- 
print (his  name  in  very  small  type  or  his  trademark,  seldom  as  large  as  a  dime, 
placed  as  unobtrusively  as  possible,  usually  at  the  lower  right  corner  of  page  4  of 
the  cover)  has  been  classified  as  advertising  matter,  and  forbidden.  While  such 
construction  of  this  provision  in  Section  414  was  made  several  years  ago,  the  fact 
remains  that  due  to  some  misunderstanding  a  great  majority  of  printers  of  college 
catalogs  and  bulletins  entered  as  second-class  matter  continue  to  use  the  imprmt. 
This  is  without  the  slightest  doubt  due  to  excusable  ignorance  of  the  opinions  of  the 
Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General  classifying  a  printer's  mark  as  advertising 
matter.  The  printer's  conception  of  advertising  matter  is  that  which  fills  space  at  a 
scheduled  price  per  line,  square,  column  or  page.  The  appearance  of  such  Imprint 
on  printed  matter  is  considered  by  Ben  Franklin  Clubs  to  be  of  the  same  nature  as 
the  mark  of  the  manufacturers  of  silverware,  clothing,  automobiles  and  other 
machinery,  paintings,  cartoons,  steel  rails,  watches,  etc.,  etc.  The  Printer's  Mark 
has  been  a  subject  of  delight  to  "collectors"  for  centuries  but  it  has  been  forbidden 
entry  in  this  classification  of  second-class  matter  to  the  United  States  malls. 

There  has  not  as  yet,  however,  come  to  the  compiler's  notice  any  decision 
or  opinion  in  which  the  following  items  have  been  designated  as  advertising  matter 
and  forbidden  in  educational  bulletins  entered  as  second-class  matter:  Printers^ 
Union  labels;  watermarks  manufactured  into  papers  of  better  quality;  artists' 
initials  or  names  appearing  in  engravings;  names  or  marks  of  engraving  firms 
appearing  in  engravings;  names  of  draftsmen  or  architects  drawn  into  plats  or 
designs;  names  of  dealers  In  photographs  appearing  in  illustrations;  copyright 
notices  embodied  in  or  printed  beneath  Illustrations.    There  are  also  a  number  of 


268  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Sec.  416.  Alleged  periodical  publications  produced  by 
the  stencil  or  hectograph  process  will  not  be  admitted  to  the 
mails  as  second-class  matter. 

Sec.  417.  A  publication  must  be  regularly  issued  at 
stated  intervals  to  maintain  its  second-class  status.  (See 
Sec.  412.)  When  an  issue  is  omitted  for  unavoidable  cause, 
the  first  succeeding  issue  shall  bear  the  serial  number  of  the 
omitted  issue. 

2.  Publications  of  colleges  and  schools,  otherwise 
admissible  as  second-class  matter,  shall  not  lose  such  privilege 
by  suspension  of  issue  during  vacation. 

3.  Extra  editions  of  a  publication  admitted  as  second- 
class  matter  manifestly  issued  for  the  purpose  of  communi- 
cating additional  news  and  imparting  information  germane 
to  the  publication  but  received  too  late  for  insertion  in  the 
regular  issue  shall  be  accepted  at  the  second-class  rates,  pro- 
vided the  same  are  not  issued  for  advertising  purposes. 

Sec.  429.  Par.  2.  The  rates  of  postage  prescribed  *  *  * 
are  applicable  to  second-class  matter  mailed  by  publishers 
for  delivery  in  Mexico,  Cuba,  and  Panama,  *  *  *.  The  rate 
of  postage  on  second-class  matter  other  than  *  *  *  daily 
newspapers  addressed  for  delivery  in  Canada  shall  be  i  cent 
for  each  4  ounces  or  fraction  of  4  ounces. 

Sec.  431.  Unbound  back  numbers  of  a  publication 
may  be  mailed  at  the  second-class  rate  of  i  cent  a  pound  so 
long  as  the  publication  continues  to  be  published  as  second- 
class  matter. 

2.  Bound  back  numbers  and  unbound  reprints  will  be 
treated  as  books  and  must  be  prepaid  as  third-class  matter. 

special  brand  mailing  envelopes  for  catalogs  in  which  the  name  of  the  maker  usually 
appears  in  some  form  or  other.  Such  an  envelope  is  often  observed  carrying 
second-class  matter  although  the  maker  is  forbidden  his  mark  thereon.  Thus,  it 
may  be  seen  that  the  labor  union,  the  paper  manufacturer,  the  artist,  the  architect, 
the  engraver  and  the  photographer  are  allowed  to  use  their  names  freely  in  second- 
class  matter  but  the  printer  has  been  forbidden  the  use  of  his  name.    See  page  87  . 

The  Ben  Franklin  Clubs  and  Typothetae  of  the  United  States  are  giving 
this  matter  consideration  in  the  hope  of  securing  a  reversal  of  this  opinion. 

On  the  subject  of  the  printer's  mark  on  the  college  catalog,  Dr.  Harry  Lyman 
Koopman,  librarian  of  Brown  University,  author  of  "The  Booklover  and  His 
Books,"  writes  under  date  November  1,1916:  "We  should  regard  it  as  the  depriva- 
tion of  an  advantage  and  a  right,  if  when  we  had  work  done  by  a  first-class  printer, 
we  were  not  allowed  to  show  his  hall-mark  on  his  product." 

Some  universities  outside  the  United  States  carry  advertisements  in  their 
catalogs  after  the  manner  of  an  American  monthly  magazine.  See  page  13.  Prob- 
ably the  only  reason  why  this  custom  is  not  in  vogue  in  the  United  States  is  that 
the  insertion  of  advertising  matter  would  prohibit  second-class  entry  to  the  Unit- 
ed States  mail  under  existing  regulations. 


MAILING   THE    CATALOG  269 


Sec.  432,  Par.  2.  The  postage  on  all  second-class  mat- 
ter mailed  at  the  rate  of  i  cent  a  pound  shall  be  collected  in 
money  before  the  matter  is  dispatched. 

Sec.  435.  The  rate  of  postage  on  *  *  *  publications 
of  the  second  class,  when  sent  by  others  than  the  publisher 
*  *  *,  shall  be  one  cent  for  each  four  ounces  or  fractional  part 
thereof,  and  shall  be  fully  prepaid  by  postage  stamps  affixed 
to  said  matter. 

3.  Publications  of  the  second  class  sent  by  publishers 
to  others  than  subscribers,  and  copies  mailed  by  them  in 
pursuance  of  a  contract  or  agreement  with  an  advertiser  or 
other  interested  party  for  advertising  purposes,  shall  not  be 
accepted  for  mailing  at  the  second-class  postage  rate  of  i  cent 
a  pound,  but  may  be  transmitted  at  the  transient  rate  herein 
provided. 

4.  Partial  or  incomplete  copies  of  publications  of  the 
second  class  shall  not  be  regarded  as  second-class  matter  and 
postage  thereon  shall  be  prepaid  at  the  third-class  rate. 

Sec.  437.  Publishers  of  matter  of  the  second-class  may 
without  subjecting  it  to  extra  postage,  fold  within  their 
regular  issues  a  supplement;  but  in  all  cases  the  added  matter 
must  be  germane  to  the  publication  which  it  supplements, 
that  is  to  say,  matter  supplied  in  order  to  complete  that  to 
which  it  is  added  or  supplemented,  but  omitted  from  the 
regular  issue  for  want  of  space,  time,  or  greater  convenience, 
which  supplement  must  in  every  case  be  issued  with  the 
publication. 

Sec.  438.  A  publication  entirely  distinct^  from  and 
independent  of  the  regular  issue,  but  complete  in  itself,  es- 
pecially if  it  be  not  germane  to  the  regular  issue  nor  con- 
nected therewith,  shall  not  be  accepted  as  a  supplement. 

2.  Circulars,  handbills,  show  bills,  posters,  and  other 
special  advertisements  shall  not  be  accepted  as  supplements. 

Sec.  439.  Par.  2.  Supplements  shall  in  all  cases  bear 
the  full  name  of  the  publication  with  which  they  are  folded, 
preceded  by  the  words  "Supplement  to,"  and  also  the  date 
corresponding  to  the  regular  issue. 

3.  Maps,  diagrams,  illustrations,  etc.,  which  form  a 
necessary  part  of  a  publication,  shall  be  admitted,  either  loose 
or  attached,  as  a  part  of  the  publication  itself,  without  the 
words  "Supplement  to " 

5.  Supplements  shall  be  folded  with  the  regular  issues 
they  purport  to  supplement.  If  mailed  otherwise,  postage 
shall  be  prepaid  at  the  third-class  rate  by  stamps  affixed. 

Sec.  441.  Par.  2.  A  pledge  to  furnish  return  postage 
on  receipt  of  notice  that  publication  is  undeliverable  (see 


270  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Sees.  637  and  642)  may  be  printed  on  wrappers  of  second- 
class  matter.  (Sec.  642.  The  copy  which  forms  the  basis  for 
sending  the  notice  on  Form  3578  and  copies  received  similarly 
addressed  for  the  period  of  five  weeks  thereafter,  or  in  the 
event  that  during  the  five  weeks'  period  two  issues  have  not 
been  published,  then  copies  received  until  two  issues  have 
been  published,  shall,  if  undeliverable  at  the  post  office  of 
address,  be  disposed  of  as  waste  unless  there  be  on  file  a 
forwarding  order  of  the  addressee,  or  unless  there  appears  on 
the  face  of  the  publication  or  wrapper  a  pledge  of  the  pub- 
lisher to  send  postage  for  its  return,  in  which  events  the  copies 
should  be  retained  a  reasonable  time  (see  Sec.  637)  to  give  the 
addressee  or  the  publisher  an  opportunity  to  furnish  the  nec- 
essary postage  at  the  transient  second-class  rate — i  cent  for 
each  4  ounces  or  fraction  thereof — to  effect  the  forwarding 
or  return  of  the  matter,  as  the  case  may  be.  If  the  postage 
for  forwarding  or  returning  such  matter  is  not  furnished,  the 
copies  shall  be  disposed  of  as  waste.) 

5.  Printed  illustrations,  including  photographs  not  in 
the  nature  of  advertisements,  may  be  pasted  to  the  pages  of  a 
publication  admitted  to  the  mails  as  second-class  matter. 

Sec.  465.  *  *  *  When  envelopes  are  used  as  wrap- 
pers, they  should  bear,  in  addition  to  the  name  of  the  publica- 
tion, a  notice  of  its  entry  as  second-class  matter. 

Sec.  469.  Par.  2.  Matter  of  the  second  and  third 
classes  should  be  inclosed  in  an  unsealed  envelope  or  wrapped 
in  such  manner  that  the  contents  of  the  package  can  be  easily 
examined." 

U.  S.  Official  Postal  Guide,  July  IQ16.   Par.  78,  page  16: 

Envelopes  of  weak  or  unsubstantial  paper  should  not 
be  used.  Mail  is  handled  often  and  subjected  to  pressure  and 
friction  in  the  mail  bags,  and  frequently  is  delivered  from 
moving  trains;  hence,  if  not  inclosed  in  strong  envelopes  it 
may  be  damaged. 

For  institutions  not  using  second-class  entry  and 
desiring  to  consider  the  same,  it  is  suggested  that  a 
pamphlet  entitled  The  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations 
pertaining  to  The  Second  Class  of  Mail  Matter,  known 
as  Form  3500,  be  secured,  free  of  cost  from  the  Third 
Assistant  Postmaster  General.  If  more  detailed  general 
information,   including  sundry  complete  lists  of  Post 


MAILING    THE    CATALOG  2/1 

Offices,  parcel  post  information,  etc.,  is  desired,  the 
U.  S.  Official  Postal  Guide,  742  pages  of  small  type, 
can  be  secured  in  substantial  board  binding  for  forty 
cents,  or  in  paper  cover  for  thirty  cents. 

The  method  of  procedure  in  applying  for  original 
entry  as  second-class  matter  is,  however,  fully  covered 
in  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  J 91 3,  Section  421,  et 
seq.    This  book  may  be  seen  in  any  post  office. 

For  editors  in  doubt  as  to  the  necessary  typograph- 
ical appearance  of  the  front  cover  of  a  bulletin  or  catalog 
already  entered  as  second-class  matter,  the  following 
letters  will  be  of  interest. 

Division  of  Classification 

POST  OFFICE  DEPARTMENT 

Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General 

Washington 

July  19,  1916 

Receipt  is  acknowledged  of  yourletter  of  the  13  th  instant, 

with  which  you  transmitted  a  copy  each  of  issues  No. , 

and of  the  " College  Bulletin,"  admitted  to  the 

second  class  of  mail  matter  at under  the  Act  of  July 

16,  1894.  It  is  noted  that  none  of  these  copies  bears  a  date 
of  issue,  as  prescribed  in  paragraph  2,  section  422,  Postal 
Laws  and  Regulations.    Also,  that  the  title  of  the  publication 

is  not  displayed  on  the  front  cover  of  issue  No. and 

that  in  the  case  of  issues  No. and the  title  is 

printed  in  type  of  smaller  size  than  other  matter  appearing 
on  the  front  page  of  the  cover. 

For  your  guidance  in  the  preparation  of  future  issues 
of  the  publication,  you  are  informed  that  all  such  issues  should 
bear  a  date  of  issue  and  that  in  each  instance  the  title  of  the 
publication  should  be  displayed  on  the  front  page  of  the 
cover  in  type  of  larger  size  and  more  prominently  than  the 
name  of  the  publisher,  the  designation  of  the  contents  of  the 
particular  issue,  or  any  other  matter  appearing  on  that  page. 

You  are  further  informed  that  if  each  of  these  issues 
was  prepared  as  one  of  the  regular  issues  of  the  publication 
they  may  be  accepted  for  mailing  at  publishers'  second-class 
rates  of  postage  under  cover  of  either  of  the  sample  envelopes 
submitted  with  your  letter,  since  each  issue  appears  to  have 
been  "originated  and  published  to  further  the  objects  and 


272  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


purposes"  of College,  the  publishers,  as  required  by 

the  above-mentioned  Act.  The  inclosure  of  copies  of  different 
regular  issues  of  a  second-class  publication  under  cover  of  the 
same  wrapper  does  not  affect  the  right  of  the  copies  to  trans- 
mission in  the  mails  at  the  second-class  rates  of  postage." 


COLORADO  COLLEGE 
PUBLICATION 


Published  by  Authority  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  Colorado  College  every 
six  weeks  during  the  academic  year. 

Entered  as  second<lass  matter  Sep- 
tember 23.  1905.  at  the  Post  Office  at 
Colorado  Springs,  under  the  Act  of  Con- 
gress of  July  16, 1894. 


A  technically  legal  second-class  entry  notice  appearing  on  page  two  of  cover, 
which  position  does  not  comply  with  verbal  requests  of  the  postal  authorities  who 
prefer  it  to  appear  on  the  front  cover. 

Such  correspondence,  however,  would  be  entirely 
unnecessary  had  the  college  designated  "the  publisher" 
been  more  careful  in  watching  Paragraph  2  of  Section 
422,  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations  which  reads  as  fol- 
lows— 

The  following  indicia  shall  be  conspicuously  printed 
in  publications  entered  as  second-class  matter: 

(a)  Title  of  the  publication; 

(b)  Date  of  issue; 

(c)  Regular  periods  of  issue — that  is  to  say,  frequency; 

(d)  Serial  number; 

(e)  Known  office  of  publication. 

and  Paragraph  2,  Section  423 : 

The  publisher  shall,  upon  admission  of  his  publication 
to  the  second  class  of  mail  matter,  print,  preferably  on  the 
first  page,  upon  each  copy  of  the  publication,  the  following: 

Entered  as  second-class  matter at  the  post  office  at 

,  under  the  act  of *  *  * 

The  postal  authorities  request  that  the  notice  of 
second-class  entry  be  placed  on  page  i  of  the  cover 


MAILING    THE    CATALOG  273 


for  the  convenience  of  postmasters.  The  catalogs  of 
many  large  and  some  small  institutions  show  entry  no- 
tice elsewhere,  some  on  page  two  of  cover,  some  on  page 
four  of  cover  and  a  few  on  title  page. 

Owing  to  numerous  instances  of  unintentional  but 
evident  misunderstanding  on  the  part  of  the  printer, 
the  college  (officially  designated  the  publisher)  or  the 
local  postmaster  at  point  of  dispatch,  regarding  the 


Columbia  Tanivcrsit^ 
Bulletin  of  Untormation 


(Issued  25  times  during  the  Academic  Year,  monthly  in 
November  and  December,  and  weekly  between  February 
and  June.  Entered  as  second-class  matter  at  the  New 
York,  N.  Y..  Post  Office,  Dec  22,  1900,  under  Act  of 
July  16.  1894.) 


Second-class  entry  notice  appearing  on  page  two  of  Columbia  University  catalog. 
The  legal  title  of  this  publication  is  "  Columbia  University  Bulletin  of  Information," 
the  real  title  of  this  number  of  which  is  Catalog. 

exact  necessary  appearance,  typographically,  of  the 
cover  of  a  catalog  or  bulletin  entered  as  second-class 
matter,  the  following  inquiries  were  addressed  to  the 
Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General  and  replies  thereto 
received : 
Inquiry  :- 

We  would  like  if  you  please,  one  item  of  detail  ex- 
plained, viz.,  the  difference,  if  any,  between  the  Act  of  Con- 
gress, July  16,  1894,  2.nd  the  Act  of  Congress,  August  24, 
191 2.  In  other  words  would  it  be  advisable  for  an  old  insti- 
tution to  change  its  entry  from  the  Act  of  July  16,  1894,  to 
that  of  August  24,  191 2.'' 

Reply  :- 

I  have  to  say  that  the  Act  of  August  24,  191 2,  em- 
bodied in  Section  413,  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  is  the 
same  as  the  Act  of  July  16,  1894,  except  that  the  former  Act 
provides  for  the  admission  to  the  second  class  of  mail  matter 
of  publications  issued  by  State  boards  of  Charities  and  cor- 
rections and  provides  further  that  publications  of  certain 


274  THE  AMERICAN    COLLEGE    CATALOG 

of  the  classes  enumerated  therein  may  carry  advertisements 
in  the  interests  of  persons  or  concerns  other  than  the  institu- 
tions publishing  them. 

Inquiry:- 

On  many  educational  catalogs  and  bulletins  entered 
as  second-class  matter  we  find  the  entry  notice  appearing  on 
page  two  of  the  cover,  sometimes  on  page  four  of  the  cover. 
This  is  perhaps  confusing. 

Reply  :- 

With  respect  to  the  notice  of  entry  as  second-class 
matter,  I  have  to  say  that  although  it  is  preferable  that  it 
be  printed  on  the  front  cover,  it  may  be  placed  on  any  of  the 
other  pages. 

It  should,  however,  for  convenience  in  administration 
of  the  postal  laws  be  placed  on  the  outside  of  the  front  or 
back  cover. 


OFFICIAL   REGISTER   OF   HARVARD    UNIVERSITY 

{Entered  March  6,  1913,  at  Boston,  Mass.,  as  seeond-elass  matter, 
under  Act  of  Congress  of  August  25,  1912.] 


Issued  at  Cambridge  Station,  Boston,  Mass.,  six  times  a  year. 


Second-class  entry  notice  appearing  on  page  4  of  the  cover  of  Harvard  Universi- 
ty's  catalog.  The  legal  title  of  this  publication  is  "The  Harvard  University- 
Register,"  the  real  title  of  this  number  of  which  is  "Harvard  University  Catalog. 

In  reply  to  a  query  regarding  the  proper  sizes  of 
type  in  which  to  display  the  word  Bulletin: — 

Receipt  is  acknowledged  of  your  letter  of  the  5th  in- 
stant, with  regard  to  the  size  of  type  used  by  the  publisher  of 
a  publication  mailed  at  the  second-class  rates  of  postage,  in 
printing  the  title  of  his  publication,  but  since  you  failed  to 
furnish  the  name  of  the  publication  and  where  published, 
this  office  is  unable  to  advise  you  definitely  concerning  your 
inquiry. 

In  this  connection,  however,  I  may  say  that  the  pub- 
lishers of  several  publications  which  contain  the  word  "Bul- 
letin" as  a  part  of  the  title  have  been  advised  that  the  title 
of  the  publication  should  be  displayed  in  the  manner  custom- 
ary in  periodical  publications;  that  is,  it  should  be  given 
greater  prominence  than  the  name  of  the  institution  publish- 


MAILING    THE    CATALOG  275 


ing  it  and  greater  prominence  than  the  designation  of  any 
subject-matter  appearing  in  any  particular  issue. 

Inquiry  :- 

Your  letter  of  the  8th  states  that  the  word  bulletin 
should  be  displayed  in  the  manner  customary  in  periodical 
publications.  I  have  just  gone  through  several  dozen  such, 
including  those  of  Harvard,  Yale,  Columbia,  Cornell,  New 
York,  Chicago,  Pennsylvania,  Princeton,  Ohio,  Virginia, 
Iowa,  Wisconsin,  Kentucky,  Michigan,  Northwestern, 
Tulane,  Washington  and  Lee,  California,  Leland  Stanford, 
Jr.,  etc.,  etc.  In  not  a  single  instance  have  I  found  the  word 
bulletin  in  large  type. 

Reply:- 

You  will  note  that  the  law,  embodied  in  section  413, 
Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  provides  for  the  entry  as 
second-class  matter  of  periodical  publications,  and  under 
the  authority  conferred  by  the  statute  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
Postmaster  General  to  determine  whether  any  publication 
submitted  is  a  periodical  publication.  Annuals  and  semi- 
annuals,  whether  catalogs,  reports  or  similar  matter,  can 
not,  as  such,  be  accepted  as  second-class  mail.  However, 
since  the  law  above  referred  to  provides  the  second-class 
rates  of  postage  for  publications  designed  to  further  the  ob- 
jects and  purposes  of  regularly  incorporated  institutions  of 
learning  and  published  by  them,  matter  of  that  character,  if 
published  as  a  regular  issue  of  such  a  publication,  is  accepted 
for  mailing  at  the  second-class  rates  of  postage  if  originated 
and  published  to  further  the  objects  and  purposes  of  the 
institution  publishing  the  same  and  if  the  issue  is  prepared 
in  the  form  and  bears  the  external  features  of  periodicals  in 
general,  that  is,  with  the  title  prominently  displayed  on  the 
front  page  of  the  cover  in  type  of  larger  size  and  more  promi- 
nently than  the  name  of  the  publisher,  the  title  of  the  con- 
tents of  the  particular  issue,  or  any  other  matter  appearing 
on  said  page,  and  showing  the  serial  number,  date,  frequency 
of  issue  and  office  of  publication. 

The  Rice  Institute  Pamphlet  is  published  at  Houston,  Texas, 
and  is  issued  in  April,  May,  June,  July,  September,  October, 
November,  and  December.  It  was  entered  as  second-class 
mailer,  April  15,  1915,  at  the  post-office  at  Houston, 
Texas,   under  the  Act  of  August  24.    1912 


The  above  appears  at  the  bottom  of  page  4  of  the  cover  of  the  Rice  Institute 
Pamphlets.     See  page  202. 


im 


COLLEGE  BULLETIN 


VOL.V 


No.  3 


Published  Quarterly  by  Vassar  College 
poughkeepsie,  n.  y. 


REPORTS  OF  THE  PRESIDENT 

AND  TREASURER 

1915-1916 


^ 


This  very  handsome  special  cover  design,  in  plate  form,  has  been  specifically 
approved  in  writing  by  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General,  by  reason  of  the 
word  "Vassar,"  although  much  larger  than  any  other  lettering,  being  an  integral 
part  of  the  legal  title  of  the  publication,  to  which  the  real  title  Reports  of  the  Presi- 
dent and  Treasurer  is  subordinated. 

276 


MAILING   THE    CATALOG  277 


You  will  note  that  paragraph  2,  section  422,  Postal 
Laws  and  Regulations,  requires  that  a  publication  shall  bear 
the  title,  and  it  is  deemed  to  be  a  reasonable  requirement  that 
this  title  should  be  displayed  on  the  front  cover  in  the  manner 
customary  in  all  periodicals.  Manifestly  a  publication  in  the 
form  of  a  pamphlet  or  catalog,  which  bears  on  the  front  cover 

in  large  type  such  imprints  as  Catalog  of  College, 

or College,  with  the  words  College  Bulletin 

printed  in  smaller  type  in  an  inconspicuous  manner,  would 
plainly  indicate  that  it  is  published  as  a  catalog  or  advertising 
pamphlet  with  the  periodical  title  added  in  order  to  obtain 
the  second-class  rates  of  postage  for  what  would  otherwise 
be  subject  to  the  third  or  fourth  class  rate.  It  is  not  necessary 
that  the  word  Bulletin  itself  be  printed  in  larger  type,  or  in 
exactly  the  same  type  as  the  rest  of  the  title,  but  merely  that 
the  front  cover  shall  show  clearly  what  is  the  title  and  indi- 
cate that  the  publication  is  a  periodical.  On  the  inclosed 
specimen,  for  instance,  although  the  words  of  the  title  are 
printed  in  two  different  sizes  of  type,  it  clearly  purports  to 
be  an  issue  of  the  Vassar  College  Bulletin  and  not  a  pamphlet 
containing  reports  of  the  president  and  treasurer. 

In  view  of  the  purposes  for  which  you  desire  the  above 
information,  it  is  deemed  proper  to  point  out  another  feature 
of  the  law  which  is  often  overlooked  by  publishers,  that  is, 
the  requirement  that  a  publication  shall  be  issued  at  stated 
intervals.  For  instance,  a  monthly  publication  should  be 
published  once  each  month  and  it  is  not  permissible  for  the 
publisher  to  get  out  an  additional  issue  whenever  he  has  any 
announcements  or  advertising  matter  to  distribute  and  mail 
it  at  the  second  class  rates  of  postage. 

The  Department  desires  to  co-operate  with  publishers 
as  much  as  possible  in  giving  all  information  in  advance 
which  will  aid  them  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  law. 

Enclosed  with  this  last  reply  was  a  cover  of  a 
Vassar  College  Bulletin,  Vol.  V  No.  3,  reproduced  here- 
with, and  referred  to  in  the  body  of  the  reply.  This 
style  is  therefore  evidently  approved. 

Notwithstanding  the  plain  instructions  found  in 
Paragraph  2,  Section  422,  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations, 
191 3,  the  very  great  majority  of  college  catalogs  are  not 
printed  in  conformity  therewith  or  in  forms  mentioned 


278  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

BLANK 

COLLEGE  BULLETIN 

VOLUME  III  JANUARY  191 7  NO.  I 

CATALOG   FOR  19 16 -19 17 


Published  quarterly  by  Blank  College 
Blanktown,  New  York 


Entered  January  i,  1915,  as  second-class  matter  under  Act  of  Congress 
of  August  24,  191 2. 


The  above  wording  and  sequence  of  sizes  of  type  on  page  one  of  the  catalog 
cover  will  be  entirely  satisfactory  to  the  postal  authorities,  provided  no  printer's 
imprint  or  mark  appear,  in  any  position  in  the  book. 

If  the  words  "Blank  College  Bulletin"  were  in  small  type  and  the  word 
"Catalog"  appeared  in  large  type,  such  a  form  would  be  contrary  to  postal 
decisions.     See  pages  216  and  217. 


MAILING    THE    CATALOG  279 


in  the  opinions  emanating  from  the  office  of  the  Third 
Assistant  Postmaster  General. 

The  word  Bulletin  when  used  in  this  connection 
is  perhaps  misunderstood  by  many  educational  institu- 
tions. Any  appropriate  title  may  be  used.  The  word 
Bulletin  is  in  no  sense  necessary.  Instead  of  Bulletin 
of  Blank  College  it  is  quite  as  permissible  to  use  any 
such  title  as  Blank  College  Quarterly,  Blank  College 
Journal,  Blank  College  Pamphlet,  Publication  of 
Blank  College,  etc.  It  is  necessary  however  that  the 
institution  give  some  specific  name  to  its  publications 
and  continue  using  the  same  if  entry  as  second-class 
matter  is  desired.  It  seems  also  to  be  necessary  that 
the  name  or  title  of  the  publication  appear  on  the  first 
page  of  cover,  or  if  there  be  no  cover  then  on  the  first 
page  of  the  pamphlet,  in  greater  typographic  promi- 
nence than  any  other  matter.  When  examining  maga- 
zines or  newspapers  displayed  at  a  news  stand  we 
notice  that  the  title  of  each  publication  is  always  in 
large  letters.  It  is  simply  this  custom  that  the  postal 
authorities  desire  to  apply  to  college  publications.  The 
series  or  volume  number  and  date  must  appear  to- 
gether with  some  statement  as  to  frequency  of  issue. 
The  making  of  the  title  of  the  publication,  such  as 
Blank  College  Bulletin,  so  much  larger  than  the  subject 
of  the  contents,  as  for  instance  Catalog  for  iQiy  or 
President's  Report  or  Alumni,  seems  to  the  layman  to  be 
a  mere  technicality.  Both  Congress  and  the  people 
of  the  United  States  understand  full  well  that  no  matter 
what  sizes  of  type  be  used  for  cover  pages  of  college 
catalogs  and  reports  the  pamphlet  is  yet  a  catalog  or 
a  report  and  is  still  morally  entitled  to  continue  entry 
as  second-class  matter  within  the  intent  and  meaning 


28o  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

of  the  Postal  Laws  and  Regulations.  It  is  suggested 
however  that  to  avoid  possible  delays,  confusion  and 
unpleasantness,  the  information  and  constructions 
offered  by  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster  General's 
department  be  carefully  observed,  regardless  of  private 
opinion  as  to  outward  appearance  thereby  necessitated. 
When  in  doubt  regarding  postal  regulations  it 
might  be  well  to  have  an  official  expression  of  opinion 
from  the  office  of  the  Third  Assistant  Postmaster 
General.  Accompanying  such  inquiry,  it  is  further 
suggested  that  a  printer's  proof  of  the  proposed  typo- 
graphical style  of  cover  be  enclosed,  a  duplicate  of  such 
proof  being  retained  in  the  correspondence  files  of  the 
college  seeking  the  information. 


CompoBed  and  Printed  By 

The  Univeriity  of  Chicago  Preti 

Chicaeo.  Ulinois,  U.S.A- 


PRINTED  AT 

THE  HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

CAMBRIDGE,  MASS.,  U.S.A. 


Designed  and  Monotyped 

by  the  Department  of  Printing 

Carnegie  Institute 

of  Technology 

Printed  by 

Murdoch,  Kerr  and  Company 

Pittsburgh 


It  appears  that  institutions  supporting  printing  plants  carrying  the  name  of  the 
institution  are  allowred  by  the  postal  authorities  to  use  an  imprint,  whereas  other 
printers  are  forbidden  the  use  of  their  names  upon  their  wrork,  if  entered  in  the  mails 
as  second-class  educational  matter.    See  note  page  267. 


GLOSSARY 

Additions — New  matter  added  to  copy  after  type  has  been  set. 

Usually  requires  new  arrangement;  chargeable  as  changes. 
Alignment — ^The  straightness  of  a  line  of  type  or  edge  of  a  page 

of  type. 
Arabic  Numbers — Figures  i,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9,  o. 
Art  Work — Work  done  by  commercial  artists  on  photographs 

or  other  engraving  copy. 
Backing  Up — Printing  on  reverse  of  sheet  already  printed  on  one 

side. 
Bastard-Title — Abbreviated  title  printed  on  page  usually  second 

preceding  regular  title-page. 
Bible  Paper — Specially  thin  opaque  paper. 
Black-letter — Gothic  or  Old  English  Text  letters. 
Bleed — ^To  trim  too  close.    To  trim  away  all  white  margin  from 

an  illustration  to  be  used  as  a  tip. 
Blind-stamp — Stamping  hot  from  a  die  without  gold  leaf  or  color 

leaf,  sometimes  termed  blanking. 
Block — ^The  wooden  base  of  a  halftone  or  zinc  engraving. 
Blocks — Separate  bases  of  wood  or  metal  to  which  unmounted, 

bevelled  electrotypes  of  book  pages  are  temporarily  attached 

for  printing. 
Boards — The  stiff  covers  on  a  book. 
Bold-face — Type  which   is   heavier  and   blacker  in   face  than 

ordinary. 
Box — Rectangle  of  rule  around  a  column  heading  or  page  heading 

or  around  an  item  of  special  importance. 
Brochure — Pamphlet. 
Bundle — To  compress  between  small  wooden  boards  in  a  bundling 

press  a  quantity  of  folded  sections  of  a  book,  tying  with 

stout  cord,  for  storage  before  binding,  as  well  as  for  flat- 
tening. 
Calendered — Paper    passed    through    hot    rolls    for    smoothing 

surfaces. 
Cameo — A  high  grade  paper  of  dull  finish  on  which  it  is  possible 

to  produce  fine  illustrations. 
Caps — Capital  letters. 

Caption — Title  of  an  illustration  placed  beneath  it.    Legend. 
Case — Capital  letters  are  termed  upper  case,  small  letters  lower 

case. — In  binder's  terms,  the  cover  of  a  book. 
Caster — ^The  separate  machine  which  casts  monotype  type. 

281 


282  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Changes — Substituting  by  the  author,  of  words  or  arrangement 
different  from  those  in  original  copy,  after  type  has  been  set. 

Chase — A  light,  strong,  steel  frame  in  which  pages  of  type  are 
locked  into  a  form  for  printing. 

Coated  Paper — Having  a  coating  of  glue,  chalk  or  colored  matter, 
usually  on  both  sides,  glossy,  suitable  for  better  class 
illustrations.     Comes  coated,  double-coated,  triple-coated. 

Collate — To  verify  the  position  and  sequence  of  sections  of  a 
book  previous  to  sewing. 

Composition — Setting  of  type. 

Compositor — A  person  who  sets  type. 

Copy — Manuscript  from  which  type  is  set;  all  but  universally 
typewritten.  Photographs  or  other  subjects  for  reproduc- 
tion by  engraving. 

CoPYFiTTiNG — "The  system  of  making  copy  and  cuts  fit  the  allotted 
space  by  accurately  measuring  the  typewritten  copy  and 
cuts  and  then  planning  the  work." — Monotype  System. 

Corrections — Rectifying  of  errors  made  by  the  printer,  as  dis- 
tinguished from  changes. 

Cut — A  somewhat  out  of  date  term  for  an  engraving,  halftone  or 
zinc. 

Dandy — Special  design  embodied  in  a  paper  making  roll  impress- 
ing the  water-mark  into  writing  papers  and  some  higher 
grade  book  papers. 

Dash — ^A  type  character  which,  when  printed,  resembles  a  short 
length  of  printing  rule. 

3-em  dash ;   2-em  dash ;   em  dash  — ;   en 

dash  -. 

Dead — Type  forms  or  pages  which  have  been  printed  and  for 
which  there  is  no  further  use. 

Deckle-edge — Ragged  edge  on  four  sides  of  hand  made  paper, 
successfully  imitated  on  two  edges  in  some  machine  made 
book  papers  of  better  class.  Rough,  untrimmed  edges  of  a 
book. 

Die — Usually  of  brass,  sometimes  zinc  or  heavy  electro,  a  plate 
used  in  hot  stamping  of  gold  leaf  or  in  blind  stamping. 

Display — ^Typesetting  of  words  or  headings  in  larger  type  or  with 
greater  space  to  make  conspicuous,  as  on  title  page  or  cover 
of  a  catalog. 

Distribution — Putting  away  of  type  and  material  used  in  forms 
already  printed.  Machine-set  type  is  not  distributed  but 
is  melted. 

Drop-folio — Page  number  at  bottom  of  page. 

Duotone — Ink  of  double  color,  one  being  varnish  ink,  the  other 
aniline  ink,  usually  of  slightly  differing  shades.  Known  by 
various  names,  duochrome,  doubletone,  duplegrav,  etc. 


GLOSSARY  283 


Dummy — A  book  or  pamphlet  without  printing,  prepared  to  ex- 
hibit size,  style  of  binding,  quality  of  paper,  etc.  A  book 
or  pamphlet  on  the  pages  of  which  are  indicated  just  what 
is  to  appear  on  each  page.  The  page  proofs  of  a  book  so 
fastened  together  as  to  show  sequence,  etc. 

Duodecimo — A  book  made  of  sheets  folded  into  twelve  leaves, 
12  mo. 

DuoTYPE — ^Two  halftones  made  from  same  photograph  for  two 
colors  of  ink. 

Edition — Number  of  books  to  be  made. 

Eggshell — ^A  fairly  low  priced  paper  with  eggshell  finish. 

Electrotype — Type  or  engraving  reproduced  in  thin  shell  of 
copper,  backed  with  stereotype  metal,  made  by  molding 
in  wax  which  is  hung  for  hours  in  an  electric  bath.  Plates 
of  book  pages  are  not  mounted  on  wood.  Other  electros 
are  so  mounted. 

Em — The  square  of  any  size  of  type.  Thus  a  pica  em  is  12  points 
square,  a  nonpareil  em  6  points  square,  etc.  The  basis, 
expressed  in  looo  ems,  of  computation  of  amount  of  type 
set.     Capital  M  occupies  one  em.     See  also  Set-em. 

Emboss — ^To  stamp  with  hot  brass  or  other  die,  a  title  or  ornament 
on  a  book  cover.  In  printer's  terms,  pressing  paper  into 
an  embossing  plate,  whereby  letters  or  design  are  raised. 

En — ^A  type  space  half  as  wide  as  an  em. 

End-sheets — Double  leaves  of  paper,  one  half  pasted  to  the  cover, 
the  other  half  a  fly-leaf,  used  at  each  end  of  a  book.  Some- 
times of  heavy  or  fancy  paper. 

English — Paper  of  good  quality  and  finish  but  not  super-calen- 
dered. 

Etching — In  printer's  terms  a  plate,  usually  zinc. 

Extra  Binding — Hand  sewed  and  hand  bound. 

Face — Design  or  style  of  type 

Finish — ^To  complete  the  binding  of  a  book,  the  gold  leaf  stamp- 
ing, tooling,  etc.  To  finish  an  engraving  is  to  examine  and 
if  necessary  tool  any  imperfect  portion. 

Flexible — Sewing,  on  raised  cords  so  that  book  opens  quite  flat. 
Binding  in  covers  which  are  not  stiff.  Full  flexible,  limp, 
no  stiffening.  Semi-flexible  contains  thin  binder's  board 
or  heavy  paper. 

Fly-Leaves — Blank  leaves  in  front  and  back  of  a  book  or  pamph- 
let. 

Foil — Special  leaf,  often  in  color,  sometimes  metallic  in  imitation 
of  gold,  for  stamping  book  covers. 

Folio — Page  number. 

Font — A  complete  assortment  of  type  for  one  size  and  face. 

Form — Pages  of  type  or  plates  locked  into  a  chase,  ready  for  press. 


284  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 

Format — General  size,  shape  and  arrangement  of  a  book. 

Forward — ^To  fit  or  hang  a  sewed  book  into  its  cover  or  case, 
press  it  and  prepare  it  for  the  finisher. 

Foundry — A  plant  in  which  electrotypes  are  made. 

Foundry  Proof — Proofs  of  pages  of  a  book  for  the  electrotype 
foundry,  final  proof. 

Full-face — Same  as  Bold-face. 

Furniture — Pieces  of  metal  or  wood  of  accurate  sizes  for  building 
up  between  pages  of  type  in  the  form.  Used  also  for  blank- 
ing out  portion  of  a  page  not  filled  with  type. 

Galley — A  shallow  tray,  brass  or  steel,  in  which  type  is  placed 
after  being  set  and  before  being  paged. 

Galley  Proofs — Proof  taken  from  type  in  galleys,  each  of  which 
is  numbered  at  the  top. 

Gather — To  collect  folded  sections  of  a  book  in  proper  sequence. 

Gold  Leaf — Gold  hammered  to  thickness  less  than  tissue  paper 
for  stamping  hot  on  cover  and  for  gilding  edges. 

Gutter — Inner  margin  at  binding  edge. 

Half-bind — Leather  back  and  corners. 

Half-title — Title  of  a  book  or  subdivision  as  it  appears  at  the 
top  of  the  first  page  of  type.  Sometimes  applied  to  a  title 
of  a  subdivision  on  a  full  page  preceding  type  pages. 

Halftone — An  engraving  made  by  process,  usually  on  copper, 
from  photograph  or  wash  drawing. 

Head,  Heading — As  distinguished  from  headlines. 

A    CENTER    HEAD 

is  centered  from  side  to  side. 

Side-heads,  several  styles,  are  in  use  as  follows: 

Side-head — A  side-head  is  used  to  designate,  etc. 

Side-head — A  side-head  is  used  to  designate,  etc. 

Side-head — A  side-head  is  used  to  designate,  etc. 

Cut-in-    A  cut-in-head  is  much  more  expensive  than  any 
head  any  other  style  of  head  for  the  reason  that  it 

requires  much  extra  time  in  the  composing  room.     The  lines 
of  the  body  of  the  paragraph  must  be  shortened,  etc. 

Marginal       Marginal    heads  are  set  in  the  margin  of  a  page  and 

heads      beyond  the  usual  limit  of  the  type  page.     Their  use 

causes  extra  expense  by  reason  of  the  unusual  trouble 

given  to  the  lock-up  man  in  arranging  the  furniture 

between  the  pages. 


GLOSSARY  285 


Head-band — Small  strip  of  silk  on  specially  prepared  tape  at- 
tached to  top  and  bottom  of  back  of  a  book  inside  the  cover. 
Sometimes  made  of  cotton  or  paper. 

Head-piece — An  ornament  for  use  at  top  of  first  page  of  a  chapter. 

Hanging  Indention — Uniform  indention  from  left  margin  of  all 
lines  except  the  first  in  a  paragraph. 

Imprint — Name  or  mark  of  printer,  usually  on  title  page  or  reverse 
of  title  page  in  a  book.  On  pamphlets  it  often  appears  on 
last  page  of  cover. 

Indention — Placing  lines  of  type  uniformly  in;  sometimes  at  left 
end  and  sometimes  at  each  end  of  lines  in  certain  para- 
graphs, as  for  instance  the  extracts  in  this  book.  Frequent- 
ly varies  in  poetry. 

Inferior — Smaller  letter  or  figure  appearing  below  regular  size 
type  in  same  line. 

Initial — A  large  letter,  sometimes  decorative,  for  use  as  first 
letter  of  a  chapter. 

Insert,  Inset — An  illustration  or  map  on  paper  of  different 
quality  or  finish,  inserted  into  a  book. 

Intaglio — Style  of  plate  in  which  printing  lines  are  sunken  in- 
stead of  in  relief.    Photogravure,  steel  engraving,  etc. 

Justify — To  properly  space  between  words  in  order  to  make  the 
line  of  exact  length  required.  To  place  an  engraving  in 
its  exact  proper  position. 

Kern — ^The  overhang  of  a  type  character  as  in  italic  /. 

Keyboard — n.  Aportionof  a  typesetting  machine,  v.  To  compose 
on  the  monotype  keyboard. 

Kill — ^To  order  discarded  or  cancelled  certain  type  already  set. 
Usually  a  proof-reading  term. 

Laid  paper — Paper  in  which  parallel  wire  marks  appear,  resulting 
from  the  method  of  its  manufacture,  as  distinguished  from 
wove  finish. 

Lead — n.  Thin  strip  of  type  metal  not  type-high  for  placing  be- 
tween lines  of  type,  i-point,  2-point  or  3-point,  usually 
2-point,  V.  To  space  out  between  lines,  usually  with  2- 
point  leads.  Double-lead,  to  place  two  2-point  leads  be- 
tween lines.  Leading  is  often  done  on  the  composing  ma- 
chine, as  for  instance  8-point  face  set  on  lo-point  body, 
thus  saving  time  of  hand  leading. 

Leader — Dots  or  hyphens  connecting  type  matter  in  the  left  end 
of  a  line  with  that  at  the  right  end. 

Legend — ^Title  of  an  illustration  placed  beneath  it.    Caption. 

Letter-press — Printing  of  type  matter  as  distinguished  from 
lithographing,  intaglio  and  other  forms  of  printing. 

Live — Type  matter  for  which  there  is  use  as  distinguished  from 
dead  matter. 


286  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Lock-up — The  process  of  tightening  a  number  of  type  pages  into 
a  form  within  a  chase,  ready  for  printing. 

Logotype — A  word  or  a  combination  of  letters  in  one  piece  of 
type  metal,  as  ffl,  fl,  ffi,  fi,  ff,  ae,  oe. 

Lower  Case — Small  letters  of  type  as  distinguished  from  capitals 
or  small  capitals.    Abbreviated  /.  c. 

Make-ready — The  act  of  overlaying  or  underlaying  with  paper 
pasted  to  the  make-ready  sheet  on  the  cylinder  of  a  press 
or  beneath  the  blocks  of  engravings,  to  bring  perfect  im- 
pression. 

Make-up — Arrangement  of  type  already  set  in  galleys,  to  make 
it  into  pages  or  columns. 

Measure — Standard  of  length  of  type  line,  expressed  in  ems  of 
pica.  Newspaper  column  measure  is  usually  13  ems,  2  1-16 
inches.  Book  measure  varies  from  20  to  30  ems.  College 
catalogs  are  often  23  ems,  3  5-6  inches. 

Octavo — In  the  shape  of  a  book  made  from  a  sheet  untrimmed, 
19  X  25,  or  18  X  24,  folded  into  eight  leaves,  sixteen  pages. 
8vo. 

Off — When  the  printing  of  a  form  has  been  completed  the  form 
is  said  to  be  off. 

Offset — Ink  from  one  page  appearing  on  another,  usually  op- 
posite page. 

Overrun — n.  Excess  impressions  beyond  number  specified,  v.  To 
carry  over  to  another  page  what  can  not  be  contained 
within  the  page  intended. 

Paragraph — A  portion  of  a  type  page.  When  separated  by  in- 
denting the  first  line,  it  is  known  as  a  plain  paragraph. 
When  all  lines  after  the  first  line  are  indented,  it  is  known 
as  a  hanging  paragraph  (same  style  as  paragraphs  in  this 
glossary).  It  is  occasionally  designated  by  using  the  para- 
graph mark  (^)  as  the  first  character  in  the  first  line. 

Paragraph  Mark — The  mark  (If)  sometimes  used  for  designating 
a  paragraph.  In  manuscript  it  is  inserted,  but  infrequently, 
before  a  sentence  to  designate  that  a  paragraph  should  there 
begin.    See  also  above. 

Photogravure — The  process  of  preparing  copper  plates  for  in- 
taglio printing  to  produce  the  highest  class  of  commercial 
illustration. 

Pi — Type  mixed.  A  mess  of  type  resulting  from  a  form  falling 
apart  or  from  an  upset  case  of  type. 

Pick — ^To  take  out  with  tweezers  type  in  a  live  or  dead  form, 
resorted  to  only  when  there  is  no  desired  type  left  in  the 
case. 


GLOSSARY  287 


Plate — An  engraving,  electrotype,  stereotype,  etc.  Usually  re- 
fers to  unmounted  bevelled  electros  of  book  pages. 

Point— Unit  of  measure,  about  one  seventy-second  of  an  inch,  as 
2-point  lead,  8-point  type,  etc.^    It  is  exactly  .01384  inch. 

Press  Proof — Sheet  showing  perfect  impression  on  press. 

Process  printing — Printing  from  three  plates,  yellow,  red,  blue, 
to  produce  fifteen  or  more  colors.  Four-color-process  same 
with  addition  of  black  or  sometimes  gray. 

Register — Fitting  of  forms  of  type  pages  so  that  one  page  ex- 
actly backs  another  and  so  that  when  the  printed  sheet  is 
folded  a  pin  driven  through  at  any  corner  of  the  top  page 
will  pass  through  all  pages  at  the  same  point.  In  color 
printing,  plates  are  in  register  when  colors  do  not  infringe. 

Quad — A  block  of  type  not  type-high,  used  for  spacing. 
Em     quads     space     this     line 
En  quads  space  this  line 

Quarter-bind— Cheap  binding  of  cloth  or  leather  back  with 
board  sides  cut  flush. 

Retouch — Going  over  an  engraving,  as  a  halftone,  a  second  time 
to  improve  its  quality,  sometimes  done  with  a  graver.  Art 
work  on  photographs  or  other  engraver's  copy. 

Revise — Proof  of  a  galley  or  page  which  has  been  once  corrected. 
Second  revise,  third  revise,  etc. 

Roman — Ordinary  type,  capitals,  small  capitals  and  lower  case 
as  distinguished  from  italics,  bold-face,  script,  text,  etc. 

Roman  Figure— Notation  by  letters  as  I,  II,  III,  etc.  as  distin- 
guished from  arabic  figures. 

Rout — ^To  cut  away  from  the  edges  of  an  illustration  on  a  plate  as 
distinguished  usually  from  a  square  finish. 

Rule — Brass  or  steel  strips  type-high  from  which  to  print  lines. 
Also  made  of  type  metal  on  composing  machines. 

Running-head — Page  heading. 

Score— To  press  with  a  steel  rule  more  than  type-high,  in  order 
that  heavy  paper  or  card-board  may  be  folded  smoothly. 

Section— A  printed  and  folded  sheet  ready  for  sewing,  usually 
containing  sixteen  or  thirty-two  pages. 

Serif — ^The  cross  line  used  to  complete  all  roman  capital  letters 
except  O  and  Q,  and  some  small  letters  as  1,  p,  etc. 

Set-em — "A  unit  of  measure  which  point-ways  is  the  same  as 
the  point-size  of  the  face  being  measured  and  set-ways  is 
the  width  of  the  widest  characters  of  the  face  being  meas- 
ured."— Monotype  System.  Thus  a  set-em  of  8-poi_nt  type 
8>^-set  would  be  8  points  vertical  by  8J!^  points  horizontal. 

Signature — Same  as  a  section. 

Slug— A  thick  strip  of  type  not  type  high  for  separating  lines  or 
paragraphs,  nonpareil  slug,  six  points  thick;  pica  slug, 
twelve  points  thick. 


288  THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Sorts — ^Types  for  which  there  is  unusual  demand,  of  which  there 

is  not  sufficient  quantity  in  a  regular  font.    Sorts  are  often 

required  for  hand  set  tabular  work. 
Space — A  type  not  type-high  and  smaller  than   an  em   quad  or 

an  en  quad. 

3-em  spaces  space  this  line 

4-em  spaces  space  this  line 

Hair-spaces  space  this  line 
Stereotype — A  cheap  plate,  made  by  pouring  metal  into  molds 

of  plaster,  clay  or  papier-mache,  used  mostly  in  cylindrical 

form  by  newspapers. 
Stone — Large  flat  marble  or  steel  surface  set  in  a  frame.  On  this, 

type  forms  are  locked-up  and  unlocked. 
Stone-proof — Proof  made  by  hand  from  type  standing  on  the 

stone. 
Super-calendered — Paper  that  has  been  passed  a  second  time 

through  calender   rolls    to   give   it   a    higher   finish.     Not 

applied  to  coated  papers. 
Superior — Smaller  letter  or  figure  appearing  above  regular  size 

type  in  same  line. 
Tail-piece — An  ornament  for  filling  out  a  partial  page  at  end  of 

chapter. 
Three-quarter-bind — Leather  extra  wide  at  back  and  leather 

corners. 
Tip — An  insert  to  be  pasted  into  a  book.    Sometimes  much  smaller 

than  regular  size  of  page  of  the  book. 
Type-high — .918  inch  high.     Wooden  blocks  sometimes  shrink 

causing  engravings  mounted  thereon  to  be  "less  than  type- 
high." 
Underlay — ^To  paste  thin  paper  under  type  or  engravings  at 

press,  to  add  impression. 
Upper-case — Capital  letters  of  type  as  distinguished  from  small 

capitals  or  lower  case  letters.    Abbreviated  u.  c. 
Vignette — A  halftone  engraving  with  edges  which  fade  away  as 

distinguished  from  square  finish  or  rounded  edges. 
Water-mark — Name  of  paper  or   design   appearing   in   paper. 

See  Dandy. 
WoRK-AND-TURN — A  form  of  pages  of  type,  complete  in    itself, 

which  when  printed  on  one  side  of  the  sheet  is  again  printed 

on  the  reverse,  after  which  the  sheet  is  cut  in  halves,  two 

sections,  duplicates,  resulting  therefrom. 
Wove  Paper — Paper  not  showing  wire  marks.     Laid  on  felt  or 

flannel  in  process  of  manufacture.    Distinguished  from  laid 

paper. 
Zinc — ^Term  applied  to  zinc  etching.    Sometimes  termed  an  etch- 
ing in  distinction  from  a  halftone  or  electro. 


INDEX 


Abbreviations,  Ii6;  variation  in,  126; 
list  of  some,    128-136;    specimens  of, 

137-143- 

Academic  Dress,  245-249. 

Adrian  College,  catalog  carries  illustra- 
tions, 229. 

Advertising  matter,  should  have  no 
place  in  catalog,  xiii;  carried  in  some 
foreign  catalogs,  13;  forbidden  in 
catalogs  of  second-class  entry,  267,  278; 
newspaper,  composed  on  machines,  54; 
printers'  imprints  as,  267,  278. 

Aldine  Club,  influence  on  printers,  vii. 

Aldus,  type  faces  of,  27;  eight  page 
forms  by,  57. 

Allen,  Dr.,  Wisconsin  Survey,  9,  10. 

Alphabetizing,  121-125. 

Alumni,  bulletin  to  interest,  6;  several 
publications  at  Harvard,  7;  descend- 
ants of,  7;  Dix  plan  for  reunions  of, 
194. 

American  Medical  Ass'n.,  influence  on 
education,  2-4;  standardizing  degrees, 
127. 

American  Printer,  list  of  style-books, 
126. 

Amherst  College  catalog,  initial  letters  in, 
46;  envelope,  85;  cover,  216;  illustra- 
tions in,  229. 

Arabic  figures,  some  below  line,  35;  ex- 
amples of,  98-106;  for  pagination,  144 
145. 

Architecture,  and  printing,  changing,  14 

Argus,  extract  on  academic  dress,  249, 

Arms,  see  Heraldry. 

Asheville  School  catalog,  envelope,  84 
illustrations  in,  234. 

Auburn  Theological,  catalog  envelope,  84 
seal,  opp.  244. 

Backbone,  printing,  77-81. 

Bailey,  Vernon  H.,  illustrator  for  Bryn 

Mawr,  233. 
Barcelona,;Agricultural  College  of,  sample 

catalog  page,  191. 
Beach's  Americana,  abbreviations  in,  126. 
Ben  Franklin  Clubs,  influence  on  printers, 

vii;    style  book,  116;   consider  imprint 

not  advertising,  267. 


Berlin,  University  of,  catalog,  carries 
advertising,  13;  sample  page  faculty 
list,  190. 

Beta  Theta  Pi  arms,  opp.  244. 

Bibliographical  Society,  60. 

Binding,  signature  designation  for,  145, 
example,   153;   250-253. 

Block-lctter  headings,  examples  of,  42, 43. 

Bold-face  type,  how  to  specify  in  copy, 
92;  occasionally  used,  97;  examples  of, 
39,  41,  42,  loi,  106,  161,  162,  165-167, 
17a,  171,  173-175,  ^n,  183,  189,  190, 
196. 

"Bookbindings  Old  and  New,"  extract 
from,  55. 

"Booklover  and  His  Books,"  extracts 
from,  12,  38. 

"  Books  for  Tired  Eyes,"  extract  from,  35. 

Bordentown  Military  Institute  catalog, 
envelope,  8<^;  sample  page,  181;  illus- 
trations in,  234. 

Boston  University  catalog,  running- 
heads,  64,  65;  backbone  not  printed, 
79;  envelope,  83. 

Bostwick,  paper  "Books  for  Tired  Eyes," 

35- 

Botanical  composition,  46;  longer  words 
in,  112. 

Bothwell,  J.  W.,  on  pagination,  144. 

Bourgeois  (9-point)  type,  39. 

Bowdoin  College  catalog,  cover  paper  and 
ink,  25;  good,  27;  envelope,  85; 
sample  page,  167. 

Brevier  (8-point)  type,  specimens,  39,  99, 
loi,  103,  105;  for  footnotes,  all  foot- 
notes and  captions  in  body  of  this 
book;  samples,  in  courses,  37, 42,  43, 68, 
160-167,  169-172,  174-178;  in  faculty 
lists,  183-188;  in  student  lists,  48,  122, 
123,  141,  197;  in  school  list,  124;  in 
index,  154  and  in  this    index;   tabular, 

179.193.195,196,199- 

British  Ass'n  for  Advancement  of  Science, 
influence    of   books    on    eyesight,    35. 

British  Chivalry,  128,  239. 

Brittanica  Encyclopedia,  Orders  of  Chiv- 
alry found  in,  128. 

Brown,  Annmary  Memorial,  xi. 

Brown,  Goold,  Grammar,  basis  for  style 
rules,  116. 


290 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


Brown  University  catalog,  initial  letters 
in,  45;  calendar  style,  69;  pagination 
of,  145;  room  schedule  in,  192;  cover, 
201;  exchange  shelf  at,  16;  seal  on 
University  Club,  N.  Y.,  242;  seal, 
opp.  244. 

Bryn  Mawr,  catalog,  envelope,  84;  sample 
page,  165;  illustrations  in  special  bulle- 
tin, 233;    student  prepared  table,  254. 

Bulletin,  not  only  title  satisfactory  to 
postal  authorities,  279. 

Burg,  J.  C,  compiles  statistics,  i. 

Burke's  "Peerage,"  128. 

Calendar,  illustrated  to  interest  alumni, 
7;   in  catalogs,  69-75. 

California,  University  of,  catalog,  back- 
bone, 80;  envelope,  83;  style  in  listing 
names,  125;  pagination  in,  145;  sample 
page,  175;   sewed,  252. 

Cambridge  University,  catalog  (calendar) 
carries  advertising,  13;  backbone,  78; 
sample  page,  list  of  members,  153; 
sample  page,  arms  of  St.  Peter's,  opp. 
245. 

Capitalization,  117,  119. 

Caps,  academic,  246-249. 

Carlisle  Indian  School,  uses  monotype, 

Carnegie  Foundation,  254-262;  re- 
ports, X,  I,  5-9,  15. 

Carnegie  Institute,  uses  monotype,  52; 
catalog  cover,  208;  illustrations  in, 
229;    imprint,  280. 

Carnegie  Institution,  asked  to  test  type 
legibility,  35. 

Caslon  type,  family,  30;  uniformity  in, 
35;  specimens,  98,  99;  cheaper  in  some 
sizes  than  wider  types,  108;  examples 
of,  6-point,  32,  i4i;8-point,  141;  10- 
point,  182,  223,  extracts  in  this  book, 
also  128-136,  281-288;  i2-point,  28, 
29,  31,  body  matter  of  this  book;  14- 
point,  chapter  heads  in  this  book. 

Catalog  in  General,  1-16;  a  contract, 
xiii,  function  of,  7;  420  examined 
at  Drexel,  11;  some  details  of,  12; 
thread  sewing  of,  13,  251-253;  large 
size  in  mails,  18;  when  printed  in  small 
town,  27;  contents  of  twenty-two,  254; 
Carnegie  Reports  on,  257-262. 

Catholic  University  of  America,  catalog 
envelope,  85;  degrees  conferred  by, 
139;  seal,  opp.  244;  mention  in  Car- 
negie Report,  261. 

Caxton,  type  faces  of,  27;  initial  example, 
28. 


Cedarville  College,  catalog  envelope,  85. 

Centre  College  catalog,  title  page,  209, 

Century  type,  uniformity  in,  35;  speci- 
mens, 104-106;  more  expensive  in  some 
sizes  than  narrow  types,  108;  examples 
of,  6-point,  107,  143,  151;  8-point,  49, 
161,  177,  218;  lo-point,  34,  49,  III, 
181;  i2-point,  107;  14-point  heading, 
III,  143,  187,194,  i8-point  heading, 
34- 

Changes,  226-228. 

Cheltenham  type,  uniformity  in,  35; 
specimens,  wide,  xoo,  loi;  example  of, 
opp.  236;  titles,  204,  209;  not  wide, 
188;  head,  41. 

Chesterfield,  Lord,  remarks  on  poor 
heraldry,  245. 

Chicago,  University  of.  Press  uses  mono- 
type, 52;  catalog  envelope,  83;  style 
for  listing  names,  125;  sample  page, 
president's  report,  178;  heraldic  dis- 
play at,  242;  defect  in  binding  Regis- 
ter, 251;  arms,  opp.  245;  criticized  by 
Carnegie  Foundation,  259,  260;  im- 
print, 280. 

Chivalry,  orders  of,  128. 

Citations,  style  for,  117. 

Clarion  Normal  School,  backbone,  8r. 

Clark  University,  type  legibility  tests  at, 

^33- 

Class  reunions,  Dix  plan,  194. 

Colleges  entered,  student  list  of,  197,  198. 

College  Heraldry,  see  Heraldry. 

Colorado  College,  second-class  entry 
notice,  272. 

Colors  in  academic  dress,  249. 

Columbia  University,  professors  with 
large  salary,  i;  Forum  at,  14;  Press 
uses  monotype,  52;  catalog,  pagina- 
tion in,  145;  sample  page,  faculty  list, 
183;  seal  on  University  Club,  N.  Y., 
242;  on  seal  of,  244;  praised  by  Car- 
negie Foundation,  260;  criticized,  261; 
second-class  entry  notice,  273. 

Columbus  Academy  catalog,  envelope, 
84;  sample  page,  182. 

Columbus  School  for  Girls  catalog,  sample 
page,  29. 

Composing  machines,  51-53. 

Congressional   Library   card   style,    121. 

Copy,  88-115;  preparation  of,  90-94, 
108-I15;  for  footnotes,  120;  sample 
sheet  of,  opp.  iii;  care  in  editing,  228; 
for  engraver,  232-235.  Copy-fitting, 
94-96,    108-115.   Copy  paper,   90,  94, 

opp.    III. 

Copyrighting,  263,  264. 


NDEX 


291 


Cornell  University,  experiments,  circu- 
lars substituted  for  catalog,  10;  back- 
bone omits  name,  79;  example,  78; 
cover,  214,  215;  correct  arms,  241. 

Courses  of  study,  sample  pages  of,  36, 
37,  42,  43,  49,  68,  160-176,  223. 

Cover,  paper  for,  24,  25;  styles,  opp.  10, 
200-219. 

Culver  Military  Academy,  illustrations, 

234- 
Curtis  Publishing  Co.,  uses  monotype,  52. 
Cut-in  heads  66,  181,  284. 
Cutter's  "Rules  for  Dictionary  Catalog," 

in  alphabetizing,  121. 

Dartmouth  College  catalog,  backbone, 
81;  envelope,  85;  room  schedule  in 
193,  illustrated,  229. 

Dates,  style  for,  118. 

DeBrett's  "Peerage,"  128. 

Degrees,  creation  and  conferring  of,  127; 
abbreviations  for  same,  128-136. 

Denison  University,  alumni  descendants, 
7;  catalog,  good,  27;  envelope,  83; 
sample  student  list,  122;  Scientific 
Bulletin,  sample  page,  50. 

De  Vinne  Press,  prints  Rice  "Pamph- 
lets," xi. 

De  Vinne,  Theodore,  on  footnotes,  in  two 
columns,  32,  169,  180;  on  footriote 
marks,  120;  machine  composition, 
51;  on  pagination,  144. 

Diamond  (4>^-point)  type,  39;  for  near- 
sighted, 38. 

Dimensions  of  type  page,  54-61. 

Dix  plan  for  reunions,  194. 

Drew  Theological  Seminary  catalog, 
illustrated,  234. 

Drexel  Institute  register,  how  style  se- 
cured, 10,  11;  cover  sample,  opp.  10; 
leaf  from,  opp.  11. 

Eclipse   Electrotype   &   Engraving   Co., 

opp.  233. 
Editing  Copy,  saves  changes,  228. 
Edmonson's  "Heraldry,"  128. 
Education,  Report  of  Commissioner  of, 

abbreviations  in,  127. 
Eight-point  type,  see  Brevier. 
Electric  City  Engraving  Co.,  opp.  235. 
Eleven-point  type,  see  Small  pica. 
Ems  to  square  inch,  115. 
Engineering  abbreviations,  standardizing, 

127. 


English  (14-point)  type,  specimens,  39, 
99,  100,  103,  106,  143,  187,  194,' 
spaced  caps,  chapter  titles,  in  this 
book; 

Engravings,  229-236;  copy  for,  24,  232; 
method  of  billing,  235;  measuring 
scale  for,  opp.  235. 

Envelopes,  maker's  name  forbidden  for 
second-class  mail,  87,  268;  if  second- 
class  entry,  should  bear  notice,  82, 
270;  should  be  strong,  270;  printing, 
82-87;  return  request  on,  86. 

Episcopal  Theological  School,  arms  of, 
correct,  241. 

"Essentials  of  Lettering,"  30. 

Evanston  Academy  catalog,  running- 
head  in,  66;  illustrated,  234. 

Exchange  Shelf,  15,  16;  shows  many 
faces  of  type,  30;  backbone  printing 
for,  77,  79;    illustration  of,  opp.   16. 

Eyesight,  influence  of  school-books  upon, 

35- 
Eyestrain,  "Books  for  Tired  Eyes,     35; 
experiments     at    University    of    Wis- 
consin, 33. 

Faculty  lists,  sample  pages,  183-190 ; 
criticized  by  Carnegie  Foundation, 
259,  260. 

Favine's  "Theatre  of  Honour,"  128. 

Fees  at  Oxford,  180. 

Figures,  35. 

Five-point  type,  see  Pearl. 

Folding,  76,  250-  252. 

Footnotes,  Riverside  style,  120;  DeVinne 
favors  two  columns  for,  32,  169,  180; 
samples  of,  32,  141,  169,  180. 

Foreign  language  composition,  46;  on 
monotype,  53;   samples  of,  47-5°- 

Forms,  76,  77. 

Forum  at  Columbia,  14. 

Four  and  a  half-point  type,  see  Diamond. 

Fourth-class  matter,  265,  266. 

Franklin,  Ben  Clubs;   see  Ben    Franklin. 

French  composition,  see  Foreign. 

French,  Daniel  C,  seals  on  University 
Club  by,  242. 

French,  Thomas  E.,  "Essentials  of  Let- 
tering," 30;  method  for  small  index, 
148. 

French  universities,  few  degrees  con- 
ferred by,  127. 

Friends'  calendar  style,  74. 

Furst,  Clyde,  xli,  3. 


292 


THE  AMERICAN    COLLEGE  CATALOG 


General   Theological   catalog,  backbone 

not  printed,  79;  envelope,  84;  seal,  opp. 

244. 
Geological  composition,  46,  50;    longer 

words,  112. 
Georgetown    College   catalog,   envelope, 

85;   high  school  list,  124. 
George  Washington  University,  catalog, 

sample  page,  56;   envelope,  83;    arms 

in  seal,  opp.  244. 
German   universities,    few   degrees    con- 
ferred by,  127. 
Gilliss,  Walter,  on  pagination,  144. 
Glossary,  281-288. 
Godfrey,  President  Hollis,  on  the  college 

catalog,  10. 
Gotha,    Almanach    de,    contains    some 

orders  of  chivalry,  128. 
Government  Printing  Office,  uses  many 

monotypes,  52;   style-book,  126;  pagi- 
nation style  varies,  145. 
Gowns,  academic,  246-249. 
Grant,  Francis  J.,  Manual  of  Heraldry, 

242. 
Greek  composition,  46;  on  monotype,  53; 

samples  of,  47,  48. 
Grolier  Club,  influence  on  printers,  vii; 

Brander  Matthews  on,  55. 
Grolier,  Jean,  sewing  bench  used  in  time 

of,  250. 
Groton    School    catalog,    envelope,    84; 

schedule  page  in,   155;    is  illustrated, 

229. 

Halftone  engravings,  232;  samples  of 
screens,  opp.  233. 

Hanover  College  catalog,  envelope,  85; 
title  page,  204. 

Harcourt  Place  School  catalog,  sample 
page,  28. 

Harvard  University,  illustration,  frontis- 
piece; professors  with  large  salary,  i; 
fifteen  periodicals,  7;  initials  in  student 
list,  9;  experiments  with  circulars,  10; 
catalog,  large  number  pages,  12; 
small  type,  13;  cover  red,  25;  typog- 
raphy studied,  26;  monotype  used,  52; 
margin  60;  backbone,  81;  pagina- 
tion, 145;  sample  index  page,  151; 
arms  correct,  241;  seal  on  University 
Club  N.  Y.,  242;  seal,  opp.  244; 
criticized  by  Carnegie  Foundation, 
259,  260,  book-bound  catalogs  not 
second-class  entry,  266;  entry  notice, 
274;    imprint,    280. 


Haverford  College  catalog,  running- 
heads,  64,  65;  calendar,  74;  envelope, 
8s. 

Hay,  John,  Thayer's  Life  of,  97-107. 

Heading  type,  proper  selection,  26,  97; 
uniformity  in,  39,  90;  how  to  specify, 
90,  III,  opp.  Ill;  specimens,  98-106; 
examples  of,  Caslon  14-point  chapter 
heads,  l2-point,  etc.,  in  this  book; 
see  cut-in  head,  marginal  head,  run- 
ning head,  side  head. 
Century,  14-point,  143,  187,  i8-point, 
34;  text-letter,  40,  47,  66,  68,  75,  83-85, 
137,  198,  205,  218,  273. 

Heraldry,  College,  Edmonson's  Her- 
aldry, 128;  Grant's,  242-243;  Hope's, 
244;  Heralds'  College,  239;  arms,  239; 
tinctures,  opp.  240;  divisions  of  shield, 
240-243;  Washington  arms,  240;  ex- 
amples, 78,  200-203 »  206,  207,  211,213, 
opp.  239,  240,  242,  244. 

Hill  School  catalog,  sample  faculty  list, 
189;   illustrated,  233. 

Holland  Society,  style  in  listing  names, 
125;  secretary  finds  error  in  seal  of 
N.  Y.,  24s. 

Hoods,  academic,  246-249. 

Hope,  "Heraldry  for  Craftsmen,"   244; 

Howe  School,  catalog,  sample  page,  34. 
arms,  opp.  244. 

Idaho,  University  of,  catalog,  backbone 
defect,  251;    illustration  of,  opp.  253. 

Illinois,  University  of,  catalog,  backbone, 
81;  abbreviations  used  in,  140;  stu- 
dent list,  140;  criticized  by  Carnegie 
Foundation,  260. 

Illustrations,  229-238,  18;  inserts,  229, 
230;  plats,  230;  photogravures,  231, 
see  frontispiece;  halftones,  232;  copy 
for,  232-235;  engraver's  billing,  235; 
slip-sheeting,  236;  interiors,  235;  ink, 
236-238. 

Imprint,  printer's,  forbidden  on  educa- 
tional publications  of  second-class 
entry,  267,  268,  278;  specimens  of,  280. 

Indentation,  uniformity  in,  26;  examples 
of.  36,  37,  42,  43,  49,  50,  68,  123,  138, 
150-152,  160,  161,  163,  164,  166,  167, 
169,  171,  175,  176,  178,  180,  182-188, 
190,  all  extracts  in  body  of  this  book, 
128-136,281-288,  first  line  of  all  para- 
graphs. 

Index,  prepared  from  page  proofs,  93; 
how  to  prepare,  145-149;  specimens, 
150-154;  alphabetical  subject,  154. 


INDEX 


293 


Indiana,  Pa.,  State  Normal,  most  illus- 
trated catalog,  18. 

Indiana  University  catalog,  abbreviations 
in,  142;   defect  in  binding,  251;   opp. 

253- 

Initial  letters,  45;  examples  of,  Caxton, 
28;  Cloister,  29;  Jenson,  40;  Tudor, 
41;  bold,  66;  Caslon,  beginnings  of 
chapters  in    this  book. 

Inks,  23,  24,  236-238. 

Inland  Printer,  on  running-heads,  69; 
lists  of  style-books,  126;  proofreading 
marks,  221. 

Inserts,  position  of,  230. 

Intercollegiate  Bureau  of  Academic  Cos- 
tume, 246. 

Intertype  composing  machine,  54. 

•'Invention  of  Printing,"  De  Vinne,    51. 

Iowa,  State  University  of,  catalog,  back- 
bone, 81;  plat  insert,  230. 

Italics,  when  to  use,  118. 

Italic  type,  see  Type;  see  Running-head. 

Jacobi,  on  pagination,  144. 

Jenson,  type  faces  of,  27;  type  forms  of, 
30. 

Johns  Hopkins  University  catalog,  sample 
page  faculty  list,  138;  bookplate  of, 
opp.  239;  arms  of,  correct,  241. 

Kansas  State  Agricultural  College,  cata- 
log wired,  252. 

Kansas,  University  of,  uses  monotype, 
52;  catalog  wired,  252. 

Kentucky  College  for  Women  catalog, 
envelope,  84;  sample  page,  177. 

Kentucky  Wesleyan  College  catalog, 
sample  page,  schedule,  157. 

Kenyon  College,  catalog  envelope,  8$; 
Dix  reunion  plan,  194;  arms  of,  opp. 
242. 

King's  College,  University  of,  arms  of, 
opp.  244. 

Kiskiminetas  Springs  School  catalog 
sample  page,  31;  envelope,  84;  illus- 
trations in,  234;  seal  of,  opp.  244;  not 
second-class  entry,  265. 

Knighthood,    orders  of,  128;    European 

239- 
Koopman,  Dr.  H  .L.,  xi,  xii;  on  the  beau- 
tiful book,  12;  on  size  of  type,  38;  on 
pagination,  145;   on  printer's  imprint. 


Lafayette   College  catalog,  alphabetical 
subject  index  in,  154;   illustrations  in, 
229. 
Lake  Erie  College  catalog,  backbone,  80; 

sample  page,  161. 
Latin  composition,  46;   example,  50. 
Layout  of  form,  76. 

Leading,   27;    bearing  on   running-head 

style,  63 ;  example,  body  matter  of  this 

book;    double-leaded,  29;    specimens, 

98-106. 

Learned  societies,  American,  list  in  World 

Almanac,  128. 
Lee's   Oration,   average   length  of  word, 

112. 
Legal   Education,   Carnegie   Foundation 

report  on,  256. 
Legibility  in  type,  33. 
Lehigh  University  catalog,  sample  page, 

170. 
Leland  Stanford,  Jr.,  University,  catalog 

cover,  217. 
Lenski,  Lois,  designer  of  cover,  xii. 
Library  of  Congress  style  for  index  card, 

121. 
Lincoln  Memorial  University,  Mountain 

Herald  envelope,  84. 
Lincoln's  Address  at  Gettysburg,  average 

length  of  word,  112. 
Linotype  composing  machine,  53,  54; 
sample  6-point  index  page,  150; 
changes  upon,  costly,  226. 
Long  primer  (lo-point)  type,  specimens, 
39,  98-105;  samples,  32,  34,  40,  41, 
50,  67,  68,  III,  165,  198;  in  courses, 
37,  43,  168,  223;  all  extracts  in  body 
of  this  book;   128-136;   281-288. 

Machine  composition,  51. 

Mails,  hard  usage  in,  18. 

Mailing  the  Catalog,  265-280. 

Manitoba,  University  of,  seal  of,  opp.  244. 

Manlius  Bulletin,  envelope,  84;  cover, 
200. 

Marginal  heads,  opp.  II,  66,  165,  284. 

Marietta  College,  bulletin  cover,  opp.  208. 

Marshall  College,  sample  of  Greek,  47; 
catalog  envelope,  85. 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology 
excellent  catalog  resembles  Prince- 
ton's, 13. 

Matthews,  Prof.  Brander,  extract  "  Book- 
bindings Old  and  New,"  54;  on  page 
position,  55. 

McFarland,  Chicago  Univ.  Press,  praises 
monotype,  52,  53. 


294 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


McGill    University    calendar    (catalog), 
sample  page  student  list,  59,  backbone 
printed,  79;    backbone,  81;  envelope, 
83;   sample  page  faculty  list,  titles  and 
degrees,    137;    pagination,    145;     aca- 
demic dress,  247;   wired,  252;   arms  of 
opp.  244. 
Medical  colleges,  report  on,  2-4. 
Medicine  and  Politics  in  Ohio,  257. 
Mercersburg  Academy,  illustrations,  233; 

heraldic  decorations  at,  242. 
Miami    Military    Institute,    catalog    en- 
velope, 84. 
Miami  University  catalog,  running-heads, 
64,65;  envelope,  83;  sample  page,  169; 
sample   page   president's   report,    179. 
Michigan    School   of  Mines,    plats   and 

maps,  230. 
Michigan,  University  of,  experiments  with 
circulars,  10;  abbreviations  used  by, 
141;  sample  student  list,  141;  criti- 
cized by  Carnegie  Foundation,  260. 
Millsaps    College,    sample   page   faculty 

list,  186. 
Minion  (7-point)  type,  39. 
Minnesota,    University   of,    experiments 

with  circulars,  10;   cover,  205. 
Missouri,   University   of,   pagination   of 
catalog,  145;   wired,  252;    illustration, 
opp.  252. 
Alohegan  Lake  School,  illustrated  catalog. 

233- 
Monks,  illuminators,  46. 
Monotype    composing    machine,    51-54- 
keyboard,  51,  caster,  52;    preparation 
of  copy  for,  93 ;  estimating  composition 
on,   108-115;    6-point  index  example, 
151;   changes  on,  227. 
Monroe   Cyclopedia   of   Education,   ab- 
breviations listed  in,  127. 
Morris,  William,  on  modern  printing,  30; 

on  position  of  type  page,  60,  61. 
Mountain    Herald,     Lincoln    Memorial 

University,  envelope,  84. 
Mount    Holyoke    College    catalog,    en- 
velope, 84;   sample  page,  162:   sewed, 
252. 

Mount  Union  College  catalog,  sample 
page,  166. 

Newcomb,  H.  Sophie,  Memorial  College 
(Tulane  Univ.)  catalog,  sample  page, 
42. 

New  York,  error  in  seal  of  City  of,  245. 


New  York  Times,  advertisements  set  on 

monotype,  54. 
New  York  University  catalog,  backbone, 
80;    student  list,   123;    mentioned  by 
Carnegie  Foundation,  261. 
Nine-point  type,  see  Bourgeois. 
Nonpareil  (6-point)  type,  specimens,  39, 
106,  107;    for  footnotes,  32,  169,  180; 
not    suited    for    wide    measure,    169; 
samples,   142;    in  footnotes,  32,   141, 
164,  169.  180;   in  courses,  37,  165,  166; 
in  faculty,  138,   183,  184;    in  student 
list,    140,  143;  in  directory,  152, 153;  in 
index,  150,  151;  tabular,  139,  194. 
North   American   Review,   odd   margins 

in,  60. 
Northwestern   University,   catalog   run- 
ning-heads,  64,   65;     Academy   heads 
and  running-heads,  66;  sample  catalog 
page,  168. 
Notre  Dame  University,  uses  monotype, 
52;  catalog,  envelope',  83;  sample  page, 
173;   steel  engraving  in,  232. 
Number  of  words,    estimating,   95,   96, 

108-115;   to  square  inch,  115. 
Numerals,  roman  lower-case  for  pagina- 
tion, 144,  145. 

Oberlin  College  catalog,  sample  page, 
faculty  list,  185. 

Oberlin  Theological  catalog,  sample  page, 
faculty  list,  188. 

Ohio,  Medicine  and  Politics  in,  257. 

Ohio  State  University,  exchange  shelf  at, 
15;  sample  catalog  page,  174;  medical 
colleges  at,  257;  illustration  opp. 
237-  ^ 

Ohio  Wesleyan  University  catalog,  run- 
ning-heads, 64,  65;  backbone,  80; 
envelope,  83;  abbreviations  used  by, 
143;  sample  page  student  list,  143: 
faculty  list,  187. 

Oldstyle  Antique  type,  uniformity  in,  35; 
for  running-heads,  63. 

Orcutt,  William  Dana,  on  indexing,  145. 

Oswald,  John  Clyde,  disagrees  with 
Morris,  61. 

Oxford  University  Calendar  (catalog),  13; 
style  for  calendar,  75;  abbreviation 
D.  M.  for  M.  D.,  126;  sample  page, 
180;    few  degrees  conferred   by,    127. 

Page  heads,  see  Running-heads. 

Pagination,  144,  145. 

Palmer  College  catalog,  sample  page,  36. 


NDEX 


295 


Paper,  sizes,  17,  59;  quality,  19;  egg- 
shell, 19;  bulk,  19,  21;  weights,  20; 
colored,  22;  coated,  22,  23;  dull,  22, 
23;  semi-dull,  24;  cover,  24,  25. 

Paragraphs,  91. 

Paris,  University  of,  catalog,  carries 
advertising,  13;  sample  page,  44. 

Pawling  School  catalog,  cover,  21 1;  illus- 
trations in,  233. 

Pearl  (s-point)  type,  39,  280. 

Pennsylvania  Military  College  catalog, 
envelope,  85;  cover,  210. 

Pennsylvania,  University  of,  catalog, 
envelope,  83;  pagination,  145;  sample 
page,  directory  of  officers,  152;  plat 
insert  in,  230;  academic  costume, 
246;  mentioned  by  Carnegie  Founda- 
tion, 261. 

Periods,  Elimination  of,  120. 

Philippines,  University  of,  catalog,  per- 
fect margins  in,  60;  backbone  not 
printed,  79;  cover,  213. 

Phillips  Academy  (Andover)  catalog, 
envelope,  84;  sample  page,  197;  illus- 
trations in,  229. 

Photographs  for  engravings,  24,  232-235. 

Photogravures,  231;  example  of,  frontis- 
piece. 

Pica  (i2-point)  type,  specimens,  39,  98, 
100,  102,  104;  samples,  28,  29,  31,  36, 
107,  opp.  236;  all  body  matter  in  this 
book. 

Plat  of  campus,  230;  opp.  229. 

Position  of  type  page,  54-61. 

Possessive,  how  to  use,  118. 

Postage,  low  on  calendars  if  under  law  of 
August  24,  1912,  7;  postage,  return 
guarantee,  86;  on  proofs,  224 

Postal  Guide,  270,  271. 

Postal  laws,  July  16,  1894,  compared 
with  August  24,  1912,  273. 

Postal  Laws  and  Regulations,  at  any 
post  office,  271. 

Postal  regulations,  265-280;  covering 
envelopes,  82-87;  proofs  225. 

Postmaster,  notice  to,  to  return,  86;  269. 

Press  proofs,  23. 

Princeton  University,  growing,  },  2; 
alumni  descendants,  7;  descriptive 
booklet,  14,  233;  seal  on  University 
Club,  N.  Y.,  242;  seal  opp.  244; 
criticized  by  Carnegie  Foundation, 
259;  catalog,  desirable,  13;  large  type, 
26;  envelope,  83;  style  in  listing 
names,  125;  pagination,  145;  sample 
pages,  195,  223;  book-bound  not  of 
second-class  entry,  266. 


Printer's  imprint,  see  Imprint. 

Printing  Art,  influence  on  printers,  vii; 
protected  in  mails,  19;  on  running- 
heads,  62;  list  of  style-books,  126. 

Proof,  220-228;  marks,  221,  222;  mail- 
ing, 224,  225;  advance  copy  of  book, 
225;   changes,  226-228. 

Queen's  College,  arms,  opp.  244. 
Quotations,  when  to  use,  118;   long,  120. 
Quote-marks,  see  Quotations. 

Radcliffe  College,  not  included  in  Har- 
vard statistics,  i ;  arms,  opp.  244. 

Reformed  Church  Theological,  arms  of, 
241. 

Reeder,  C.  W.,  xii. 

Return  request  on  catalog  envelope,  86. 

Return  postage,  guarantee  of,  86;  269. 

Reunion  of  classes,  Dix  plan,  194. 

Rice  Institute  "Pamphlet,"  fine  catalog, 
x;  cover,  202;  second-class  entry 
notice,  275. 

Riverside  Press,  style  for  footnotes,  120. 

Roethlein,  Barbara  E.,  on  legibility  of 
types,  33, 35.  ,    ^  . 

Roman  lower-case  numerals  for  pagma- 
tion,  144,  145. 

Room  rent  schedules,  192,  193. 

Running-heads,  62-69;  samples,  6-point 
caps,  150,  154;  8-point  caps,  32,  157, 
173,178,  184,  192,  196;  8-point  spaced 
caps,  168,  169,  179,  194,  page  heads 
over  text  of  this  book;  8-point  caps 
and  small  caps,  164-166,  172,  174, 
177,  186;  8-point  caps  and  lower- 
case, 190;  8-point  italic  caps,  48, 
160,  162,  163,  185,  193;  8-point 
italic  caps  and  lower  case.  49;  10- 
point  spaced  caps,  181;  lo-point  small 
caps,  34,  37,  I42>  151,  IS3>  I95,  I99. 
223;  lo-point  caps  and  small  caps, 
171,  spaced,  182;  lo-point  caps  and 
lower  case,  167;  lo-point  italic  caps, 
spaced,  31;  lo-point  italic  caps  and 
lower-case,  50,  123,  138,  141,  159;  12- 
point  spaced  caps,  36;  block-letter, 
6-point,  43,  8-point,  42;  text-letter, 
outline,  66,  8-point  spaced,  68. 

St.  George's  School,  heraldic  display  at, 

242. 
St.  John's  School,  Manlius,  envelope,  84; 

cover,  200. 
St.  Louis  Public  Library,  secures  books 

in  large  type,  35. 


296 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE   CATALOG 


St.    Luke's    School,    running-head,    66; 

other  heads,  66. 
St.  Paul's  School  catalog,  envelope,  84; 

sample  page,  176;  illustrations  in,  229. 
St.  Stephen's  College,  initial  letters  in,  46; 

cover,  206. 
Schedules,  samples  of,  155-159. 
Schoolmasters'  Yearbook,  abbreviations 

listed  in,  127. 
Science  (magazine),  i. 
Scotch  Roman  type,  uniformity  in,  35; 

specimens,     102,     103;     examples    of, 

8-point,  123,  192;   i2-point,  36. 
Seals,  college,  many  old  styles,  244;   ex- 
amples, 200-203,  205,  206,  208,  210, 

212,  216. 
Second-class  matter,  266-280;  entry,  271; 

sample  covers    200-217;  books  not  ad- 

mitted,250. 
Set-em,  96,  109,  115,  287. 
Seven-point  type,  see  Minion. 
Sewanee     Military     Academy     catalog, 

sample  page,  68. 
Sewing  the  catalog,  13,  35,250-253. 
Shady  Side  Academy,  running-heads,  67. 
Shorter   College   catalog,   envelope,   84; 

opp.  232. 
Side-heads,  160-164, 166-176,  284.  cover. 
Signature  (section)  designation,  153. 
Six-point  type,  see  Nonpareil. 
Slipsheeting,  236. 
Small  pica  (ii-point)  type,  39. 
Smith    College    catalog,    envelope,    84; 

sample  page,  163. 
Southern  California,  University  of,  run- 
ning-heads, 64,  65. 
South,  University  of  the,  catalog,  sample 

page,  32,  envelope,  83;   seal,  opp.  244. 
Spell  out,  what  to,  118,  119. 
Standard    Dictionary,    basis    for    style 

rules,  116. 
State  University  of  Iowa,  see  Iowa. 
Statistical  Abstract  of  the  U.  S.,  i. 
Steel  engraving,  in  Notre  Dame  catalog, 

232. 
Stetson,   John   B.,   University,   catalog, 

sample  page,  58. 
Stevens  Institute  catalog,  colors  in  cover, 

25;   illustrations  in,  229. 
Stewarts  "Use  of  Capitals,"  119;    "Use 

of  Quote-Marks,"  120. 
Student  lists,  48,  59,  122,  123,  140,  141, 
143;    copy  for  may  be  held  back,  93; 

relative  standing  shown  in,  199;   sum- 
mary, 195,  196,  198. 
Students  on  bulletin  committee,  14. 


Style  and  Examples  i  16-218;  88;  ab- 
breviations, 116,  126-136;  alphabetiz- 
ing, 121-125;  capitalization,  117,  119; 
citations,  117;  Congressional  Library, 
121;  cover  satisfactory  to  postal  au- 
thorities, 278-280;  dates,  118;  elimina- 
tion of  periods,  12O;  footnotes,  32, 
120,  180;  Government  style-book,  228; 
index,  145;  examples,  150-154;  italics, 
118;  possessive,  118;  quotations,  118, 
120;  spell  out,  118;  stylebook,  lists  of 
may  be  secured,  126;  Typothetae 
style-book,  116. 

Summer  school,  bold  figures  in  calendar 
for,  73. 

Swarthmore  College  catalog,  sample  page, 
37;  backbone,  78;  envelope,  85;  insert 
and  view,  230,  opp.  229;  seal,  opp.  244. 

Tables:  sizes  of  trimmed  pages,  ij; 
weights  and  sizes  of  paper,  20;  bulk, 
21;  set-ems  in  type  page,  109;  lines  of 
typewritten  copy  to  full  page,  113; 
ems  to  square  inch,  115. 

Tabular  composition,  112;  samples  of, 
139,  155,  192-196,  199- 

Taft  School  catalog,  sample  page,  41; 
envelope,  84. 

Ten-point  type,  see  Long  Primer. 

Texas,  University  of,  catalog,  defect  in 
binding,  251;  seal,  opp.  244. 

Text-letter,  see  Heading  Type;  see  Run- 
ning-head. 

Thayer's  "Life  of  John  Hay,"  97-107. 

Third-class  matter,  265,  266. 

Thompson,  President  W.  O.,  introduc- 
tion, xiii,  xiv. 

Tokyo,  University  of,  catalog  typo- 
graphically good,  13. 

Toronto,  University  of,  uses  monotype, 
52;  seal  and  arms,  opp.  244;  catalog, 
running-heads,  64,  65;  sample  page, 
171. 

Towne  Scientific  School  (Yale)  catalog, 
running-heads,  64,  65. 

Transylvania  College  catalog,  backbone, 
78;  cover,  207;  seal,  opp.  244. 

Trinity  College  (Hartford)  catalog,  back- 
bone, 78;    envelope,  85;    cover,   203. 

Tufts  College  catalog,  sample  page,  156. 

Tulane  University  catalog,  block  letter 
heads,  39;  sample  page  (Nevvcomb), 
42;  envelope,  83. 

Twelve-point  type,  see  Pica. 


NDEX 


297 


Type,  26-87;  suitable  faces,  26;  leading, 
27;  families  of,  30;  14-point  for  books, 
35;  sizes  of,  35,  38.  39;  heading,  39, 
40,  47,  90;  initials,  28,  29,  40,  41,  45; 
italic,  39,  118;  bold,  39,  42;  old  Eng- 
lish, 39,  47;  Greek,  47,  48;  French, 
49;  style  in,  88;  how  to  specify,  92; 
specimens,  96-107;  small  in  two 
columns,  32,  106,  169,  180;  position 
and  dimensions  of  page  of,  54-61;  see 
also  Nonpareil,  Brevier,  Long  Primer, 
Pica,  English  Heading,  Running-heads. 

Typewritten  copy,  90;  samples,  1 10, 
opp.  Ill;  estimating,  108-115. 

Union  Theological  catalog,  envelope,  84; 
illustrated,  234. 

U.  S.  Military  Academy,  uses  monotype, 
52;  seal  on  University  Club,  N.  Y., 
242. 

U.  S.  Naval  Academy,  seal  on  University 
Club,  N.  Y.,  242. 

U.  S.  Postal  Guide,  270,  27i_. 

United  Typothetae  of  America,  116. 

University  Club,  Chicago,  college  seals 
on  walls,  242. 

University  Club,  New  York,  college  seals 
on  walls,  242. 

University  of  Berlin,  see  Berlin. 

University  of  California,   see  California. 

University  of  Chicago,  see  Chicago. 

University  of  Idaho,  see  Idaho. 

University  of  Illinois,  see  Illinois. 

University  of  Kansas,  see  Kansas. 

University  of  King's  College,  see  King's. 

University  of  Manitoba,    see    Manitoba. 

University  of  Michigan,   see  Michigan. 

University  of  Minnesota,  see  Minnesota. 

University  of  Missouri,  see  Missouri. 

University  of  Paris,  see  Paris. 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  see  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

University  of  Philippines,  see  Philippines. 

University  of  the  South,  see  South. 

University  of  Southern  California,  see 
Southern. 

University  of  Texas,  see  Texas. 

University  of  Vermont,  see  Vermont. 

University  of  Virginia,  see  Virginia. 

University  of  Washington,  see  Wash- 
ington. 

University  of  Wisconsin,  see    Wisconsin. 

University  Press,  vii. 

Van  in  alphabetizing,  125. 


van  Dyke,  Henry,  lower-case  v  in  name, 
125. 

Van  Winkle,  Edward,  discovers  error  in 
seal  of  New  York,  245. 

Vassar  College  catalog,  perfect  margins 
in,  60;  envelope,  84;  coyer  style 
satisfactory  to  postal  authorities,  276, 
277. 

Vermont,  University  of,  catalog,  defect 
in  binding,  252. 

Virginia  Military  Institute  catalog,  en- 
velope, 84;  schedule  of  student  stand- 
ing, 199. 

Virginia,  University  of,  catalog,  block- 
letter  heads,  39;  running-heads,  64, 
65;  backbone  not  printed,  79;  en- 
velope, 83 ;  praised  by  Carnegie  Found- 
ation, 261. 

Wabash  College,  illustrations  in  catalog, 
229. 

Washington  and  Jefferson  College,  cata- 
log good,  27. 

Washington  and  Lee  University  catalog, 
block-letter  headings  in,  39;  sample 
page,  43;  running-heads,  64,  65;  en- 
velope, 83;  cover,  212;  arms,  241, 
opp.  244. 

Washington  University,  catalog,  run- 
ning-heads, 64,  6s;  arms  of,  241,  opp. 
244. 

Washington,  University  of,  catalog  wired, 
282. 

Waterman  Hall,  cover  design,  218. 

Waud  &  Jenkins,  frontispiece. 

Waynesburg  College,  catalog  envelope, 
85. 

Wellesley  College  catalog,  sample  page, 
164. 

Wells  College  catalog,  envelope,  84; 
sample  page,  160;  sewed,  252. 

Wesleyan  University  catalog,  Greek  in 
student  list,  48;  calendar  on  last  page 
of  cover,  69;   illustrated,  229. 

Western  College  for  Women,  Exchange 
Shelf  of,  opp.  16;  catalog,  sample  page, 
49;  envelope,  84;  sewed,  252;  illus- 
trated bulletin,  233. 

Western  Reserve  University,  sample  page 
faculty  list,  184. 

Western  Theological,  schedule  page,  159. 

Westminster  College  of  Music,  initial 
letters  used  by,  46;  sample  catalog 
page,  opp.  236. 


298 


THE  AMERICAN  COLLEGE  CATALOG 


West  Texas  Military  Institute  catalog, 
envelope,  84;  sample  page,  schedule, 
158. 

West  Virginia  Wesleyan  College,  sample 
catalog  page,  172. 

Whitaker's  "Peerage,"  128. 

White,  Stanford,  University  Club,  N.  Y., 
masterpiece,  242. 

Williams  College,  colors  in  catalog  cover, 
25;  backbone,  80;  catalog  envelope, 
85;  seal  on  University  Club,  N.  Y., 
242;  book-bound  catalog  not  of  second- 
class  entry,  266. 

Wilmington  College,  corporation  state- 
ment on  page  2,  218. 

Wire  stitching,  interferes  with  proper 
inner  margin,  57-60;  prohibits  easy 
opening,  252;  must  be  covered,  253; 
illustration,  opp.    252. 

Wisconsin,  University  of.  Survey  of, 
8-10;  style  for  arrangement  of  names 
in,  123;  index  style,  150;  criticized  by 
Carnegie  Foundation,  259;  experi- 
ments in  eye-strain,  33. 

Wood,  W.  C,  chief  of  Classification 
Division,  xii. 


Wooster,  The  College  of,  catalog,  en- 
velope, 85;  sample  page,  summary  of 
students,  196. 

Worcester  Academy,  heraldic  display  at, 
242. 

Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  catalog 
legible,  sample  page,  40. 

World  Almanac  statistics  in,  i;  small 
type  in,  38;  list  of  American  Learned 
Societies  in,  128;  academic  dress  in, 
246. 

Yale  University,  growing,  i ;  catalog, 
large,  13;  margins  correct,  60;  Towne 
Scientific  running-heads,  64,  65;  style 
in  listing  names,  125;  pagination,  145; 
plat  insert,  230;  plat  praised  by 
Carnegie  Foundation,  262;  heraldic 
display  at,  242;  seal  on  University 
Club,  N.  Y.,  242;  catalog  sewed,  252; 
illustration  opp.  252;  catalog  criticized 
by  Carnegie  Foundation,  259. 

Zinc  etchings,  238. 


— -^-^s^^^^^ 


MAY  3     1954 


i357 


RJEC'D^LD 


75m-7;30 


1 

: 

1 
i 

1 

.»»,....«..«% —^ - .."" "-^ "— — • 

TJiii  CHAMPLIN  PRESS 

3G7507 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

\ 

a  N  d    M  A  C;  A  Z  I  N  E  S 

also  on   BOOKPLATES  h\   various  processes 

— r" ■■■"■ 

1 

